Amends to SDs

3 -- 1

AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

INDEX OF AMENDMENTS IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2006

(ADVANCE NOTICE -- Sailing Directions — Japan Page 3 — 3). . . . . .

NP Pilot Page1 Africa Pilot Volume I 3 -- 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Africa Pilot Volume II 3 -- 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Africa Pilot Volume III 3 -- 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 South--East Alaska Pilot 3 -- 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 South America Pilot Volume I 3 -- 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 South America Pilot Volume II 3 -- 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 South America Pilot Volume III 3 -- 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7A South America Pilot Volume IV 3 -- 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 3 -- 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Antarctic Pilot 3 -- 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Arctic Pilot Volume II 3 -- 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Arctic Pilot Volume III 3 -- 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Australia Pilot Volume I 3 -- 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Australia Pilot Volume II 3 -- 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Australia Pilot Volume III 3 -- 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Baltic Pilot Volume I 3 -- 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Baltic Pilot Volume II 3 -- 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Baltic Pilot Volume III 3 -- 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 3 -- 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition) 3 -- 53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 3 -- 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Black Sea Pilot 3 -- 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I 3 -- 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II 3 -- 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Channel Pilot 3 -- 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Dover Strait Pilot 3 -- 77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 China Sea Pilot Volume I 3 -- 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 China Sea Pilot Volume II 3 -- 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 China Sea Pilot Volume III 3 -- 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Philippine Islands Pilot 3 -- 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II 3 -- 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III 3 -- 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I 3 -- 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 3 -- 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 West Coast of India Pilot 3 -- 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 3 -- 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Japan Pilot Volume I 3 -- 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42A Japan Pilot Volume II 3 -- 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot 3 -- 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 3 -- 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I 3 -- 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II 3 -- 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III 3 -- 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV 3 -- 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V 3 -- 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 3 -- 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 New Zealand Pilot 3 -- 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 3 -- 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 North Sea (West) Pilot 3 -- 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 North Sea (East) Pilot 3 -- 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Norway Pilot Volume I 3 -- 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA 3 -- 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB 3 -- 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 -- 2

58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA 3 -- 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB 3 -- 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 3 -- 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I 3 -- 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II 3 -- 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III 3 -- 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Persian Gulf Pilot 3 -- 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 3 -- 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 St Lawrence Pilot 3 -- 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 3 -- 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 3 -- 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume I 3 -- 172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume II 3 -- 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 3 -- 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 West Indies Pilot Volume I 3 -- 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 West Indies Pilot Volume II 3 -- 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 3 -- 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 The Mariner’s Handbook 3 -- 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Ocean Passages for the World 3 -- 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NP 2

3 -- 3

ADVANCE NOTICE -- Sailing Directions — Japan

1 As a result of the growth of new ports, increasingtraffic and improved information, NP 42A Japan PilotVolume II, will be split into NP 42A Japan PilotVolume II and NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV.

2 The geographical coverage and planned publicationdates of the revised volumes are shown below:

Volume Title Coverage PublicationDate

NP 42A Japan PilotVolume II(First Edition)

South coast ofShikoku,south--eastcoast ofHonshu andNanpo Shoto.

July2007

NP 42C Japan PilotVolume IV(First Edition)

Nansei Shoto,south, westand north--west coasts ofKyushu andTsushima.

January2007

3 The publication dates are planned to allow theincorporation of new information and to enable theSailing Directions to reflect the introduction ofJapanese charts to be printed later this year.

4 NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I, Honshu (except itssouthern coasts), Hokkaido, The southern coast ofOstrov Sakhalin and Kuril’skiye Ostrova, andNP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III, Seto Naikai (The InlandSea of Japan), are unaffected by these changes.

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office [40/06]

NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)

Spain -- Islas Canarias — Vessel traffic service;Traffic Separation Schemes; Areas to be avoided

2After Paragraph 1.5 1 line 5 Insert:

Traffic separation schemes, adopted by the IMO,have been established to the E and NW of GranCanaria (3.4).

85Paragraph 3.4 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:Vessel traffic service. Islas Canarias have been

declared a Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA) anda mandatory reporting system is in force, the details ofwhich are published in Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).

Traffic separation schemes, as seen on the chart,are established E and NW of Isla Gran Canaria forvessels in transit. These systems are IMO--adopted andRule 10 of the International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972) applies. The Eastern TSSincludes inshore traffic zones between the traffic lanesand the adjacent islands of Gran Canaria andFuerteventura. The Western TSS includes inshoretraffic zones between the traffic lanes and the adjacentislands of Gran Canaria and Tenerife.

Areas to be avoided, as seen on the chart, areestablished off the coasts of the following islands:

LanzaroteTenerifeGran CanariaLa PalmaHierro

Vessels carrying oil and other dangerous bulkcargoes to or from ports in Islas Canarias which haveto pass through the above areas in order to reach theirdestination must do so in the least possible timewithout compromising safety of navigation.


Mariners should note the establishment of theEastern TSS for vessels transiting the Canary IslandsPSSA.


Mariners should note the establishment of the TSSE and NW of Isla de Gran Canaria for vesselstransiting the Canary Islands PSSA.

100After Paragraph 3.113 1 line 3 Add:

Mariners should note the establishment of theWestern TSS for vessels transiting the Canary IslandsPSSA.

International Maritime Organization(HH. 419/080/01) [46/06]

Islas Canarias -- Conception Bank — Depth

26Paragraph 1.243 1 line 2 Replace by:...21 m (29 55 3N 12 54 4W) and is steeper on itsSW than its NE side. A...


A depth of 21 m (29 55 3N 12 54 4W) has beenlocated on Conception Bank, see 1.243.

Spanish Notice 32/338/06(SEP 000376517) [38/06]

NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)

Equatorial Guinea -- Punta Malabo to PuntaEuropa — Jetty

99After Paragraph 3.73 Insert:

Punta Plana SPC Jetty

General information3.73a

1 Position. The jetty is situated 1800 m SE of PuntaEuropa Lighthouse (3.16) in approximate position3 46 3N 8 43 4E.

NP 2

3 -- 4

Function. This is a private jetty specially built toreceive cargoes for the construction of the EquatorialGuinea LNG project.

Terminal Authority. Bechtel International Inc., c/oEG LNG Train 1 Project, Malabo, Equatorial Guinea.

Limiting conditions3.73b

1 Controlling depth. The main berth has a depth of8 0 m.

Maximum size of vessel handled. Displacement8000 tonnes, LOA 105 m, draught 8 0 m.

Arrival information3.73c

1 Outer anchorage is available in depths of between40 to 45 m in position 3 48 N 8 45 E.

Pilotage is available between 0700 and 1700 hours,Monday to Saturday; Sunday by prior request. Thepilot boards in the anchorage.

Tugs are available.

Harbour3.73d

1 General layout. The port consists of a single jettyextending 265 m from the shore in an E direction then100 m S.

Principal marks:See 3.70.

Directions3.73e

1 Owing to the small scale of the chart, insufficientinformation about depths in the approaches and theexistence or otherwise of aids to navigation, detaileddirections cannot be given. It is advised that the portauthority be consulted prior to arrival.

Berths3.73f

1 East berthing face; maximum displacement8000 tonnes, maximum LOA 105 m,maximum draught 8 0 m.

North berthing face; maximum displacement6500 tonnes, maximum LOA 105 m, maximumdraught 4 5 m.

South berthing face; maximum displacement4500 tonnes, maximum LOA 95 m, maximumdraught 4 0 m.

Vessels normally discharge cargo using own gear.

Services3.73g

1 Other facilities. Mobile crane, garbage disposal andhazardous waste collection can be arranged throughship’s agent.

Supplies. Fuel oil; diesel; fresh water; provisions.Communication. International airport 3½ km;

connected by road to Malabo (3.4), 8 km away.

Captain G N Misra, Bechtel International Inc.(HH. 442/410/03) [33/05]

Gabon -- Libreville — Dangerous wreck


A dangerous wreck has been reported to lie7 cables W of the SSE end of the breakwater.

Navarea II 331/06(SDD 2006000 386908) [45/06]

Republic of Congo -- Approaches to Pointe Noire— Platform; wrecks; obstruction

166Paragraph 5.240 5 lines 3--4 Replace by:...the breakwater (4 46 3S 11 49 4E), at Pointe Noire. Adisused oil platform (unlit) lies in position (4 44 5S11 46 4E). Two wrecks lie 3 miles and 1 mile WNW, andan obstruction with a least depth of 9 8 m lies 1 mile NW ofthe...

167Paragraph 5.250 1 line 1 For 10 2 m Read 9 8 m

168Paragraph 5.264 1 line 4 For dangerous wreck Readwreck

Paragraph 5.264 2 line 2 Replace by:...unmarked wreck lies on the SE side, and an

obstruction with a least depth of 9 8 m lies 6 cables Eof...

169Paragraph 5.280 1 line 5 For dangerous wreck Readwreck

Paragraph 5.280 1 line 6 For dangerous wreck Readwreck

French Chart 7585(HH. 445/410/03) [09/06]

Angola -- Kizomba Terminal —Waiting area;development

196Paragraph 7.16 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:

Waiting area. A tanker waiting area is establishedwithin a circle radius 1½ miles centred on 6 16 7S10 59 0E.

196After Paragraph 7.18 1 Insert:

Kizomba B Terminal


1 Position and function. Kizomba B Terminal,situated about 68 miles offshore, comprises an FPSO(6 21 2S 11 09 1E), a CALM buoy moored 1¼ milesNNW of the FPSO, a wellhead platform andassociated subsea wells.Terminal authority. Esso Exploration Angola

(Block 15) Ltd.


1 Local weather and sea state. See 7 10.

NP 2

3 -- 5


1 Terminal operations. Mooring is carried outbetween 0600 and 1500. Unberthing takes place at anytime.

Notice of ETA: 72 hours, thereafter periodically.Large changes to ETA should also be advised. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signal Volume 6(3).Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 4½ miles

NNW of the FPSO as shown on the chart.Tugs are available.

2 Waiting area within a circle radius 1½ milescentred on 6 12 S 11 10 E.

Restricted area. A circular area with a radius of4 miles centred on the FPSO. This area overlaps withthe restricted area surrounding Kizomba A Terminal(7.14); vessels may not enter or pass betweenKizomba A and Kizomba B Terminals withoutpermission of the Mooring Master.

Terminal7.18d

1 General. Light exhibited from the FPSO, which isalso fitted with a racon. Lights are exhibited from theplatform and CALM buoy.

Services7.18e

1 See 7.18.

Esso Angola(HH. 447/180/11) [36/05]

Angola -- Girassol Terminal — Information

197Paragraph 7.19 Replace by:General information7.19

1 Position and function. Girassol Terminal comprisesa spread moored FPSO (7 39 S 11 41 E) of343 000 dwt, with a SPM buoy situated 1 mile NNEfrom it. The terminal lies about 75 miles offshore in adepth of about 1360 m.

Terminal authority. TotalFinaElf E & P Angola.

Limiting conditions7.19a

1 Maximum size of vessel handled. At the SPMbuoy maximum displacement permitted is400 000 tonnes; at the FPSO it is 250 000 tonnes.

Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.

Arrival information7.19b

1 Terminal operations. Berthing takes place between0600 and 1500 hours only. Unberthing anytime.

Weather and current limitations for berthing andloading operations are available from the terminal.

Notice of ETA. 72 hours before arrival thereafterperiodically.

Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius2 miles, W of the FPSO, centred on 7 40 S 11 37 E.

2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boardsin the waiting area.Tugs. Vessels are available to assist in berthing and

pull--back operations.Restricted area. A restricted area with radius of

7 miles is centred on the FPSO. Vessels are prohibitedfrom fishing or entering the restricted area without thepermission of the terminal operator. Further mooringexclusion and safety zones of radius 500 m areestablished around the SPM and FPSO, respectively.

Terminal7.19c

1 General. Lights are exhibited from the FPSO, anda light from the SPM, both of which are fitted withfog signals; a racon transmits from the FPSO. A flareburns from a mast approximately 95 m above the deckof the FPSO.

Directions7.19d

1 Vessels are to approach the waiting area remainingW of longitude 11 39 W. Otherwise the chart issufficient guide.

Berths7.19e

1 Export tankers moor to either the SPM or intandem bow to bow to the FPSO. Cargo transfer is viafloating hose arrangements.

Services7.19f

1 None available.

TotalFinaElf E&P Angola(HH. 447/180/10) [26/05]

Angola — Lombo East Terminal

198Paragraphs 7.30--7.36 Including headings Replace by:Spare7.30 -- 7.36

BA Chart 3206(HH. 447/180/10) [26/05]

Angola -- Porto de Luanda -- Commercial Quay—Wreck


2 A wreck, with a least depth 2 2 m, lies 3½ cablesENE of the quay.

French Notice 8/44/06(HH. 447/420/03) [14/06]

NP 2

3 -- 6

Namibia — Orangemund Oil Terminal

247Paragraph 8.208 1--5 Replace by:

1 The oil terminal, pipe line and buoys have beenremoved. The concrete mooring blocks remain in placewithin a foul area centred on 28 35 8S 16 20 7E, asshown on the chart.

South African Notice 1/27/06(HH. 449/400/04) [11/06]

NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)

Tanzania — Songo Songo Island

270Paragraph 7.190 1--3 Including heading Replace by:

Songo Songo Island7.190

1 General information. Songo Songo Island, (8 31 S39 30 E) 4 km in length, lies on a broad drying reef,and is orientated NW/SE. The shoreline consists of adrying reef which is on the SW part of the island andextends up to 700 m offshore, but decreases to lessthan 30 m close to the NW part of the island. The Wside of the island has coral cliffs 3 to 5 m in heightcovered with bushes and trees and sandy beaches. Anextensive reef system extends S of Pumbavu Islet andfronts the W coast of the island. There are a numberof platforms (lit) located on the reef.

The Marine Terminal is located on the W side ofthe island (8 31 1S 39 29 5E). It is designed forloading natural gas. The berth consists of a CBM.

2 Directions. The inner channel is indicated by thealignment (129 ) of two beacons (steel lattice towers,unlit). The limits of the channel which has acontrolling depth of 3 4 m, are marked by buoys(lateral).

Anchorage. May be obtained to the N of PumbavuIslet, clear of the gas pipeline shown on the chart, oroff the NE side of the island.

3 Berth. No pilot is available. The maximum size ofvessel is LOA 65 m with a draught of 4 5 m. Allmovements in the approach channel and berthingoperations are done in daylight only. The berthconsists of two mooring buoys 80 m apart in a depthof 5 m, 200 m off the end of a concrete jetty, built onthe drying foreshore.

4 Customs and excise. No vessel may sail directlyto the terminal from a port outside the UnitedRepublic of Tanzania nor depart from the terminaldirectly to a port outside the United Republic ofTanzania without first entering a declared port to effectcustoms and immigration clearance.

Panafrican Energy Tanzania/Marine Logistics(SDD 2006000 371808) [49/06]

NP 4 South--East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —Supplement 4--2006

Prince of Wales Island -- Kasaan Bay -- Coal Bayand Twelvemile Arm — Shoal depths

84L25 For 5 m (16 ft) Read 3 4 m (11 ft)

85L45 For 1 8 m (6 ft) Read 1 1 m (3 ft)

US Coast Pilot 8 Corr 37/06(HH. 078/556/07) [40/06]

Eastern Passage -- Channel Island — Depth

107L 46 Replace by:

...can be safely passed on either side, remainingclear of a 14 6 m (8 fathom) shoal, as shown onthe chart, about½ mile E of the S tip of the Island.The N...

US Chart 17360(HH. 611/400/05) [30/06]

US Code of Federal Regulations —Naval Vessel Protection Zones

389Existing Supplement amendment Page 33 Paragraph§165.9 (d) Replace by:(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones areissued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633and may be established in waters subject to thejurisdiction of the United States as defined in §2.38 ofthis chapter, including the territorial sea to a seawardlimit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline.

US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]

NP5SouthAmerica Pilot Volume I (2005Edition)

Brazil -- Lagoa dos Patos — Pilotage; anchorages

272Paragraph 8.245 1 Replace by:

1 Compulsory. Requests for pilots should be sent,through the agents, 24 hours in advance. Sea pilots forall vessels proceeding to Rio Grande, or ports withinLagoa dos Patos, board about 1¼ miles E of thedredged channel entrance. During adverse weathervessels should follow the pilot vessel into the markedchannel where, once inside the breakwaters, the pilotwill board.

2 For vessels continuing onwards to Porto Alegre andTerminal Santa Clara, the Lagoa dos Patos Pilot willboard in position 32 03 S 52 03 W, as shown onChart 2002. See also Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

NP 5

3 -- 7


1 Compulsory within Lagoa dos Patos. Requests forpilots should be made at least 24 hours in advance.See 8.245 for boarding arrangements.

After Paragraph 8.263 2 Insert:Compulsory anchorages8.263a

1 Compulsory anchorages, shown on the chart, havebeen established as follows:

Centred 31 35 S 51 49 W, about 12 miles NE ofPonta de Feitoria (8.269), for those vesselsprohibited from navigating within the lagoon atnight.

2 Centred 30 29 S 51 05 W, about 2½ miles E ofIlha do Barbra Negra (8.270), for vesselsbound for Terminal Santa Clara and for thosevessels prohibited from navigating RioGuaíba at night.


1 Notice of ETA 32 hours; see 8.245 for boardingarrangements.

Outer anchorages. See 8.263a and 8.295.2 Inner anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the

chart, is established off the wharf at Porto Alegre; see8.284. Use of this anchorage is compulsory for vesselscarrying dangerous cargo and requiring inspection bythe port authority, or for vessels awaiting opening ofthe Getúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge (8.265). Such vesselsare permitted to anchor for a maximum of 6 hours;other vessels may also use the anchorage for amaximum of 12 hours. In all cases, permission mustbe obtained from the Porto Alegre Port Authority.

3 Pilotage. Compulsory, see 8.263.Tugs. Available.

Paragraph 8.284 2 line 3 Replace by:...mud sheltered from all winds, see 8.280.


2 Outer anchorages. See 8.263a.Inner anchorages:

Compulsory anchorage at Porto Alegre, shown onthe chart, for vessels awaiting inspection, orawaiting opening of Getúlio Vargas LiftingBridge (8.265), see 8.280.

Compulsory anchorage, shown on the chart, lyingbeneath overhead power cables close SE of theentrance to Canal Santa Clara. For use by vesselsover 150 m in length carrying dangerous cargoes,with permission from the Porto Alegre PortAuthority.

BA Chart 3063; Brazilian Notices 15/P114/93;16/P134/93; 18/P154/93(HH. 656/530/02; HH. 656/530/04) [08/06]

Brazil -- Lagoa dos Patos -- Rio Guaíba — Bridge

274Paragraph 8.265 1 Replace by:Getúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge8.265

1 Rio Guaíba is spanned at Porto Alegre by theGetúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge.Vertical clearance: 10 1 m (closed), 36 6 m (open).Hours of operation: The bridge may be opened for

shipping, Mondays to Fridays inclusive, during thefollowing periods:

0600 -- 0700 (summer time only)0900 -- 11301330 -- 17001930 -- 2030 (summer time only)

During weekends and holidays, specialarrangements are required.

2 Navigation. Vessels approaching the bridge shouldreduce speed and be prepared to stop immediately ifcircumstances require.Priority. When vessels are approaching the bridge

from opposing directions, the vessel proceedingdownstream will be given priority.

3 Signals:Vessels requiring the bridge to be opened, or to

remain open, must signal the bridge operator withtwo prolonged blasts on the whistle once thevessel is within 5 cables of the bridge.

The bridge operator will respond with two prolongedblasts to indicate to the vessel that the bridge willbe opened as quickly as possible or, if alreadyopen, that it will remain so.

4 In the event that the bridge may not be opened,the operator will signal the vessel with threeprolonged blasts.

In an emergency, when the bridge cannot be opened,or may not be able to complete the opening, ormay have to be immediately closed, the operatorwill signal the vessel with five short rapid blasts,repeated as necessary.

5 These, and other signals associated with theoperation of the bridge, are summarised in theaccompanying table:

By day By night SoundSignal

To requestbridge beopened.

Twoprolongedblasts (byvessel)

To indicatethat bridgemay not beopened.

Threeprolongedblasts (bybridgeoperator)

To indicateanemergencyat bridge.

Five shortand rapidblasts (bybridgeoperator)

NP 5

3 -- 8

By day By night SoundSignal

To indicatebridge isclosed

Red flagwavedhorizontally.

Two redlights.

To indicatebridge isopen

Green flagwavedvertically.

Twogreenlights.

To indicatetrafficinterruptedin bothdirections

Oneorangelight

276Paragraph 8.279 2 line 3 Replace by:...clearance of 36 6 m when open and 10 1 m when closed.See 8.265 for details.

Brazilian Notice 3/P11/99; Brazilian Chart 2113(HH. 656/530/03) [05/06]

Uruguay -- Approaches to Puerto de Colonia --Banco de los Pescadores —Wreck

308Paragraph 9.242 1 line 4 Add:

N of the partially sunken hull of the MV Tung(2¼ miles SE) with its main wheel--house andmast exposed, marked by a light--buoy (isolateddanger). Thence:

Uruguayan Notice 8/72/06(HH. 652/443/03) [46/06]

Argentina -- Puerto Mar del Plata — Directions

344

Paragraph 11.25 3 lines 3--4 Delete

Paragraph 11.26 1 line 2 For WSW Read SW

Paragraph 11.27 1--3 Replace by:11.27Spare

Paragraph 11.28 Delete heading

Paragraph 11.28 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 Leading lights:

Paragraph 11.28 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:The track then turns W from the leading line and

leads through Antepuerto from whence the variousberths can be approached. Concrete blocks, each of12 tonnes weight, shown as fouls on the chart, lie inpositions 231 , 243 and 261 from Escollera NorteBeacon distant 4, 4½ and 3½ cables respectively.There is a reported depth of 4 m over them..

Argentine Notice 17/198/06(HH. 650/410/04) [43/06]

NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4--2005

East Falkland Island -- Approaches to StanleyHarbour -- Cape Pembroke — Racon

42L 28 For Racons Read Racon

L 31--32 Delete

Falkland Islands Navigation Warning 01/02(HH. 690/460/03) [24/05]

Falkland Islands -- East Falkland -- MareHarbour; East Cove — Restricted area; buoy

54L 38 For 100 m Read 200 m

L 57 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Lights are exhibited from the berth.

HQ BFSAI; RFA Grey Rover(HH. 690/420/04) [20/05]

Argentina — Rio Cullen Terminal

127R 40--58 Replace by:

Rio Cullen Marine Terminal

Argentine Chart H--424General Information4.8

1 Position. Rio Cullen Marine Terminal (52 49 S68 13 W) handles crude oil exports from the HidraOilfield.Description. The oilfield consists of fixed

production platforms and sub--sea production facilities;exports are handled through an SBM.

2 Port Authority. Total Austral SA, Belgrano 801,V9420BBF Rio Grande, Tierra del Fuego, Argentina.

Email: [email protected]. A lighted SBM (52 48 2S 68 13 2W)

(orange) moored about 7 miles offshore in a depth ofabout 35 m. Maximum size of vessel is 130 000 dwt;minimum size 20 000 dwt.

3 Local weather. Terminal operations may besuspended if the following conditions are exceeded:maximum wave height 2 0 m; maximum sustainedwind speed 25 kn.Regulations. The oilfield is enclosed within a

restricted area, shown on the chart, within whichanchoring is prohibited. Additionally, within therestricted area, the production facilities and the SBMare enclosed within areas where entry is prohibited toall vessels except those using the terminal.

4 Anchorage. Arriving tankers may be required toanchor or wait in a position to be agreed between thevessel and the terminal. The recommended location isS of the restricted area surrounding the terminal, inapproximate position 52 54 S 68 10 W; depth 20 m.During adverse weather, shelter may be sought inBahia San Sebastian.

NP 7

3 -- 9

5 Pilotage. Compulsory. The Mooring Master andteam will board in a position agreed with the vessel.Berthing is normally undertaken in daylight only, butnight berthing may be permitted in specialcircumstances.

Anchorages

Fairplay Ports Guide (2006); Argentina Chart H--424(HH. 650/813/03) [27/06]

San Sebastián Oil Terminal — Berth; directions

128R 31 Replace by:...68 15 W) is situated 3¾ miles NW of Cabo San...R 41 Existing Supplement amendment DeleteR 46--62 Replace by:Berth4.19

The terminal consists of an SPM (53 16 4S68 12 9W), connected to the shore about 2½ milesSSW by a submarine pipeline.R 64--70 Replace by:Directions4.20

From a position about 7 miles N of Cabo SanSebastián Light (53 19 S 68 10 W) the track leadsSSW to the berth.

129L 1--70 Replace by:Spare4.21 to 4.26

Argentinian Notices 4/36/04; 1/15--16/05; 2--3/28/05;7/67/05; 17/198/05(HH. 650/480/04) [40/05]

Chile -- Estrecho de Magallanes -- Bahia GenteGrande -- Caleta Clarencia Oil Terminal —

Leading lights

241L 58 For (320 ) Read (318 )

L 63 For (about 056 ) Read (056 )

R 5 For 320 Read 318

Chilean Notice 7/89/05(HH. 648/420/04) [33/05]

NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III(2003 Edition)

Archipiélago de Colón (Galapagos Islands) —Traffic regulations

67After Paragraph 2.65 Insert:Restricted areas2.65a

1 Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA).Archipiélago de Colón and its surrounding waters havebeen declared a natural and world heritage site,

recognised worldwide for its scientific and culturalimportance. In order to safeguard the island marineecosystem, a PSSA has been established surroundingthe affected waters.Within the PSSA the following regulations apply:

The area should be avoided by ships of 500 gt andover carrying oil and dangerous cargoes, and byships carrying large quantities of bunker fuel.

2 The discharge of oil or oily mixtures, othernoxious liquids, garbage or other harmfulsubstances is prohibited from all vesselsregardless of size.

3 The dumping of of plastics, synthetic fishinglines or nets, plastic garbage bags, loosestowage materials, coverings and packagingmaterial, paper, rags, glasses, bottles, metal,ceramics and similar materials is prohibitedfrom all vessels regardless of size.

4 Area to be Avoided (ATBA). As an associatedprotective measure, an Area to be Avoided has beenestablished largely enclosing the PSSA.This area is to be avoided by:

All ships and barges carrying cargoes of oil orhazardous materials, and

All ships of 500 gt and over solely in transit.5 Ships in the area must also avoid any discharge, or

exchange, of ballast water.Both the PSSA and the Area to be Avoided areIMO--adopted; the limits of both areas are shown on thechart.

Paragraph 2.66 Replace by:Traffic regulations2.66

1 Movement reporting. A mandatory ship reportingsystem is established for all vessels navigating within200 miles of Ecuador and between the mainland andArchipiélago de Colón; see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 1(2) for details.

2 Clearance. Merchant shipping on voyages betweenthe mainland and Archipiélago de Colón normallycomprises tankers and cargo vessels carryingnon--persistent products which have been grantedauthorization by the Maritime Authority. Theseauthorizations are handled by the office of theGuayaquil Harbour Master.

3 Any vessel without a valid shipping permit andintending to make the crossing must undergoan inspection by the Maritime Authoritycovering seaworthiness, propulsion,communications, and emergency standbysystems.

No vessel may put in at any location in theArchipiélago de Colón without expresspermission, except in cases of emergency.

4 Regulations are in place governing the grantingof permits to foreign vessels for visits to thearchipelago coasts and islands for scientific,cultural and tourism--related purposes.

Any vessel granted permission to proceed to anylocation in Archipiélago de Colón will be initiallyreceived by the authorities at Puerto BaquerizoMoreno (2.137).

NP 7

3 -- 10

5 Fishing vessels. Foreign fishing vessels engaged oninnocent passage through Ecuadorian waters areprohibited from any activity other than simple passage,except in the event of an enforced stoppage. Forinformation on innocent passage, see The Mariner’sHandbook.

Foreign fishing vessels intending to enterEcuadorian waters are required to contact the MaritimeAuthority 72 hours in advance giving position, course,and approximate date of both arrival and departure.


Chile -- Golfo de Ancud -- Bajo Pulmunmún —Shoal


5 Thence the track leads to a position between MorroQinterguén (42 10 S 73 22 W), a prominent bluff witha rock awash 5 cables SE of it, and an isolated 10 m(33 ft) shoal, the position of which is approximate,2¾ miles farther E.


Chile -- Seno Reloncaví -- Paso Nao — Shoal

165After Paragraph 5.141 Insert:Depths5.141a

1 The least charted depth on the recommended trackis 11 88 m (39 ft) (41 53 5S 72 53 0W).

Paragraph 5.144 1--2 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of 41 55 S 72 56 W, S of Isla

Queullín, the recommended route leads ENE for about1½ miles to Paso Nao, thence NNE and NNW, passing(with positions from Punta Cola (41 54 S 72 54 W)):

2 Between Punta Cola and Isla Nao (5.15) (1 mileSE), thence, taking particular care during thein--going stream (5.142) to avoid shoal depths5 cables off the coast of Isla Queullín:

Over an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 12 1 m(39 ft) (8 cables ENE), thence:

E of Punta Martín (1½ miles N),which is low,thence:

After Paragraph 5.153 1 line 5 Insert:Over an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 12 1 m

(39 ft) (1¼ miles NNE), thence:


Chile -- Puerto Montt — Prohibited anchorage


Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing areprohibited within 1 cable of an outfall which extends5¾ cables S from the coast 1½ miles ENE of PuntaTenglo.


Chile -- Puerto de Corral — Anchorages

187Paragraph 6.157 Including heading Replace by:Anchorages6.157

1 There are three anchorages within port limits forvessels of differing draughts (with positions from RocaEl Conde Light (6.142)):

A — About 5 cables ENE (maximum draught 8 0 m)2 B — About 2½ cables E (maximum draught

6 5 m)C — About 4½ cables SE (maximum draught 5 0 m)

All vessels with draughts exceeding 8 0 m mustanchor outside port limits.

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 007/200/01) [26/06]

Chile -- Bahía Coronel — Anchorages

198Paragraph 6.294 1 Including heading Replace by:Anchorages6.294

1 Recommended anchorages, shown on the chart,have been established in depths of about 11 to 12 m,mud, in the following positions:

A. Punta Puchoco Light (6.244) bearing 342distant 1 2 miles, about 1 mile W of Baja PlayaNegra.

B. Punta Puchoco Light bearing 346 distant1 5 miles, about 6 cables WNW of Roca PlayaBlanca (37 03 S 73 09 W).

C. Punta Puchoco Light bearing 349 distant2 0 miles, about 6 cables WSW of Roca PlayaBlanca.

2 Explosives anchorage lies 1 mile SE of PuntaPuchoco Light.

When approaching any of the above anchorages,attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck lying1¾ cables SW of Punta Puchoco, and a wreck with adepth of 12 5 m (41 ft) over it lying 7 cables farther S.

Paragraph 6.299 1--3 Including heading Replace by:Spare6.299


NP 7

3 -- 11

Chile -- Bahía Concepción -- Banco Belén — Light


Banco Belén Light (E cardinal, 8 m in height)(36 41 8S 73 04 8W).

Other navigational aid6.346a

1 Racon:Banco Belén Light (see above), for details see

Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.


2 Major light:Banco Belén Light (36 41 8S 73 04 8W) (6.346).


Chilean Notice 1/8/04(HH.646/427/03) [12/04]

Chile -- Puerto Los Vilos — Pilotage; anchorage


Pilotage for Terminal Marítimo Punta Chungo iscompulsory; pilots board 1½ miles NW of Punta LosVilos.

Paragraph 7.71 1 Replace by:1 Directions. See 7.68.

Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the plan,about 3¼ cables ENE of Bajo Chacabuco (31 54 S71 32 W) (7.68), in depths of 25 m (14 fm).Anchorage may also be obtained about 4¾ cables N ofBajo Chacabuco in 36 m (20 fm) of water, but thisanchorage should be vacated in bad weather.

Chilean Notice 6/72/04HH. 646/450/03 [36/04]

Chile -- Puerto Calderilla — Directions; light

247Paragraph 7.300 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:...between Punta Caldereta (27 04 8S 70 51 6W) andPunto Zorro, 4 cables NE.

Paragraph 7.303 1 line 5 For (27 03 0S 70 51 7W) Read(27 03 1S 70 51 1W)

Paragraph 7.304 1 Replace by:1 The bay is entered between Punta Caldereta, from

which a light (7.305) is exhibited, and Punta Zorro4 cables NE. Charted dangers fringe the coast on bothsides of the entrance.

Paragraph 7.305 1 Replace by:1 Useful marks:

Punta Caldereta Light (red GRP tower 3 m in height)(27 04 8S 70 51 6W)

Beacon (green) (27 04 4S 70 51 3W)Beacon (white, red) (27 04 5S 70 51 0W)

BA Chart 4231(HH. 646/460/03) [19/06]

Chile -- Puerto Caldera — Light; anchor berths

249Paragraph 7.327 1 line 2 For (27 03 0S 70 51 7W) Read(27 03 1S 70 51 1W)

Paragraph 7.332 1 Replace by:1 Anchor berths. Three designated anchor berths,

shown on the chart, have been established (withpositions from Punta Caldera Light (7.327)):

No 1: Bearing 073 distant 1 0 miles.No 2: Bearing 083 distant 1 3 milesNo 3: Bearing 100 distant 1 6 miles

Anchorage may also be obtained about 1½ miles Eof Punta Caldera, as shown on the chart, in a depth ofabout 23 m.

BA Chart 4231(HH. 646/460/03) [19/06]

Chile -- Caleta Michilla — Terminal; pilotage


1 Description. Caleta Michilla (22 43 S 70 19 W)affords good anchorage for small vessels and is aterminal for the importation of sulphuric acid.

Paragraph 8.144 2 line 7 Add:3 Terminal Maritima Michilla. Vessels berth to

anchors and two stern buoys and discharge via afloating pipeline.

Maximum size of vessel is 30 000 dwt, length180 m and 9 0 m draught.

Pilots board off the port, daylight movements only.4 Notice of ETA should be sent 24 hours before

arrival to the Port Captain at Mejillones del Sur(8.110). For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

Mejillones Port Captain; Chilean Sailing Directions(HH. 646/842/02) [47/04]

Peru -- Puerto Ilo —Wreck; anchorage

289Paragraph 9.34 1 Table Replace by:

No Position Designation Remarks

1 1½ milesNW

Tankers

2 2¼ milesNNW

General cargo

3 2½ milesNW

Dangerouscargo

4 3 milesNW

Quarantine

5 3½ cablesNE

Food stuffs Mooring buoy inarea; another liesclose NE

6 3¼ cablesNE

Tugs A dangerous wrecklies betweenanchorages 6 and 7

7 2¾ cablesNE

Fishingvessels

NP 7

3 -- 12

No Position Designation Remarks

8 2 cables N Fishingvessels andtugs

A light--buoy(isolated danger) ismoored on S edgeof area

9 4 cablesNE

Smallinactivefishing craft

Close NE ofanchorage 5

3 milesNNW

Cargotran--shipment

US Chart 22182(HH. 643/410/03) [23/04]

Peru -- Paracas National Reserve —Area to be avoided

300After Paragraph 9.183 Insert:Area to be avoided9.183a

1 Paracas National ReserveTo avoid risk of pollution and damage to the

environment in the Paracas National Reserve, allvessels greater than 200 gt carrying hydrocarbons orhazardous liquids in bulk should avoid the areabounded by the coast and the following positions asshown on the chart:

13 47 3S 76 17 7W13 46 9S 76 17 7W13 46 9S 76 30 0W13 26 7S 76 30 0W13 26 7S 76 00 0W.


1 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or hazardous liquidsin bulk should keep to seaward of the area to beavoided in Paracas National Reserve. See 9.183a.

From a position SW of Islotes Infiernillos (14 39 S75 55 W), the track continues NW passing (withposition relative to Islotes Infiernillos):

303Paragraph 9.225 1 line 6 Replace by:

...pillar or nine--pin, and:NNW of the area to be avoided in Paracas National

Reserve (9.183a), thence:


1 El Boquerón, a passage about 2½ miles wide, liesbetween Isla San Gallán (13 50 S 76 27 W) and themainland E. The passage is within the area to beavoided in Paracas National Reserve (9.183a) andshould not be used by vessels carrying hydrocarbonsor hazardous liquids in bulk.


Peru -- Puerto San Martin — Routeing measures

303Paragraph 9.223 1 lines 6--7 Delete

Paragraph 9.224 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:1 The Puerto Pisco TSS, shown on the chart, is

established in the approaches to Puerto San Martin. Alight--buoy (safe water) (13 41 7S 76 18 1W) ismoored at the centre of the precautionary area; an areato be avoided of radius 200 m surrounds the buoy. Thescheme is...


Thence the track leads to a position in theprecautionary area (9.224) about 2½ miles NNE of IslaBlanca (13 44 2S 76 18 7W).

Paragraph 9.226 1 Replace by:1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.224)

the track leads through the SSE--bound lane of theTSS for about 6 miles to the pilot boarding positionabout 7 cables ENE of Punta Pejerrey (13 47 8S76 17 4W).

Caution. The centre of the SSE--bound lane of theTSS passes within 7 cables of Isla Blanca.

Paragraph 9.227 1 lines 5--8 Replace by:WSW of the light--buoy (safe water) (6 miles N)

moored at the centre of the precautionary area(9.224), thence:

ENE of Isla Blanca (3¾ miles NNW) (see Caution at9.226), thence:

WSW of an offshore loading platform(2¼ miles NE), thence:

To the pilot boarding position (7 cables ENE).

Paragraph 9.230 1 line 2 Replace by:...leads N for about 3½ miles passing W of the offshoreloading platform, thence through the NNW--bound...

After Paragraph 9.230 1 Insert:2 Caution. The centre of the W--bound lane of the

TSS passes within 6 cables of Roca Chata (9.225).

International Maritime Organization; BA Chart 3084(HA. 318/005/003/02) [24/05]

Peru -- Bahía del Callao —Wrecks; depths


3 The coastal bank, with depths less than 10 m, liesN and S of the channel and extends from thebreakwater entrance to Nos 1 and 2 Light--buoys(lateral), 6 cables W. Many dangerous wrecks exist inBahía del Callao N and S of the track.

The chart is sufficient guide.

Peruvian Notice 1/3/04(HH. 643/452/05) [13/04]

NP 7

3 -- 13

Peru -- Chimbote approaches —Wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (13½ miles NW),thence:

Peruvian Chart 212(HH. 643/470/03) [29/04]

Ecuador -- Estero Salado — Navigation aids


2 Caution. See notes on Chart 560 about controllingdepths in the vicinity of Canal del Morro SeaLight--buoy, the entrance channel and Canal del Morro,and about navigational aids in Estero Salado; see also11.135 about flow.

360After 11.158 1 Insert:

2 Caution. See note at 11.110.


Ecuador -- Estero Salado — Rock

360After 11.159 1 Insert:

A dangerous rock (reported 2003) lies on the NWside of the channel 3 cables NNW of Roca Seiba.

Ecuadorean Notice 10/70/03(HH. 642/403/03) [12/04]

Ecuador -- Balao — Anchorages

369Paragraph 11.292 Replace by:

1 Anchorage may be obtained in designatedanchorages, the positions of which are shown on theplan as follows, (with positions relative to the head ofthe breakwater (0 59 7N 79 38 8W)):

Esmeraldas:Quarantine anchorage — 2¾ miles NNE.

2 Balao Terminal (see also 11.295):Quarantine anchorage — 6½ miles WNW.Anchorages A to F — 2¼ to 4½ miles NW —

Handysize tankers.Anchorage H — 5¼ miles WNW — Aframax

tankers.Anchorages Q and R — 6 miles WNW — Aframax

and Suezmax tankers.Anchorages S and V — 6¾ miles WNW — VLCCs

and Suezmax tankers.

3 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited intwo areas, the limits of which are shown on the plan,as follows:

An area in the approaches and entrance channel tothe harbour between the head of the breakwaterand a position NE of the light--buoy (safe water)(1 01 2N 79 39 7W) moored in the anchorageand pilot area.

4 Balao Terminal Area (11.295) except for thedesignated anchorages listed above.

Ecuadorean Notice 4/04HH. 642/431/04 [33/04]

Colombia -- Pacific Coast -- Buenaventura —Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 250 nrt andavailable 24 hours a day. The pilot boards near thefairway light--buoy as shown on the chart, or betweenNos 1 and 2 Light--buoys, 1¼ miles E.



Paragraph 12.86 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:Fairway--light buoy to Punta Bazán12.86

1 From the vicinity of the fairway light--buoy(3 47 6N 77 19 1W) (12.85) the track leads initiallyE thence ENE, for about for about 9 miles to PuntaBazán, through a channel marked by pairs of...


2 Thence the track leads to a...

Paragraph 12.88 heading Replace by:Punta Bazán to harbour approach

MV Stolt Durham(HH. 614/411/04) [22/04]

Panama Canal -- Southern approaches — Depth


1 Entrance channel. From Nos 1 and 2 Light--buoysto Miraflores Lock the controlling depth is 12 9 m. Seealso 13.142.Panama Canal. See 13.133.


NP 7A

3 -- 14

NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV(2004 Edition)

Guyane Française -- Approaches to Cayenne —Nature reserve

53Paragraph 2.20 Replace by:Spare2.20

Instructions Nautiques H5(HH. 078/200/01) [18/06]

Guyane Française -- Approaches toDegrad des Cannes — Buoy


SE of an obstruction (2 miles NE), with a depth of4 6 m over it; it is marked on its E side by a buoy(E cardinal).

French Notice 42/69/06(HH. 665/410/03) [49/06]

Suriname -- Wia Wia Bank —Wreck; depths


Clear of a dangerous wreck (34 miles NW), thence:

Paragraph 2.83 2 line 5 Replace by:...have a depth of 6 4 m over it; a depth of 4 m lies

9 miles farther W. Thence:

French Chart 7484(HH. 666/400/02) [01/02/06]

Venezuela -- Entrance to Río Orinoco --Punta Barima — Light

89After Paragraph 3.17 3 Insert:Major light3.17a

1 Punta Barima Light (white GRP tower, orangebands, 15 m in height) (8 35 2N 60 25 0W).

Paragraph 3.18 1 line 1 Replace by:1 Racons:

Punta Barima Light (3.17a).

Paragraph 3.19 3 line 7 Add:Punta Barima Light (3.17a) is exhibited from a position7½ cables SSE of the disused lighthouse.

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; Venezuelan Notice014/04(HH. 668/400/02) [47/04]

Trinidad -- Chaguaramas Bay —Wreck

112Paragraph 4.100 1 line 5 Replace by:...guide, noting the presence of a dangerous wrecklying about 3½ cables NNW of San Carlos Point.

Trinidad and Tobago Notice 23/06(HH. 670/540/03) [32/06]

Trinidad -- Brighton — Developments


1 Depths. The approach channel leading to the dockis dredged to 12 8 m, and the turning basin off thedock dredged to 8 0 m.

Paragraph 4.160 1 Replace by:1 Outer anchorage. Vessels should anchor 6 cables

NW of the head of La Brea Pier (10 15 N 61 37 W)(disused) in depths of 13 to 15 m with good holdingground, mud.Pipelines. Mariners are advised not to anchor or

trawl in the vicinity of the numerous charted pipelinesand platforms.

Paragraph 4.161 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...Brighton and close S of Pitch Point, a disused pierextending N from the shore.

Paragraph 4.162 1 lines 4--8 Replace by:...path through the marine oilfield fronting Brighton.

The dock is approached through a channel about6 cables in length marked by buoys (lateral) andhaving its entrance close SSW of RP Platform(10 15 3N 61 38 4W), as shown on the chart.


Marine Consultants Ltd, Trinidad(HH. 670/521/03) [05/05]

Trinidad -- Point Fortin —Directions; pilotage; berths


1 Oil Terminal. Pilotage is compulsory. The pilotboards 1 mile NW of the head of the oil terminal pier.For further details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).Atlantic LNG Terminal. Pilotage is compulsory.

The pilot boards 2 miles NW of the entrance to thedredged approach channel. For further details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

Paragraph 4.228 Including heading Replace by:Spare4.228

Paragraph 4.230 1--3 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of 10 20 N 61 43 W the track

leads generally S for about 6 miles to the pilot stations(4.225), passing E of a well (10 17 N 61 43 W) fromwhich a light is exhibited. The well is situated justoutside the limit of Soldado Oilfield for which specialregulations apply; for details see 4.72.

2 From the pilot stations the berths at the oil terminalcan be directly accessed. For vessels bound forAtlantic LNG Terminal (4.232) the track leads SSE for1¾ miles to the following leading line:

Front light (red rectangular daymark, yellow stripe,on tower) (10 11 1N 61 41 8W).

Rear light (similar structure) (2 cables SSE of frontlight).

NP 7A

3 -- 15

3 The alignment (148¾ ) of these lights leads SSEthrough a channel 1½ miles long, reported dredged to13 m (2004), marked by light--buoys (lateral) to aturning area off the LNG berths.

Useful mark:Light (aluminium framework tower, 24 m in height)

(10 12 7N 61 42 1W) exhibited from the centreof the head of the oil pier.

Paragraph 4.232 1 Replace by:1 The Atlantic LNG Terminal (10 11 4N 61 42 0W)

consists of two T--shaped jetties extending 3½ cablesNW from the N point of reclaimed land.

BA Chart 475(HH. 670/521/03) [50/05]

Tobago -- Scarborough — Pilotage


1 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over50 gt. Arrangements for pilots should be madethrough Port of Spain, Trinidad, giving at least 48hours notice of ETA. The pilot boards 5½ cables SSEof Lodge Point (11 10 1N 60 43 6W).

Caution. While approaching the port andembarking the pilot, it is advisable that vessels stay Eof the leading line in order to counteract an expectedset W caused by wind and current conditions. See4.308 and 1.142.

Marine Consultants Ltd, Trinidad; MV Oceana(HH. 670/400/03) [07/06]

Tobago -- Scarborough — Beacons


SW of Lighthouse Ledge (1½ miles SE) extending2½ cables SW from Bacolet Point, thence:

NE of a bank, with depths of less than 5 m (15 ft)over it, extending 8 cables ESE from Red Rocks(8½ cables SSW), thence:

Paragraph 4.326 5 lines 3--4 Replace by:A light--beacon (lateral) marks Middle Shoal.

MV Logos II(HH. 670/400/03) [47/06]

Colombia -- Puerto Bolivar — Racon; pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot usually boardsfrom a tug in the vicinity of the Puerto BolivarLight--buoy (safe water) (9.33). See Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(5) for further details.


Colombian Notices 44--56/06; PSCO Puerto Bolivar(HH. 640/400/04) [29/06]

Colombia -- Río Magdalena toBahía de Cartagena — Directions


Clear of an isolated shoal, depth 4 8 m (reported2005) (10¼ miles N), thence:

Colombian Notice 109(T)/05(HH. 640/440/04) [47/05]

Colombia -- Cartagena — Leading line

263



Paragraph 9.183 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:3 From a position about 1 mile WSW of Fuerte San

Fernando (10 19 2N 75 34 9W) the track leadsthrough a channel, marked by light--buoys...


The track then leads to a position about 1 mile E ofFuerte San José (10 18 9N 75 34 7W), where thechannel divides.

Paragraph 9.183 6 lines 2--3 Replace by:...track follows the main entrance channel until a position isreached close N of No 6 Light--buoy...

Paragraph 9.183 6 line 7 Replace by:...it, to about 2 cables WSW...

Paragraph 9.183 7 line 1--2 Replace by:7 The track then leads to a position about 1 mile E of

Fuerte San José (10 18 9N 75 34 7W).

Paragraph 9.184 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position about 1 mile E of Fuerte San José

(10 18 9N 75 34 7W) the recommended track leadsNE...

Paragraph 9.185 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position about 1 mile E of Fuerte San José

(10 18 9N 75 34 7W) the recommended track leadsENE...

Paragraph 9.185 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:NNW of No 12 Light--buoy (starboard hand)

(2¼ miles S) marking a shoal with a least depth of7 4 m.

Colombian Notice 148/2006(HH. 640/441/06) [43/06]

Colombia -- Bahia Colombia — Buoy


E of a Light--buoy (E cardinal) (3 miles WNW),marking the edge of the bank extending E fromIsla Los Muertos, thence:


NP 7A

3 -- 16

Panama -- Puerto de Chiriquí Grande — Pilotage


Inner anchorage. For vessels proceeding directlyinto Laguna de Chiriquí Grande, see 12.58

Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for all vesselsberthing at the SBMs and is available day and night.The pilot boards in the vicinity of the inner anchorage,about 3 miles NE of the SBMs. If requested, the pilotwill board vessels in the outer anchorage in thevicinity of 9 12 N 81 59 W. See also 12.43 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

Superintendente de Mov. de Petróleo y Seguridad, AtlanticTerminal of Chiriquí Grande; ALRS 6(5)(HH. 630/415/03) [14/06]

NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America andUnited States Pilot (2004 Edition)

Oregon; Washington -- Cape Blanco to CapeFlattery — Route; submerged buoys


47 52 N 125 20 W (W of the Area to be Avoided(14.4) between Copalis Head and Cape Flattery).


Two obstructions (submerged buoys) lie 7 cablesapart, 34 miles WNW of Cape Elizabeth (47 21 N124 19 W). They are close to the through route, about5 miles seaward of the WSW limit of the Area to beAvoided which lies between Copalis Head and CapeFlattery.

Paragraph 2.78 3 line 3 Replace by:...of Cape Lookout (45 20 N 124 00 W), and to anobstruction on Stonewall Bank (44 30 N 124 25 W).

US Notice 50/18500/04; BA Chart 2531(HH. 612/465/04) [05/05]

Oregon -- Cape Arago — Light

77Paragraph 2.76 2 line 3 Delete


Paragraph 12.38 5 line 2 For Cape Arago Light Read CapeArago


From the vicinity of Cape Arago, the S...



US Notice 5/18587/06(HH. 612/450/04) [10/06]

Costa Rica -- Golfo de Nicoya — Directions

96Paragraph 3.132 2 line 1 For SE Read SW

BA Chart 1931(HH. 008/200/03) [40/05]

Mexico -- Bahía de Manzanillo and approaches —Vessel Traffic Service; Traffic Separation

Scheme; directions; anchorages

159After Paragraph 5.156 1 Insert:Vessel Traffic Service5.156a

1 It has been reported (2004) that a Vessel TrafficService is in operation for the port of Manzanillo.Mariners are advised to obtain the latest informationfrom the local authorities.

Traffic separation scheme5.156b

1 It has been reported (2004) that a TSS has beenestablished on the SE side of Bahía de Manzanillo inthe outer approaches to Manzanillo Harbour. The TSSis not IMO--adopted; however the port authorityindicate that the principles for the use of the routeingsystem defined in Rule 10 of International Regulationsfor Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.

2 The separation zone lies centred on the followingthree positions (bearings and distances from the headof Manzanillo breakwater (5.159)):

a) 289 , distance 1 3 miles.b) 280 , distance 1.7 miles.c) 249 , distance 4.0 miles.

The SW end of the zone has a width of about6 cables, reducing to about 2 cables at the NE end.

3 In--bound traffic should keep to the SE side of theseparation zone and follow a general direction of 040 .Out--bound traffic, on the NW side of the separationzone, follows a general direction of 240 .

Paragraph 5.159 1--4 Replace by:Approach5.159

1 From a position 2½ miles W of Punta Campos(19 01 N 104 21 W) the track leads NE into the bay,following the TSS (5.156b), passing (with positionsfrom the head of Manzanillo breakwater (19 03 7N104 19 8W on Chart 516 Bahía de Manzanillo andBahía de Santiago)):

SE of Punta Carrizal (7¼ miles WNW), a bluff pointfringed by rocks, one of which is high andprominent. A light (5.158) stands on thisprominent rock. And:

2 NW of Roca Vela (3 miles SSW), a 112 m highislet standing 3½ cables S of Punta Campos,thence:

Depending on draught, clear of a bank with a leastcharted depth of 11 9 m (39 ft) (2½ miles SW),which lies 7 cables W of Punta Ventanas(2¼ miles SSW), a point fringed by rocks up to1 cable NW, and:

NP 8

3 -- 17

3 SE of Los Frailes (4½ miles WNW), a group ofseven small, detached rocks lying 5 cablesSSE of Punta de Juluapan, the S extremity ofa high peninsula, 1 mile in length. A light(round GRP tower, 2 m in height) stands onthe SE rock of Los Frailes. Thence:

NW of Punta Ojo de Agua (1 mile WSW), fringed byrocks, which is the S entrance point of Bahía deManzanillo, thence:

4 NW of Punta Chiquita del Viejo (6 cablesWSW). Foul ground extends up to 1½ cablesoff the coast between this point and the rootof Manzanillo breakwater. And:

SE of Roca Pelicano (2¾ miles NW), a high, whitishrock lying close off Punta Santiago, the Sextremity of a high peninsula, 1 mile in length,the N entrance point of Bahía de Manzanillo,thence:

5 SE of a light--buoy (safe water) (1¼ miles NW),moored between the inner end of the TSS(5.156b) and the anchorages (5.164), thence:

NE of the head of Manzanillo breakwater, fromwhich a light (round concrete tower, 7 m inheight) is displayed.

160Paragraph 5.160 1--3 Delete

Paragraph 5.164 1 line 4 Replace by:Outer anchorage. It has been reported (2004) that

three anchorage areas, Zones A, B and C, have beenestablished in the N part of Bahía de Manzanillo (withpositions from the head of Manzanillo breakwater(5.159)):

Zone A, for tankers and vessels carrying dangerouscargo, centred 299 , distance 2 4 miles.

Zone B, for large vessels in excess of 5000 gt,centred 326 , distance 1 8 miles.

Zone C, for vessels of less than 5000 gt, centred358 , distance 9½ cables.


APL Argentina(HH. 623/410/03) [04/05]

Mexico -- Bahía de Manzanillo -- Vessel TrafficService; Traffic Separation Scheme; anchorages

159Paragraph 5.156a Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/05Replace by:Vessel traffic service5.156a

1 A VTS is in operation for the port of Manzanillo;participation is mandatory for vessels of over 500 gt.For further details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

Paragraph 5.156b 1 line 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week04/05 Replace by:

1 A TSS has been...

160

Paragraph 5.164 1 line 4 Including Existing Section IVNotice Week 04/05 Replace by:

Outer anchorage. Three anchorage areas, Zones A,B and C, have been established in the N part of Bahíade Manzanillo (with positions from the head ofManzanillo breakwater (5.159)):

Zone A, for tankers and vessels carrying dangerouscargo, centred 288 distance 3 0 miles.

Zone B, for large vessels in excess of 5000 gt,centred 312 distance 2 1 miles.

Zone C, for vessels of less than 5000 gt, centred 348distance 1 3 miles.

API Manzanillo(HH. 623/410/03) [24/05]

Golfo de California -- Lobos IslandNorth--north--westwards —Wreck


WSW of the wreck (10 miles NNW) of a fishingvessel, lying in a depth of 10 9 m (36 ft), markedby light--buoys. Thence:

Mexican Notice 9/152/06(HH. 623/425/05) [45/06]

Mexico -- Baja California -- Cabo San Quintín —Depth; light


Clear of a 3 8 m (12 ft) patch (6 miles WSW). Adangerous rock (reported 1964, positionapproximate) lies 8 cables SE of the patch. And:

Paragraph 7.130 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:2 WSW of Cabo San Quintín, the S extremity of a

long, narrow peninsula, which rises to MonteMazo (49 m (160 ft) high); a light (red andwhite daymark on white metal truncatedpyramidal tower, 6 m in height) is displayedfrom the W side of the cape.

238Paragraph 7.133 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:...rocks.

Mexican Chart S.M.121.1; BA Chart 3056(HH. 623/445/03) [08/05]

Mexico -- Approaches to Ensenada —Dangerous wreck

240Paragraph 7.156 2 Add:

SW of a dangerous wreck that lies 1¼ miles S of theentrance to Puerto El Sauzal (7.165), thence:

US Notice 10/21021/05(HH. 623/445/03) [14/05]

NP 8

3 -- 18

California -- San Diego Bay, Mission Bay andtheir approaches — Regulated navigation area

248After Paragraph 8.13 1 Insert:Regulated navigation area8.13a

1 San Diego Bay, Mission Bay and their approacheslie within a Regulated navigation area extending to thelimit of territorial seas, controlled by the Captain ofthe Port, San Diego. For further information see 1.52,8.6 and Appendix V.

461After §165.1121 Insert:§165.1122 San Diego Bay, Mission Bay andtheir approaches–Regulated navigation area.(a) Regulated navigation area. The following area is

a regulated navigation area (RNA): all waters ofSan Diego Bay, Mission Bay, and theirapproaches encompassed by a line commencingat Point La Jolla (32 51 06 N 117 16 42 W);thence proceeding seaward on a line bearing255 T to the outermost extent of the territorialseas; thence proceeding southerly along theoutermost extent of the territorial seas to theintersection of the maritime boundary withMexico; thence proceeding easterly, along themaritime boundary with Mexico to itsintersection with the California coast; thenceproceeding northerly, along the shoreline of theCalifornia coast--and including the inland watersof San Diego Bay and Mission Bay, California,shoreward of the COLREGS DemarcationLine--back to the point of origin. All coordinatesreference 1983 North American Datum (NAD83).

(b) Definitions. As used in this section--COLREGS Demarcation Line means the line

described at 33 CFR 80.1104 or 80.1106.Public vessel means a vessel that is owned

or demise-- (bareboat) chartered by thegovernment of the United States, by a State orlocal government, or by the government of aforeign country and that is not engaged incommercial service.

Vessel means every description of watercraftor other artificial contrivance used, or capable ofbeing used, as a means of transportation onwater other than a public vessel.

(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels of100 gross tons (GT) or more, including tug andbarge combinations of 100 GT or more(combined), operating within the RNA, with theexception of public vessels, vessels not intendingto cross the COLREGS Demarcation Line andenter San Diego Bay or Mission Bay, and anyvessels exercising rights under principles ofinternational law, including innocent passage orforce majeure, within the area of the RNA.Vessels operating properly installed, operational,type approved automatic identification system(AIS) as denoted in 33 CFR 164.46 areexempted from making requests as required inthis regulation.

(d) Regulations (1) No vessel to which this ruleapplies may enter, depart or move within SanDiego Bay or Mission Bay unless it complieswith the following requirements:

(i) Obtain permission to enter San DiegoBay or Mission Bay from the Captain of the Portor designated representative immediately uponentering the RNA. However, to avoid potentialdelays, we recommend seeking permission 30minutes prior to entering the RNA.

(ii) Follow all instructions issued by theCaptain of the Port or designated representative.

(iii) Obtain permission for any departurefrom or movement within the RNA from theCaptain of the Port or designated representativeprior to getting underway.

(iv) Follow all instructions issued by theCaptain of the Port or designated representative.

(v) Requests may be made by telephoneat 619--278--7033 (select option 2) or viaVHF--FM radiotelephone on channel 16 (156.800Mhz). The call sign for radiotelephone requeststo the Captain of the Port or designatedrepresentative is “Coast Guard Sector SanDiego.”

(2) For purposes of the requirements inparagraph (d)(1) of this section, the Captain ofthe Port or designated representative means anyofficial designated by the Captain of the Port,including but not limited to commissioned,warrant, and petty officers of the U.S. CoastGuard, and any U.S. Coast Guard patrol vessel.Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vesselby siren, radio, flashing light, or other means,the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed.

(e) Waivers. The Captain of the Port or designatedrepresentative may, upon request, waive anyregulation in this section.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 612/400/04) [04/06]

California -- San Pedro Bay -- Long BeachHarbor — Directional lights

274Paragraph 8.191 1 line 8 Replace by:...Inner Harbor. Directional lights standing at the N and Sends assist passage through Back Channel. Light--beaconsmark the extremities of Piers...

US Notice 49/18751/04(HH. 612/410/10) [03/05]

NP 8

3 -- 19

California -- Los Angeles Harbor --Super Tanker Channel — Leading lights


1 From a position on Main Channel entry leading line(8.218), in the vicinity of No 11 Light--buoy (porthand) (33 42 8N 118 15 7W), Super Tanker Channelleads in a WSW direction to a turning basin whichserves a bulk carrier terminal at the entrance to EastChannel, and a tanker terminal at the entrance to WestChannel.

US Notice 03/18751/06(HH. 612/405/06) [07/06]

California -- Point Mugu — Restricted areas

281Paragraph 8.234 Including heading Replace by:Restricted areas8.234

1 Santa Monica Bay. A restricted area, as shown onthe chart, in which there are sewer outfalls, isestablished in Santa Monica Bay. It extends about6½ miles W from the shore at El Segundo (33 55 N118 26 W); a light--buoy (special) is moored on its Wboundary. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in thearea.

2 Point Mugu. A restricted area is established fromPoint Mugu (34 05 N 119 03 W) to the WNW; seeAppendix VI.

For remarks on restricted areas see 8.6.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

California -- Santa Monica Bay --El Segundo Offshore Marine Terminal —

Safety zone

281After Paragraph 8.234 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week37/04 Insert:Safety zone8.234a

1 Santa Monica Bay. A safety zone is established inSanta Monica Bay to protect the El Segundo OffshoreMarine Terminal (8.240). It is located about 1½ milesW from the shore at El Segundo (33 55 N 118 26 W).Unauthorized entry into this area is prohibited.

2 For general remarks on this area see 8.6. Forfurther details see Appendix V.

461After §165.1155 Insert:§165.1156 Safety Zone; Offshore MarineTerminal, El Segundo, California.(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: all

waters of Santa Monica Bay, from surface tobottom, enclosed by a line beginning at

33 54 59 N 118 26 50 W; then to

33 54 59 N 118 27 34 W; then to

33 54 00 N 118 27 34 W; then to

33 54 00 N 118 26 50 W; then to the pointof beginning(NAD 1983).

(b) Regulations. (1) In accordance with the generalregulations in §165.23 of this part, entry into ormovement within this zone is prohibited exceptfor:

(i) Commercial vessels authorized to use theoffshore marine terminal for loading orunloading;

(ii) Commercial tugs, lighters, barges, launches orother vessels authorized to engage in servicingthe offshore marine terminal or vesselstherein;

(iii) Public vessels of the United States.(c) Persons desiring to transit the area of the safety

zone may contact the Captain of the Port attelephone number 1--800--221--8724 or onVHF--FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). If permissionis granted, all persons and vessels must complywith the instructions of the Captain of the Portor his or her designated representative.

US Coast Pilot 7, Corr 15/05(HH. 612/410/10) [49/05]

California -- Port Hueneme — Restricted area


2 Restricted area. The harbour lies within arestricted area into which permission is required toenter. See 8.6 and Appendix VI for remarks onrestricted areas.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

California -- Approaches to Port Hueneme —Dangerous wreck


Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 1 mile SSW ofthe E jetty head.

US Notice 23/18724/04(HH. 612/410/09) [37/04]

NP 8

3 -- 20

California -- Monterey Bay; Humboldt Bay —Security Zones

314After Paragraph 9.69 1 Insert:Security Zones9.69a

1 Security zones are established in the waters out to100 yards radius of a cruise ship, tanker or highinterest vessel within the Monterey Bay Area.Unauthorised entry into a security zone is prohibited.

For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. Forfurther details see Appendices V and VI.

380After Paragraph 11.75 1 Insert:Security Zones11.75a

1 Security zones are established in the waters out to100 yards radius of a cruise ship, tanker or highinterest vessel within the Humboldt Bay Area.Unauthorised entry into a security zone is prohibited.

For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. Forfurther details see Appendices V and VI.

462§165.1183 Replace by:§165.1183 Security Zones; Cruise Ships,Tankers and High Interest Vessels, SanFrancisco Bay and Delta Ports, Monterey Bayand Humboldt Bay, California.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/12) [20/06]

California -- San Francisco Bay —Regulated navigation area; security zones


Vessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas. Allwaters inland of Golden Gate are a regulatednavigation area, within which such vessels are toproceed direct to their discharge facility unlessotherwise directed or permitted by the Captain of thePort, or in an emergency when unable to proceedwithout endangering life, property or the environment.

After Paragraph 10.9 3 line 9 Add:Security zones are established out to 25 yards

around the piers, abutments, fenders and pilings of theGolden Gate Bridge and the San Francisco--OaklandBay Bridge.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

California -- San Francisco Bay -- North Point —Wreck


1 From a position in the E--bound traffic lane S ofAlcatraz...


BA Chart 588; US Chart 18652(HH. 612/420/06) [36/05]

California -- San Francisco Bay -- Redwood Creek— Depth

348Paragraph 10.153 1 line 2 For 9 1 m (30 ft) Read 8 1 m(26½ ft)

US Chart 18652(HH. 612/425/05) [36/05]

California -- Point Reyes to Point Arena --Cordell Bank — Directions

369Paragraph 11.15 1 line 4 For NW Read NE

BA Chart 3120(HH. 008/200/03) [04/06]

California -- Point Reyes Northwards -- BodegaHead South--westwards — Buoy

369Paragraph 11.15 2 line 1 For No 12 Read No 30

US Notice 42/18640/06(HH. 612/415/06) [46/06]

Oregon -- Coos Bay — Southern Pacific RailroadBridge


It was reported (2003) that the swing span couldonly be opened by tug and that as much as 12 hoursnotice is required.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

Oregon -- Approaches to Tillamook Bay — Buoy


W of T Light--buoy (safe water), moored 1¼ milesSW of the entrance to Tillamook Bay (45 34 N123 57 W)...


1 From a position about 1½ miles W of the head ofthe N jetty, the line of...

US Chart 18558(HH. 612/465/05) [47/06]

Oregon -- Columbia River -- Sand Island —Dangerous wreck


S of a dangerous wreck (3 miles W), thence:

US Notice 38/18521/04(HH. 612/445/05) [40/04]

NP 8

3 -- 21

United States Code of Federal Regulations --Ports and Waterways Safety -- General —

Notice of Arrival Information Items

447After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship andPort Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) inTable 160.206).

448--449

Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 whichappears below.

US Code of Federal Regulations(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]


460Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 6 For 3 Read 12


TABLE 160.206. — NOA INFORMATION ITEMS

Required informationVessels not

carrying CDC VesselsTowing vessels

controlling vesselscarrying CDC

(1) Vessel information:

(i) Name;

(ii) Name of the registered owner;

(iii) Country of registry;

(iv) Call sign;

(v) International Maritime Organization (IMO) international numberor, if the vessel does not have an assigned IMO internationalnumber, substitute with official number;

(vi) Name of the operator;

(vii) Name of the charterer; and

(viii) Name of classification society.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(2) Voyage information:

(i) Names of last five ports or places visited;

(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited;

(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list thenames of the receiving facility, the port or place, the city, and thestate;

(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, theestimated date and time of arrival;

(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, theestimated date and time of departure;

(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude andlongitude or waterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the timeof reporting; and

(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24--hour point of contact.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(3) Cargo information:

(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard thevessel (e.g.: grain, container, oil, etc.);

(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargoUN number, if applicable; and

(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried.

x x

x

x

x

x

x

NP 8

3 -- 22

Required informationTowing vessels


VesselsVessels not

carrying CDC

(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:

(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;

(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification andnumber);

(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and

(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country).

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:

(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;

(iv) Passport number; and

(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(6) Operational condition of equipment required by §164.35. x x x

(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:

(i) The date of issuance for the company’s Document of Compliancecertificate that covers the vessel;

(ii) The date of issuance for the vessel’s Safety ManagementCertificate; and

(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognizedorganization(s) representing the vessel flag administration, thatissued those certificates.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]

(9) International Ship and Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice:

(i) The date of issuance for the vessel’s International Ship SecurityCertificate (ISSC), if any;

(ii) Whether the ISSC, if any, is an initial Interim ISSC, subsequentand consecutive Interim ISSC, or final ISSC;

(iii) Declaration that the approved ship security plan, if any, is beingimplemented;

(iv) If a subsequent and consecutive Interim ISSC, the reasonstherefor;

(v) The name and 24 hour contact information for the CompanySecurity Officer; and;

(vi) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognised securityorganization(s) representing the vessel flag Administration thatissued the ISSC.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

NP 9

3 -- 23

Appendix V -- Code of Federal RegulationsPart 165

462After §165.1183 Insert:§165.1185 Regulated Navigation Area; SanFrancisco Bay, San Pablo Bay, CarquinezStrait Suisun Bay, Sacramento River, SanJoaquin River and connecting waters inCalifornia.

§165.1187 Security Zones; Golden Gate Bridgeand the San Francisco--Oakland Bay Bridge,San Francisco Bay, California.

§165.1190 Security Zone; San Francisco Bay,Oakland Estuary, Alameda, California.After §165.1191 Insert:§165.1192 Security Zones; Waters surroundingSan Francisco International Airport andOakland International Airport, San FranciscoBay, California.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

Appendix VI -- Code of Federal RegulationsPart 334

467After §334.1060 Insert:§334.1065 US Coast Guard Station, YerbaBuena Island, San Francisco Bay, California;restricted area.

468After §334.1120 Paragraph (5) Insert:§334.1126 Naval Base Ventura County, PortHueneme, Point Mugu, California; restrictedarea.(a) The area. The restricted area at Naval Base

Ventura County, Point Mugu incorporates itsshorelines and connects the following points:34 07 09 9 N 119 09 35 6 W (up--coast

shoreline point).34 07 00 0 N 119 09 46 7 W;34 06 44 9 N 119 09 22 5 W;34 06 30 2 N 119 08 59 0 W;34 06 20 5 N 119 08 46 7 W;34 06 08 4 N 119 08 25 2 W;34 05 53 7 N 119 07 59 5 W;34 05 45 9 N 119 07 41 5 W;34 05 40 1 N 119 07 21 0 W;34 05 33 6 N 119 06 58 1 W;34 05 31 2 N 119 06 37 9 W;34 05 31 0 N 119 06 22 2 W;34 05 32 9 N 119 06 14 4 W;34 05 44 7 N 119 05 54 0 W;34 05 45 2 N 119 05 43 5 W;34 05 41 0 N 119 05 21 2 W;34 05 42 2 N 119 05 13 3 W;34 05 27 8 N 119 04 49 5 W;34 05 17 9 N 119 04 27 9 W;34 05 05 7 N 119 03 59 9 W;34 05 17 9 N 119 03 55 4 W (down--coast

shoreline point).

(b) The regulation. No vessels may enter therestricted area unless permission is obtained inadvance from the Commanding Officer of NavalBase Ventura County; contact Naval BaseVentura County Security at (805) 989--7907.

§334.1127 Naval Base Ventura County, PortHueneme, California; restricted area.

US Coast Pilot 7(HH. 078/555/10) [37/04]

NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)

Antarctic Specially Protected Areas

3After Paragraph 1.21 1 Insert:Antarctic Specially Protected Areas1.21a

1 In 2002 the Specially Protected Areas (1.20) andSites of Special Scientific Interest were combined andrenamed Antarctic Specially Protected Areas (ASPAs).

253Add:

In 2002 these SPAs were renamed AntarcticSpecially Protected Areas (ASPAs), and renumbered asfollows:

SPA Nos 1--24 to ASPA Nos 101--120SPA Nos 25--29 to ASPA Nos 155--159

255Add:

In 2002 these SSSIs were renamed AntarcticSpecially Protected Areas (ASPAs), and renumbered asf0ollows:

SSSI Nos 1--9 to ASPA Nos 121--129SSSI Nos 11--23 to ASPA Nos 130--142SSSI Nos 25--37 to ASPA Nos 143--154

SSSI No 10 has been incorporated into SPA No 20to form ASPA No 116, SSSI No 24 has been added toSPA No 22 to form ASPA No 118.

Antarctic Treaty(HH. 696/219/01) [01/05]

Îles Crozet -- Île de la Possession -- Baie du Marin— Anchorage


3 An anchorage area exists 4 cables ESE of PointeSeince. The SW limit of the area is defined by thetransit of Pointe Seince Light--beacons (white withblack stripes) (46 25 4S 51 52 3E), bearing 296 ; theNW limit is defined by the transit of Pointe LieutardLight--beacons (white and black chequers) (46 25 8S51 52 5E), bearing 212 . The E limit is defined bythe arc of a circle, radius 1 2 cables, centred on thepoint of intersection of the light transits. Anchorage isprohibited outside this area. The anchorage may onlybe used with prior permission from the local Frenchauthorities. Permission is granted only in cases ofabsolute necessity, and to vessels resupplying theresearch station at Port Alfred (2.36).

NP 9

3 -- 24

4 The anchorage, in a depth of about 37 m, blacksand, gravel and broken shells, is well protected fromthe prevailing winds. A strong N--going current hasbeen reported in the area.

French Notice 46/74/05(HH. 510/400/02) [52/05]

Indian Ocean, Îles Kerguelen— Mooring regulations

80After Paragraph 2.46 2 Insert:Regulations2.46a

1 Vessels owned or chartered by the administrativeauthority of the Terres Australes et AntarctiqueFrançaises are only permitted to secure to thefollowing moorings at Îles Kerguelen:

At Port--aux--Français: Main buoy(49 21 2S 70 13 3E) and safety buoy(49 21 2S 70 13 2E).

At Port Bizet: buoy in position 49 30 9S 69 53 9E.At Armor, Hurley Bay: buoy in position

49 26 9S 69 55 6E.At Port des Belliers: buoy in position

49 24 8S 69 57 3E.

French Notice 21/06(HH. 009/200/02) [30/06]

South Georgia -- Cape Paryadin —Andrews Rocks

125Paragraph 3.70 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:...6 cables E of Cape Paryadin; a rock, dangerous tonavigation, lies 4 cables farther E.

126Paragraph 3.74 2 lines 5--8 Replace by:...then proceed ENE, giving a wide berth to the rock (3.70),1 mile E of Cape Paryadin. The approach toward JohanHarbour is on a NNW...

Expedition Yacht Tara(HH. 691/400/05) [06/06]

South Shetland Islands -- Elephant Island --Cape Valentine — Depth


A shoal with a depth of 5 m (16 ft) over it lies inposition 61 05 8S 54 38 4W, 7 cables ENE of CapeValentine.

Lindblad Expeditions(HH. 694/400/06) [24/05]

South Shetland Islands -- Deception Island --Port Foster — Directions

154Paragraph 4.104 6 line 5 Replace by:...Neptunes Bellows. This track leads close S of a 7 0 m(23 ft) patch lying ¾ cable SSW of Petes Pillar. From aposition about 1 cable S of...

Navarea VI 0306/04(HH. 694/400/06) [49/04]

Joinville Island Group -- Dundee Island --Welchness — Depth; aids to navigation

160Paragraph 5.24 2 lines 5--8 Replace by:...morainic.

A beacon (black, yellow bands, 5 5 m in height),stands on the W extremity of Welchness and anotherbeacon (yellow, red bands, 5 5 m in height) stands1 mile NE. Within...

BA Chart 225(HH. 009/200/02) [23/06]

Antarctic Sound -- Hope Bay -- Hut Cove —Rocas Denticuladas Light--beacons


The rear...


NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)

Greenland — Ice reconnaissance

17Paragraph 1.91 1 lines 4--8 Replace by:...Volume 3.

Ice Charting and Remote Sensing Division, DanishMeteorological Institute(HH. 011/200/01) [33/05]

Iceland -- Hafnarfjördhur — Directions

101Paragraph 3.67 1 line 2 For E Read ENE

Paragraph 3.67 2 Replace by:2 The track continues ENE to a position on the

line of bearing (091 ) of HafnarfjördhurDirectional Light (on roof of building)(69 04 4N 21 58 1W).

Paragraph 3.67 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:3 The line of bearing (091 ) in the white sector of

the light leads to a position about 4 cables NW of theharbour entrance, passing:

Icelandic Notices 2--3/5/05; 2--3/6/05(HH. 336/440/04) [21/05]

NP 12

3 -- 25

Iceland -- Skerjafjördhur —Buoy; leading beacons


A spar buoy (starboard hand), with light and radarreflectors, lies 2½ cables W of Kópavogur harbourbreakwater (3.78).

Icelandic Notices 2--3/7/05; 2--3/8/05(HH. 336/440/04) [21/05]

Iceland -- Súgandafjördhur -- Sudhureyri —Approach


2 Approach. The harbour should only be approachedin daylight and with local knowledge.

Icelandic Notice 7--9/22/06(SDD 2006000 394104) [46/06]

Iceland -- Berufjörður — Approaches

149Paragraph 5.51 1--4 Including heading Replace by:Approaches5.51

1 East approach. From seaward, the track leads NWin the white sector (298 --315 ) of KarlsstaðatangiLight (5.52), passing between Ystiboði andLangsgrunn which lie 8 miles SE of the light. Thetrack continues until S of Krossboði when it leads Wand NW to the anchorages at Gautavík and Skálavík.Alternatively, the white sector (259 --260 ) ofÆðarsteinn Light (5.52) or the white sector(042 --047 ), astern, of Karlsstaðatangi Light lead toDjúpivogur approach leading lines.

2 South approach. Local knowledge is required. Thetrack leads NNW in the white sector (329 --002 ) ofKetilsfles Light (5.45). When about 1 mile from thelight the track then leads NE through Skorbeinsáll, inthe white sector (038 --040 ) of Streiti Light (5.65), tojoin the route for the E approach.

3 North--east approach. From a position 5 miles E ofStreiti Light, the track leads SW in the white sector(228 --240 ) of Papey Light (5.43), remaining NW ofKjöggur (5.37), to a position about 4 miles NE ofPapey Light and within the white sector (298 --315 )of Karlsstaðatangi Light, where it joins the route forthe E approach.

Icelandic Chart 74(HH. 011/200/01) [08/06]

Svalbard – Ny--Ålesund —Restricted area; anchorage


Restricted area, in which anchoring is prohibited,extends about 2 cables NNE into Kongsfjorden fromthe port. Three submarine pipelines lie within the area.

227

Paragraph 9.97 4 Replace by:4 Anchorage may be possible off the port, clear of

the restricted area enclosing the submarine pipelinesand clear of a rock with a depth of 6 4 m over it thatlies 2 cables NNE of the head of the E pier. Marinersare strongly advised to obtain the advice of the localauthority before anchoring.

Norwegian Notice 3/163/05; Norwegian Chart 513(HH. 312/400/03) [12/05]

NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)

Greenland —Mandatory ship reporting system


1 A mandatory ship reporting system has beenestablished to assist safe navigation within Greenlandwaters and, if necessary, initiate search and rescueoperations.

2 The system consists of two subdivisions:GREENPOS, mandatory for all vessels within the

Continental Shelf Area or the ExclusiveEconomic Zone of Greenland, and on passage toand from Greenland ports.

COASTAL CONTROL (KYSTKONTROL),mandatory for all vessels of 20 grt and over, andfor all fishing vessels, on coastal passage inGreenland waters.

Vessels arriving in Greenland waters and subsequentlyundertaking coastal passages may remain within theGREENPOS system, subject to the agreement of theresponsible authority.

3 Vessels to which the GREENPOS system appliesare required to send reports in a prescribed format, atprescribed times and intervals, to Island CommanderGreenland (GLK)/MRCC Groennedal who is theresponsible authority for the monitoring of vesselsoutside coastal waters.

Vessels to which the COASTAL CONTROL systemapplies send their reports in a prescribed format to theGreenland coast radio stations. The coast radio stationsare responsible for the monitoring of coastal voyagesthroughout their duration.

4 For full details of the service, including reportingformats and timings, see the relevant Admiralty List ofRadio Signals.

International Maritime Organization(HA. 318/002/001/75) [49/02]

NP 12

3 -- 26

Greenland, West Coast -- Sydprøven —Submarine pipeline; anchorage

103After Paragraph 2.76 2 Insert:Submarine pipeline. A submarine outfall, shown

on Danish Chart 1150, has been laid about 200 mENE from the S entrance point of Qarsorsat.

Paragraph 2.76 6 line 3 Replace by:...affected by swell, or NE of Qarsorsat clear of thesubmarine pipeline. Ice often enters...

Danish Notice 7/323/05(HH. 337/420/06) [13/05]

Greenland, West coast -- Skovfjord — Directions

110Paragraph 2.133 Replace by:Directions2.133

1 A vessel making for Skovfjord from W is advisedto keep well to seaward of the area extending 7 milesWSW through to W of Angissit (60 38 N, 46 43 W).This area, which includes the W entrance to Skovfjord,is poorly surveyed and below--water rocks and other,uncharted, dangers may exist.

2 Caution. It is recommended that Skovfjord isentered by the E channel between the islands ofHollænderø (60 42 N, 46 27 W) and Simiutaq. Thisentrance, which is not easy to identify from seaward,should be approached from the SSW, care being takento avoid the vicinity of the rock, awash (2.131), aboutmidway between Angissit and Qîoqe.

3 When the leading beacons on the W side ofHollænderø are sighted, approach on the alignment(025 ) until about 1¾ miles from the front beacon;then alter course N, into Skovfjord in deep water, andthereafter maintain a mid--channel course through boththat fjord and Tunugdliarfik.

Danish Notice 09/897/05; Danish Chart 1116(HH. 337/420/06) [40/05]

Greenland, West coast -- Nunarssuit --Naujartalik — Rock

115After Paragraph 2.173 1 Add:

A rock, with a least depth of 4 5 m, is reported tolie in position 60 46 0N 48 13 4W.

Danish Notice 835/06; Danish Chart 1117(SDD 2006000 384864) [44/06]

Greenland, West Coast -- Arsuk Fjord --Søndre Løb — Napassut Light

120Paragraph 2.211 1 line 6 Replace by:...(red cabinet, 12 m in height) (61 06 4N...

Danish Notice 29/717/04(HH. 337/420/05) [33/04]

Greenland, West Coast -- Frederikshåb —Submarine pipeline; anchorages; mooring buoys

124After Paragraph 2.245 1 Insert:Submarine pipeline2.245a

1 A submarine outfall, shown on Danish Chart 1250,has been laid along the approach channel fromFiskeindustri (61 59 8N 49 40 6W). It is about5½ cables long and lies close SE of the approachchannel leading line (2.250).

125Paragraph 2.248 2 Delete


Note that the anchor position is less than 1 cableNW of the outfall described at 2.245a.

Paragraph 2.252 7 Existing Section IV Notice Week 41/04Delete

Paragraph 2.253 1 Add:Note that this anchor position is less than 1 cable

NW of the outfall described at 2.245a.

Danish Notice 6/301/05(HH. 337/420/06) [13/05]

Greenland, West Coast – Frederikshåb —Submarine outfall


7 Caution. A submarine outfall extends about5 cables SW from the quay S of Pakhus (61 59 8N49 40 8W).

Danish Notice 876(P)04(HH. 337/420/05) [41/04]

Greenland, West Coast -- Inner Route --Arsuk Fjord to Frederikshåb — Caution


4 Caution. It is reported that a vessel with a draughtof about 5 m touched a rock in the channel off the Eextremity of Vesterland. In addition, a rock with aleast depth of 1 5 m over it, was reported (2005) to liein approximate position (61 45 3N 49 20 9W).

Danish Notice 28/722/05; Danish Chart 1210(HH. 337/420/06) [33/05]

Greenland, West Coast -- Egedesminde andapproaches -- Qârajugtog — Leading light


2 Front light (red tower, yellow band, 2 m inheight) (68 42 8N 52 59 1W).

Danish Notice 38/919/04(HH. 337/440/03) [43/04]

NP 13

3 -- 27

NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)

Queensland -- Weipa — Anchorages


Designated anchorages for vessels awaiting a pilotare established N and S of the approach fairway, asshown on the chart.

Australian Notice 3/124/06(HH. 577/585/03) [11/06]

Queensland -- Weipa — Pilot Boarding Place


2 Boarding place: 2 miles SW of FairwayLight--beacon...

Cairns Vessel Traffic Management(HH. 577/590/04) [34/05]

Northern Territory -- Gove Harbour —Light--buoys


1 If bound for Perkins Wharf at the head of the baythe track continues generally N passing:

W of Harbour Islet lying 2 cables WSW of RockyPoint (1¼ miles ESE). A reef upon which lies anislet, 3 m in height, extends 1½ cables SW fromthe point.

The track then continues NNE to the berth, througha channel marked by light--buoys (port and starboardhand). The light--buoys (starboard hand) mark the edgeof the reef which extends NW, W and SW fromHarbour Islet.

Australian Notice 23/993/05(HH. 572/410/05 ) [49/05]

Northern Territory -- Melville Island --Apsley Strait — Buoyage


1 Directions. From a position S of Mesquite Shoal(11 13 S 130 01 E) (4.70) the approach to Saint AsaphBay leads initially E passing S of a 7 m patch(11 16 S 130 05 E) (reported 1983), thence betweenlight--buoys (lateral) which mark the entrance channel.The track then leads ESE passing NNE of alight--buoy (starboard hand) which is moored at theNE edge of the sandy spit extending N from BracePoint (11 19 S 130 20 E) (4.71).

2 Caution. Mariners should take note that whenproceeding against the out--going tide a good clearanceshould be given to the sandy spit extending N fromBrace Point as the tidal stream sets over it withconsiderable strength when it is covered.

In the approach to Saint Asaph Bay the water isvery muddy and mariners should navigate withcaution.


Northern Territories -- Darwin —Submarine pipeline; light--beacons


1 A submarine gas pipeline is laid from position12 31 6S 130 51 6E through the waters of PortDarwin, thence generally WNW to position 11 04 S126 37 E, within Bayu Undan Gasfield (4.31). Thealignment, 072¼ , of the first leg of the pipeline, ismarked by two light--beacons.

For further information regarding submarinepipelines see 1.38.

Australian Notices 6/240/05; 4/169/06(HH. 571/400/01; HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]

Northern Territories -- Darwin —Traffic regulations; light--buoys

153After Paragraph 4.112 1 Insert:Traffic regulations4.112a

1 A restricted area is established at Wickham PointLNG Jetty (4.137) as follows:

At all times vessels are prohibited from approachingwithin 100 m of the jetty. This is extended to500 m from the jetty 45 minutes before berthing,and until departure of an LNG tanker.

That part of the 500 m restricted area which lies Nand S of the jetty is marked by light--buoys(special).

Darwin Port Corporation(HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]

Northern Territories -- Darwin —Berth; light--buoy


Wickham Point LNG berth lies 9 cables S ofWickham Point (12 30 5S 130 51 5E). The T--headjetty extends 7 cables W from the shore. A light--buoy(isolated danger) is moored 4 cables W of the berth.

Australian Notices 23/996/05; 4/169/06(HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]

NP 13

3 -- 28

Western Australia -- Scott Reef -- Sandy Islet —Tower



Western Australia -- Lacepede Channel —Racons

205Paragraph 5.240 Replace by:5.240Spare

Hydropac 1017/06(HH. 573/425/03) [26/06]

Western Australia -- Dampier —Leading lights; directions

232Paragraph 6.126 1 Replace by:Dampier Cargo Wharf and Bulk Liquids Berth6.126

1 From a position E of Pueblo Shoal (20 34 1S116 41 4E) (6.121), and when clear of light--beaconsNo 3W and 3E (20 33 9S 116 42 0E), the track leadsSE through the approach channel, which has amaintained depth of 11 m.

Leading lights:Front light No 1A Light--beacon (vertical rectangle

on beacon) (20 34 1S 116 41 7E).Rear light No 1B Light--beacon (similar structure)

(20 33 9S 116 41 4E).2 The alignment (312 ) astern, of the light--beacons

leads to the turning area, passing (with positions fromFront light No 1A Light--beacon):

SW of No 2 Light--beacon (W cardinal) (6 cables E),thence:

SW of No 4 Light--beacon (port hand) (9 cablesESE), thence:

Between three pairs of light--beacons (lateral)marking the edges of the approach channel.

3 On passing between No 9 and No 10 Light--beacons(lateral) into the turning area, the approach to eitherDampier Cargo Wharf or Bulk Liquids Berth can bemade.


2 Bulk Liquids Berth (20 36 9S 116 44 6E) has amaintained depth alongside of 13 m.


Western Australia -- Mary Anne Passage --Corner Shoals — Depth


4 ENE of Corner Shoals (7 miles WSW), with aleast charted depth of 6 4 m over them.


Western Australia -- North West Cape — Oil field

246After Paragraph 6.275 3 Insert:Marine exploitation6.275a

1 Enfield oil field lies within a circle of radius1½ miles centred on position 21 29 S 113 59 E (ChartAus 329). The field comprises four production wells,an FPSO and an inter--connecting submarine oilpipeline.

A restricted area has been established around theproduction wells and FPSO. For remarks on safetyzones see 1.11.

A cautionary area within which vessels are to avoidnavigating, anchoring or fishing, has also beenestablished around the field.


Western Australia -- Geelvink Channel — Depth



Western Australia -- Cliff Head —Submarine pipeline; oil production platform


1 A submarine oil pipeline is laid from the shore inthe vicinity of 29 25 6S 114 58 2E extending W for4 miles, then generally SW for 2 miles to Cliff oilproduction platform in position 29 27 0S 114 52 2E.

For further details regarding submarine pipelines see1.38.


Western Australia -- Approaches to Fremantle —Depths; pilotage; directions


1 Approach and East Channels. The least charteddepth in Approach and East Channels (8.45) is 13 1 m,about 3½ miles NW of Buckland Hill DirectionalLight (32 01 S 115 46 E) (8.43); pilotage iscompulsory for vessels with a draught of 11 m orgreater.

NP 13

3 -- 29

Deepwater Channel. The least charted depth inDeepwater Channel (8.45) is 15 1 m, about 4 milesWNW of Buckland Hill Directional Light (32 01 S115 46 E) (8.43); pilotage is compulsory for vesselsusing this channel.

281

Paragraph 8.30 1 line 2 Replace by:...vicinity of Approach and East Channels and an areawithin...

Paragraph 8.31 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:32 01 4S 115 41 3E for vessels of less than 11 m

draught (Inner Pilot Boarding Ground).

283

Paragraph 8.45 1--4 Including heading Replace by:Gage Roads -- approach from north--west byApproach Channel and East Channel8.45

1 From the vicinity of 31 52 S 115 30 E, about9 miles N of Rottnest Light (8.43), the line of bearing125 of Buckland Hill Directional Light (32 01 S115 46 E) (8.43), which shows white between thebearings of 124¾ to 125¾ , leads in the approachpassing:

NE of Roe Reef (31 58 S 115 32 E) (8.48), thence:NE of Kingston Reefs (31 59 S 115 34 E) (8.49),

thence:2 NE of Fairway Landfall Light--buoy (safe water)

(31 57 S 115 39 E) to join ApproachChannel, continuing along the same line ofbearing, noting the two 14 8 m patches(31 58 2S 115 40 4E) (31 58 0S115 41 2E) and the 8 9 m shoal patch(31 56 8S 115 40 9E) which lies 1 mile NEof the route, thence:

3 NE of No 1 Light--buoy (starboard hand)(31 58 7S 115 41 4E), noting thelight--buoys (special) close NW and SW.

The route then joins East Channel, authorised for adraught of 11 m, and leads generally S over a 13 1 mpatch (31 59 3S 115 42 0E), the least charted depth(8.13) of East Channel, and passing W of Hall BankLight--beacon (port hand) (32 01 8S 115 42 7E) tothe Inner Pilot Boarding Ground (8.31) in GageRoads.

4 For vessels with a draught greater than 11 m, theDeep Water Channel leads generally S passingbetween the 15 m contours through the compulsorypilotage area marked by light--buoys (lateral), thencepassing W of Hall Bank Light--beacon (port hand)(32 02 0S 115 42 7E) to the Inner Pilot BoardingGround (8.31) in Gage Roads.

Paragraph 8.46 1--2 Including heading Replace by:Spare8.46

Paragraph 8.48 4 lines 1--2 Replace by:The track continues ENE to join Approach Channel

(8.45) on the line of bearing 125 of...


2 This route leads to a position 1½ miles S ofFairway Landfall Light--buoy (safe water) (31 57 S115 39 E). The track then leads SE to the Inner PilotBoarding Ground, passing:

SW of No 3 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (32 00 S115 41 E) which marks the end of the Deep WaterChannel compulsory pilotage area.


Western Australia -- Hopetoun --Mary Ann Haven — Beacons

314Paragraph 9.102 3 line 3 Replace by:...(33 57 7S 120 07 7E). The track then leads W for about2 cables to the anchorage.

Paragraph 9.102 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:...in depths of 7 m with Mary Ann Point Breakwater Lightbearing about 290 distant 5 cables.


South Australia -- Thevenard —Light Beacon

333Paragraph 10.73 1 line 2--4 Replace by:...leads N, passing W of a light--buoy (special), and Wof a light--beacon (starboard hand) marking a dryingsandbank which lies 4 cables N of Thevenard Wharf(10.75); then to a position WSW of Ceduna Jetty...

Australian Notice 10/438/06; Australian Chart 120(HH. 574/420/03) [24/06]

South Australia -- Streaky Bay —Aids to navigation

336Paragraph 10.89 1 line 7 For 108 Read 111

Paragraph 10.89 2 lines 4--8 Replace by:SSE of a beacon (7¼ miles NW), marking the SE

end of shoal water which extends from NorthBank.

Paragraph 10.89 3 line 1 For 344 Read 032

Paragraph 10.89 3 line 2 For 1¾ miles Read 2 miles

Australian Notice 10/440/06; Aus Chart 121(HH. 574/415/03) [23/06]

South Australia -- Thistle Island — Light--buoy



NP 13

3 -- 30

South Australia -- Whyalla to Port Pirie —Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all non--exempt vessels.Pilots board in the following positions:

Vessels in excess of 14 m draught; Whyalla EntranceNo 1 Light--beacon bearing 165 range 5 miles.

Vessels less than 14 m draught; in the vicinity of PortPirie pilot boarding ground (33 04 5S137 45 5E) or 1 7 miles SE of No 1light--beacon.

For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(4).

Tugs are available.


1 Pilotage. See 11.149.Tugs are available.


1 Pilotage. See 11.149.Tugs are available.


South Australia -- Port Bonython —Restricted areas


2 Prohibited and restricted areas. The jetty isenclosed within a prohibited area and two restrictedareas; the outer restricted area is not shown on thechart. Vessels may not enter the prohibited areawithout prior permission from Port Bonython.

Whenever the berth operations signal, exhibitedfrom the jetty head, shows a single, red flashing light,vessels are prohibited from entering the inner restrictedarea without prior permission from Port Bonython.

3 The outer, uncharted restricted area lies within acircle of radius 2 miles, centred on the S end of thejetty. Vessels are prohibited from entering this areawhen the berth operations signal shows two redflashing lights one above the other. The Port Authorityshould be contacted for further details.

South Australian Notice 23/06(HH. 571/055/03) [22/06]

South Australia -- Adelaide — Leading lights;pilot boarding area; port limits

383Paragraph 12.94 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:...area about 2 miles SW of Port Adelaide EntranceLight--beacon (34 46 8S 138 22 5E).

384Paragraph 12.101 4 line 10 For W Read SW


From the Entrance Beacon to a line between No 20and No 21 light--beacons 14 2 m (46 ft).


There is also an anchorage in about 18 m of water,1 mile W of the pilot boarding position, a wreck with14 6 m over it lies 1¼ miles SSE.

Paragraph 12.126 4 line 9 For 4½ Read 2¾Paragraph 12.129 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:

7 kn Between No 12 and No 22 Beacons, andS of No 27 Beacon


1 From the pilot boarding position (34 48 2S138 20 8E), the entrance channel is approached fromSSW. When ESE of the Outer Harbour LeadingLights, and passing S of Entrance Light--beacon(34 46 8S 138 22 5 E), the track leads ESE.

Outer Harbour Leading Lights:Front Light--beacon (34 46 7S 138 21 8E).Rear Light--beacon (34 46 7S 138 21 6E).

Leading lights, Set No 1:Front No 13 Light--beacon (orange triangle, point

up, on beacon) (34 47 6S 138 26 9E).Rear Light--beacon (orange triangle, point down, on

beacon) (34 47 6S 138 27 2E).2 The alignment (281¼ ), astern, of the channel

entrance leading lights and (101¼ ) of the leadinglights, Set No 1, with the rear ETSA Power Stationchimney (3½ miles from the rear light beacon) leadinto the dredged channel marked by numberedlight--beacons as shown on the chart passing (withpositions from No 13 leading light--beacon, Set No 1):

NNE of No 11 Light--beacon (orange triangle, pointup, on beacon) (2 cables W).




Paragraph 12.135 6 lines 8--9 Replace by:SSE of No 12 Light--beacon (port hand) (4½ cables

WSW).Paragraph 12.136 1 line 1 For 10 Read 20


Paragraph 12.136 3 Replace by:Between No 34 Light--beacon (port hand) (1¾ miles

NNE) and No 35 Light--beacon (starboard hand)(1¾ miles N), thence:

E of ASC Engineering Wharf (9 cables N).From a position about 1 cable W of No 40

Light--beacon (port hand) (3 cables NNE) thetrack leads SSE:

Paragraph 12.136 4 line 7Delete

NP 14

3 -- 31

Paragraph 12.136 5 line 1 For 36A Read 42



Transport SA Notice 34/2006(HH. 574/485/04) [38/06]

South Australia -- Adelaide —Depth; leading beacons

386Paragraph 12.118 1 line 6 Add:1 cable W of Berth No 11, Commercial Wharf, a 2 3 mpatch exists in position 34 50 32S 138 30 34E.


Leading marks. The alignment (074¾ ), astern, ofthe leading beacons situated between CommercialWharf and No 1 Dock, leads through the central spanof Birkenhead Bridge.


South Australia -- Port Giles — Depths

392Paragraph 12.155 1 line 3, Replace by:...14 7 m. An area N and E of the berth has a maintaineddepth of 13 5 m, as shown on the chart.


South Australia -- Ardrossan — Depths


Paragraph 12.177 1 line 2 Replace by:...leads as requisite towards the...

Paragraph 12.180 1 lines 3--6 Replace by:Town Jetty has two berths at its head. The N and S

berths are each 67 m in length.

Australian Hydrographic Service(HH. 574/485/04) [35/06]

NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)

Victoria -- Port Campbell — Platform;production wells; submarine gas pipelines


1 Production wells and a gas field have beenestablished in the following positions:

Minerva production wells, centred on position38 42 8S 142 57 5E.

Casino production wells, centred on position38 47 5S 142 43 2E.

Thylacine gas field, centred on position 39 14 2S142 54 1E.

2 A restricted area has been established around theproduction wells and the platform. For remarks onsafety zones see 1.10.

A Cautionary Area within which vessels are toavoid navigating, anchoring or fishing, has also beenestablished around Thylacine gas field.

Paragraph 3.47 Replace by:1 Submarine gas pipelines have been laid from

position 38 37 4S 142 57 8E to Minerva and Casinoproduction wells, 5½ miles SSW and 17 miles SWrespectively, of Point Sturgess.

Another gas pipeline has been laid from position38 37 6S 142 58 5E to Thylacine gas field, 37 milesS of Point Sturgess. For further information onpipelines see 1.33.


Clear of Casino Production Wells (38 48 S142 43 E) (3.46), thence:

After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 9 Add:NE of Thylacine gas field (39 14 S 142 54 E)

(3.46), thence:


Victoria -- Port Phillip -- South Channel —Wrecks


Clear of a wreck (2¾ miles E) with a depth of 10 9 mover it, thence:

Paragraph 4.34 2 line 8 Replace by:...Light--beacon (S cardinal) (3½ miles E); a wreck,

with a depth of 13 9 m over it, lies 2½ cablesWSW of the beacon.


NP 14

3 -- 32

Victoria -- Port Phillip -- West Channel — Lights

102Paragraph 4.36 1 line 1 For Light Read Tower

Paragraph 4.38 3 line 5 For Wedge Light--beacon ReadWedge Beacon

Paragraph 4.39 1 Replace by:1 Leading Marks:

Wedge beacon (38 16 5S 144 42 1E) (4.38).Beacon (orange) standing 6 cables NNE of Monash

Tower.Monash Tower (red and black masonry tower,

orange rectangular topmark, 4 m in height)standing on the peninsula 2¾ miles SSW ofWedge Beacon.


...keeping No 10 Beacon (port hand) on thestarboard...

Paragraph 4.41 2 line 4 Replace by:...Beacon/Monash Tower leading marks (4.39);

this...

Paragraph 4.42 1 line 4 Replace by:...least depth of 3 5 m midway between No 1 and

No 3 Beacons and...

Paragraph 4.42 3 lines 7--11 Replace by:The track then leads NNW passing ENE of Coles

Light--beacon (38 14 3S 144 42 3E).

Paragraph 4.42 4 lines 1--2 Replace by:4 The track then leads NNE, passing (with positions

from Coles Light--beacon):

104Paragraph 4.44 2 line 10 For Light Read Tower

Paragraph 4.45 2 line 6 For Light Read Tower


Victoria -- Port of Geelong —Regulations concerning entry

108Paragraph 4.88 1 line 4 Add:3.2.3 Unsafe vessels

(1) Any vessel which is unsafe, is prohibited fromentering or transiting the port waters of Geelongwithout the express approval of the HarbourMaster.

(2) A vessel is an unsafe vessel for the purposes ofthese Harbour Master’s Directions if theoperation of the vessel is likely to endanger life,the safety of other vessels or the environmentbecause of:

a) The condition or equipment of the vessel; orb) The manner in which cargo or equipment on

the vessel is stowed or secured; orc) The nature of the cargo; ord) The overloading of the vessel with persons

or cargo; ore) The number or qualifications of its crew; orf) Any other reason.

Victorian Notice 49/06(HH. 575/470/12) [16/06]

Victoria -- Port of Melbourne; Port Phillip —Traffic regulations; by--pass channel

117Paragraph 4.128 1 line 9 Replace by:...Master’s Directions from the Port Waters of...

Paragraph 4.128 2 Heading For 3.7.5 Read 3.5.3

After Paragraph 4.128 2 Add:When navigating in Eastern By--Pass Channel,

7 7 m with tide, 7 0 m without tide. A grossunder--keel clearance of at least 1 5 m is required.

Paragraph 4.128 4 line 3 Replace by:...sufficient tide, 11 6 m without tide. An under--keel

clearance...


118Paragraph 4.139 1 line 6 Replace by:...Directions from the Port Waters of Melbourne...

Paragraph 4.139 2--5 Replace by:2 3.5.2 Precautionary Area

When entering, transiting or leaving thePrecautionary Area --

(a) vessels must keep to the E side when inwardbound and to W side when outward bound; and

(b) any inward bound vessel using the PrecautionaryArea shall not hinder another vessel using PortMelbourne or Williamstown channels, or anyvessel which is outward bound within, or which isabout to enter, the Precautionary Area.

3 3.2.7 Speed of vessels in port waters(1) Except where weather conditions, an emergency

situation or a vessel’s manoeuvring limitationsmake it impracticable to do so, the master of avessel must ensure that the vessel does not exceedthe following speed limits:

(a) in River Yarra Channel upstream of the entranceto Appleton Dock -- 4 kn; and

(b) in River Yarra Channel between Appleton Dockentrance and West Gate Bridge -- 6 kn; and

4 (c) in River Yarra Channel downstream of WestGate Bridge, in Williamstown Channel and inPort Melbourne Channel N of No 9 beacon --8 kn; and

(d) within port waters S of Port Melbourne ChannelNo 9 beacon, and two nautical miles S ofFawkner Beacon -- 18 kn; and

(e) whilst transiting South Channel between No 1beacon and an arc with a radius of two nauticalmiles N from Hovell Pile -- 18 kn.

5 (2) Despite the speed limits set out in paragraph(1), the master of a vessel must make anassessment and adjust the vessel’s speed toensure that the waves generated by the vesselwill not unduly interfere with the safeoperation of other vessels (including:recreation boats, work boats and barges),dredging operations, works in progress or thesafety of the general public.

NP 14

3 -- 33

Paragraphs 4.140--4.142 Replace by:Regulations concerning entry4.140

1 The following information is an extract from theHarbour Master’s Directions from the Port Waters ofMelbourne Operating Handbook:

3.5.1 Movements(1) The master of a vessel must not allow that vessel

to pass or overtake another vessel within Port ofMelbourne Channel, Eastern By--Pass Channel,Williamstown Channel and River Yarra Channel.

2 2) The direction contained in paragraph (1) doesnot apply to a vessel intending to passanother vessel upstream of No 15Williamstown Channel Beacon, providingthat:

(a) neither of the two vessels are tankers; and(b) there is prior agreement between the vessel

masters and Harbour Control.3 (3) The master of an inward or outward bound

vessel must report to Harbour Control whenpassing Fawkner Beacon, Breakwater Pier andWest Gate Bridge.

(4) The master of an inward bound vessel must,30 minutes prior to arrival at Fawkner Beacon,obtain permission from Harbour Control to passnorth of Fawkner Beacon or proceed to anchor.

4 (5) The master of a vessel at anchor whenproceeding inward must not allow the vesselto depart the anchorage until permission hasbeen received from Harbour Control.

(6) The master of a vessel proceeding in accordancewith paragraphs (4) and (5) must advise HarbourControl whether it is intended to use PortMelbourne Channel, Eastern By--Pass Channel orproceed to the W of Port Melbourne Channel.

5 (7) The master of an inward bound vessel mustcommunicate with the master of an outwardbound vessel to confirm the agreed sequenceand route for passing through thePrecautionary Area, Eastern By--Pass Channeland for rounding Breakwater Pier.

6 (8) The master of an outbound vessel prior todeparting from a berth or anchorage must --

(a) advise Harbour Control of the vessel’s maximumdraught and whether it is intended to use PortMelbourne Channel, Eastern By--Pass Channel orproceed to the W of Port of Melbourne Channel;and

(b) not allow the vessel to depart until HarbourControl has given permission; and

7 (c) advise all shipping when the vessel departsthe berth or anchorage.

(9) The master of an outward bound vessel, onpassing Fawkner Beacon, must advise HarbourControl of:

(a) the ETA at Hovell Pile and Port Phillip Heads andif the vessel intends to transit Great Ship Channel;or

8 (b) the ETA at Point Richards Channel EntranceBeacon if on a passage to Geelong; and

(c) vessel’s type, maximum draught; and(d) any circumstance that may affect the vessel’s

ability to manoeuvre.

(10) The master of a bunker barge must obtainpermission from Harbour Control beforeproceeding anywhere within port waters.

4.1411 3.2.5 Sound signals

The master of a vessel must, if necessary for thepurpose of warning another vessel, make the followingsound signals in relation to swinging and/or navigatingin a fairway or channel:

(a) if the vessel is proceeding up or down a fairway orchannel --

2 (i) when the vessel is at least 500 m distantfrom the point at which it intends to swing --a warning signal consisting of four shortblasts on the whistle; and

(ii) immediately prior to the commencement ofswinging -- a repeat of the sound signals describedin (a) (i) and, after a short interval, theinternational signal to indicate the movement ofthe vessel’s head or engines going astern; or

3 (b) if the vessel is not under power and is beingtowed by a tug, the sound signals describedin paragraph (a) (i) must be made on the tug;or

(c) if the vessel is leaving a berth to swing at a point inthe fairway or channel at a distance of less than500 m from the berth, the sound signals describedat paragraph (a) (i) must be given immediately onletting go.

4.1421 3.5.5 Navigating in the vicinity of Holden Dock

The master of an inward or outward bound vessel inthe River Yarra, when passing another vessel thatis moored at Holden Dock must --

(a) provide the moored vessel with as wide a berth asis safe and practicable; and

(b) if the vessel is unable to maintain a speed of 6 knor less and has a draught greater than 11 6 m, havea tug in attendance.


Eastern By--Pass Channel is a 200 m widesecondary approach channel, E of and parallel to PortMelbourne Channel, and extends from No 6Light--beacon to No 71 Light--beacon. The W boundaryis defined by Port Melbourne Channel starboard handbeacons. The E boundary is defined by No 71Light--beacon and three light--buoys (special) extendingS to a position E of No 6 Light--beacon.

Harbour Master, Port of Melbourne; Australian Notice02/85/06(HH. 575/480/04) [06/06]

NP 14

3 -- 34

Victoria -- Port Phillip —Prohibited anchorage and fishing area


1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area4 miles SSE of Point Gellibrand (37 52 S 144 54 E) inthe approaches to Port Melbourne Channel, as shownon the chart. The area is marked on its W side and SEcorner by light--buoys (special).

Vessels should not anchor in any fairway, channelor...


Victoria -- Corner Inlet; Port Albert — Pilotage

147After Paragraph 6.36 2 Insert:Pilotage6.36a

1 Not available, however a Certificate of LocalKnowledge is compulsory for all trading vessels over12 m and all fishing vessels over 35 m. Furtherinformation can be obtained from Gippsland PortsAuthority or Marine Safety Victoria.


1 Pilotage. See 6.36a.



151After Paragraph 6.62 1 Insert:Pilotage6.62a

1 See 6.36a.

153After Paragraph 6.75 1 Insert:Arrival information6.75a


Gippsland Ports Harbour Master(HH. 575/500/04) [10/05]

Tasmania -- Blackman Bay -- Denison Canal —Depths; directional light


2 Depths. On the approach to the E entrance of thecanal, a minimum depth of 0 5 m lies ¾ cable W ofthe outer pair of beacons. Shallow areas, with a depthof 1 4 m over them, are known to exist close NE ofthe E entrance. Depths of less than 2 m lie on theapproach to the W entrance of the canal. The canalitself has been dredged to a depth of 1 9 m (2005).


Australian Notice 01/53/06; Chart Aus 169(HH. 578/460/03) [04/06]

Tasmania -- Blackman Bay -- Marion Narrows —Depth; leading lights

247Paragraph 10.15 1 lines 8--11 Replace by:Depths. In 2005, the channel leading into Blackman

Bay had a least depth of 0 3 m in the vicinity of No 3Beacon and the same depth SE of No 14 Beacon.

Paragraph 10.16 1--3 Replace by:1 Marion Narrows Leading Beacons:

Front beacon (orange, steel lattice structure withsolid steel front, 2 5 m in height) (42 51 2S147 53 0E), on the SW side of Little ChinamanBay.

Rear beacon (similar structure) (140 m SSW of frontlight).

2 From a position about 1¼ miles NW of Cape PaulLamanon (42 50 7S 147 55 1E) the alignment(209¼ ) of these beacons leads SSW over the bar andthrough Marion Narrows, noting the buoy (port hand)which is moored 1¼ cables N of Blackman HeadLight. When abeam of the SW end of Blackman Headwhich is marked by a beacon (diamond shapetopmark), follow the line of the E shore for a shortdistance to No 1 Beacon (starboard hand) keepingclear of a fringing rocky shelf which extends about35 m from the shore. Pass about 50 m off No 1Beacon then round No 3 Light--beacon (starboardhand), keeping clear of the 0 3 m patch close SSW.

3 The track then leads through a narrow channel,marked by numbered light--beacons (lateral) andbeacons (lateral), into Blackman Bay and thencetowards Denison Canal, through a channel which leadsWSW with a least charted depth of 1 4 m. A narrow,alternative channel leads SSW, thence WSW to rejointhe main channel on the approach to Denison Canal.These two channels have been surveyed but depthanomalies may be expected.

4 Useful mark:Light (metal framework tower, 3 m in height),

standing on the N shore of Blackman Head(10.15).

Caution. From time to time, as changes are made,the numbers on the beacons may differ from thatshown on the chart.

MAST Notice M111--05; Australian Chart 169(HH. 578/460/03) [52/05]

New South Wales -- Port Kembla —Traffic regulations

282After Paragraph 12.13 Insert:Vessel traffic service12.13a

1 A VTS operates from the Vessel Traffic InformationCentre at Port Kembla. Through traffic passing closeinshore at Port Kembla must seek clearance from theVTS (12.27) 1 hour prior to arrival at the 5 mile arc(12.19). The VTS may grant through passageclearance, which may include entry and exit points.

NP 15

3 -- 35


...a box extending E from the shore along latitude34 20 2S then S along longitude 151 02 4E tolatitude 34 29 7S then W to the shore; the limit isshown on the chart.

Five mile arc. Vessels are determined to havearrived at Port Kembla upon crossing a 5 mile arccentred on 34 26 S 150 56 E.

Paragraph 12.27 1 Replace by:1 See 12.13a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(4) for details.

After Paragraph 12.27 Insert:Reporting Points12.27a

1 Vessels approaching or departing Port Kembla willbe instructed to pass through one of the followingreporting points, or to cross the 5 mile arc (12.19) atanother point:

Reporting point S: For vessels approaching fromthe S, in position 34 30 5S 150 59 2E, 4½ milesSE of the harbour entrance.

Reporting point E: For vessels approaching fromthe E, in position 34 26 0S 151 02 2E,6½ miles ENE of the harbour entrance.

Reporting point N: For vessels approaching fromthe N, in position 34 21 6S 150 59 4E,7½ miles NE of the harbour entrance.

Paragraph 12.28 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:1 Designated anchorages. Vessels intending to

anchor within the Port Kembla port limits will beallocated an appropriate anchorage. Designatedanchorages are shown on the chart.

Paragraph 12.31 1 lines 5--8 Replace by:Pilot station A: For outbound vessels, inbound

barge trains and small vessels; in position34 27 9S 150 54 7E, at the harbour entrance.

Pilot station B: For inbound deep--draught(capesize) vessels, vessels arriving from the N, orvessels arriving from anchorages; in position34 24 2S 150 57 6E, 4½ miles NE of theharbour entrance.

Paragraph 12.31 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:2 Pilot station C: For inbound vessels arriving

from the S in fair weather, in position34 27 5S 150 59 1E, 3¾ miles ENE of theharbour entrance.

Pilot station D: For embarkation/disembarkation inheavy weather, in position 34 26 S 150 58 E,3¼ miles NE of the harbour entrance.

284Paragraph 12.34 Including heading Replace by:Spare12.34

Australian Notice 14/682/06; Port Kembla Local MarineNotice 001/06(HH. 576/450/03) [32/06]

New South Wales -- Port Kembla —Leading lights

284Paragraph 12.38 1 lines 8--9 Replace by:...thence head E onto the alignment of the harbour entranceleading line.

Paragraph 12.39 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...ashore.

285Paragraph 12.40 Replace by:12.40Spare

Port Kembla Local Notice 003/06(HH. 576/450/03) [41/06]

NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)

Queensland -- Torres Strait and approaches —Pilotage


1 Torres Strait and approaches. Pilotage iscompulsory for all vessels of 70 m LOA or more andall loaded oil tankers, chemical and liquefied gascarriers, except defence force vessels, when transitingTorres Strait and Great North East Channel (see 13.6).


1 The Torres Strait Pilotage Area is bound on the Sby latitude 10 41 S, and on the N by the limit of theAustralian Exclusive Economic Zone, and divided intotwo areas:

Area A is bound by longitudes 141 50 E and142 05 E.

Area B is bound by longitudes 142 05 E and143 24 E.

2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 70 m LOAor more and all loaded oil tankers, chemical tankersand liquefied gas carriers, except defence forcevessels, when transiting Area A with a draught of 8 mor more. Pilotage is compulsory for all these vessels,except defence force vessels, irrespective of draughtwhen transiting Area B.

3 Pilot boarding positions are as follows:Booby Island (10 36 3S 141 49 8E) for E--bound

vessels with a draught of 8 m or more.Goods Island (10 33 9S 142 04 4E) for E--bound

vessels with a draught less than 8 m.Dalrymple Island (9 34 0S 143 24 5E) for

W--bound vessels.4 Masters of E--bound vessels with a draught less

than 8 m can request a pilot from Booby Island if theywish to do so.

For further information see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4) and Australian SeafarersHandbook.

AMSA Marine Notice 8/06(HH. 577/130/03) [40/06]

NP 15

3 -- 36

New South Wales -- Lake Macquarie —Leading lights


Front light--beacon (triangular topmark, apex up)(33 05 2S 151 39 4E).

Rear light--beacon (triangular topmark, apex down)(½ cable WSW of front light--beacon).

Paragraph 3.74 2 line 1 For (250 ) Read (254¼ )


Queensland -- Moreton Bay -- East Channel —Depth


1 Moreton Bay channels: North West Channel,Spitfire Channel, and East Channel (S end), havemaintained depths of 14 7 m.

Brisbane River Entrance Beacons to FishermanIslands Swing Basin has a maintained depth of 14 0 m.


Queensland -- Brisbane River -- Eagle Farm FlatsReach — Leading lights discontinued


1 Eagle Farm Flats Reach directional light:Directional light (white triangle point up, red border)

(27 26 7S 153 06 5E).The track leads SW, in a narrow white sector

(216 --217¼ ) of the above light, through Eagle FarmFlats Reach,...


Queensland -- Hay Point —Restricted area; aid to navigation


1 Restricted Area A: Unauthorised vessels areprohibited from mooring, anchoring or manoeuvring inthe area bounded by the following positions:

21 16 6S 149 19 0E21 14 2S 149 17 8E21 13 6S 149 19 0E21 14 8S 149 19 8E21 16 2S 149 20 4E

2 Restricted Area B: Unauthorised vessels areprohibited from mooring or anchoring within thewaters bounded by the following positions:

21 14 8S 149 19 8E21 13 2S 149 25 2E21 14 8S 149 25 6E21 16 2S 149 20 4E

Vessels may transit Restricted Area B when nolarge ship is manoeuvring in the area. Transitingvessels should maintain a listening watch on VHFChannel 16.

After Paragraph 6.170 1 Add:Other aid to navigation6.170a

1 Racon:Hay Point departure channel light--beacon (port

lateral) (21 14 9S 149 24 8E).

Queensland Notices 283(P)/2006; 560(P)/2006(HH. 577/465/03) [38/06]

Queensland -- Hillsborough Channel --Fantome Rocks — Depth

217Paragraph 7.59 5 line 2 Replace by:...extent N/S with a least depth of 4 6 m over the N...

Australian Chart 251(HH. 015/200/001) [05/06]

Queensland -- Shute Harbour —Prohibited anchorage

228Paragraph 7.119 4 line 1 For 6 cables Read 5 cables

Paragraph 7.120 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:Mariners should not anchor or allow moored vessels

to encroach into the channel or cross N of a linedrawn from No 8 Light--buoy (7.119) (20 17 57S148 47 43E) to the light--beacon (special) (20 17 67S148 47 18E) to No 10 Light--beacon (20 17 66S148 47 15E) and then W to longitude 148 47 E.

Queensland Notice 156/06(HH. 577/485/05) [14/06]

Queensland -- Townsville --Breakwater Marina Channel — Depth

252Paragraph 8.104 2 line 3 For 3 0 m (2003) Read 1 1 m(2005)


Queensland -- Mourilyan Harbour — Depth



NP 15

3 -- 37

Queensland -- Eden Reef — Racon



Queensland -- Fairway Reef —Wreck


...a depth of 15 6 m over it, lies 7 cables ENE.


Australia, Queensland -- Clerke Island — Light

318Paragraph 11.94 5 lines 10--11 Replace by:...Hicks Island (below), are covered by a red sector(034 --117 ) of Clerke Island Light; see...

Paragraph 11.94 7 lines 3--4 Replace by:...Light (red and white GRP tower, 16 m in height) standson rocks close SE of the...


Papua New Guinea, Round Hill Anchorage toCloudy Bay — Beacons discontinued


W of Ragalapara Reef (close E); the W end of thereef, which is...


E of Pelaburumo Reef (3 miles SSW), which dries;thence:

342Paragraph 12.94 1 lines 6--9 Replace by:...country. The reef extends 2 miles W from Kele IrunaPoint (12.66), where there is a village; discoloured waterfrom the lagoon makes this reef difficult to see.

343Paragragh 12.103 2 lines 2--5 Replace by:

...a beacon (3¼ miles WNW) close NE of the reefmarks a boat passage (12.109). Thence:

SE of the edge of the reef (3¾ miles WNW) on...

Paragragh 12.103 4 lines 3--6 Replace by:...W from Paira Point (8¼ miles NW) (12.100),

thence:

Paragragh 12.104 1 lines 4--9 Replace by:...chart. A 0 9 m (3 ft) patch lies at the outer end of anumber of dangers extending generally W from shore;a buoy (black and white, spherical) is moored2¼ miles ESE. A drying reef known as Black Rocks,2 miles NNW of the patch, lies at the outer...

Australian Notice 24/1184/06(HH532/425/03) [50/06]

Queensland -- Torres Strait -- Gannet Passage;Herald Patches — Depths; buoyage


Paragraph 13.73 2 line 4 Replace by:...(1972), 9 9 m (1988), 9 8 m (2002) and 9 4 m (2005) andannual changes...

378Paragraph 13.80 3 line 3 For (E cardinal) Read (starboardhand)


Queensland -- Torres Strait -- Gannet Passage —Depth

377Paragraph 13.73 2 line 1 Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 04/06 For 9 6 m Read 9 4 m

Paragraph 13.73 2 line 2 For 10 35 2S 141 53 0E Read10 35 1S 141 52 6E


Queensland -- Varzin Passage — Light buoys


Varzin Passage C1 Light--buoy (10 32 5S141 52 2E).

380Paragraph 13.86 2 line 1 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)

Paragraph 13.86 3 line 1 For (N cardinal) Read (starboardhand)

Paragraph 13.86 3 line 5 For (N and S cardinal,respectively) Read (starboard and port hand, respectively)

Australian Notice 20/1059(P)/06(HH. 577/560/03) [48/06]

Australia, Torres Strait -- Alert Patches —Light--buoy altered

378Paragraph 13.80 4 lines 2--3 For S cardinal Read port hand

Auscoast Warning 310/06;Australian Notice 22/1131(P)/06(HH. 577/560/03) [50/06]

NP 15

3 -- 38

Torres Strait -- Goods Island -- Bertie BayAnchorage — Obstruction

383Paragraph 13.105 2 line 6 Replace by:...the chart, an obstruction, anchor cable, lies 1 cable E ofthis anchorage. Craft drawing 2 m or less may obtain alanding...


NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)

Sweden — Pilotage


4 Requests for pilots in Swedish waters, and anysubsequent amendments, are to be made through theappropriate VTS/Pilot ordering centre. Pilotage forcertain ports on the W coast is arranged either throughthe Swedish Maritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se or, in exceptional cases, byradio or telephone. It is expected that booking via theinternet will be extended to all Swedish ports in duecourse. For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).


1 Pilotage is arranged either through the SwedishMaritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). The pilot boarding positions are asfollows:

57 34 5N 11 38 8E (1 2 miles SE of Trubaduren).57 37 7N 11 31 9E (3 miles SW of Vinga).57 38 8N 11 32 5E (2 miles WNW of Vinga).57 38 5N 11 29 9E (VLCC).

Paragraph 3.23 1--2 Replace by:3.23

Spare

98Paragraph 3.294 1--2 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 11/05 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is arranged either through the SwedishMaritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). See also 3.22.

The pilot boards in position 57 41 2N 11 52 1E.2 Tugs. Tugs join vessels between Nya Älvsborg

(57 41 N 11 50 E) and Billingen (1½ miles E). Tugsjoin in Dana Fjord for tankers bound for Torshamnen.


3 Pilotage is arranged either through the SwedishMaritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). The pilot boarding positions are asfollows:

Vessels northbound: 57 41 2N 11 52 1E.Vessels southbound board the pilot N of the

Dalbobron in Vänersborg.Pilots are changed at the locks in Lilla Edet.

121

Paragraph 4.47 1 Replace by:1 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish

Maritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).

125

Paragraph 4.91 1--2 Including existing Section IV NoticesWeeks 47/05; 49/05 Replace by:

1 Anchorage. The roadstead between Varberg andSkrivareklippan, the SE point of Getterö (6 cablesNW), affords anchorage to small vessels in cases ofnecessity; depths 6 to 9 m, sand and clay.

2 Pilotage is arranged either through the SwedishMaritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). The pilot boards in position 57 03 9N12 11 1E.

128

Paragraph 4.114 1--2 line 4 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 49/05 Replace by:

1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation withina 3 mile radius of Falkenberg W Breakwater Light(57 05 3N 12 28 0E). See Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(2).

2 Pilotage. Pilotage is arranged either through theSwedish Maritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). The pilot boards off FalkenbergsAngöring Light--buoy (56 51 N 12 27 E).

NP 18

3 -- 39


3 Pilotage. Pilotage is arranged either through theSwedish Maritime Administration homepagewww. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. Forcategories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsoryand other details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2). The pilot boards in position 56 37 N12 47 E.

226Paragraph 6.244 3 Including existing Section IV Notice52/05 Replace by:

3 Pilot boarding positions for Malmö are as follows:55 46 5N 12 50 4E for vessels over 9 m draught.55 42 6N 12 53 7E.In the vicinity of Malmö Redd Light--buoy (55 39 N

12 57 E).

Swedish Notice 94/3029/05; United KingdomHydrographic Office(HH. 316/130/03) [05/06]

Denmark — Pilotage


Danish Notice 52/1264/04(HH. 018/200/02) [08/05]

Sweden -- Göteborg; Varberg; Falkenberg —Vessel Traffic Service

70Paragraph 3.24 1 line 5 For 50 m Read 45 m


Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation withina 3 mile radius of Subbeberget Light (57 05 3N12 14 2E). See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).


Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation withina 3 miles radius of Falkenberg W Breakwater Light(56 52 9N 12 28 0E). See Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(2).

Swedish Notices 86/2815(P)/05; 86/2842(P)/05(HH. 316/040/02) [49/05]

Sweden -- Approaches to Göteborg —Pilotage; directions; lights

70After Paragraph 3.25 1 line 5 Insert:Tanker escort. Tankers of more than 30 000 dwt,

loaded or in ballast with no gas free tanks, require tobe escorted by a tug to and from Trubaduren Light(57 35 7N 11 38 0E) and the berth or inneranchorage.


Vertical clearance. A bridge connects Öckerö andHönö; vertical clearance 2 m above MSL.


...channel to Göteborg in the vicinity of No 12Light--beacon (port hand).



Paragraph 3.163 1--2 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of Trubaduren Light (57 35 7N

11 38 0E), the track leads NNE for 2½ miles in thedeepest water, passing (positioned from TrubadurenLight):

2 ESE of Gamla Gumman (7 cables N), markedby a light--buoy (S cardinal) on its W side,thence:


6 WNW of Uppgrund Light--buoy (starboard hand)(7 cables ESE), thence:

Paragraph 3.164 1 Replace by:1 Spare.

Paragraph 3.166 1 Replace by:1 Spare.

Paragraph 3.169 1 line 3 Replace by:NW of Måvholmsbådan Beacon (white floodlit

tower,...Paragraph 3.172 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...and the S inner channel (3.198), and leads E passing(positioned from Knippelholmen Beacon):

Paragraph 3.172 2 lines 2--6 Replace by:...extremity is marked by No 25 Light--beacon

(starboard hand), and on which stands DynanBeacon (white tower, black band), thence:

S of Knippelholmen Beacon (white tower, blackbase, floodlit, 6 m in height) (57 41 0N11 49 1E) on the E...

Paragraph 3.173 1--2 Replace by:1 Spare.

Paragraph 3.174 1 line 1 For Light Read Beacon


1 From a position about 3 cables E of Buskärs KnöteLight, the route leads NE for about ¾ mile onVasskären Lighthouse (57 39 3N 11 43 2E) (3.167) toenter the central defensive minefield (3.21) for adistance of about 1¾ miles, passing NNW of BöttöLighthouse (disused) (floodlit white tower, greenband,...

Paragraph 3.175 2 Delete

NP 18

3 -- 40

Paragraph 3.177 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:2 NNW of Brandnäsbrotten Lighthouse (disused)

(white GRP structure, green base, floodlit)(6 cables NNE), thence:

NNW of No 4 Light--beacon (starboard hand)(1½ miles ENE), marking a 6 7 m shoal off the Ncoast of Dynholmen, thence:

Paragraph 3.178 1--3 Replace by:1 From a position 1 cable S of Gäveskär Light, South

Channel leads NE for 1¾ miles into Rivö Fjord,passing (positioned from Gäveskär Light):

NW of a shoal with a least depth of 2 4 m (6 cablesNE), marked by No 6 Light--beacon (starboardhand), thence:

2 SE of Dynan Beacon (3.172) (1½ miles NE),from which the dangers extending S and Eare marked by a light--buoy (S cardinal) anda light--beacon (E cardinal), respectively,thence:

3 NW of Svinholmsgrund (1½ miles NE), a shoalmarked by No 28 Light--beacon (starboardhand) where the channel connects with thewaterway leading N from the S inner channel(3.198), and with the deep--water channel(3.171) leading E from Hake Fjord 4 cablesfarther NE, 1 mile W of the inner harbourlimit (3.283).


N of a rock awash (5 cables SSE), thence:



ENE of a 1 8 m patch (1¼ miles S), marked by abuoy (starboard hand), thence:



4 From a position about 1 cable S of the beaconabove, the track leads E to the breakwater entrance.

Paragraph 3.247 1 Replace by:1 From a position 4 cables W of Kungsnabba (3.225),

the track leads N passing (positioned fromKungsnabba):

E of a 0 9 m patch (3½ cables WNW), thence:E of a 1 m patch (6 cables NW), and:W of a 1 8 m patch (5 cables NNW), thence:

Paragraph 3.247 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:2 W of a patch (6 cables NNW), on which stands

a beacon at its S extremity, thence the trackleads NNE to the breakwater entrance.


98Paragraph 3.294 2 line 2 Replace by:...Trubaduren (3.33) or in position 57 41 2N 11 52 1E, asshown on the chart.

BA Charts 857; 858(HH. 018/200/02) [11/05]

Sweden -- Approaches to Göteborg --Knippelholmen — Beacon


1 From a position 1 cable S of Gäveskär Light, thetrack leads NE for 1¾ miles into Rivö Fjord passing(positioned from Gäveskär Light):

Swedish Notice 41/2181/04(HH. 317/540/04) [01/05]

Denmark -- Frederikshavn — Directions


Paragraph 3.388 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:2 From a position close to Frederikshavn Light--buoy

(safe water, racon), the track leads NW in the narrowwhite sector (308¼ --310¼ ) of FrederikshavnApproach Sector Light (57 26 2N 10 32 5E), forabout 1¾ miles to the harbour entrance, passing...

Danish Notice 15/406/06(HH. 332/420/06) [20/06]

Sweden -- Varberg — Pilotage

125Paragraph 4.91 1 lines 5--9 Replace by:Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels

(for details of categories see 1.39):Category 1.Category 2 vessels exceeding 80 m LOA, 15 m

beam or 5 m draught.Category 3 vessels exceeding 90 m LOA, 15 m

beam or 5 5 m draught.Paragraph 4.91 2 Replace by:

2 The pilot station is on the seaward side of VarbergFortress, and pilots board in the vicinity of Varbergangöring Light--buoy (safe water) (57 04 0N12 11 3E). The appropriate pilot ordering centre isVTS Marstrand. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).

Swedish Notice 89/2936/05; United KingdomHydrographic Office(HH. 316/130/03) [47/05]

NP 18

3 -- 41

Sweden -- Halmstad —Authorised draught

131Paragraph 4.136 1 line 2 For 11 m Read 10 5 m



Denmark -- Hesselø Bugt —Directions; obstruction


WNW of an obstruction (6½ miles N), with a leastdepth of 8 m and marked by buoys (cardinal),thence:

Danish Notice 49/463/2005(HH. 333/430/03) [06/06]

Sweden, South Coast -- Pilotage— Deep--draught vessels

193Paragraph 6.7 4 lines 7--9 Replace by:...(55 53 N, 12 46 E).

Swedish Maritime Administration(HH. 315/410/05) [11/05]

Denmark -- København — Depths


2 From Langeliniekaj to N end of Kvæsthusbroen:8 5 m.

From Kvæsthusbroen to Knippelsbro: 7 5 m.From Knippelsbro to Enghave Brygge: 7 m.From Enghave Brygge to Teglværkshavnen: 6 5.Sluseløbet: 4 m.


Paragraph 6.175 1 line 6 For 7 7 m Read 7 2 m

Paragraph 6.175 3 lines 2--4 Replace by:ESE of an 8 2 m shoal (1¼ miles WNW) on the E

edge of the bank extending E from Stubben.

220Paragraph 6.184 1 line 8 For 7 m Read 6 5 m

Danish Chart 134(HH. 018/200/02) [32/05]

Denmark — Tuborg Havn


1 General description. Tuborg Havn (55 44 N12 35 E), immediately N of København, is owned bythe Carlsberg Brewery Company.

2 Port Authority. Tuborg Port Authority, ValbyLanggade 1, DK--2500 Valby.Abnormal water levels. Storms from NW can raise

water level by up to 1 m; storms from SE to SSW canlower it by the same amount.

3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels listed at 6.8.Pilots can be obtained from København, Helsingør andDragør.

4 Harbour layout consists of Yderbassin andInderbassin with depths of 4 m; Nordkanal with depthsof 1 5 to 3 m and Yderkanal, a yacht harbour, withdepths of 2 5 m. The entrance is approached from theESE and is protected by a NW/SE oriented detachedbreakwater, about 140 m in length, and a N/S orienteddetached breakwater of about 55 m in length. A lightis exhibited on each breakwater marking the limits ofthe entrance.Repairs. Minor repair facilities available.

Danish Notices 4/16/06; 7/268/06(HH. 333/670/10) [13/06]

Sweden -- Malmö; Flintrännan — Pilotage


3 Pilot boards:In position 1½ miles NW of Pinhättan Light--tower

(55 45 N 12 52 E) (6.218), for vessels bound forMalmö whose draught exceeds 9 m.

In the vicinity of Malmö Redd Light--buoy (55 39 N12 57 E).

In position 55 42 6N 12 53 7E.

229Paragraph 6.275 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:...Drogden Lighthouse (55 32 N 12 43 E) (6.284), or inposition 55 28 2N 12 43 0E. For passage SW throughFlintrännan, see 6.244.

Swedish Notice 92/2966/05; VTS Malmö(HH. 317/680/05) [52/05]

Sweden -- Malmö — Directions; buoys

227Paragraph 6.253 2 lines 5--7 Replace by:...the channel are marked at its seaward end by MA--1 andMA--2 Light--buoys (lateral).

Paragraph 6.256 2 lines 8--9 Replace by:...marked at its W end on the S side of the channel by 1H--1Light--buoy (N cardinal).

Swedish Notice 47/2023(P)/04(HH. 317/670/04) [05/05]

NP 18

3 -- 42

Sweden -- West Coast -- Klagshamn westwards --Lillgrund — Restricted area

230After Paragraph 6.278 2 Insert:6.278a

1 Restricted area. A restricted area, marked bybuoys (special), and centred on 55 30 7N 12 46 8E,is established (2006) for the construction of a windfarm. This area is closed to unauthorised traffic.

239Paragraph 6.348 1 line 6 Replace by:...(55 31 N 12 51 E) for about 2 ¾ miles, remaining clearof the restricted area (6.278a).

Paragraph 6.355 2 line 2 Replace by:...Höllviken Light (55 31 N 12 51 E) (6.348), andremaining clear of the restricted area (6.278a), the trackleads...


Denmark -- Køge — Lights


1 Directions for entering harbour. From aposition about 5 miles SW of Aflandshage(55 33 N 12 36 E) (6.357), the track leadsWSW in the white sector (247½ --250½ ) ofthe central mole head light (grey mast, 11 min height) (55 27 2N 12 11 7E) standing onthe S side of Sydhavn.

2 The track passes NNW of a 6 2 m shoal(4¾ miles E of the light) on Juelsgrund,thence to the harbour entrance marked bylights (red lantern and lantern on green hut)on the S and N moleheads respectively.

Danish Notice 6/286/05(HH. 333/680/04) [15/05]

Denmark -- Samsø -- Vejrø — Beacon; directions


Paragraph 7.61 1--2 Replace by:1 Lindholm Dyb. From a position about 10½ miles

NNW of Hatter Barn Light (55 53 N 10 50 E) (7.17),the track leads S for about 5 miles, passing (positionedfrom the light):

W of Vejrø Flak (6½ miles NNW), an extensiveshoal, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) andconnected to Vejrø by a narrow tongue of thecoastal bank, and:

2 E of Langballe Grund (7 miles NW), an isolatedpatch.

From a position about 6½ miles NW of Hatter BarnLight (55 53 N 10 50 E) (7.17), the line of bearing326 astern of Ellemandsbjerg (56 07 0N 10 31 5E)(7.54) leads through Lindholm Dyb, passing(positioned from the light):

Paragraph 7.61 3 line 1 For (1½ miles WSW) Read(5 miles WNW)

Paragraph 7.61 3 line 4 For (1 mile NW) Read (5 milesNW)

Paragraph 7.62 1 Replace by:1 From a position about 4¼ miles NW of Hatter Barn

Light (55 53 N 10 50 E) (7.17), the alignment (010 )astern of the W point of Vejrø with Hjelm (11 milesN) leads SSW for about 11 miles along the E coast ofSamsø, passing (positioned from the light):

Paragraph 7.62 2 line 1 For (2½ miles SSW) Read(4½ miles WNW)

Paragraph 7.62 3 line 1 For (2¼ miles S) Read (3 milesWNW)

Paragraph 7.62 3 line 2 Delete

Paragraph 7.62 3 line 3 Replace by:ESE of a 3 m shoal (4½ miles W), at the SE...

Paragraph 7.63 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 Vejrø Sund. From a position about 7 miles N of

Hatter Barn Light (55 53 N 10 50 E) (7.17) on theroute leading W...

Paragraph 7.63 2 line 1 For (2 miles NNE) Read (5½ milesNNW)

Paragraph 7.63 3 line 1 For (1 mile SE) Read (3½ milesNNW)

Paragraph 7.63 4 Replace by:4 The track joins the S end of the channel through

Lindholm Dyb in position 3½ miles NW of HatterBarn Light (55 53 N 10 50 E) (7.17), and follows thesame route to Lushage.

Danish Notice 32/804/05(HH. 333/470/04) [37/05]

Denmark -- Kattegat -- Hov Havn —Light; buoyage


1 South approach. From a position about 1 mileNNW of the NW extremity of Svanegrund (55 50 N10 20 E) (7.150), marked by a buoy (N cardinal), thetrack leads NNW for about 1½ miles to the S entranceof Hov Løb (7.153).


3 Caution. The buoys marking Hov Løb are movedas required to conform with the changes in thechannel.

Danish Notice 48/1146(P)/04(HH. 332/500/04) [02/05]

NP 18

3 -- 43

Denmark -- Kolby Kås — Directions


2 Harbour. Two small basins, with a commonentrance facing WNW, are separated by a short centralmole, and protected by two breakwaters. A light(metal post, 2 m in height) is exhibited from the headof each breakwater.

Danish Notice 47/1146/05(HH. 333/470/04) [52/05]

Denmark -- Storebælt -- Østerrenden —Traffic Separation Scheme


Vessels must reduce speed to a maximum of20 knots before entering the appropriate lane of thescheme.


Denmark -- Storebælt -- Osterrenden —Directions; obstruction


Paragraph 8.31 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:E of an obstruction (8 cables S), marked by buoys

and light--buoys (lateral and cardinal), thence:

Danish Notice 49/465/05(HH. 333/540/09) [06/06]

Denmark -- Lillebælt — Bridges;vertical clearance


Vertical clearance: 29 m.

Danish Chart 158(SEP 000369498) [41/06]

Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Bjørnsknude Rev —Directions; wreck


Clear of a wreck (4¼ miles W), with a depth over itof about 14 m, and marked by buoys andlight--buoys (cardinal), thence:

Danish Notice 49/1191(T)/05(HH. 332/510/03) [06/06]

Denmark -- Årø Sund and Haderslev Fjord —Directions


a buoy (port hand).Paragraph 9.141 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:

ENE of Knude Grund (1 mile NNW) (9.144) to jointhe main channel S through Årø Sund.

Paragraph 9.144 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position about 8 cables N of Årøsund S

Mole...

Danish Notice 32/689/06(SEP 000376751) [37/06]

Denmark -- Møn -- Stege Havn — Directions


3 From a position about 7 cables NE of LindholmChimney, the track leads SE for about 2¼ miles in aleast depth of 2 4 m.

Danish Notice 5/274/05(HH. 333/600/05) [17/05]

Denmark -- Langeland south -- Vinds Grav west— Directions


The track passes S of a wreck (8 miles SSE ofKeldsnor Light), with a depth over it of 10 5 m at theW end of Vinds Grav.


Baltic Sea -- Denmark and Germany --South of Gedser — Inshore traffic zone

448Route Index Chartlet Chapter 13 West Baltic ApproachesReplace by:Route Index Chartlet Chapter 13 West Baltic Approaches,provided at Annex A at the end of this section.


1 An inshore traffic zone is established between theexisting TSS through Kadet Renden, described at13.237, and the German coast, as shown on the chart.The zone is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)applies.

International Maritime Organization(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06]

NP 18

3 -- 44

Germany -- Rostock -- Marienehe — Directions


Paragraph 13.208 2 Replace by:2 Directions. From a position close NE of M3

Light--buoy (starboard hand) (54 07 1N 12 05 7E),the track leads SW through a short dredged channel,marked by buoys and light--buoys (lateral). From M5Light--buoy (starboard hand), the track either leads Win the approach to Warnowkai (13.216), or continuesSW to Marienehe harbour basin.

German Notice 26/(16)1672/05(HH. 327/500/05) [29/05]

Baltic Sea -- Germany North of Rügen —Traffic separation scheme

474After Paragraph 13.254 Insert:Traffic separation scheme13.254a

1 A TSS is established N of Rügen (13.328),15½ miles N of Dornbusch Lighthouse (13.277), asshown on the chart. The TSS is IMO adopted andRule 10 of International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972) applies.

Paragraph 13.257 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...NE extremity of Route T, a track leads ENE for about25 miles in clear water, through the TSS (13.254a), N ofRügen, as far as longitude 13 25 E, passing SE of KriegersFlak (6.407).

International Maritime Organization(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06 ]

Germany -- Hafen von Stralsund — Directions


Paragraph 13.323 2 line 1 Replace by:2 The narrow white sector (240 --241½ ) of

Hafeneinfahrtsrinne Directional Light leads SWthrough...

German Notice 10/(16)1622/06 and ADLL C2585.45(HH. 327/550/05) [17/06]

NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)

Baltic Sea -- Sweden -- Denmark -- Estonia —DW route; areas to be avoided; traffic separation

scheme; directions; draught restrictions

82Chapter 2 Through Route Chartlet Replace by:Chapter 2 Through Route Chartlet, provided at Annex A atthe end of this section.


Kullagrund to Öland (2.11).

After Paragraph 2.5 1 line 6 Insert:DW route from Bornholmsgat TSS to Off Kõpu

Peninsula TSS (2.11).

Paragraph 2.6 Replace by:1 Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart,

have been established in the approaches to, and in,Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E). TSS are alsoestablished S of Öland (56 04 N 16 41 E), SE ofHoburg (56 47 N 18 22 E) and off Kõpu Peninsula(58 07 N 22 05 E). The schemes are IMO--adopted andRule 10 of International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972) applies.

2 Inshore traffic zones, shown on the chart, havebeen established between the Swedish coastline andNW boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS and between theBornholm coastline and SE boundary of BornholmsgatTSS. The zones are IMO--adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea (1972) applies.

3 Areas to be avoided, as shown on the chart, havebeen established around Norra Midsjöbanken (56 11 N17 20 E) (2.8) and Hoburgs Bank (56 41 N 18 34 E)(2.8). Vessels greater than 500 gt should avoid theseareas.


1 From a position S of Kullagrund (55 18 N13 20 E), the route leads through the NE--bound laneof the Bornholmsgat TSS to the NE--bound lane of theTSS SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 2N16 40 9E).

2 DW route. From a position at the exit of theNE--bound lane of the Bornholmsgat TSS, the DWroute leads ENE for about 75 miles to a position about15 miles S of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 2N16 40 9E).

Paragraph 2.15 1 Replace by:1 From a position about 26 miles S of Kullagrund

(55 18 N 13 20 E) the track leads ENE for 24 miles tothe entrance to the Bornholmsgat TSS. The track thenleads NE for about 30 miles in the NE--bound lane,through the precautionary area to a position NW ofDavids Banke (55 22 N 14 41 E) (2.42). The trackthen alters ENE for about 77 miles to a position withinthe NE--bound lane of the TSS SE of Ölands SödraGrund Lighthouse (2.13). The light stands in themiddle of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 2N 16 40 9E),a shoal area with a least depth of 16 m, extending7½ cables NNE and 1½ miles SSE of the lighthouse.


NP 19

3 -- 45

Paragraph 2.16 Including heading Replace by:DW route2.16

1 From a position about 7 miles NW of HammerOdde Light (55 17 9N 14 46 4E) (2.41), at the exitof Bornholmsgat TSS, the track leads ENE for about110 miles to a position about 45 miles ESE of ÖlandsSödra Grund Lighthouse (56 04 2N 16 40 9E) (2.13),passing (with positions from Ölands Södra GrundLighthouse):

SSE of Klippbanken (38½ miles WSW); thence:NNW of Södra Midsjöbanken (30 miles SSE) (2.8);

thence:Clear of a wreck with a least depth of 21 7 m over it

(24 miles ESE), thence:SSE of Norra Midsjöbanken (20 miles ENE) (2.8),

an area to be avoided.(Directions continue for DW route at 2.23)

Paragraph 2.17 2 Replace by:2 DW route. From a position about 45 miles ESE of

Ölands Södra Grund Lighthouse (56 04 2N 16 40 9E)(2.13), the route leads ENE for about 44 miles to aposition SSE of Hoburgs Bank (56 41 N 18 34 E)(2.8), an area to be avoided (2.6). Thence the routeleads NNE for about 215 miles to a position about12 miles WNW of Põhja Ristnanina (58 56 N 22 03 E)(12.11), and the entrance to the Off Kõpu PeninsulaTSS. The route passes through a former mined area,see 1.8.

85After Paragraph 2.17 2 Insert:Depths2.17a

1 The maximum authorised draught in the OffGotland TSS is 12 m. All vessels proceeding to orfrom the NE Baltic Sea with a draught of more than12 m are recommended to use the DW route.

Paragraph 2.20 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:NW of Norra Midsjöbanken (53 miles SSW) (2.8),

an area to be avoided (2.6), thence:

Paragraph 2.20 2 line 1 Replace by:NW of Hoburgs Bank (24 miles SE) (2.8), an area to

be avoided (2.6).

Paragraph 2.22 1 line 1 For NW Read WNW

Paragraph 2.23 Including heading Replace by:DW route2.23

1 From a position about 13 miles SSE of NorraMidsjöbanken (56 11 N 17 20 E) (2.8), an area to beavoided (2.6), the track leads ENE for about 44 milespassing (with positions from Hoburg Light (56 55 3N18 09 3E) (2.13)):

SE of a wreck (position doubtful) (41 miles S), witha depth of 23 m over it.

2 From a position about 40 miles SSE of HoburgLight the recommended channel leads NNE for about215 miles passing (with positions from Fårö (57 57 N19 10 E) (2.237)):

ESE of Hoburgs Bank (75 miles SSW) (2.8), an areato be avoided (2.6), thence:

ESE of Klints Bank (30 miles SSE) (2.21), thence:

3 ESE of Fårö, thence:WNW of Bezimjannaja sÏklis (53 miles ESE),

marked by light--buoys (cardinal), thence:WNW of an isolated 18 m patch (58 miles ENE),

thence:4 WNW of Mustpank (73 miles ENE), and the

shoal ground extending 10 miles SSW, thence:WNW of Tagamõisa poolsaar (90 miles ENE)

(12.10), and the shoal ground extending 9 milesNW, thence:

To a position WNW of Neupokojevi madal(105 miles NE) (12.14), to join the through routeHoburg to Ristna (2.21) at the entrance to the OffKöpu Peninsula TSS.

88After Paragraph 2.40 3 Insert:Inshore traffic zone2.40a

1 An inshore traffic zone has been established, asshown on the chart, between the coastline of NWBornholm and the SE boundary of the BornholmsgatTSS. The zone is IMO--adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea (1972) applies.

106After Paragraph 2.183 2 Insert:Depths2.183a

1 The maximum authorised draught in the OffGotland TSS is 12 m. All vessels proceeding to orfrom the NE Baltic Sea with a draught of more than12 m are recommended to use the Deep Water route.See 2.11 and 2.17.

116Chapter 3 Chartlet, Kullagrund to Kalmarsund, Replaceby:Chapter 3 Chartlet, Kullagrund to Kalmarsund, provided atAnnex A at the end of this section.

118Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:(55 18 N 13 20 E), generally E to a position S ofSandhammaren (55 23 N 14 12 E), about...

After Paragraph 3.12 Insert:Traffic separation scheme3.12a

1 A TSS has been established in the approaches to,and in, Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E). The schemeis IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)applies.

2 Inshore traffic zone. An area between theSwedish coastline and the NW boundary of the TSS,as shown on the chart, has been designated an inshoretraffic zone. The zone is IMO--adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea (1972) applies. However, the Swedish MaritimeAdministration advise that vessels coming from theSound or ports and anchorages between the Sound andBornholmsgat, may use the inshore traffic zone ifbound for ports or anchorages in Hanöbukten or boundfor Kalmarsund.

NP 19

3 -- 46

Paragraph 3.18 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position S of Kullagrund Lighthouse the

route leads generally E for about 30 miles to aposition S of Sandhammaren, on the W limit of theinshore traffic zone (3.12a), passing...

Paragraph 3.18 3 Replace by:3 S of Osaknallen (55 22 N 14 08 E) (2¾ miles

WSW), a shoal patch marked by a buoy (S cardinal).


1 From a position S of Sandhammaren at the Wboundary of the inshore traffic zone (3.12a), the routeleads generally NNE for about 19 miles then N for20 miles to the vicinity of Taggen Light--buoy(55 53 9N 14 35 5E) (3.64), passing (positions fromSimrishamn Light (55 33 5N 14 22 0E):

2 WNW of Svartgrund (19½ miles S), a shoalmarked on its S side by a light--buoy (Scardinal), thence:

ESE of a buoy (S cardinal) (12½ miles SSW),thence:

ESE of a buoy (E cardinal) (10¼ miles SSW),thence:

ESE of Örnhökaknösen, a shoal (8¼ miles SSW),thence:

150Chapter 4 Chartlet, Kalmarsund and Öland, Replace by:Chapter 4 Chartlet, Kalmarsund and Öland, provided atAnnex A at the end of this section.

376Chapter 10 Chartlet, Gulf of Gdamsk to Gulf of RØga,Replace by:Chapter 10 Chartlet, Gulf of Gdamsk to Gulf of RØga,provided at Annex A at the end of this section.

412Chapter 12 Chartlet, Saaremaa, west and north coasts andHiiumaa, including Väinameri, Replace by:Chapter 12 Chartlet, Saaremaa, west and north coasts andHiiumaa, including Väinameri, provided at Annex A at theend of this section.

International Maritime Organization; Swedish Notice3164(P)/102/06; BA Charts 2150, 2222, 2251, 2360)(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06]

Denmark -- Bornholm -- Allinge — Directions


1 Allinge Leading Beacons:Front (white triangle, point up, orange edges)

(55 16 7N 14 48 1E).Rear (white triangle, point down, orange edges)

(54 m SSW of front beacon)The alignment (209 ) of these beacons leads from

seaward to the harbour entrance.


Sweden -- Slite Lanthamn — Directions


3 Vessels bound for Slite Lanthamn leave the channelwhen abeam of the entrance.

Swedish Notice 123/3526/06(SEP 000375697) [36/06]

Sweden -- Öland -- Stora Rör — Directions


3 This alignment leads to a position about ¼ cable Wof the entrance. The track then leads ESE to passbetween the pontoon jetty attached to the Nbreakwater and the S breakwater head. Vessels maythen proceed to the NW part of the harbour which hasdepths of 3 6 m; the other parts being shallow.


Sweden -- Oxelösund — Directions

216Paragraph 5.270 1 line 3 For W Read E

Paragraph 5.270 2 Replace by:1 Leading lights:

Oxelösund Light (white lantern) (58 39 7N17 07 7E).

Rear light (red triangle) (close NE).The alignment (057 ) of the above lights leads NE

through the initial part of the channel and the whitesectors (093 –099 ), ahead, and (238 –244 ), astern, insuccession, of Korsholmen Light (white lantern,floodlit) (58 39 7N 17 08 2E), displayed from a rockclose N of Furö, leads through the central part of thechannel.


Sweden -- Nyköping approaches —Maximum authorised draught

218Paragraph 5.284 1 line 4 For 4 4 m Read 4 m


Sweden -- Agneudde to Fagerön —Directions; light


...side by a buoy (starboard hand), thence:

BA Chart 3141(HH. 019/200/01) [09/06]

NP 19

3 -- 47

Sweden -- Västerås —Limiting conditions; directions


1 Controlling depth. The approach channels to theharbour have a maximum authorised draught of 6 8 m.

Vertical clearance. A bridge, with a verticalclearance when closed of 2 6 m, spans the entrance toÖstra hamnen.

Horizontal clearance. The bridge has a horizontalclearance of 30 m.

251Paragraph 6.180 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:...and W dredged limits by buoys (lateral). A bridge spansthe entrance to the basin. See 6.174.


Sweden -- Approaches to Sandhamn --Stora Hästskär — Directions; light


2 The alignment (250 ) of these beacons leads WSWthrough the channel W of Svängen Light, and by nightin the white sector (248½ --250 ) of Stora HästskärLight (59 15 5N 18 53 8E), passing (with positionsfrom Svängen Light):


Sweden, East Coast -- Stockholms Skärgård --Saxarfjärden to Långholmsfjärden —

Directions; traffic regulations; light; buoyage


Paragraph 7.156 3 line 8 For 6 0 m Read 9 0 mAfter Paragraph 7.157 2 Add:

3 The channel between Rödhällsgrund (59 21 5N18 15 1E), Björnsgrund, Värmdö--Garpen andLagnögrund (59 21 6N 18 24 9E) is for vessels over300 grt travelling E. Vessels over 300 grt travelling Wmust use the recommended track N of Bergholmen(59 22 1N 18 23 2E) described at 7.163.


Paragraph 7.164 Including heading Replace by:Departure channel south of Granholmen7.164

1 Cautions. Conventional local direction of buoyageis maintained throughout Långholmsfjärden.

Vessels travelling E in this channel may encountervessels of less than 300 grt proceeding in a Wdirection. See 7.157.

2 A channel, marked by buoys and light--buoys, andauthorised for a draught of 9 m, leads through the Spart of Långholmsfjärden for 5 miles, rejoining themain channel 1½ cables N of Lagnögrundet Light(59 21 5N 18 24 9E) (7.163). From a position2 cables W of Rödhällsgrund (59 21 4N 18 15 6E),the channel leads ENE in the white sector(072¼ –081½ ) of Björnsgrundet Light, passing (withpositions from Furuholmen Light (59 22 3N18 20 1E) (7.166)):

3 NNW of Rödhällsgrund (2½ miles WSW),marked by a light--buoy (port hand), thence:

SSE of Lilla Höggarnsbank (2 miles W), from whicha light (7.175) is exhibited from the NW corner,and is marked at its SE end by a buoy (starboardhand), thence:

4 SSE of Stora Höggarn (1½ miles W) (7.178),and the shoal ground extending SW and SE,marked by buoys (lateral), thence:

NNW of Björnsgrundet Light (white pedestal, redband, on black base) (8 cables WSW), displayedfrom a shoal on the S side of the fairway. Foulground, marked by a light--buoy (port hand),extends 2 cables E of the light.

5 The track then leads ESE in the white sector(099 --102 ) of Värmdö--Garpen Light (white lantern,floodlit) (1¼ miles ESE), displayed from the N side ofthe islet, passing:

SSW of a 4 6 m patch (5 cables WSW), marked by alight--buoy (starboard hand), thence:

SSW of a 2 6 m shoal area (1½ cables SSW),marked on its SW and SE sides by a buoy (Wcardinal) and light--buoy (starboard hand),respectively, thence:

6 Between shoals of 6 2 and 5 7 m (1 mile ESE),lying S and N, respectively, of the channel,and marked by light--buoys (lateral), thence:

Between light--buoys (1¼ miles ESE), marking theN and S limits of the channel and the shallowground 1½ cables W of Värmdö--Garpen Light.

7 The track then leads E in the white sector(268½ --274¾ ), astern, of Värmdö--Garpen Light,passing:

S of a 7 2 m patch (2 miles ESE), marked by alight--buoy (starboard hand).

283


Swedish Notices 98/3099(P)/06; 98/3106(P)/06;98/3110(P)/06; 101/3114/06(HH. 318/490/07) [08/06]

NP 19

3 -- 48

Sweden -- Stockholm --Saltsjön and Hammarbyleden — Directions


SE of a 9 6 m shoal (5 cables SSW), thence:

BA Chart 3114(HH. 019/200/01) [09/06]

Poland -- Gdamsk -- Martwa WisÞa —Safe overhead clearance

361Paragraph 9.86 3 line 4 For 58 m. Read 54 m.

Polish Notice 41/482/05(HH. 323/480/05) [46/05]

Russia -- Kaliningrad — Directions; pilotage

368Paragraph 9.166 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...1 5 miles NW of the entrance to Baltiysk and, for thosevessels navigating the Kaliningradsky Morskoy Kanal, inposition 54 38 8N 20 03 5E in the vicinity of Nos 11/12Light--buoys. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2) for details.


Front light (54 37 7N 19 54 1E).Rear light (54 37 6N 19 54 3E).

Paragraph 9.178 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:2 From a position 1 cable WSW of N Mole Light the

alignment (136¼ ) of these lights leads SE for1¼ miles through a buoyed channel dredged to 10 5 m(2004), passing (with positions from Baltiysk FrontLight (54 38 6N 19 53 1E)):

BA Chart 2278(HH. 019/200/01) [32/06]

Russia -- Baltiysk —Restricted area; turning area


5 Restricted area -- Baltiysk. A restricted area isestablished, as shown on the chart, in the approach to,and adjoining waters of, berth No 75 within the NavalHarbour. Use of this berth by merchant vesselsrequires the permission of the Naval Base Commander.

370Paragraph 9.179 2 line 2 For three Read four

After Paragraph 9.179 2 line 2 Add:A turning area, 300 m in diameter, within the

restricted area (9.168) in the Inner Road at theentrance to the Naval Harbour.

Russian Notice 6493/05; BA Chart 2278(HH. 304/410/07) [52/05]

Lithuania -- Mys Taran to KlaipÌda — Directions


3 WNW of two shoal patches with depths of lessthan 20 m over them (11 miles NNW). Thence:

Paragraph 10.11 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:4 WNW of an obstruction over which the depth is

unknown (24 miles N); a wreck, with a depth over itof 18 m, lies 4½ miles E. Thence:

Lithuanian Navigational Warning 48/06; BA 2288(SDD 2006000 400220) [50/06]

Lithuania -- KlaipÌda — Depths;vertical clearance; directions

379Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 8--9 DeleteParagraph 10.22 1 line 5 For 12 m Read 9 m

381Paragraph 10.42 3 line 7 Add:The track is also within the white sector (334¼ --336 ),astern, of Pagrindinis Tiaurinis Pirminis Directional Light(red metal framework tower, white bands, 61 m in height)(55 43 4N 21 06 2E).

BA Chart 2276(HH. 019/200/01) [36/06]

Lithuania -- KlaipÌda — Directions; light


4 From a position in the vicinity of No 14 Light--buoy(port hand), the track continues SSE for about 1 milein the white sector (167¼ --170¼ ) of UostaDirectional Light (round metal tower, white and greenbands, viewing platform, 9 m in height) (55 39 8N21 08 6E)) to the ferry and Ro--Ro terminal servingthe Baltic routes.

Lithuanian Navigational Warning 24/05(HH. 346/420/06) [29/05]

Latvia -- Ventspils — Directions

390Paragraph 10.156 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:...by pairs of light--buoys (lateral) swept to a depth of14 8 m (2006), passing (with positions from the frontlight):

Paragraph 10.156 3 lines 3--6 Replace by:SW of a wreck (3 miles NNW), with a least depth of

8 9 m over it and a further wreck with a leastdepth of 10 1 m, 1½ cables SW, marked bylight--buoys (N and W cardinal). Thence:

NP 20

3 -- 49

Paragraph 10.156 4 lines 1--4 Replace by:4 NE of a wreck (2½ miles NW), with a least

depth of 12 2 m over it, and a further wreckwith a least depth of 12 9 m, 1 cable E,marked by a light--buoy (isolated danger).Thence:

Paragraph 10.156 4 line 5 For 4 2 m Read 5 m

Paragraph 10.157 2 lines 5--9 Replace by:...of 16 8 m, to join the NW fairway about 1 mile NNW ofthe harbour entrance. It passes (with positions from thefront light):

SW of the 12 2 and 12 9 m wrecks (2¾ miles WNW)(10.156).

BA Chart 2277(HH. 019/200/01) [23/06]

Estonia -- Mõntu — Directions


Estonian Chart 890(HH. 344/460/05) [20/05]

Latvia -- Gulf of RØga -- SalacgrØva to Väinameri— Directions

404Paragraph 11.99 1 line 3 For recommended track (080 )leads Read track leads E

407Paragraph 11.120 1 line 2For the recommended track leads327 Read the track leads NW

Paragraph 11.120 2 line 1For the track leads 352 Read thetrack leads generally N

Estonian Notice 7/86/06; Latvian Notices 11/084 & 085/06(SDD 2006000 339286/370098) [49/06]

Estonia -- Gulf of RØga -- SalacgrØva to Väinameri— Directions


Estonian Notice 11/126/06(SDD 2006000 395845) [47/06]

Estonia -- Kihelkonna laht — Directions

416Paragraph 12.24 3 line 8 For (109 ) Read (129 )

BA Chart 2223(HH. 019/200/01) [20/06]

Estonia — Saaremaa Harbour


Saaremaa Harbour


1 Position and function. Saaremaa Harbour (58 32 N22 14 E) is situated close to the village of Ninase inKüdema laht (12.37), and is primarily for use bycruise vessels.Port Authority. The port is administered by the

Port of Tallinn Authority, Sadama Str 25, 15051Tallinn, Estonia.

Internet. www.portoftallinn.comEmail. [email protected]


1 Deepest and longest berth. Quay No 1; 200 m inlength, depth 10 m.Maximum size of vessel handled. 200 m LOA,

30 m breadth, 9 6 m draught.


1 Pilotage is available; the pilot boards in position58 35 N 22 12 E.

Harbour12.35d

1 Berths are provided by an L--shaped quay projectingNE from the shore; the main berthing area lies NW/SEwith a light exhibited from either end.

Berths12.35e

1 The following berths are available:Quay No 1: length 200 m, depth 10 m.Quay No 2: length 165 m, depth 7 m.Quay No 3: length 80 m, depths 3--7 m.

There is also a floating quay for use by smallvessels.

Port services12.35f

1 Facilities. Garbage; customs on request.

Estonian Notices 7/SD/06; 11/130/06(SDDs 2006000 369924/395849) [47/06]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)

Estonia -- Muuga — Pilotage

109Paragraph 3.87 7 line 3For 3½ miles SE Read 5 miles ESE

Estonian Notice 11/122/06(SDD 2006000 395841) [47/06]

NP 20

3 -- 50

Finland -- Approach to Inkoo — Directions


Caution. A 1 7 m patch lies about 1½ cables SE ofJakob Ramsjö Rear Light (4.139).

Finnish Notice 17/454/06(SDD 2006000 367917) [45/06]

Finland -- Utö to Flötjan — Directions


Finnish Notice 27--28/681/06(SDD 2006000 386812) [45/06]

Finland -- Channel via Paraistenportti —Directions


1 From a position close NE of Högland Light(60 06 5N 22 19 5E) (6.41), the track leads 1¾ milesNW through a fairway marked by buoys. Havingpassed between the buoys (cardinal) 2 cables NW and2¾ cables N of Högland Light, the track continueswithin the white sector (135½ --141½ ), astern, of thelight.


Finland -- Maarianhamina —Approach; directions

261Paragraph 2.276 1 line 5 Replace by:...where the track leads N to join the Möckelö leading line.

Paragraph 2.276 2 line 5--7 Replace by:...Marhällan Light. The channel then leads NNE to aposition 2½ cables N of Granö Light when it alters N to jointhe Möckelö leading line.

262Paragraph 2.276 4 lines 5--6 Replace by:...Järsö (60 01 N 20 00 E) and Nåtö (1½ miles NNW) to aposition W of Svinö.

Paragraph 6.286 3 Replace by:3 This alignment, now authorised for a draught of

6 1 m, continues NNE for 1 mile then alters N atKorrviksten Light--buoy (W cardinal), about 4 cablesSSW of Lotsberget Front Light, for a distance of about5 cables to join the Möckelö leading line. The main8 2 m channel branches NE for 5½ cables, to aposition 2 cables NNW of Hackorna Beacon (60 04 N19 56 E), then alters N for a distance of about 1 mileto join the Möckelö leading line.


Paragraph 6.290 9 lines 4--6 Replace by:...light--buoys and buoys (cardinal) to a position 2½ cablesN of Granö Light (orange concrete tower, white lantern):

After Paragraph 6.290 10 line 4 Add:11 The track then leads N for about 1½ miles to join

the Möckelö leading line.

Finnish Notice 27--28/680/06(SDD 2006000 386811) [45/06]

Finland -- Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions

279Paragraph 7.42 3 line 3 Replace by:...buoyed fairway, for about 1 mile to a position 7 cables Nof Santakarinluoto Front Light:


1 From a position 7 cables N of Santakarinluoto FrontLight (7.42), the track leads SE in the white sector(126 –143 ) of Hylkkari Light (red, round concretetower, white band) (60 57 2N 21 09 7E) for a shortdistance to the Nurminen leading line.


Sweden -- Galtström — Directions


4 Galtström Leading Beacons:Front (white board) (62 10 0N 17 30 8E).Rear (similar structure) (85 m from front).

The alignment (326 ) leads toward the harbour.

Swedish Notice 124/3537/06(SDD 2006000 376338) [45/06]

NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —Supplement 12--2004

Tsunami

2R 31 Insert:Caution1.7a As a result of catastrophic damage caused by thetsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed anddepths, seabed topography and buoyage not as charted.Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local authoritiesfor latest information.


NP 21

3 -- 51

India -- Coromandel Coast -- Kºverippattinam —Dangerous wreck

53R 30 Add:

A dangerous wreck lies in position 11 07 1N79 54 1E, 2¾ miles ESE of Kºverippattinam.

Indian Notice 19/377/04(HH. 503/420/03) [45/04]

India -- Coromandel Coast -- Chennai Light —Racon

56R 12 Add:A racon (K) transmits from the light.

Indian Notice 5/120/05(HH. 503/430/03) [13/05]

India -- Coromandel Coast —Rºmºypatnam Light

59After R38--39 Existing Supplement amendment Add:A radiobeacon transmits from the light.

Navarea VIII 009/05(HH. 503/440/04) [06/05]

India -- Coromandel Coast -- Nizampatnam —Light

60L 36 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:

Storm signals are displayed; the general system isin use (1.16).

Nizampatnam Lighthouse (white tower, red bands,30 m in height) (15 53 02N 80 38 30E) became fullyoperational in July 2004.

Indian Hydrographic Office(HH. 503/440/04) [33/04]

India -- Coromandel Coast -- Approaches toKºkinºda -- Vºkalapødi Light — Racon

61R 66 Add:A racon transmits from the light.

Indian Notice 1/51/06(HH. 503/440/04) [06/06]

India, East Coast -- Approaches toVishºkhapatnam -- Dolphin’s Nose Light —

Racon

63R 16--17 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:...slope of Dolphin’s Nose; a racon transmits from thelighthouse.

Indian Notice 24/618/05(HH. 503/450/04) [05/06]

India, East Coast -- Vishºkhapatnam InnerHarbour — Development

64R 43 Add:

A newly constructed (2004) multi--purpose berth,East Quay No 8, can accommodate vessels of up to180 m LOA, 32 m beam and 10 m draught on a risingtide of 0.9 m. Mariners are advised to contact the localport authority for further details.

Indian Notice 17/355/04(P)(HH. 503/450/04) [39/04]

India, East Coast -- Vishºkhapatnam OuterHarbour — Development

64L61--R35 Paragraph 2.85 Existing Supplementamendment Outer harbour Add:

A new private container terminal, VishºkhaContainer Terminal (VCT), has been established inposition 17 41 60N 83 18 05E.

Indian Notice 15/324/04(HH. 503/450/04) [35/04]

India -- Orissa Coast -- Bºruva — Light


Two beacons, 64 m apart with elevations of 19 mstand 8 cables ENE of Bºruva; S...

R 19--21 Replace by:Anchorage. The recommended anchorage is in

depths of about 8 m, sand and mud, with the S beaconbearing between 308 and 318 .

R 33 Replace by:...lies 8½ miles NE of Bºruva S Beacon (18 53 N...

R 36 For 6 4 m Read 7 m

R 38 For Light beacon Read S Beacon

R 51 For Sonna Purampeta (Sonapur) ReadSunapurapeta

R 53 For Light Read S


India -- Orissa Coast -- Baruva — Depth

67

After R 35 Add:A shoal area, with a least depth of 9 3 m, lies

2 miles SSW of Investigator Rock.

Indian Notice 480 (20/06)(SDD 2006000 386486) [45/06]

NP 21

3 -- 52

India -- East coast -- Paradip —VLCC Anchorage

70L33--35 Including existing Supplement amendment,Replace by:

Anchorage. Anchorages for cargo vessels andtankers have been established 4¼ miles SSE and5½ miles SE, respectively, of South Breakwater, asshown on Chart BA 538.

VLCC anchorages, radius 1 5 miles, have beenestablished (2006) in the following positions:

20 00 N 86 41 E20 07 5N 86 46 5E

Prohibited AnchoragesAnchorage is prohibited in an area in the port

approaches, shown on the chart, centred 2 miles E ofthe pilot boarding position.

A Single Point Mooring (SPM) has been establishedin position 20 04 7N 86 41 51E. Anchorage isprohibited within 2 miles of the SPM and within1 mile of a submarine pipeline laid from the SPM tothe shore at 20 14 03N 86 36 58E.

Navarea VIII 298/06(HH. 503/460/03) [22/06]

India -- Swatch of No--Ground — Depths

80L.31 Insert:

Caution. In 2006 soundings of 12 and 17 metreswere reported in the Swatch of No--Ground,approximately 43 miles SSE of Putney Island.

Indian Notice 16/415/06(SEP 000376104) [39/06]

Approaches to Karnaphuli River —Stranded wreck

83L 38 Add:

Wreck. A stranded wreck (22 09 0N 91 37 8E)(position approximate) lies about 10½ miles WSW ofPatenga Point (4.31).

Mercantile Marine Department Chittagong Notice 15/04(HH. 508/400/04) [26/04]

Approaches to Karnaphuli River —Stranded wreck

83L 38 Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/04After (position approximate) Insert:, from which a light is exhibited,

Chittagong Port Authority Notice 9/04; London OffshoreConsultants Ltd.(HH. 508/400/04) [31/04]

Bangla Desh -- Chittagong —Wrecks;pilot boarding position

83L 55 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:Caution. Numerous charted and uncharted wrecks

are reported (2006) to lie in the anchorages and theport approaches in the positions given below. Reports(2002) indicate that two vessels of 10 5 m (34 ft)draught have grounded and sustained bottom damagewhile in anchorage A. Mariners are advised to seekadvice concerning depths and wreck information fromthe Principal Officer, Chittagong Mercantile MarineDepartment.

Wreck Latitude Longitude

SS Thetic C 22 08 0N 91 46 0E

SS Vishvakusum 22 15 5N 91 44 5E

SS Kawana 22 12 5N 91 48 2E

MV Tina 22 14 3N 91 46 6E

MV Leta 22 15 4N 91 45 5E

MV Quader 22 17 0N 91 43 7E

MV Fazilat--1(under salvage)

22 14 7N 91 44 1E

MV Fairtec--1(under salvage)

22 16 6N 91 42 9E

Wreck Latitude Longitude

MV Hang Gang--3(under salvage)

22 15 2N 91 44 0E

BIWTC--1063 22 17 6N 91 42 8E

84

R 37 For 1 mile Read 2 miles

85R 57 Existing supplement amendment Replace by:

Port Authority.Chittagong Port AuthorityBandar Bhaban, PO Box 2013,Chittagong 4100, Bangla Desh.Internet and e mail. www.cpa.gov.bd

Chittagong Port Authority(SDD 2006000 385494) [44/06]

Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast -- Cox’s Bluff —Submarine cable; anchorage

87After L 4 Add:Submarine cable. A submarine cable extends about

15½ miles SW from a position 1 mile SSE of Cox’sBluff, as shown on the chart.

After R 3 Add:Caution. Mariners are advised that a submarine

cable (4.49) lies close SSE of the anchorages.

Bangladesh Notice 14/05; BA Chart 859(HH. 508/400/05) [25/05]

NP 22

3 -- 53

Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield

105L 48 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Yadana Gasfield lies approximately 26 miles SW

of Thuriya Light--vessel and consists of three, lit, gasplatforms, connected by submarine pipelines, inpositions 15 02 1N 94 46 0E, 15 07 3N 94 47 0Eand 15 09 1N 94 47 0E. Two submarine pipelines runESE from the central platform to the Burmese coast.

Caution. Anchoring and fishing in the vicinity ofthe pipelines is prohibited.

Myanmar Navy Notice 12/05(HH. 511/450/03) [29/05]

Andaman Islands -- Port Blair -- Hood Point —Dangerous wreck

160After R 6--8 Existing Supplement amendment Add:

A second dangerous wreck lies 3¼ cables S ofHood Point in position 11 40 2N 92 43 1E.

Indian Notice 24/490/05(HH. 509/410/04) [45/05]

Andaman Islands -- South Brother Island —Rock

162L 27--28 Replace by:

A rock awash lies about 8 miles WNW of SouthBrother Island.


NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)

Pollution of the sea —Western European Tanker Reporting System

5After Paragraph 1.51 1 Insert:Western European Tanker Reporting System(WETREP)1.51a

1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is amandatory reporting system covering the WesternEuropean Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. Theobjectives of the system are to initiate SAR andmeasures to prevent pollution.

2 The system applies to every kind of oil tanker ofmore than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:

Heavy crude oil.Heavy fuel oil.Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.

For limits of the area and further details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).


France -- Pointe de Penmarc’h -- Approaches toSaint--Guénolé — Directions

52

Paragraph 3.23 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 Initial position 47 49 N 4 24 W, 4 cables NNE of

Basse Gaouac’h Light--buoy (starboard hand) (3.14).

BA Chart 2820(HH. 022/200/01) [23/05]

France -- Bretagne -- Le Guilvinec — Directions

53

Paragraph 3.37 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:2 The line of bearing 353 of Kersidal Beacon (white

diamond shaped topmark on pillar, 39 m in height)(47 48 6N 4 17 9W) leads N through the approach,passing (with positions from the front leading light onthe spur of Môle de Léchiagat (3.36)):

W of Les Fourches, a reef whose highest point(1½ miles S) is 3 2 m high, thence:

W of Roche Allagadec (5 cables SSW), thence:Close W of a detached 3·7 m patch (5 cables SW),

thence:Close W of Capélan Light--buoy (starboard hand)

moored ½ cable W of Roche du Capélan(4 cables SW).


French Notice 06/26/10; BA Chart 2820(SEP 000370160) [34/06]

France -- Baie--de--Quiberon — Buoyage

128

Paragraph 5.150 5 lines 1--4 Replace by:5 SW of Roche Souris (4½ miles NNE) and of

Roche Rat (1 mile farther NW), thence:

132

Paragraph 5.173 3 lines 4--6 Replace by:ENE of Roche Souris (2¼ miles SSW), covered by a

red sector of the front light, thence:

Paragraph 5.173 4 lines 1--2 Replace by:4 WSW of Roche Révision (1¾ miles SSE),

marked by Roches Révision Buoy (Wcardinal), thence:

French Notice 40/29/05(HH. 353/490/04) [47/05]

NP 22

3 -- 54

France -- La Loire -- Chenal de Bonne Anse —Secondary Channel


2 SE of Pointe de l’Ève (5¼ cables WSW), notingan isolated 4 9 m patch 3 cables ESE of thepoint, thence:

SE of a dangerous wreck 9 cables E of Pointe del’Ève which is marked by No 14 Light--buoymoored close SE, thence:

NW of Banc des Morées, an extensive shoal thatpartly dries, marked at its NE end by MoréesLight (green truncated tower, 17 m in height)(1¾ miles ENE), thence:

SE of the entrances to Saint--Nazaire Port (47 16 N2 12 W) (6.91).

3 A secondary channel adjacent to and NW of Chenalde Bonne--Anse, is used by vessels when the mainchannel upstream of Saint--Nazaire--Saint--BrévinBridge is being navigated by large vessels, particularlygas tankers. The channel is marked on its N side bylight--buoys (S cardinal). numbered from seaward ZD1to ZD7, from a position 3½ cables S of Pointe del’Ève (47 14 3N 2 16 1W) to a position 4½ cablesWSW of Saint--Nazaire--Saint--Brévin Bridge.Additional buoys (special) are moored to the N of thesecondary channel between ZD2 and ZD4Light--buoys.


WNW of Td Basse Nazaire Light--buoy (starboardhand) (1½ cables ESE), marking the SW end ofBasse Nazaire, a shoal.


The secondary channel is marked:From Grande Rade de Saint--Nazaire to a position

4½ cables WSW of Saint--Nazaire--Saint--BrévinBridge by light--buoys (S cardinal) on the N sideof the channel, and on the S side by thelight--buoys (port hand) marking the N side of themain dredged channel.

French Notice 51/22/01(HH. 353/500/05) [52/05]

France -- Pointe des Baleines toPointe de la Coubre —Wreck


2 WSW of Pointe des Baleines, the rocky flat thatextends from the NW point of Île de Ré tothe vicinity of Les Baleineaux Lighthouse(grey tower, red top; 32 m in height)(46 16 N 1 35 W), also called Haut Banc duNord Lighthouse; noting a dangerous wreckin position 46 14 1N 1 45 2W.

WSW of the rocky flats fronting the W coast of Île deRé, thence:

French Notice 34/3/05(HH. 353/510/06) [26/06]

France -- La Rochelle--Ville and Approaches —Controlling depth

219Paragraph 7.227 1 line 1 For 0.5 m Read 0 2 m

French Notice 11/20/06(HH. 353/520/06) [21/06]

France -- La Gironde —Pilot boarding position

240Paragraph 8.18 1 line 4 For No 13 Read No 13a

Paragraph 8.18 1 line 5 For (45 38 N, 1 06 W) Read(45 36 N 1 04 W)

SHOM(HH. 353/540/06) [22/06]

France -- Bayonne approaches — Directions


Mariners should note the...

French Notice 06/37/78(SEP 000384026) [42/06]

Spain -- Approaches to Santander —Outer anchorages


1 The outer anchorage (43 29 N 3 46 W) is dividedinto two areas. The N area, Area B, is usedthroughout the year by vessels carrying dangerouscargo and during July, August and September forvessels carrying non--dangerous cargo. The S area,Area A, is used between the beginning of October andthe end of June by vessels carrying non--dangerouscargo.

MV Puccini(HH. 359/470/04) [27/05]

Spain -- Santander — Fairway; directions


2 The channel is maintained by constant dredging andits limits are marked:

On the N side by No 1 Nube and No 3 La OsaLight--buoys (starboard hand), and:

On the S side by No 2 Las Quebrantas Light--buoy(port hand) and No 4 Rio Cubas Light--buoy(preferred channel to starboard).

The track shown on the chart changes direction(2 cables S of Isla Horadada) to 259½ where it joinsthe buoyed fairway described at 10.46.

Paragraph 10.46 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position 2 cables S of Isla Horadada, the

line of bearing, 259½ , of Muelle del AlmiranteDirectional Light (metal post, 15 m in height)(43 27 3N 3 48 6W) leads in the fairway from thenarrows to the vicinity of Muelle de Maliaño, passing(positions given from the directional light):

NP 23

3 -- 55

2 N of the tidal flats whose N edge is marked byNo 6 Las Hueras Light--buoy (port hand)(7 cables E) and No 8 El Dorao Light--buoy(port hand) (4 cables E) and:

3 S of the shoals extending S from the vicinity ofthe Dársena de Molnedo (8 cables ENE) andSE from Muelle Maria Albareda (4 cablesNE) and marked by No 5 PuertochicoLight--buoy (preferred channel to port)(8½ cables ENE) and No 7 BrumaLight--buoy (starboard hand) (5 cables ENE)respectively.

Spanish Notice 21/213/05(HH. 359/470/04) [26/05]

Spain, North Coast -- Ribadesella — Directions

322

Paragraph 10.137 1 line 5 For ESE Read ENE

Paragraph 10.137 2 line 2 For¾ cable NE Read 1 cable N

323

Paragraph 10.137 2 lines 8--9 Replace by:...E side of the harbour. A 0 3 m patch lies½ cable S of the light.

Paragraph 10.137 3 Replace by:1 The fairway crosses the bar about 1 cable NW of

Punta del Caballo Light, then leads SSE, thence E,thence S alongside the E bank quay.

Paragraph 10.138 Delete

Spanish Notice 7/65/06; Spanish Chart 4031(HH. 359/490/05) [19/06]

Spain, North Coast -- Ensenada de Luanco —Directions


SSE of Peña de Arriba (1½ cables NE), an isletstanding 40 m within the SE corner of the coastalreef, noting a light--buoy (E cardinal) moored½ cable S of Peña de Arriba.

Spanish Notice 9/97/06(HH.359/490/05) [18/06]

Spain -- San Esteban de Pravia — Leading lights


1 Initial position NNE of the head of Dique delOeste (43 34 2N 6 04 6W).

Leading lights:Front (white round tower, red bands, 3 m in height)

(43 34 1N 6 04 7W) on the inner elbow ofDique del Oeste.

Rear (white metal structure, red bands, 17 m inheight) (360 m SSW of front light).

2 The alignment (206¼ ) of these lights leads to aposition very close E of the head of Dique del Oeste,marked by San Esteban de Pravia Light (11.46).

Paragraphs 11.56--11.57 Delete

Spanish Notice 18/174/05;(HH. 359/510/04) [28/05]

Spain -- Ribadeo — Light beacon


2 NE of Piedras Las Carrais (4¾ cables NW), tworocks awash at the extremity of the reefextending 1 cable NE from Punta Castrelius.A light--beacon (starboard hand), marks theNE extremity of the reef.

Spanish Notice 46/478/06(SDD 2006000 400324) [50/06]

Spain -- Burela — Pilot boarding position.


Pilotage. The pilot boards 1 mile E of thebreakwater head.

Spanish Notice 11/126/06(HH.359/520/04) [17/06]

Spain, North Coast -- Vivero — Pilotage


Pilot boarding position: 43 42 8N 7 35 6W,4¾ cables W of Punta de Faro Light (11.165). ETA atpilot boarding position to be confirmed 24 and 6 hoursbefore arrival.

Spanish Notice 11/127/06(HH. 359/530/04) [18/06]

NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)

United States — Protection of wildlife


2 Steller Sea Lions. No vessel is permitted toapproach within 3 miles of a listed Steller Sea Lionrookery site, except in case of emergency or ifauthorised by the appropriate authority.

3 Navigational transit. The above restriction doesnot prohibit a vessel in transit from passing throughone of the straits, narrows or passages listed below ifthe vessel proceeds in continuous transit and maintainsa minimum of 1 mile from the rookery site.

Rookery Strait, narrows or pass

Akutan Island(5.71)

Akutan Pass between CapeMorgan and Unalga Island.

Clubbing Rocks(54 39 N162 25 W)

Between Clubbing Rocks andCherni Island (4.238).

4 Humpback whales Under US regulations it isunlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction ofthe United States, within 200 miles of Alaska, toapproach within 100 yards of any humpback whale.

5 Additional information is available from the USNational Marine Fisheries Service at:

www.fakr.noaa.gov.

NP 23

3 -- 56

26Paragraph 1.158 2 line 7 Add: (See also 1.88).


5 Restricted area. The SE quadrant of Marmot Islandis a Steller Sea Lion restricted area. No vessel ispermitted to approach or anchor within 3 miles, exceptin case of emergency, or if authorised by theappropriate authority (See 1.88).


No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorisedby the appropriate authority (See 1.88).

Paragraph 4.13 Including heading Replace by:Spare

4.13

Paragraph 4.18 1 line 2 Add:No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within

3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorisedby the appropriate authority (See 1.88).



No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorisedby the appropriate authority (See 1.88)




Paragraph 4.151 Replace by:Spare4.151

171Paragraph 4.239 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:Restricted area. Pinnacle Rock (54 46 0N

161 46 0W) and Clubbing Rocks N (54 43 0N162 26 5W) and S (54 42 0N 162 26 5W) are StellerSea Lion rookery sites No vessel is permitted toapproach or anchor within 3 miles, except in case ofemergency, or if authorised by the appropriateauthority (See 1.88).





Paragraph 5.37 Replace By:Spare5.37






No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorisedby the appropriate authority (See 1.88)



194Paragraph 5.75 1 line 7 Replace by:... recommended, passing at least one mile clear of theSteller Sea Lion rookery site at Cape Morgan (See 1.88).









NP 23

3 -- 57


No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorisedby the appropriate authority (See 1.88).Paragraph 5.263 1 Delete











2 Regulation. The N half of Kasatochi Island is aSteller Sea Lion rookery site. No vessel is permitted toapproach or anchor within 3 miles, except in case ofemergency, or if authorised by the appropriateauthority (See 1.88).















Paragraph 6.188 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:2 Fair anchorage can...






Paragraph 6.197 1 line 9 Replace by:...depth of 51 m (28 fm), sand, ensuring that they are morethan 3 miles from the Steller Sea Lion rookery site atAyugadak Point (see above).

255Paragraph 6.221 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:Regulation. Cape Saint Stephen (51 52 5N 177 12 5E)and Lief Cove (51 56 5N 177 20 0E) are Steller Sea Lionrookery sites. No vessel is permitted to approach or anchorwithin 3 miles, except in case of emergency, or ifauthorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).





1 Gillon Point (52 24 N 173 21 E) and Cape Sabak(52 23 N 173 42 E) are Steller Sea Lion rookery sites(1.88). No vessel is permitted to approach or anchorwithin 3 miles, except in case of emergency, or ifauthorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).


260After Paragraph 6.267 Insert:Restricted area6.267a

1 Attu Island (S quadrant) is a Steller Sea Lionrookery site No vessel is permitted to approach oranchor within 3 miles, except in case of emergency, orif authorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).

NP 23

3 -- 58












Captain K M Taylor, MV Clipper Odyssey;US Coast Pilot9; 50 CFR §223.202; §224.103(HH. 611/435/03) [40/05]

Aleutian Islands, west part — Atka


2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding positionfor Atka is 1 mile SE of Flat Point (6.32). See 6.4 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

3 Anchorage. Small vessels can obtain shelteredanchorage in Atka inner harbour in depths of about22 m (12 fm), clear of a dangerous wreck inapproximate position 52 11 9N 174 11 3W. Theholding ground is reported to be poor.

4 Berths. Atka Dock is about 30 m in length with adepth alongside of 5 5 m (18 ft); mooring buoys ateach end permit the berthing of vessels much longerthan the dock itself.

5 Other facilities. Health clinic.Supplies. Fresh water.Communications. Air service.


US Notice 23/16490/06; US Coast Pilot 9(HH. 611/435/03) [27/06]

Norton Sound -- Cape Rodney — Shoal depths

307

After Paragraph 8.64 1 Insert:2 A shoal area, with a least depth of 13 8 m, lies

approximately 27 miles SW of Cape Rodney. Anothershoal area, with a least depth of 12 4 m, liesapproximately 22 miles SSW of the Cape.


Alaska -- Nome Harbor; Snake River —Entrance; caution

307


1 Caution. The dredged channel entrance to SnakeRiver is closed. The new entrance to Nome Harbor isabout 4 cables W of the old entrance (64 29 8N165 24 9W). The new entrance has a causeway,827 m long, and is marked by seasonal lights.Construction is ongoing. Vessels should proceed withextreme caution; local knowledge is essential.

2 Useful marks:An aero light (64 30 4N 165 26 0W) is exhibited

at Nome Airport about 7 cables NW of the oldharbour entrance.

A large, dish--shaped, communications antenna,about 2½ cables E of the old entrance, is alsoprominent.

US Notice 12/16206/06; US Coast Pilot 9(HH. 131/400/05) [04/06]



422

After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship andPort Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) inTable 160.206).

423--424

Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 whichfollows below.


NP 23

3 -- 59






(i) Name;



(iv) Call sign;





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x









x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x





x x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;




x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;


(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country).

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


NP 23

3 -- 60



VesselsVessels not

carrying CDC





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]







(vi) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognised securityorganization(s) representing the vessel flag Administration thatissued the ISSC

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot(2003 Edition)

Turkish Straits — Vessel traffic service; pilotage


Paragraph 2.7 Including heading Replace by:Vessel Traffic Service2.7

1 Vessel Traffic Service Scheme with full radarsurveillance is maintained for the control of shipping.For details, and list of reporting points, see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).

The scheme is mandatory for all vessels over 500 gtand for all vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, but allvessels are strongly recommended to participate in thescheme.

67Paragraph 2.11 Replace by:2.11

1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following areas:Çanakkale KaranlÝk LimanÝ (2.31).™zmit Körfezi (2.265).Galata and the inner port of ™stanbul (2.359).Anchorages off Dolmabahçe Palace (2.381).Tanker berths at Çubuklu Liman (2.386) and Selvi

Burnu (2.388) in ™stanbul BoÔazÝ, andAll ports in Marmara Denizi.

2 Vessels carrying LNG are required to carry twopilots during the passage through Çanakkale BoÔazi.

Turkish Under Secretariat for Maritime Affairs(HH. 388/048/01) [19/04]

Çanakkale BoÔazi — Major lights


Gelibolu Light (white stone tower and dwelling, 9 min height) (40 25 N 26 41 E).

™nce Burnu Light (40 33 N 27 00 E) (2.69).

BA Chart 2429; Turkish Notice 6/22/04(HH. 393/410/03) [19/04]

NP 24

3 -- 61

Turkey -- Marmara Denizi — Içdaî


After Paragraph 2.79 2 Insert:Içdaî2.79a

1 Position and function. Içdaî (40 27 N 27 08 E)serves a steel production factory.

Port operations. 24 hours.Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(3).Notice of ETA. 72 hours with subsequent updates.Outer anchorage. See Büyükada (2.79).

2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than500 grt. Pilots board either 1 mile N (vessels up to5000 grt) or 2 miles N (vessels more than 5000 grt).


Tugs and mooring boats are available.3 Harbour consists of a single jetty extending 270 m

NNE from shore 7 cables ESE of Büyükada. Depthsalongside are reported to be from 12 to 22 m. Asecond jetty, length 320 m, and a breakwater are underconstruction (2004).


Turkey -- South--west approaches to™stanbul BoÔazi — Designated anchorage areas

97Paragraph 2.315 2 line 8 Add:A shoal with a least depth of 6 1 m is situated within anchorberth C5, 8 cables SSE of Yeîilköy Burnu Light (2.318).

Turkish Notice 5/19/05(HH. 394/420/05) [09/05]

Port of ™stanbul and approaches — Racons

101After Paragraph 2.354 2 line 5 Insert:Other navigational aids2.354a

1 Racon:Haydarpaîa Outer Breakwater N end (41 00 6N

29 00 1E).For further details see Admiralty List of Radio

Signals Volume 2.

103Paragraph 2.375 Including heading Replace by:Other navigational aids2.375

1 Racons:Umur BanklarÝ Light--buoy (S cardinal) (41 08 8N

29 03 9E) (2.378).Dikilikaya Light (41 11 0N 29 04 8E) (2.378).Anadolu Light — as above.

For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 2.


Turkey -- North approaches to ™stanbul BoÔazi —Dangerous wreck


2 Caution. A dangerous wreck exists in the SEcorner of the passenger and dry cargo vesselanchorage area, 1½ miles ENE of Dalyan Burnu Light(4.15).


Bartin LimanÝ—Directions


1 From a position NW of Demirli Burnu Light thetrack leads ENE into the harbour, passing between:

Paragraph 3.88 1 line 1 Replace by:1 Useful marks:

Light standing about½ cable NNE of KapalÝ Burnu(41 41 3N 32 13 9E).


Georgia -- Bat’umi — Directions


Route. The route leads E to the pilot boardingposition in the vicinity of the W cardinal light--buoy,then S, passing (with positions from Batumskiy Light):

Paragraph 3.310 2 line 5 Replace by:W of two spar--buoys (W cardinal) (5 cables NE).

Russian Notice 48/6782/05(HH. 399/490/02) [52/05]

Georgia -- P’ot’i — Directions; dangerous wreck


A dangerous wreck (42 10 0N 41 37 4E) lies closeNE of Anchorage Area No 300.


Bulgaria -- Burgaski Zaliv — Pilot boarding place


1 Pilotage for the outer approaches to Burgas isavailable from the traffic roundabout off Nos Emine;see 4.45. Pilotage from this roundabout is notcompulsory but if required should be ordered, throughthe ship’s agent, at least 8 hours in advance.

Bulgarian Chart 200.01(HH. 397/420/03) [01/05]

NP 24

3 -- 62

Bulgaria -- Balchik — Dangerous wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)7 cables SE of Balchik Light.

Bulgarian Notice 6/5/06(SDD 2006000 381500) [44/06]

Romania -- Nos Kaliakra to Mangalia —Dangerous wreck

153Paragraph 4.138 2 line 8 Existing Section IV Notice Week27/04 Replace by:

ESE of a light--buoy (S cardinal) (12½ miles NNE).

Romanian Notice 6/76/04(HH. 398/440/03) [37/04]

Ukraine -- Budaki Light — Directions

175Paragraph 6.20 2 line 2 Add:Stranded wrecks lie in position 45 58 7N 30 23 3E and1 mile further WNW.

Russian Notice 3685/26/06(SEP 000368502) [32/06]

Ukraine -- Sevastopol’ — Dangerous rocks

209After Paragraph 6.388 2 line 4 Insert:Caution. A dangerous underwater rock lies on the lineof the leading lights, in position 44 37 5N 33 28 8E.

After Paragraph 6.389 2 line 5 Insert:Caution. A dangerous underwater rock lies in position44 37 7N 33 29 9E, close SW of a light--buoy (Wcardinal).

Russian Chart 38120(HH. 396/510/07) [25/06]

Mys Mehanom to Mys Opuk — Anchorages

218Paragraph 7.61 1 line 3 Replace by:...depths of 22 m, mud and shells, clear of the KaradagskiyMarine Nature Reserve.

Paragraph 7.62 1 line 3 Replace by:...in depths of 9 m, clear of the Karadagskiy Marine NatureReserve. This berth is sheltered from SSW, through...

Russian Charts 32104; 32105(HH. 396/500/04) [20/04]

Russia -- Black Sea Coast -- Anapa —Directions; danger area


NNW of a danger area (8½ miles S), radius 1 mile,marked by a mooring buoy, thence:


Russia -- Novorossiysk outer anchorages —Wreck

224Paragraph 7.128 1 Table lines 1--4 Replace by:

No Position Depth Remarks

408(Chart 3311)

44 40 N37 36 E

19–45 m,pebblesand sand

For use byvessels duringNE gales.

A wreck lies inthe NE corner.


Sochi — Controlling depth


1 Controlling depth. Least depth in entrance channel8 5 m (2003).


Kerch Strait — Anchorages

242Paragraph 8.34 Including heading Replace by:Anchorages8.34

1 Designated anchorage areas No 450 and 451 areestablished in the S part of Kerch Strait, 5½ milesNNE and NE respectively from Mys Takyl’ (45 06 N36 27 E), as shown on the chart. Area 451 is for useby large vessels, and vessels carrying dangerouscargoes.

2 Additional designated anchor berths 1--10 areestablished in an area about 5 miles E of Mys Takyl’,as shown on the chart.

3 Caution. Anchor berths 1 to 10 fall within thelimits of former mine danger area No 27. The Russianauthorities have stated (2004) that vessels shouldensure that anchors are positioned on the seabed nomore than 150 m from the charted centre of the berth.Furthermore, the length of anchor cable used shouldbe carefully selected, and minimised, in order to avoidthe possibility of slack cable lying on the seabedbeyond the designated perimeter of the berth.

BA Chart 2242; Russian Notice 7/760/04(HH. 396/430/07) [19/04]

NP 25

3 -- 63

Port Kavkaz — Pilotage and tugs


3 Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory. Vesselsfrom the N are boarded in Anchorage area No 455(8.55) and vessels from the S are boarded in thevicinity of No 19 Light--buoy (45 18 N 36 29 E)(8.53). Use of tugs is compulsory for vessels of 50 min length and over. There are two tugs stationed in theport.

Port Kavkaz Regulations(HH. 185/400/03) [19/04]

Ukraine -- Port Mariupol’ and approaches —Limiting conditions




Sea of Azov -- Port Mariupol’ —Dangerous wreck


Caution. A dangerous wreck lies on the leadingline about 3 cables inside the harbour entrance.


Russia -- Sea of Azov -- Taganrog — Pilotage

259Paragraph 8.200 2 lines 5--8 Replace by:Pilotage. Vessels are boarded 8½ miles SSW of

Taganrog Light (47 12 N 38 57 E). See Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details.


NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I(2004 Edition)

Routeing measures

7Paragraph 1.60 1 lines 1--4 Including heading Replace by:Traffic regulations1.60

1 Routeing measures. Traffic separation schemes(TSS) and two--way routes are in operation for theJuan de Fuca Strait and approaches, Puget Sound andapproaches, Haro Strait, Boundary Pass, Strait ofGeorgia, Johnstone Strait, Broughton Strait and offDiscovery Island. These schemes are shown inmagenta on the appropriate charts...

55Paragraph 2.9 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:...charts. The schemes are IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of...


A two--way route has been established S of the TSSin the W part of Juan de Fuca Strait for smaller,slower moving vessels that normally do not use theseparation scheme in the strait.

Paragraph 2.9 2 line 5 Replace by:...Precautionary Area PA, centred 4 miles SSE of Race...


59Paragraph 2.37 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:...E--bound traffic lane of the TSS leads generally ESE toPrecautionary Area PA, centred 4 miles SSE of Race RocksLight (2.36); VF Light--buoy marks the W side of thelatter...


1 Three TSSs lead from Precautionary Area PA, SEof...

Paragraph 2.74 2 lines 7--8 Replace by:...Precautionary Area PA, SE of Race Rocks, toPrecautionary Area ND, NW of Dungeness Spit.

Paragraph 2.74 3 lines 2--3 Replace by:...Dungeness Light (48 10 9N 123 06 6W) on the Eperimeter of Precautionary Area ND, marks the centrelineof a TSS leading 5¼ miles NE to Precautionary Area RA...

Paragraph 2.74 3 lines 7--8 Replace by:...Dungeness Light on the E perimeter of PrecautionaryArea ND, marks the centreline of a TSS leading 9¼ miles Eto Precautionary Area SA (2.193) situated at the...

64

Paragraph 2.83 1 line 2 Replace by:...123 33 W) (2.38) at the W edge of Precautionary AreaPA,...

Paragraph 2.83 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:Through the SW part of Precautionary Area ND to

the pilot boarding ground (1½ miles N).

NP 25

3 -- 64

Paragraph 2.84 1 line 2 Replace by:...Light the route, entirely within Precautionary Area ND,leads 11½ miles ENE to a position N of...

Paragraph 2.84 2 line 2 Replace by:...Precautionary Area ND which gives access tothe TSS...

Paragraph 2.85 1 line 1 Replace by:1 From a position within Precautionary Area PA, SE

of...


4 Through Precautionary Area V to the PacificPilotage Authority boarding...

Paragraph 2.86 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position in Precautionary Area V, SSE of

VH Light--buoy, the passage leads E and NE for10 miles to Precautionary Area DI at the entrance toHaro Strait,...

Paragraph 2.91 1 line 3 Replace by:...moored on the S perimeter of Precautionary Area PA,...


1 From a position in Precautionary Area V, S of VHLight--buoy (special)...


1 From a position in Precautionary Area V, S of VHLight--buoy (special)...

78Paragraph 2.201 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...lane of the TSS leads 11 miles E into Precautionary AreaSA at the entrance to Admiralty Inlet, passing (with...

Paragraph 2.201 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:4 Through Precautionary Area SA, passing S of SA

Light--buoy (special) (11¼ miles E), thence:

79

Paragraph 2.202 3 line 2 Replace by:...at the centre of Precautionary Area RA in the...

Paragraph 2.202 5 line 5 Replace by:...Precautionary Area RB, SE of Lopez Island at theentrance to...

Paragraph 2.203 1 line 1 Replace by:1 From a position in Precautionary Area SA, NW of

SA Light--buoy (special)...

Paragraph 2.203 3 line 1 Replace by:3 Through Precautionary Area RA, passing NE of

RA Light--buoy (special) (5½ miles W)(2.202), thence:

Paragraph 2.204 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:From a position in Precautionary Area SA, NNE of

SA Light--buoy (special), the N--bound traffic lane ofthe TSS leads 11 miles NNE to Precautionary Area RBat the entrance to Rosario Strait, passing...

133

Paragraph 4.7 1 line 2 Replace by:...Strait. They are connected by a two--way route throughthe...

134Paragraph 4.12 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...with the route from Deception Pass (3.486) converge atPrecautionary Area RB, centred on 48 26 5N 122 45 3W,to join the two--way route leading N through Rosario Strait.This...

Paragraph 4.19 Heading Replace by:Directions from SW to Precautionary Area RB

at the S end of Rosario Strait(continued from 2.202)

Paragraph 4.19 1 line 3 Replace by:...leads 5 miles NE to Precautionary Area RB (4.12) at theS...

Paragraph 4.20 Heading Replace by:Directions from S to Precautionary Area RB at

the S end of Rosario Strait(continued from 2.204 and 3.487)

Paragraph 4.20 1 line 3 Replace by:...to Precautionary Area RB (4.12) at the S end of Rosario...

Paragraph 4.21 Heading Replace by:Precautionary Area RB to James IslandParagraph 4.21 1 line 1 Replace by:

1 From a position in Precautionary Area RB, ENEof...

136

Paragraph 4.32 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:1 The two--way route continues NE to Precautionary

Area C in the N part of Rosario Strait, marked at itscentre by C Light--buoy (special) (48 40 6N122 42 8W), where it is linked with the traffic laneleading NW to Precautionary Area CA, marked at itscentre by CA...

Paragraph 4.35 1 line 3 Replace by:...Precautionary Area C (4.32) in the N part of Rosario...

Paragraph 4.35 5 line 3 Replace by:Into Precautionary Area C, marked at its centre by

C...

Paragraph 4.36 1 line 2 Replace by:...lane of the TSS to Precautionary Area CA (4.32) which...

137

Paragraph 4.37 1 line 1 Replace by:1 From a position in Precautionary Area CA, in the

vicinity of CA Light--buoy (48 45 3N...

141

Paragraph 4.74 1 line 1 Replace by:1 From a position in Precautionary Area C, in the

vicinity of C...

145

Paragraph 4.105 5 line 5 Replace by:The route leads W into Precautionary Area CA,

marked at...

146

Paragraph 4.119 1 line 1 Replace by:1 From a position in Precautionary Area RA, SE of

RA Light--buoy (48 19 8N...

NP 25

3 -- 65

148

Paragraph 4.136 4 lines 8--9 Replace by:...Point Light (6 miles WNW) into the BoundaryPass (5.28) two--way route.

149

Paragraph 4.149 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:...and Orcas Island on the S, to merge with PrecautionaryArea CA, centred on CA Light--buoy (48 45 3N122 46 5W)...

150

Paragraph 4.154 5 line 2 Replace by:...(4.37) to merge with Precautionary Area CA, centred onCA...

158Paragraph 5.13 Replace by:Traffic regulations5.13

1 Routeing measures. Traffic separation schemes(TSSs) and two--way routes are in operationthroughout Haro Strait and Boundary Pass. Theserouteing measures are IMO--adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea (1972) applies.


From a position ENE of Discovery Island Light(2.81) in Precautionary Area DI, the N--bound lane ofthe TSS leads generally NNW, passing (with...

Paragraph 5.26 4 line 1 Replace by:4 Through Precautionary Area HS, passing WSW

of Lime Kiln Light (5.24), with two houses...

Paragraph 5.27 1 line 2 Replace by:...123 12 1W), the track follows the two--way route,continuing NNW for about 6 miles and...

Paragraph 5.27 5 line 1 Replace by:5 Through Precautionary Area TP, passing ENE of

Tom Point Light (white round tower, green...


1 From a position in Precautionary Area TP, ENE ofArachne Reef Light (48 41 1N...

Paragraph 5.28 3 line 1 Replace by:3 The track continues ENE following the two--way

route, passing SSE of Blunden Islet whichlies close off the E...

Paragraph 5.29 1 line 2 Replace by:...(48 44 0N 123 02 3W), the two--way route continues tolead ENE...

199

Paragraph 6.8 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:2 The schemes SE of Roberts Bank (6.2) are

IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)applies.

The schemes from Roberts Bank N to Burrard Inlet(6.123) are Canadian compulsory schemes, see 1.60.

201

Paragraph 6.24 1 line 7 Replace by:Through Precautionary Area GS, passing NE of

Alden Point Light (3 miles E) (5.29), thence:

Paragraph 6.25 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...123 11 3W), the route leads NW for about 15 miles inthe NW--bound traffic lane of the TSS, to Roberts Bank TALight--buoy (49 04 4N 123 22 9W),...

Paragraph 6.25 2 lines 12--13 Replace by:Through Precautionary Area PR, passing NE of the

NE entrance to Active Pass (9½ miles SW)(5.96), thence:

202

Paragraph 6.25 6 lines 5--6 Replace by:Through a Precautionary Area, passing NE of TA

Light--buoy (special) (10¾ miles WNW) (6.23).

Paragraph 6.26 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position in the Precautionary Area, NE of

TA Light--buoy (49 04 4N 123 22 9W), the routeleads N for about 12 miles, passing (with...

Paragraph 6.26 3 line1 Replace by:3 Through a Precautionary Area, passing W of

North Arm Jetty Westerly Light (whiteround...


1 Directions. From a position in Precautionary AreaPR, SW...

214

Paragraph 6.138 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:1 From a position in the Precautionary Area, E of QA

Light--buoy (49 16 6N 123 19 3W), the route leadsNE for about 2¾ miles into the ENE--bound trafficlane of the TSS to First Narrows...

International Maritime Organization; BA Charts 4947;4952(HH. 602/080/03) [24/05]

Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ); traffic

11Paragraph 1.85 Including heading Replace by:Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ)1.85

1 Loaded crude oil tankers of the Trans AlaskaPipeline System (TAPS) are requested to remainseaward of the Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ). Thepurpose of the TEZ is to keep laden tankers W of thezone boundary in an effort to protect the shoreline andcoastal waters from a potential risk of pollution.

2 The Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ) is defined as aline from:

54 00 N 136 17 W, thence to:51 05 N 132 30 W, thence to:48 32 N 126 30 W, thence to:48 32 N 125 09 W.

NP 25

3 -- 66

1.85a1 Concentration of traffic. Offshore routes for oil

tankers trading between Prince William Sound inAlaska and Juan de Fuca Strait, San Francisco and theSanta Barbara Channel in California cross theTranspacific routes off the British Columbia coast. Thetwo important crossing areas are off Dixon Entrance(see British Columbia Pilot Volume II) and Juan deFuca Strait.

Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 200 Corr 02/05(HH. 078/049/01) [12/05]

Juan de Fuca Strait -- Sooke Harbour —Leading Lights; buoyage


3 The alignment (007½ ) of these lights leads clear ofthe reef off Whiffin Spit.

Paragraph 2.62 4 Replace by:4 Thence a channel marked by buoys (lateral) leads

generally WNW, thence NNE to the public wharf.Attention is drawn to a rocky shoal with a least depthof 3 8 m over it lying close NNE of the track, about1½ cables W of Woodward Point.

VA Buoy (S cardinal) and VB Buoy (E cardinal),mark the SE corner of a drying area in the centre ofthe harbour.

Canadian Western Notice 03/3411/06(HH. 600/405/05) [17/06]

Juan de Fuca and Haro Straits —Risk of collision

63After Paragraph 2.75 1 Insert:Risk of collision2.75a

1 When navigating the TSS in the waters between theTrial Islands (2.86) and Discovery Island, mariners arecautioned that, on occasions, concentrations of traffic,adverse tidal streams and stress of weather may forcedeep--draught vessels and tugs with tows to deviatefrom the established traffic lanes.

2 In addition, extreme caution is advised in thevicinity of Discovery Island (2.86) where S--bounddeep--draught vessels may be carried into the opposingtraffic lanes by the strength of the streams in the area.


1 Risk of collision. When navigating the TSS (5.13)in the waters between Discovery Island (2.86) andHanbury Point (5.26), mariners are cautioned that, onoccasions, concentrations of traffic, adverse tidalstreams and stress of weather may force deep--draughtvessels and tugs with tows to deviate from theestablished traffic lanes.

Canadian Chart 3440(HH. 600/405/05) [44/05]

Vancouver Island -- Victoria — Directions

74Paragraph 2.167 2 line 7 For SSW Read ESE

BA Chart 4959(HH. 025/200/01) [05/06]

Puget Sound -- Point Monroe — Light--beacon


ESE of Point Monroe (2¾ miles SSW), a low narrowsandspit at the NE...

92Paragraph 3.95 1 line 4 For Point Monroe Light Read PointMonroe


US Notice 33/18446/06(HH. 612/485/08) [38/06]

Puget Sound — Safety and security zones


2 Safety and security zones. A safety zone has beenestablished on the W side of Commencement Bay anda security zone has been established surrounding theharbour.

Entry into these zones is prohibited unlessauthorised by the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound.See Appendix VIII to this volume.

468For §165.1313 Security and Safety Zone; LargePassenger Vessel Protection, Puget Sound and adjacentwaters, WA.Read §165.1317 Security and Safety Zone; LargePassenger Vessel Protection, Puget Sound and adjacentwaters, WA.

469

Before Subpart G — Protection of NavalVessels Insert:§165.1321 Security Zone; Protection ofMilitary Cargo,Captain of the Port Zone, Puget Sound, WA.

US Coast Pilot 7; US Code of Federal Regulations 33§165.1317; §165.1321(HH. 078/555/11) [08/05]

Puget Sound -- Olympia Shoal —Directions; wreck


E of a dangerous wreck (masts visible) (5 cablesSW), thence:

US Notice 24/18456/05(HH. 612/485/08) [28/05]

NP 25

3 -- 67

Houston Passage — Anchorages

188

Paragraph 5.367 1 Replace by:1 There are three designated anchorages as follows:

No 1 (48 57 4N 123 37 0W) in about 24 m, mud.No 2 (48 56 7N 123 37 0W) in about 30 m.No 3 (48 56 1N 123 37 0W) in 20 to 24 m, mud.

Canadian Sailing Directions Correction 05/05(HH. 078/050/04) [26/05]

Westshore Terminals and Deltaport —Traffic regulations; caution

202

After Paragraph 6.32 1 line 5 Add:A restricted area designated as a “No Crab Trap

Floats” zone has been established adjacent to theterminals and extends about 1 mile S. Any commercialcrab trap floats moored within the area will beremoved or relocated.

2 Caution. Vessels berthing and unberthing at theterminal, and attendant tugs, should be aware,however, of the potential risks that any such floatsmay cause to propulsion and steering systems.

Canadian Western Notices 05/507--508/05(HH. 602/006/03) [25/05]

Canada -- Vancouver Harbour -- Brockton Point— Light

218

Paragraph 6.166 4 Replace by:4 NE of Brockton Point (8 cables SSE) at the E end

of the narrows and on which stands a monument(disused lighthouse, white structure with notice board).The shore of the narrows between Brockton Point andProspect Point is fringed with drying rocky ledgesextending ¾ cable offshore in places. Parthia Shoalextends up to 2½ cables offshore between 2 and5 cables NW of Brockton Point. The notice board onthe disused lighthouse at Brockton Point is a neonsign, visible from the W, indicating a 5 kn speedrestriction in Coal Harbour (49 17 6N 123 07 6W)(6.176). Thence:

Paragraph 6.166 5 lines 7--8 Replace by:Thence:

Canadian Western Notice 5/3493/06(HH. 600/421/04 ) [25/06]

Burrard Inlet — Traffic regulations

220Paragraph 6.182 Including heading Replace by:Traffic regulations6.182

1 Movement Restriction Area (MRA). As part ofthe Second Narrows VTS an MRA has beenestablished. Standing Orders of the MRA are designedto provide for the orderly and safe flow of trafficthrough Second Narrows. Copies of these orders canbe obtained from the Vancouver Port Authority(6.148). See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

2 Sailing prohibited. No vessel shall transit the MRAby means of sail and no sail shall be hoisted, fully orpartially, within the MRA.Second Narrows Railway Bridge signals.

3 Vessels requiring the span to be raised should soundthree long blasts on their whistles or sirens, untilacknowledged by one of the following signals fromthe bridge. Vessels should wait at least 2½ cables fromthe bridge until the lift span is fully raised.

One flashing red light. Indicates vessel’s signal hasbeen understood and thatthe lift span is in theprocess of being raised.

Two flashing red lights. Indicates that vessel is notto approach the bridge.

One flashing green light. Indicates that lift span hasbeen raised.

4 VHF contact should be maintained with the bridgeoperator throughout the lift and transit.

Small craft which can pass safely under the SecondNarrows Railway Bridge main lifting span or the firstfixed span immediately S of the S tower withoutrisking damage to either the craft or bridge shall do sowithout signalling for the lifting span to be raised.

Canadian Hydrographic Service(HH. 600/421/04) [22/05]

Nanaimo Harbour -- Newcastle Island Passage —Buoyage; directions


Between Oregon Rock (49 10 8N 123 56 5W)which dries 0 3 m and which is marked close E byP13 Buoy (port hand) and:

P14 Buoy (starboard hand), moored about ½ cableENE and marking the E side of the Passage,thence:

Between Passage Rock (49 10 9N 123 56 5W),marked by a beacon (port hand), and:

P16 Buoy (starboard hand), moored about ¼ cableENE and marking the E side of the Passage,thence;

Canadian Western Notices 11--12/3447/05(HH. 600/425/05) [05/06]

NP 25

3 -- 68

Strait of Georgia -- Hole in the Wall --Florence Cove — Anchorage

287

After Paragraph 7.376 1 Insert:2 Although this anchorage is well--positioned, it has

been reported (2006) that log hauling cables foul thesea bed in the S part of the cove and that weed hasfouled anchors.

Canadian Sailing Directions, British Columbia Volume 1Change 02/06(HH. 078/050/04) [11/06]

Discovery Passage — Light; terminal

298

Paragraph 8.22 4 Delete lines 1--4

299

Paragraph 8.25 1 lines 4--5 For Tyee Spit (DiscoveryTerminal) Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/WestminResources)

Paragraph 8.27 1 line 1 For Tyee (Discovery Terminal)Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)

Paragraph 8.28 1 Replace by:1 Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)

Wharf. From the fairway in Discovery Passage theroute to the terminal leads W; the chart is sufficientguide.

300

Paragraph 8.30 1 Replace by:1 Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources):

length 122 m with mooring dolphins NNW and SSE;depth alongside 10 3 m (1980). Ore concentrates areloaded into deep sea vessels and barges.



Canadian Notice 8/3540/06; Canadian Sailing Directions,British Columbia (S)(HH. 600/430/04) [46/06]

Discovery Passage -- Granite Bay —Wreck

305

After Paragraph 8.81 1 Insert:2 A dangerous wreck, position approximate and depth

unknown, lies near the head of the bay.


Vancouver Island -- Berryman Point —Light; beacon

392

Paragraph 10.248 4 lines 7--12 Replace by:NW and N of Berryman Point (3 miles NE). A rock

lying close NW of the point is marked by a beacon(starboard hand); a drying rock lies close W of thepoint which is cliffy on its SW side. KennedyCove (10.252) is entered S of Berryman Point.Thence:

Paragraph 10.248 5 line 1 Replace by:5 (with positions relative to Berryman Point):




452

After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship andPort Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) inTable 160.206).

453--454

Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 whichfollows below.


NP 25

3 -- 69






(i) Name;



(iv) Call sign;





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x









x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x





x x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;




x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;



x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


NP 25

3 -- 70



VesselsVessels not

carrying CDC





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]







(vi) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognised securityorganization(s) representing the vessel flag Administration thatissued the ISSC

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


465

Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12


NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II(2005 Edition)

Inner Passage Route —Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls

66--67

Chart reference above Paragraph 2.115 Replace by:Canadian Chart 3939 (see 1.34)

Paragraph 2.115 2 Replace by:2 High precipitous mountains rise from both sides of

the inlet.Depths in the fairway gradually decrease from

134 m in the entrance to about 30 m 2 cables fromOcean Falls.

A shoal, with a least depth of 7 7 m over it, lies onthe W side of the fairway 4 cables SSW of WearingPoint (2.118).

Paragraphs 2.119--2.128 Including headings Replace by:Useful mark2.119

1 Cousins Inlet Light (square framework tower)(52 20 N 127 45 W).

Ocean Falls2.120

1 General information. Ocean Falls (52 21 N127 41 W), which is situated at the head of CousinsInlet on the N side of the Link River, lies at the footof high, steep mountains. A large dam andmulti--storey buildings, which are empty and indisrepair, dominate the head of the inlet.

2 Berth. Ferry berth (52 21 2N 127 41 7W). Thedocks S of the Link River are in disrepair.Submarine pipeline. An outfall, marked by buoys,

extends 4 cables WNW from the shore 1½ cables S ofthe Link River.Facilities: doctor (once a month).Supplies: fresh water; provisions nearby.

3 Communications: weekly ferry service in thesummer months; year round flights to Port Hardy.

Spare2.121 -- 2.128

Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 205; Canadian Chart3939(HH. 078/048/01) [29/05]

NP 26

3 -- 71

Verney Passage — Beacon

99Paragraph 3.125 3 line 2 Replace by:...(starboard hand) stands on Moody Point,...

Canadian PAC 205 Corr 08/06(HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]

Gardner Canal -- Kemano Bay — Buoy removed

100Paragraph 3.134 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...2 cables S from the point.


Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound —Directions


...marked by kelp. A light stands on the shoal.Thence:

Paragraph 3.220 8 lines 1--3 Replace by:8 SW of Lawyer Islands S Light (white round tower,

red band) (4 miles NW), exhibited from a small isletat the S end of the Lawyer Islands, thence:

Paragraph 3.221 1 line 3 Add:Lawyer Islands N Light (white round tower, red

band) (54 07 0N 130 20 8W).


Skeena River and approaches — Directions


Longnose Point; a beacon (starboard hand) stands onthe point.


Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage


3 Ryan Point Reef Light (white round tower)(54 21 5N 130 30 2W), stands on a drying rockabout 5 cables WSW of Ryan Point.


Surf Inlet — Beacon

174Paragraph 6.73 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:...Chapple Inlet (6.78). A beacon (port hand) stands on the Sextremity of the islands.


Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights;buoys


Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N

131 54 9W).


1 Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N131 54 9W):

2 From a position about 5 miles NE of this lightthe white sector (235--241 ) leads 3½ milesacross the bar, in a least charted depth of8 2 m, to the entrance of the deep waterchannel close SE of C14 Light--buoy(starboard hand).


Paragraph 7.133 1 line 7 For 9 cables Read 1 mile


Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy


2 A drying rock, marked by C22 Buoy (starboardhand), lies at the NW end of the passage NE ofLeonide...


Skidegate Channel -- East Narrows —Leading beacons



Canada Western Notice 9/3891/05(HH. 600/470/03) [42/05]

Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage


Caution. It has been reported that vessels shouldnot anchor on the E side of Henslung Cove due to theexistence of submerged mooring buoys, chains andanchors.


NP 26

3 -- 72

Graham Island -- Virago Sound andAlexandra Narrows — Depths


7 Caution Charted depths over The Bar (8.191),Haswell Reef (8.192) and Richard III Bank are subjectto change as a result of silting and scouring.


NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)

Pollution of the sea —Western European TankerReporting System



2 The system applies to every kind of oil tanker ofmore than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:




Isles of Scilly -- Buoyage — Directions

70Paragraph 3.40 1 line 5 For Hats Buoy Read HatsLight--buoy.

73Paragraph 3.59 5 line 2 For Old Wreck Buoy Read OldWreck Light--buoy.

Trinity House Notice 49/06(SEP2006000374986) [36/06]

Falmouth — Pilot boarding place

94Paragraph 4.49 7 line 2 Replace by:...board in position 50 05 N 5 01 W.

Falmouth Harbour Commissioners(SEP 000370139 [31/06]

Falmouth -- Black Rock Beacon — Directions

94

Paragraph 4.57 4 lines 4--5 For:A conical stone beaconRead: Black Rock Light--beacon (isolated danger)

95

Paragraph 4.59 2 line 1 For: Black Rock Beacon Read:Black Rock Light--beacon

Falmouth Harbour Commissioners, Port Notice ToMariners 8/2006(SEP 2006000375183) [35/06]

Charlestown — Pilot boarding arrangements

100

Paragraph 4.96 2 Replace by:2 Pilot boarding place. Charlestown is serviced by

cutter from Fowey (4.130). Pilots will board vessels ata position arranged with the master. During periods ofpoor weather boarding may take place off Fowey(4.114), anywhere in St Austell Bay (4.108) and insidethe harbour entrance.

Fowey Harbour Commissioners Notice 2006/07(SEP 000382658) [41/06]

Par — Pilot boarding arrangements

101

Paragraph 4.102 3 Replace by:3 Pilot boarding place. Par is serviced by cutter

from Fowey (4.130). Pilots will board vessels at aposition arranged with the master. During periods ofpoor weather boarding may take place off Fowey(4.114), anywhere in St Austell Bay (4.108) and insidethe harbour entrance.


Fowey — Pilot boarding arrangements

104

Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 4--9 Replace by:3 Pilot boarding place. In normal weather conditions

pilots will board vessels up to one mile from theharbour entrance. During poor weather conditions theboarding position may be varied, including boardinginside the harbour entrance.


NP 27

3 -- 73

Plymouth — Traffic signals

110Paragraph 4.169 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:...rocky ledges, lies in the NW part of Plymouth Sound.

115--116Paragraph 4.211 1--2 Including heading Replace by:Spare4.211

116Paragraph 4.212 1 Replace by:4.212

Spare

QHM Plymouth Local Notice to Mariners 23/05(HH. 234/400/12) [01/02/06]

Plymouth Approaches -- Eastern Channel —Depths

119Paragraph 4.225 3 line 3 For patch with a depth of 4 8 mover it (1 mile SE) Read patch (7½ cables SSE) with adepth of 4 1 m over it.

Paragraph 4.225 3 line 6 For extend 3½ cables N from the4 8 m patch Read extend 1¾ cables NNE from the 4 1 mpatch.

HMTG (Plymouth); Tennix LADS Operations Ltd(HH. 234/400/12) [40/05]

Plymouth Approaches -- Bigbury Bay — Buoyage


3 Clear of East Rutts (4½ miles WSW) (4.256),thence:

Tenix LADS Operations Ltd; Port Surveyor, Plymouth(HH. 232/450/08) [50/05]

Tor Bay -- Brixham Harbour — Berths


1 Deepest berth: W side of Eastern Pier, MFV Basin(5.97).

Paragraph 5.84 1 line 11 For jetty Read disused jetty


Harbour Master, Torbay(HH. 232/510/08) [16/05]

Portland Approaches — Directions


...approach to Portland or Weymouth, thence:

RFA Mounts Bay; RMAS HQ(HH. 232/550/17) [17/06]

Portland Harbour -- East Ship Channel —Leading lights

160

Paragraph 6.52 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:1 Initial position. In the vicinity of Portland Pilot

boarding place (50 36 N 2 24 W).Leading lights:

Front light (stone wall, 6 m in height) (50 34 1N2 25 9W).

Rear light (white building, 17 m in height) (120 mSSW of front light).

2 The alignment (210 ) of these lights leads throughEast Ship...

Portland Harbour Authority Ltd(HH. 232/550/16) [23/05]

Poole Harbour — Buoyage; directions

171

Paragraph 6.131 2 Replace by:2 There is a speed limit of 6 kn in Little Channel,

from No 29 Stakes Light--buoy (50 42 4N 1 59 0W)(S cardinal) to, and within Holes Bay (6.155).

173

Paragraph 6.135 1 Replace by:1 A yellow flashing light is exhibited from a mast at

South Haven Point (50 40 8N 1 57 0W) when a largevessel is about to enter that part of the channelsituated between No 6 Light--buoy (50 40 1N1 55 9W) and No 22 Aunt Betty Light--buoy (2 milesNNW). The light is displayed for vessels that are bothinward bound and outward bound.

175

Paragraph 6.142 2 line 5 For Stakes No 55 Light--buoyRead No 29 Stakes Light--buoy.

Paragraph 6.143 2 line 5ForDiver No 51 Light--buoyReadNo 25 Diver Light--buoy.

Paragraph 6.144 1 line 2 For Stakes No 55 Light--buoyRead No 29 Stakes Light--buoy.

Paragraph 6.145 1 lines 4--10 Replace by:Directions. From a position 1 mile ENE of South

Haven Point the route leads W across Hook Sand witha least depth of 0 7 m, then SW in depths of up to4 m, passing (with positions given from South HavenPoint (50 40 8N 1 57 0W)):

Between East Looe No 1 Light--buoy (starboardhand) and East Looe No 2 Light--buoy (porthand), (both 7¾ cables ENE), thence:

Between East Looe No 3 Light--buoy (starboardhand) and East Looe No 4 Light--buoy (porthand), (both 6 cables ENE), thence:

Poole Harbour Commissioners(HH. 232/560/18) [23/06]

NP 27

3 -- 74

Poole Harbour Approaches — Restricted areas

172

Paragraph 6.131 3 Replace by:3 Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, surrounding

historic wrecks, exist in the approaches to Poole. One,marked by a light--buoy (special), is centred onposition 50 39 7N 1 54 9W; the second is centred onposition 50 39 9N 1 55 5W close E of the dredgedentrance channel. For protection details see 1.75.

Statutory Instrument 3243/04(HH. 232/540/10) [16/05]

Poole Harbour — Chain Ferry Regulations

173

Paragraph 6.134 2 lines 1--11 Replace by:2 The ferry will give way to vessels subject to

compulsory pilotage proceeding in or out ofthe harbour entrance.

All vessels navigating in the harbour which are notsubject to compulsory pilotage shall give way tothe ferry.

All vessels and craft of less than 50 m in length areobliged to give way to the ferry.

The ferry, when underway, shall:Display a white strobe light, and in addition by day

display a black ball, to indicate the direction oftravel.

Paragraph 6.134 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:By day exhibit a red flag in place of the black ball.At night, exhibit a fixed all round white light.

Poole Harbour Commissioners Notice 14/05(HH. 232/560/17) [35/05]

Portsmouth — Pilotage

187

Paragraph 7.17 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...confirm ETA at pilot boarding place 8 hours beforearrival. ETA should also be confirmed 2 hours beforearrival at the Nab boarding area or 1½ hours before arrivalat the Saint Helen’s and North Sturbridge boarding areas.Mariners at anchor requiring a pilot should also...

Portsmouth Commercial Port(HH. 238/440/08) [12/06]

Needles Channel and Approaches — Directions

191

Paragraph 7.45 2 lines 5--8 Delete.

BA Chart 2035(HH. 232/580/13) [19/06]

West Solent -- Beaulieu River —Buoyage; directions


3 SSE of Lymington Banks (3 miles W) (7.55),marked at the SW end by Lymington BankLight--buoy (port hand); thence:


Paragraph 7.47 3 line 8 Replace by:Point Light, and which is marked on its SW sideby Solent Bank Light--buoy (port hand); thence:

Paragraph 7.48 1 Delete: words North Pier between lines 7and 8.


SSE of East Lepe Light--buoy (port hand), moored inposition 50 45 9N 1 21 1W; and:


4 From a position 2 cables NNE of East LepeLight--buoy (port hand) (50 45 9N 1 21 1W) thealignment (324 ) of these leading marks leads in theapproach to the river entrance in a least depth of0 9 m to a position ½ cable ESE of NB Dolphin (reddolphin white band) from which a light is exhibited,which stands near the SE extremity of the spit.Thence:

The line of bearing (334 ) by day, or at night thewhite sector (331--337 ), of Millenium Light--beacon(white round tower with lantern, 8 m in height)(50 47 1N 1 21 9W), leads between numberedbeacons (lateral) to a position close W of No 5Light--beacon. Thence the channel, which leadsgenerally WSW, is marked by beacons (lateral) as faras Needs Ore Point. For night navigation some of thebeacons exhibit lights; the port hand beacons carry redreflectors and the starboard hand beacons greenreflectors. Thence in mid--channel to the requiredberth.

Trinity House Notice 16/06; BA Chart 2021(HH. 232/585/03) [18/06]

North Channel — Directions


2 The route then leads generally SE maintaining adistance of about 1½ cables from Hurst Beach,passing:

NNE of NE Shingles Light--buoy (E cardinal)(4¾ cables SSW), thence:

Over the bar (2¾ cables SSW), least depth 6 8 m,marked by heavy overfalls, noting The Trap(1 cable S), a small ridge of sand and gravel at theN extremity of the bar.

BA Chart 2035(HH. 232/580/13) [19/06]

NP 27

3 -- 75

The Solent -- Beaulieu River — Leading mark


Front mark. No 2 Beacon (port hand) (50 46 9N1 21 8W).

Beaulieu River Local Notice 1/05(HH. 232/620/04) [50/05]

Langstone Harbour — Pilotage

203Paragraph 7.118 2 lines 4--9 Replace by:Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 48 m LOA

and over and vessels of 20 m LOA and over carryingmore than 12 passengers. Pilotage is provided by thePortsmouth Pilotage Service (7.14) on behalf ofLangstone Harbour Board. ETA at the pilot station,1½ miles S of Langstone Fairway Light--beacon, andrequests for pilotage should be sent to LangstoneHarbour Master 24 hours in advance.

Langstone Harbour Board(HH. 232/660/06) [36/05]

France, West coast -- Port d’Audierne —Directions


1 Le Goyen Rivière entrance -- leading marks:Front mark (48 00 9N 4 32 3W).Rear mark (70 m N of front mark).

The alignment (359 ) of these marks leads into theriver, passing (with positions from the front mark):

2 E of the head of Jetée de Raoulic (2½ cables S),thence:

E of a beacon (port hand) (1¾ cables S), thence:To a position ½ cable S of the front mark.

8.229a1 Le Goyen Rivière -- leading marks:

Front mark (48 00 8N 4 32 4W).Rear mark (120 m SW of front mark).

The alignment (223 ), astern, of these marks, leadsNE to Quai Jean JadePoulgoazec. The track then leadsNW for the quays at Audierne, passing close to them.

French Notice 18/40/06; BA Chart 2819(HH. 353/405/05) [25/06]

Paimpol Approaches — Beacon; drying height

304Paragraph 10.53 1 line 4 For: (port hand) Read: (isolateddanger)

Paragraph 10.53 1 line 7 Replace by:...channel, noting an isolated 1 6 m drying patch(48 47 4N 2 59 9W) lying very close N of the alignment.The turn into the port round the head of Jetée de...

French Notice 40/26/05; French Chart 7127(HH. 351/580/03) [10/06]

Baie de Saint--Brieuc -- Le Légué —Pilot boarding position

305

Paragraph 10.62 3 lines 2--7 Replace by:Boarding position. The pilot boards vessels in the

vicinity of Le Légué Light--buoy (safe water)(48 34 3N 2 41 2W). Should certain conditionsprevent the use of this position, then vessels will berequested to make for the entrance to the buoyedchannel until the pilot is able to board.


Channel Islands -- Plateau des Minquiers —Directions

358

Paragraph 11.189 3 lines 5--11 Replace by:Caution.

A dangerous wreck (position approximate) ischarted in the middle of the channel 9¼ miles Eof Roches Douvres Light.

Trinity House Notice 20/06(HH. 351/540/06) [19/06]

Cherbourg -- Passe de l’Est — Leading lights

393

Paragraph 12.48 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:2 From N by night — leading lights:

Front light (white metal pylon on hut, 8 m in height)(49 39 4N 1 35 9W) on E end of Jetée desFlamands.

Rear light (white column, black bands, white top,15 m in height) (520 m S of front light) situatedon Terre--plein des Mielles.

From a position N of Fort de l’Est (49 40 N1 36 W) the alignment of these marks (183½ ) by day,and of these lights (189 ) by night leads through Passede l’Est passing (with positions given from Fort del’Est):

E of a 9.6 m rocky bank (1 mile N) and over a rockybank with a least depth of 8 9 m over it (8 cablesNNE), thence:

BA Chart 2602(HH. 027/200/02) [32/05]

Port du Cap Lévi — Directions

396

Paragraph 12.78 2 lines 1--2 For green sector (050 --109 )Read white sector (083 --105 )

French Notice 37/55/05(HH. 351/530/04) [44/05]

NP 27

3 -- 76

Estuaire de la Seine -- Le Havre —Waiting area; dangerous wrecks


2 No 1 Waiting Area, with good holding in depthsof 12 m, sand and shells, centred about4¾ miles WSW of Cap de la Hève. Thisarea, situated about 1¼ miles S of theapproach channel and parallel with a linejoining LH3 to LH7 Light--buoys, isauthorised for use by vessels of less than12 m draught and less than 250 m in length.

Caution. A dangerous wreck, marked on its E sideby HP Light--buoy (special) lies in position 49 29 6N0 03 7W. Another dangerous wreck lies 1½ cablesENE of HP Light--buoy.

French Notice 6/11/05(HH. 351/490/07) [16/05]

Le Havre: Port 2000

415Paragraph 13.109 1 line 1 For Prohibited anchoragesRead Restricted areas

After Paragraph 13.109 1 line 6 Insert:1 To the S and W of Port 2000 in an area of

varying width, running from a position3½ cables WNW of LH13 Light--buoy(starboard hand) (49 29 4N 0 03 9E), to aposition 2½ cables S of the front leading light(13.141a) in Bassin Hubert Raoul--Duval(13.141a).


Access to Port 2000 is common with Le Havreuntil within 9 cables of Le Havre entrance, when theapproach channel to Port 2000 leads SE to the port.Paragraph 13.122 1 line 1 For 150 m Read 15.0 m

After Paragraph 13.122 1 line 6 Insert:Port 2000: maintained depth of 15 0 m in the

approach channel and tidal basin.

Paragraph 13.124 1 Replace by:1 The deepest and longest berths are situated at Port

2000 (13.141b). Other deep specialist berths are foundin Bassin Théophile Ducrocq, Bassin René Coty(13.143) and Grand Canal du Havre (13.146).

418After Paragraph 13.130 1 line 6 Insert:Marine nature reserve13.130a

1 A marine nature reserve, as shown on the chart, issituated between Port 2000 (13.141b) and Digue Bassedu Nord (13.169), 9 cables S.Paragraph 13.131 1 lines 1 to 3 Replace by:

1 Le Havre comprises an Avant--port, tidal basins,constant level basins and wet docks reached throughlocks, and the tidal Port 2000.

After Paragraph 13.131 3 line 7 Insert:4 Port 2000, a tidal basin lies about 2 miles SE of

Avant--port and provides deep--water berths for thelargest container vessels.

Paragraph 13.132 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 22/06 Replace by:Spare13.132

424

Paragraph 13.139 3 lines 6--9 Replace by:Between pairs of light--buoys (port and starboard

hand) numbered LH6 and LH5 to LH12 andLH11, moored respectively between 6 and3 miles WNW, of the front leading light; thence:

Paragraph 13.139 4 line 1 For To the harbourentrance.which leads into Avant--port passing Read To aposition between LH13 and LH16 Light--buoys, where forLe Havre harbour entrance and Avant--port, the route leadsESE passing

Paragraph 13.139 5 lines 5 and 6For LH13 and LH15ReadLH11 and LH13

After Paragraph 13.139 5 line 8 Insert:Port 2000 approach channel13.139a

1 Leading lights:Front: LH21 Light--beacon (metal pile, green top,

green triangular topmark apex uppermost)(49 27 7N 0 07 1E).

Rear: Directional light standing on Digue FrançoisLe Chevallier (white tower, black band)(2¾ cables SE of front light).

2 The alignment (133 ) of these lights, or at night inthe white sector (132½ --133¼ ) of the rear light,leads in the Port 2000 approach channel, passing:

Between LH2000 Light--buoy (W cardinal) andLH15 Light--buoy (starboard hand), thence:

3 Between LH18 and LH17 Light--beacons (portand starboard hand), 1¾ miles NW of therear light, thence:

Between LH20 and LH19 Light--buoys (port andstarboard hand), 1¼ miles NW of the rear light,thence:

To the Port 2000 entrance which leads into BassinHubert Raoul--Duval, passing between DiguePort 2000 on the head of which Musoir Nord 2000Light (red square on white tower, red top)(49 28 1N 0 06 6E) is exhibited, and the headof Digue François Le Chevallier on which MusoirSud Light (green triangle apex uppermost onwhite tower, green top) (1¾ cables SW of MusoirNord 2000 Light) is exhibited.

Paragraph 13.141 Heading For:Tidal basins Read:Le Havre tidal basins.

Before Paragraph 13.142 Bassin de la Manche Insert:Port 2000 tidal basin13.141a

1 Leading lights:Front (49 27 2N 0 10 8E).Rear (2¼ cables ESE of front light).

From a position close to LH21 Light--buoy(starboard hand) the alignment (102 ) of these lightsleads in Bassin Hubert Raoul--Duval, to the berths atQuai du Havre and through the turning area (seebelow). Light--buoys (lateral) mark the route.

NP 28

3 -- 77

2 Turning area about 700 m in diameter is situatedin Bassin Hubert Raoul--Duval 1 mile WNW of thefront leading light. A light (white tower) (49 27 2N0 09 2E) to assist turning vessels, is exhibited fromDigue François Le Chevallier due S of, and on, theN/S axis of the turning area.

After Paragraph 13.141a 2 line6 and after centre headingBasins and berths Insert:

Port 200013.141b

1 Description. Port 2000 (49 27 5N 0 08 5E) is atidal basin constructed for the container trades.

Berths. Quai du Havre, a single continuous line ofberths, 4 200 m total length. Currently (2006) fourberths are open at the E end of Quai du Havre; eachberth is 350 m in length with depths of 14 5 m. Worksare in progress (2006) to create additional berths withdepths between 14 5 and 17 m.

BA Chart 2990 Edition 4 [35/06]

Estuaire de la Seine -- Chenal de Rouen —Directions; dangerous wreck


1 Mariners bound for ports on La Seine Maritimeshould make for LHA Light--buoy (safe water)(49 31 N 0 10 W) (13.138) and thence to a position¾ mile W of RP Light--buoy (isolated danger)(49 28 6N 0 01 2W), moored near the NW end ofRade de la Carosse (49 28 N 0 02 E) (13.108), toembark or await the pilot.

Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 1¾ miles W ofRP Light--buoy.

French Notice 6/11/05(HH. 351/490/07) [16/05]

Baie de Seine -- Trouville--Deauville — Directions


Close ENE of an obstruction (position doubtful)(½ mile NW); thence:

French Chart 7420(HH. 351/490/08) [30/06]

Le Havre -- Antifer —Wreck

438Paragraph 13.226 1 line 8 Replace by:...entering the deep water route, see 13.221. A wreck(position doubtful), with a least depth of 20 m over it,lies in position 49 47 5N 0 18 0W.

French Notice 06/41/18(SDD 2006000 395681) [47/06]

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)

Hoek van Holland —Withdrawal of signals

13Paragraph 1.105 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...displayed by day and night at Vlissingen. See TheMariner’s Handbook.

213Paragraph 9.21 Including heading and graphics Replaceby:Spare9.21





218Paragraph 9.53 3 lines 1--5 Replace by

3 Caution. Prior permission is required for vessels toturn in Maasmond when proceeding from NieuweWaterweg to Calandkanaal, or the reverse.

220Paragraph 9.72 3 lines 1--2 For Signal Station Read TrafficCentre

Netherlands Notice 21/334/06(SEP 000364852) [24/06]

Dover Strait and adjacent waters TSS —Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area and recommended

direction of traffic established.

58After Paragraph 2.13 Insert:Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area2.13a

1 Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area is a focal point forbusy crossing traffic bound to and from West HinderTSS (2.41). In order to reduce risk of collision in thevicinity of the precautionary area, a recommendeddirection of traffic flow exists around Foxtrot 3Light--float (51 23 9N 2 00 5E) (2.51). All crossingvessels should leave the light--float on their port side.

NP 28

3 -- 78

61After Paragraph 2.42 Insert:Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area2.42a

1 See 2.13a.


International Maritime Organization(SDD 2006000 370675) [47/06]

Dover Strait — South Goodwin Light--floatremoved; SW Goodwin Light--buoy moved



Paragraph 4.91 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:3 SE of SW Goodwin Light--buoy (S cardinal)

(1½ miles SSW) marking the S extremity ofSouth...

Paragraph 4.91 5 lines 1--5 Replace by:5 SE of South Calliper (3½ miles NE), thence:

Trinity House Notice 17/06(SEP 000367837) [31/06]

Port of Dunkerque — Regulations


1 Vessels intending to anchor in the waiting area toSW of Dyck Light--buoy (51 03 0N 1 51 8E) arerequired to follow the instructions of the Dunkerquepilot (6.85). It...


2 In exceptional circumstances and with thepermission of the VTS, vessels of less than 100 mLOA not carrying dangerous or polluting cargoes mayanchor...

142Paragraph 6.83 1 line 4 Replace by:....to the harbour. All vessels greater than 50 m LOAare required to report on entering the VTS area andthereafter maintain a continuous listening watch.

143Paragraph 6.88 1 line 2 For Harbour Master Read VTS

Paragraph 6.88 2 line 2 Replace by:....chart, 2 miles NW of the entrance to Port Ouest. Inexceptional circumstances the VTS may permit vesselsto anchor in the turning area.

Paragraph 6.88 3 lines 3--4 Replace by....must make contact with other vessels proceedingalong the access channels by VHF radio on the VTSworking frequency. The former must...

Paragraph 6.89 Replace by:1 Constrained vessels, that is vessels with a draught

greater than 10 m or with an LOA greater than 230 m,should exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed by Rule28 of The International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972).

2 Suction dredgers display the lights or shapesprescribed by Rule 27(b) of The InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).Suction dredgers are required to keep out of the wayof constrained vessels described above.

3 Tankers. In addition to the general regulations fortankers and other vessels carrying dangerous cargoesat 1.88, such vessels are not permitted to proceed E ofDyck Light--buoy (51 03 N 1 52 E) or W of E12Light--buoy (51 08 N 2 31 E) without a pilotembarked.

SHOM Notices Edition 33/06 (Corrections auxInstructions Nautiques)(HH. 078/207/01) [45/06]

Approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage


VG2 Light--buoy (port hand) (51 26 0N 2 48 1E).

Paragraph 7.36 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:2 Between GZ Light--buoy (S cardinal) 51 24 3N

2 44 5E) and VG Light--buoy (N cardinal),1½ miles SE, thence:

Between VG1 Light--buoy (starboard hand)(51 25 0N 2 49 1E) and VG2 Light--buoy (porthand), 1 mile NNW, where the route rounds to E,thence:

Netherlands Notice 300/1630/06(SEP000026773) [22/06]

Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Pilotage;traffic regulations

211Paragraph 9.6 1 After line 4 Add:

For vessels with a draught between 14 3 m and17 4 m approaching through Eurogeul, the pilot mayboard by small or large tender W of E15 Light--buoy(52 00 9N 3 48 8E). In all other cases, includingvessels with a draught of less than 14 3 m, the pilotboards in the vicinity of Maas Center Light--buoy(52 01 1N 3 53 5E).

Paragraph 9.6 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:2 The pilot vessel has a black hull with...

NP 28

3 -- 79


1 Traffic Separation Schemes. Eurogeul andMaasgeul, which together form the DW channel, arecompulsory for vessels with a draught of 17 4 m ormore. For vessels with a draught between 14 3 m and17 4 m, the use of Eurogeul and Maasgeul is stronglyrecommended. This class of vessel can either enter atthe W end of Eurogeul, 4½ miles WSW ofEuroplatform (51 59 8N 3 16 5E), or about 14 milesfarther E between E7 and E9 Light--buoys. Therecommendation also applies when these vessels areoutbound.

The W and E sections of Eurogeul run through theseparation zone of two TSSs, which are for the use ofvessels of a lesser...

Paragraph 9.11 2 line 2 Replace by:...where the traffic flows merge. If not following...

215Paragraph 9.34 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...is compulsory for vessels with a draught of 17 4 mor more and strongly recommended for vessels with adraught between 14 3 m and 17 4 m (9.10). From thevicinity of 51 58 N 3 00 E on the W side...

Paragraph 9.35 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:Vessels with a draught of more than 17 4 m embarktheir pilot by helicopter in its NW corner. EurogeulApproach Area stretches...

After Paragraph 9.38 1 Add:2 Caution. When entering Maasmond, allowance

should be made for tidal streams setting across thechannel. If the time of entry coincides with the periodof strongest tidal set, a minimum speed of 10 kn isadvised so that effective course corrections can bemade. See 9.29.

Netherlands Hydrographic Office(SEP 000368838) [31/06]

Hoek van Holland — Pilotage

211Paragraph 9.6 1 & 2 including existing Section IV week31/06 Replace by:

1 Vessels with a draught between 17 4 and 14 3 membark the pilot by tender or helicopter W ofE15 light--buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E).Vessels with a draught of less than 14 3 m may

embark the pilot as follows:by tender in the vicinity of Maas Center Light--buoy

(52 01 1N 3 53 5 E);by helicopter about 5 miles N of Maas Center

Light--buoy for vessels approaching from N;by helicopter about 5 miles W of Maas Center

Light--buoy for vessels approaching from W.2 The decision on whether the pilot boards by tender

or helicopter is made by the pilot. No additional costwill be charged for a helicopter transfer.

Requests for pilots should be made at least 6 hoursprior to arrival.

212Paragraph 9.8 3 including existing Section IV week 35/06Delete

Paragraph 9.10 1 including existing Section IV week 31/06Replace by:

1 Traffic Separation Schemes. Eurogeul andMaasgeul, which together form the DW channel, arereserved for vessels with a draught of 14 3 m or more.Vessels with a draught between 14 3 m and 17 4 m,either enter at the W end of Eurogeul in the vicinityof the Europlatform (51 59 8N 3 16 5E) or about14 miles farther E between E7 and E9 Light--buoys.

215Paragraph 9.34 1 including existing Section IV week 31/06Replace by:

1 The route described follows the DW route, which isreserved for vessels with a draught of more than14 3 m. From the vicinity of 51 58 N 3 00 E on the Wside of the Eurogeul Approach Area (9.35), it runs40 miles in a generally E direction through Eurogeuland then Maasgeul to Maasmond at the entrance toNieuwe Waterweg (9.60).

Netherlands Hydrographic Office(SEP 000378632) [39/06]

Hoek van Holland — Pilot embarkation byhelicopter


3 For vessels with a draught between 14 3 m and17 4 m approaching through Eurogeul, pilot transfer byhelicopter takes place W of E15 Light--buoy(52 00 9N 3 48 8E). In all other cases, includingvessels with a draught of less than 14 3 m, pilottransfer by helicopter takes place about 5 miles W ofMaas Center Light--buoy (52 01 1N 3 53 5E) whenapproaching from W and 5 miles N of Maas CenterLight--buoy when approaching from N.

The decision on whether the pilot boards by tenderor by helicopter is made by the pilot. No additionalcosts will be charged for a helicopter transfer.

Port of Rotterdam(SEP000375645) [35/06]

Thames Estuary — Pilotage;Oaze Precautionary Area; channels; LNG vessels

234Index diagram: Oaze Deep pilot symbol (51 29 N 0 59 E)Delete

236Paragraph 11.16 4 lines 5--8 Replace by:...Inner Area but not the Outer Area, including vesselsbound for River Medway, embark pilots in the Warp in thevicinity of 51 29 7N 0 55 0E.

NP 28

3 -- 80

After Paragraph 11.16 5 Insert:Pilot disembarkation station11.16a

1 Outbound vessels, which are subject to compulsorypilotage in the Inner Area but not the Outer Area,disembark the pilot about 1 cable S of Sea Reach No 1Light--buoy (51 29 5N 0 52 6E).

240Paragraph 11.43 1 line 3 For W cardinal Read safe water

After Paragraph 11.44 2 Insert:11.44a

1 Deep--draught and shallow--draught channels inthe Oaze Precautionary Area (11.46). If draughtpermits, shallow--draught vessels inbound for RiverThames and those intending to embark a pilot at theWarp (11.16) should use the channel which passes Nof Oaze Light--buoy (special) (51 29 1N 0 56 9E) andW Oaze Light--buoy (safe water), 1 mile W.Deep--draught vessels follow the recommended DWroute which passes to S of the buoys.

2 Outbound shallow--draught vessels should proceedon the starboard side of the principal fairway throughOaze Precautionary Area.

Paragraph 11.45 2 line 2 For 2 miles Read 2½ miles

After paragraph 11.45 2 Add:3 Inbound LNG vessels for River Medway may

require to secure a tug before entering the MedwayApproach Channel (16.17). This operation will takeplace in an area 2 cables wide running along the Sside of the Oaze Precautionary Area between thelongitudes of Oaze Light--buoy (0 56 9E) andMedway Light--buoy (0 52 8E). The manoeuvretowards the S side of the channel is to commenceafter passing Knob Light--buoy (51 30 7N 1 04 3E)and London VTS is to be informed.

4 Inbound LNG vessels for River Medway notintending to secure a tug before the MedwayLight--buoy should proceed on the starboard side ofthe fairway through Oaze Precautionary Area.

Paragraph 11.46 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:...manoeuvrability, as well as crossing traffic bound to andfrom the Rivers Thames and Medway, may be encountered.Pilot embarkation and anchoring are prohibited in this area.

After Paragraph 11.46 2 Insert:Restricted area11.46a

1 Oaze Restricted Zone (51 30 N, 0 59 E), limits ofwhich are shown on the chart, occupies the SW partof the Oaze (11.56). The area, with depths of less than5 m, is prohibited to all vessels except fishing vesselsand recreational craft.

242Paragraph 11.56 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...WSW through Oaze Deep. Thence the combined...

Paragraph 11.56 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:3 SSE of Oaze Bank Light--buoy (starboard hand)

(1¾ miles WNW), which is moored close tothe SW corner of Oaze. Oaze Light--buoy(special) (11.44a) is moored 1½ cables SE,thence:

Paragraph 11.56 4 line 1For (W cardinal)Read (safe water)

Paragraph 11.56 4 lines 7--9 Replace by:...or to Medway Light--buoy (safe water), 1¾ miles W, atthe entrance to Medway Approach Channel (16.17).

After Paragraph 11.56 4 Add:5 Shallow--draught vessels should follow the channel

which passes N of a line between Oaze Light--buoyand W Oaze Light--buoy, 1 mile W. See 11.44a.

314Paragraph 16.10 2 line7 Replace by:...pilot in the Warp in the vicinity of 51 29 7N 0 55 0E.

After Paragraph 16.10 3 Insert:Pilot disembarkation station16.10a

1 Outbound vessels which are exempt from pilotagein the Port of London Outer Pilotage Area (11.14),disembark the pilot in the vicinity of MedwayLight--buoy (51 28 8N 0 52 8E).

Port of London Authority(HH. 244/420/07) [13/06]

Whitstable Harbour — Dolphin light

253Paragraph 12.40 1 lines 3 to 8 Replace by:

From a position 6 cables W of Whitstable StreetLight--buoy (51 23 9N 1 01 6E), the track leads1½ miles S to a position about 7 cables WNW of theharbour entrance, passing:

Paragraph 12.40 2 line 1 For ENE Read E

Paragraph 12.40 2 line 3 Add:W of an isolated drying patch (51 23 4N 1 01 2E),

thence:

Paragraph 12.40 2 line 4 For ENE Read E

Paragraph 12.40 3 line 1 For WSW Read W

Paragraph 12.41 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:1 Directional light. The line of bearing (122 ) of a

directional light (metal framework tower, 11 m inheight) (51 21 8N 1 01 7E), or, at night the narrowwhite sector (120½ --123½ ) of the light, leadsthrough the harbour entrance between East and WestQuays. A dolphin (lighted) stands 40 m NW of thehead of West Quay and lights are...

Whitstable Harbour Notice 05/2006(SEP 000367591) [29/06]

Orford Haven -- Hollesley Bay Channel —Dangerous wreck


SE of Orford Haven (13.35) (5 miles WSW). In 2006it was reported that a dangerous wreck was lying4 cables SE of North Weir Point on the E side ofOrford Haven. Thence:

Mr J S White(SEP 000368338) [30/06]

NP 30

3 -- 81

Approach to River Deben — Depth; buoyage

264Paragraph 13.49 2 line 3 Replace by:...2006, the controlling depth was about 0 6 m.


1 From the vicinity of Woodbridge Haven Light--buoy(safe water) (51 58 2N 1 23 9E) the approach isNNW for 6 cables to Mid Knolls Buoy (starboardhand) (not charted) at the inner end of the passageacross the bar, passing ENE of West Knolls Buoy(port hand) (not charted) at the outer end...

Trinity House Notice 28/06(HH. 242/510/07) [25/06]

Port of London -- Canvey Island — Depths



Port of London Authority(HH. 246/800/10) [17/06]

River Medway — LNG vessel regulations


(d) Subject to the specific agreement of both theLNG vessel and Medway VTS, vessels of 130 mLOA or less may navigate in the same or oppositedirection to the LNG vessel provided that theycan navigate safely outside the main channel.Such vessels should navigate with caution and atslow speed.

It should be noted that LNG vessels willnormally pass S of Medway Light--buoy bothinbound and outbound. Where interactions arelikely to occur in the vicinity of MedwayLight--buoy between vessels of 130 m or less andLNG vessels, the intention to navigate outside thechannel and details of the planned track should bepassed by the former to Medway VTS, LondonVTS and the LNG vessel involved.

Medway Ports(SDD 2006000 386464) [45/06]

River Swale — A249 High Level bridge

324Paragraph 16.101 Including heading Replace by:Vertical clearance16.101

1 A249 High Level Bridge (51 23 5N 0 44 9E) is afixed road bridge with a vertical clearance beneath themain span of 29 0 m.Kingsferry Bridge, a ½ cable SE of the foregoing

bridge, is a road and rail bridge with a lifting centrespan. Vertical clearance is 28 m when the span israised and 2 8 m when it is closed.

Navigable width16.101a

1 The permitted maximum beam of vessels whichrequire to pass through Kingsferry Bridge (51 23 4N0 45 0E) is 16 8 m. The width between the main piersof the A249 High Level Bridge is 75 5 m.

326

Paragraph 16.105 1 After line 7 Add:The bridge can be contacted by VHF also. See

Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).

328

Paragraph 16.112 3 lines 6--7 Replace by:Ferry Reach (51 23 5N 0 45 0E) is crossed by

two bridges, the A249 High Level Bridge and theKingsferry Bridge. The main spans of both bridges aremarked by lights (lateral) and, in addition, thecentreline of the navigable passage below the A249High Level Bridge is marked by a pair of whiteflashing lights.

Paragraph 16.112 5 line 1 Replace by:1 The alignment (147½ ) of these lights leads through

the two bridges.

Medway Ports Notice 20/06(SEP 000365949) [28/06]

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)

China, South Coast -- Offshore Oil andGas Fields — Panyu Oil Terminal

80

After Paragraph 2.100 1 Insert:Panyu Oil Terminal

Charts 3488, 3489General information2.100a

1 Description. Panyu Oil Terminal (20 51 1N114 42 5E) consists of two lighted productionplatforms, 9½ miles apart, connected by underwaterpipelines to a SPM, located between them, and thenceto FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 111 moored to the SPM.The field is located about 90 miles S of Hong KongIsland and about 30 miles SSW of the XijiangTerminal (2.101). The positions of the platforms andFPSO are:

Panyu 4--2 Platform (20 50 9N 114 36 8E).FPSO (20 51 1N 114 42 5E).Panyu 5--1 Platform (20 51 2N 114 47 2E).

Port authority:Devon Energy China Ltd, 8/F, Times Plaza, Shekou,

Shenzhen 518067, Peoples Republic of China.Terminal Emails:

[email protected]@[email protected].

NP 30

3 -- 82


1 Port operations. The terminal operates 24 hours.Mooring operations are normally in daylight hoursonly; loading and unmooring 24 hours; subject toweather, visibility and operating circumstances.

Notice of ETA. 4 days with updates thereafter.Waiting Area. A waiting area and pilot boarding

position is established 5 miles to leeward of the FPSO.2 Pilotage by the Mooring Master is compulsory

within the exclusion zones. Pilot boards by helicopter;winching area must be on the port side. See alsoAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Tugs. Two supply vessels are available to assistduring mooring and unmooring.

Exclusion zones, radius 500 m, are establishedaround the two platforms and the FPSO.

Berth2.100c

1 FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 111, 160 000 dwt, canaccommodate vessels up to 150 000 dwt, subject toweather conditions and freeboard.

Port services2.100d

1 There are no facilities available. Evacuation byhelicopter may be possible in a medical emergency.


China, South Coast -- Offshore Oil andGas Fields — Panyu Oil Terminal

80Paragraph 2.100a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/05lines 8--12 Replace by:...Terminal (2.101).


Peninsular Malaysia -- Pelabuhan Kuantan —Leading lights

96



HMAS Sheean(HH. 517/730/04) [03/05]

Peninsular Malaysia -- Kertih Terminal —Pilotage


No 1, in position 4 38 0N 103 33 0ENo 2, in position 4 35 0N 103 33 0E

Kertih Port Authority(HH. 517/750/04) [11/06]

Gulf of Thailand -- Head of the Gulf —Wreck


Clear of a wreck (12 29 8N 100 25 2E), positionapproximate, with a safe clearance depth of 12 m,thence:

Thai Notice 79/2548(T)/05(HH. 515/404/03) [29/05]

Thailand -- Approaches to Krung Thep(Bangkok) — Dangerous wreck

125Paragraph 4.136 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week 52/04Delete

Thai Notice 176/2547/04(HH. 515/408/04) [05/05]

Thailand -- Ko Chuang to the head of the Gulf ofThailand -- E Seaboard — Dangerous wreck


2 E or W of Ko Phai, (12 56 N 100 40 E), the largestisland in the W group of islands off the E side of thehead of the Gulf, from where a light is exhibited(4.102). A dangerous wreck lies about 10 miles WNWand a wreck, marked by a light--buoy (special), with aleast depth of 6 6 m over it lies 4 cables off the Ecoast. Ko Luam (4.156) lies close NW of Ko Phai andbetween there is a narrow channel, on the W side ofwhich lies Ko Luam Noi. Thence:

Thai Notice 190/2547(T)/04(HH. 515/404/03) [06/05]

Gulf of Thailand -- Ports in the Si Racha PilotageDistrict — Traffic Separation Scheme


WNW of Ko Nok (10½ miles NE) and to the SiRacha Pilotage District (4.169) pilot boardingposition in the vicinity of Inward Light--buoyabout 2½ miles NW of Ko Nok Light (whiteframework tower, 10 m in height). From thisvicinity the track follows the TSS (4.169a)through the Si Racha Pilotage district. Thence:

Paragraph 4.159 6 line 3 For 2¾ Read 2¼.

129

Paragraph 4.169 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:...following positions:

NP 30

3 -- 83

After Paragraph 4.169 3 Insert:Traffic separation scheme4.169a

1 A traffic separation scheme has been establishedwithin the Si Racha Pilotage District. The scheme runsapproximately NE, NNE and N between the coast andKo Si Chang.

Inward and Outward Light--buoys (safe water)(4.169) lie at each end of the scheme.

The TSS is not IMO--adopted.Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.

130

After Paragraph 4.179 1 line 7 Insert:Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.

131


132


Thai Chart 164(HH. 030/200/01) [04/05]

Gulf of Thailand -- Ko Chuang to Khlong Yai —Dangerous wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (12¾ miles ENE)marked by a light--buoy (special), thence:


Gulf of Thailand -- Mui Nai To Mui Bai Bung --Hon Tho Chau — Racon

148After Paragraph 4.291 1 Insert:Other aid to navigation4.291a

1 Racon: Hon Tho Chau Light (9 17 7N 103 28 0E)(4.292).

French Notice 16/Section 2/05(HH. 546/400/04) [25/05]

Gulf of Thailand -- Gasfields — Erawan Gasfield

151Paragraph 4.323 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages (West

Export Tanker Anchorage 9 04 5N 101 10 0E andEast Export Tanker Anchorage 9 04 0N 101 25 0E),with radii of 1 mile, are shown on the chart to the Wand E of the berths (4.325). See also 4.314.

Additional safe anchorage zones are located within1 mile of the following positions:

Satun West 9 19 3N 101 21 3E

Satun Central 9 16 1N 101 27 5E

Erawan Central 9 08 2N 101 22 0E

Erawan West 8 59 0N 101 13 5E

Funan North 8 58 6N 101 36 5E

Funan West 8 52 9N 101 32 3E

North Pailin 8 51 3N 101 18 9E

Pailin West 8 36 9N 101 17 0E

Unocal Thailand Ltd(HH. 544/180/06) [47/05]

Gulf of Thailand -- Gasfields — Jasmine Oilfield


Jasmine OilfieldChart 67General information4.334

1 Description. Jasmine Oilfield (11 19 N 101 14 E)consists of a platform and a FPSO (Jasmine VentureMV7).Maximum size of tanker handled. 150 000 dwt.Port Authority. Pearl Oil (Thailand) Limited, Unit

210, 10th Floor, SCB Plaza West Tower II,Ratchadapisek Road, Chatuchak, Bangkok, 10900,Thailand.Limiting conditions4.335

1 Local weather and sea state:Berthing operations wave height limitation 1 8 m.Vessels already berthed must unmoor when wave

height approaches 2 5 m and wind speeds reach25 kn.

Arrival information4.336

1 Port operations. Terminal conducts mooring oftankers during daylight hours only. Unmooring can bedone at anytime.Notice of ETA. 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to

arrival.Outer anchorage. A shuttle tanker anchorage

centred on 11 23 4N 101 17 2E, radius 2 5 miles, isshown on the charts.

2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory when berthing.Pilot boarding point varies with current and wind.Generally 2 miles astern of the FPSO.Regulations concerning entry. Main engines must

be kept on standby throughout stay.Berth4.337

1 Vessels tandem moor in accordance with OilCompanies International Maritime Forum.Port services4.338

1 Other facilities. In emergency, medical evacuationcan be arranged in about 12 hours.Supplies. None available.

Pearl Oil (Thailand) Ltd(HH. 544/180/06) [43/05]

NP 30

3 -- 84

Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to Haiphong —Dangerous wreck

204Paragraph 6.66 2 line 8 Replace by:Cautions. A dangerous wreck, position

approximate, lies about 7¾ miles ESE of Hon Dau.When at anchor, beware of thieves.

205Paragraph 6.68 1 line 8 Replace by:...place or anchorage for Haiphong, remaining clear of adangerous wreck (6.66).

Chinese Notice 35/721/04(HH. 546/424/03) [52/04]

China, South Coast -- Baisungong Jiao toQiongzhou Haixia -- Qinzhou Gang —

Development


3 Development. A new buoyed entrance channel,with a minimum depth of 8 9 m and maximum vesseldraught limitation of 12 2 m has been established inthe E part of Qinzhou Wan. Six additional berths areunder construction (2005) to complement the present 9operational berthing areas.


China, South Coast -- Baisungong Jiao toQiongzhou Haixia -- Qinzhou Gang —

Major light; racon

224After Paragraph 7.40 3 line 6 Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 16/05 Insert:

4 Major light: Damiaodun Light (21 m in height)(21 35 5N 108 44 5E).Other aid to navigation (Racon): Damiaodun

Light (as above).


China, South Coast -- Gulf of Tonking --Tieshan Gang — Depths; obstructions;

berths; anchorage

225Paragraph 7.46 1 line 6 Replace by:...and has a least charted depth of 8 0 m.

Paragraph 7.46 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:...dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie in the approaches.It should not be entered without local knowledge.

3 Outer anchorage. An outer anchorage area islocated NE of Tieshan Gang No 1 Light--buoy asshown on the charts.

4 Tieshan Gang berths. Several berths lie close SSEof Shitou Bu. The largest berth is:

Coal wharf: length 500 m, depth 7 to 10 malongside.

Anchorage in depths of 8 to 9 m may be obtainedoff Shitou Bu.

Chinese Chart 16721(HH. 548/400/04) [37/05]

China, South Coast -- Qiongzhou Haixia --North Channel — Traffic Separation Scheme

226After Paragraph 7.56 1 Insert:Traffic separation scheme7.56a

1 A traffic separation scheme has been established forthe North channel of Qiongzhou Haixia. The schemeruns approximately NE/SW between No 11 and No 13Light--buoys of Middle channel, to No 1 Light--buoyof North Channel, marking its NE entrance.

The TSS is not IMO--adopted.


1 North Channel. A traffic separation scheme (7.56a)is in force in this channel. Its separation zones aremarked by light--buoys (pillar, special). The channelleads NW from Nos 13 and 11 Light--buoys of MiddleChannel, and has a least charted depth of 8 m. Twodangerous wrecks lie at the NE end of the channelapproximately one mile S of No 1 Light--buoy (pillar,special). See also 7.59 concerning tidal streams.

Chinese Charts 15700; 15779(HH. 548/424/05) [04/05]

China, South Coast -- Qiongzhou Haixia —Vessel Traffic Service

226Paragraph 7.57 1--8 Including heading Replace by:Vessel Traffic Service7.57

1 A Vessel Traffic Service is in operation for thecontrol of shipping and marine incidents in QiongzhouHaixia.

Anchoring within the VTS area is prohibited. Forreporting line details and additional information seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Penavico Haikou China; China Ports Guide C105(HH. 548/426/03) [10/05]

China, South Coast -- Qiongzhou Haixia —Traffic regulations

226After Paragraph 7.57 1 line 6 Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 10/05 Insert:Traffic regulations7.57a

1 The following are extracts from the regulations forthe control of foreign non--military vessels passingthrough the Qiongzhou Haixia Straits. See alsoAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

2 The Administrative Region under the jurisdiction ofthe Qiongzhou Straits Authority is declared to beChinese internal waters and comprises the watersbetween the lines joining:

Denglou Jiao (20 13 5N 109 55 5E) and LingoaJiao (20 00 4N 109 42 1E) (W limit).

Shangouhou (20 26 0N 110 30 4E) and MulanTou (20 09 6N 110 41 0E) (E Limit).

NP 30

3 -- 85

3 Foreign non--military vessels needing to passthrough or enter the Administrative Region mustcomply with the following procedures:

Application for passage must be made to theAuthority 48 hours before the vessel enters theQiongzhou Haixia Straits Administrative Regionor before the vessel leaves port with detailedinformation concerning: name; nationality;tonnage; speed; colour of hull; funnel marks; portof departure; time of departure; destination; etc.

4 Once permission has been obtained, vessels mustinform the Qiongzhou Straits Authority of theexact time of entering the AdministrativeRegion 24 hours in advance, or within 2 hoursof departure from port. All communicationsconcerning transit through the straits will behandled by China Ocean Shipping Agency(Penavico), Haikou.

When it is deemed necessary, the Qiongzhou StraitsAuthority may temporarily forbid passage toforeign non--military vessels that have alreadybeen granted permission for passage.

5 Having obtained permission to transit the strait,foreign non--military vessels may do so.However their speed must not exceed 10 knwhen entering into and passing through theAdministrative Region.

All foreign non--military vessels entering andleaving the straits must, without exception, keepto the centre of the straits unless specialpermission has been granted.

6 Vessels passing through the strait must do soremaining within the prescribed navigationarea for foreign non--military vessels. Thisnavigation area lies to the N of a line joining20 03 7N 109 45 4E and 20 13 1N110 38 8E and to the S of a line joining20 10 8N 109 52 8E; 20 10 6N 110 16 7Eand 20 14 8N 110 37 7E.

7 Foreign non--military vessels passing through thestraits must do so strictly at the reported timeand through the prescribed navigation area. Ifwhen entering and passing through theAdministrative Region, signals from shore orpatrol ships are seen, the foreign vesselconcerned must immediately reply andcomply with the signal instructions. Thevessel shall be held responsible for theconsequences of non compliance.

8 While within the Administrative Region vesselsmay not use radar. In reduced visibilityapplication to use it should be made to theauthority with an explanation of the reasonscombined with a position, course and speedreport. Radar should only be used afterapproval has been granted. In emergency itmay be switched on before receivingpermission provided a simultaneousapplication and usage report is made. If radaris used, a detailed report giving times ofswitching on and off and the circumstancesshould be submitted to the authority.

9 Vessels may not take photographs, takesoundings nor do anything in violation of thelaws and regulations of the People’s Republicof China while within the AdministrativeRegion.

10 Foreign non--military vessels which contravene anyof the above regulations shall be dealt with as follows:

Before entering the Administrative Region, theymay be prevented from entering and required toreturn along their original route and passagearound Hainan Dao. Alternatively they mayresume passage through the straits aftercompleting the application procedures andreceiving permission to do so.

11 If they have already entered the AdministrativeRegion, they may be stopped and escorted toHaikou for investigation. Further toinvestigations, penalties might be imposed.After the matter is fully resolved the vesselmay, according to the situation, be permittedpassage through the Administrative Region, ormay be ordered to withdraw from the area, orbe escorted out of the straits.


1 Caution. Foreign non--military vessels must onlypass through the straits via the navigation areaspecified at 7.57a 6 and enter or leave Middle Channelbetween Light--buoys No 14 and 15.Strait. Numerous below--water obstructions of

various kinds are to be found throughout QuiongzhouHaixia, for which the chart is the best guide. Onlythose directly in way of the route will be mentionedhere.

Penavico, Haikou China(HH. 548/426/03) [22/05]

China, South Coast -- Qiongzhou Haixia --North Channel — Racon

227Paragraph 7.61 1 line 2 Replace by:...Dao Bach Long Vi, Xiuying and Hongkan. There isalso a racon at:

Qiongzhou Haixia North Channel Light--buoy(20 31 0N 110 56 6E).


China, South Coast -- Qiongzhou Haizia toZhujiang Kou —Wreck


...approximate, lies about 4½ miles SE. A dangerouswreck, position approximate, is reported (2005)to lie 24 miles S of the SBM.


NP 30

3 -- 86

China, South Coast -- Approaches toZhanjiang Gang — Dangerous wreck

236Paragraph 7.108 1 line 4 Replace by:...1¾ miles E of this position. Another dangerouswreck, position approximate, lies about 1 mile N ofNo 3 light--buoy.


China, South Coast -- Zhuhai Gang —Anchorages; pilot boarding place


1 Outer anchorage. An outer anchorage area(No K14), about 2½ miles N/S by 5 miles E/W, liesabout 3½ miles SE of Gaolan Gao. Depths varybetween 13 and 22 m.

Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage(No K21), about 2¼ miles square, lies about 6½ milesSSE of Gaolan Dao. Depths vary between 21 5 and26 5 m

Paragraph 7.121 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the

vicinity of the Zhuhai Gang Light--buoy. See alsoAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) underZhuhai (8.42).

After Paragraph 7.124 2 Insert:Anchorages7.124a

1 Two designated anchorage areas are establishedbetween Gaolan Dao and Hebao Dao. One lies W ofthe channel abreast No 6 Light--buoy. The other lies Eof the channel in the vicinity of the LPG terminal.

Chinese Chart 15449(HH. 548/424/05) [04/05]

China, South Coast -- Gaolan Port Zone(Zhuhai Gang) — Light; racon

238After Paragraph 7.122 1 line 12 Insert:Principal mark7.122a

1 Major light:Xiaojin Dao Light (21 48 N 113 01 E) (7.97).

Other aid to navigation7.122b

1 Racon:Zhuhangdao Front Leading Light (21 57 3N

113 11 9E).

Paragraph 7.123 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...approach channel, from the S is free of dangers.

Chinese Notices 35/755/05; 35/759/05(HH. 548/424/05) [42/05]

China, South Coast -- Zhujiang Kou andapproaches — Guangzhou Vessel Traffic Service

254After Paragraph 8.13 1 line 2 Insert:Vessel Traffic Service8.13a

1 The Guangzhou Vessel Traffic Service iscompulsory for all vessels over 500 grt and coversZhujiang Kou. It operates within the area bounded by21 55 N to 22 20 N, and 113 32 E to 114 24 E. It isresponsible for the control of shipping movements aswell as all activities conducted at the anchorages ofthe delta.

For details of the SE, W, and N reporting lines, andfor additional information see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4).

Chinese Sailing Directions C105 2003(HH. 080/019/11) [07/05]

China, South Coast -- Approaches to Zhujiangand Hong Kong — Traffic Separation Schemes


1 Traffic separation schemes:Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS has

been established by the Maritime Safety Agencyof China in Dangan Shuidao (9.53) and LantauChannel (8.7) on a trial basis. The trial TSS zonesand precautionary areas are shown on the charts.These schemes are not IMO--adopted. Chineseauthorities advise that the principles for the use ofsuch routing systems defined in Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972) apply.

North--west Siu A Chau TSS. For details see 9.21and 9.28.

Qing Zhou TSS, for high speed craft only, isestablished NNW of Qing Zhou (22 10 N113 43 E). For details see 8.32.


1 Traffic separation schemes:North--west Siu A Chau TSS, North CheungChau TSS and South Cheung Chau TSS areestablished by the Government of Hong KongSAR, China. For details, see 9.28.

Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS. See8.14.


1 Traffic separation schemes:Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS. See

8.14.Tathong Channel TSS and East Lamma ChannelTSS are established by the Government of HongKong SAR, China, in Tathong Channel (9.58) andEast Lamma Channel (9.55). They areIMO--adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(1972) applies.


NP 30

3 -- 87

China, South Coast --Zhujiang Kou and approaches — Racons


1 Racons:Wenwei Zhou Lighthouse (21 49 N 113 56 E)

(8.21).Zhu Zhou Lighthouse (22 00 N 113 50 E) (8.21).Xiaoputai Dao Lighthouse (22 02 N 113 38 E)

(7.97).Sanya Pai Lighthouse (22 05 N 113 48 E) (8.25).Qing Zhou Light--beacon (22 10 N 113 43 E).Macau Outer Harbour Approaches Light--buoy No 2

(22 10 5N 113 35 0E) (8.35a).Dahao Shuidao (Gui Shan Bei) Light--vessel

(22 11 N 113 50 E).Mayou Shi Light--vessel (22 17 N 113 48 E).Shekou Light--buoy No 1 (22 26 4N 113 53 2E)

(8.55a).Shanban Zhou Lighthouse (22 43 N 113 39 E)

(8.21).


1 Racon: Macau Outer Harbour ApproachesLight--buoy No 2 (22 10 5N 113 35 0E).


1 Racon: Shekou Light--buoy No 1 (22 26 4N113 53 2E).

Chinese Notice 36/770/05; Chinese Chart 15477(HH. 550/408/04) [43/05]

Zhujiang Kou and approaches — Directions

255Paragraph 8.24 2 lines 5--10 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 52/04 Revert to original text (lines 5--7):

W of Mayou Shi Light--vessel (8½ miles S),marking a rock. A dangerous wreck, positionapproximate, lies 2 miles SSE of the light--vessel.

Chinese Notices 37/777--778/04(HH. 548/436/05) [02/05]

China, South Coast -- Zhujiang Kou —Dangerous wreck

255Paragraph 8.24 1 line 5 Replace by:...(22 15 N 113 55 E). A dangerous wreck, positionapproximate, marked close N by two light--buoys(isolated danger), lies about 2¼ miles WNW of NiutouDao. It is reported that vessels wishing to...


China, South Coast -- Zhujiang Kou andapproaches — Shenzhen Vessel Traffic Service


1 Vessel Traffic Services:Approaches. The E approach to these ports passes

through the area covered by the Hong Kong VTS(9.87). The S approach passes through theGuangzhou VTS (8.13a).

2 Shenzhen Vessel Traffic Service. Shenzhenoperates a VTS and also acts as harbourcontrol for vessels bound for its ports. Vesselsare to report on passing latitude 22 22 6Nand obtain anchorage, berthing or movementinstructions. For additional information seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

China Marine Shipping Agency Shenzhen Co(HH. 548/040/01) [10/05]

China, South Coast -- Zhujiang and approaches— Nansha


Nansha


1 Description. The port of Nansha (22 48 N113 35 E) is located on the NE coast of Dajiaotou Daonear the N extremity of Zhujiang Kou. Considerableland reclamation and construction works are beingundertaken (2005) to convert Dajiaotou Dao and itsadjacent islands in Zhujiang into a major port andindustrial zone at the S end of Guangzhou province.Function. This port, a new part of the Guangzhou

Port Complex, is an expansion southwards to providedeeper water facilities for ferry, container, coal andpetrochemical berths, as well as shipyard and otherfacilities.


1 Controlling depths. The maximum permitteddraught is 10 5 m.Vertical clearances. Approaches see Humen Bridge

(8.73) and Tsing Ma Bridge (9.116).Deepest and longest berth. Lianhe Container

Wharf (8.79f).Maximum size of vessel handled. The port can

handle vessels of draught 10 5 m, LOA 200 m and upto 50 000 dwt.


1 Vessel traffic services. See Guangzhou VTS(8.13a), Hong Kong VTS (9.87), Shenzhen VTS (8.52)and Guangzhou port complex VTS (8.86).Outer anchorages. See 8.78.Pilotage is compulsory (See 7.4). Pilot boards at

the Guangzhou and Huangpu Pilot Station (8.12) orvia the Hong Kong and Urmston Road Pilot Stations.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).Tugs. Available.

NP 30

3 -- 88

Harbour8.79d

1 General layout. The harbour lies N and S of theHumen Bridge on the W shore of Humen Shuidao. Itconsists of a series of wharfs:

Lianhe Container Wharf is located about 4 cables SEof the W end of the Humen Bridge.

Shichang Wharf, with two dolphin piers, lies about2 cables NW of the W end of the Humen Bridge.

Four additional wharfs (Dongfa, NanweiDeepwater, Shaluo Wanzui, and YourongChuangchang (Shipyard repair)) plus theL--shaped jetty of the Zhujiang Power Station(22 49 N 113 34 E) lie between 9 cables and2½ miles NNW of the W end of the HumenBridge.

Development. Phase two expansion of the port willprovide four additional container berths each capableof handling vessels up to 100 000 dwt. Thisdevelopment is expected to be completed by the endof 2007.

Ferry. Ferries operate from Shaluo Wanzui Wharf.Some of these connect to ferry piers located atXianwu Jiao (8.77); others connect to Hong Kong.

Directions for entering harbour8.79e

1 Approaches. The port is approached via ZhujiangKou (8.7) and Humen Shuidao.

Basins and berths8.79f

1 Anchorages and moorings. Several anchorages(8.78) lie in Humen Shuidao and in the main HumenChannel farther E.

Alongside berths. The Lianhe Container Wharf hasfour berths. Nanwei Deepwater Wharf has onecontainer and one general cargo berth. YourongShipyard Repair Wharf has three berths. The largestberths are:

Lianhe ContainerWharf: length 1400 m, capacity4 x 50 000 dwt.

Nanwei: No 1 (general cargo), length 200 m, depth7 5 m, capacity 1 x 30 000 dwt.

Yourong: length 130 m, depth 9 0 m, capacity 1 x5000 dwt.

Port services8.79g

1 Repairs. There are shipyard repair facilities atYourong Chuanchang.

Supplies: Fuel oil, provisions and fresh wateravailable.

Communications: There are seven airports within a60 km radius.


China, South Coast -- Approaches to Hong Kong— Guangzhou Vessel Traffic Service


Hong Kong Vessel Traffic Service is compulsoryfor all vessels over 300 grt when within the SAR. Fordetails see 9.87.

2 Guangzhou Vessel Traffic Service is compulsoryfor all vessels over 500 grt and covers the waters tothe S and W of the Hong Kong SAR. See 8.13a.

Chinese Sailing Directions C105 2003(HH. 080/019/11) [07/05]

China, South Coast -- Hong Kong --Discovery Bay — Prohibited anchorage


3 Prohibited anchorages. Prohibited anchorage areas,see chart, are established as follows:

In a corridor 1 cable wide running ENE from SilverMine Bay (22 16 N 114 00 E) (9.36) to HongKong Island. See also 9.46.

To the E of Discovery Bay (9.39) adjacent to theHong Kong Disneyland International ThemePark.

273Paragraph 9.39 3 line 2 Replace by:...Discovery Bay, which appears to be free of dangers,clear of the prohibited anchorage area (9.21).

Hong Kong Notice 15/26/05(HH. 550/422/01) [38/05]

South West Approaches To Hong Kong --Minor harbours and anchorages —Wreck

272Paragraph 9.33 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week 02/05Delete


China, South Coast -- Qing Zhou to Zhelang Jiao-- Huizhou Gang — Navigation aids;

Donglian Harbour


4 Major lights:Qing Zhou Light (22 24 N 114 40 E) (10.18).Daxing Shan Light (22 34 N 114 54 E) (10.68).Mabian Zhou Front Light (concrete tower, 30 m in

height) (22 42 N 114 39 E).Mabian Zhou Rear Light (concrete tower, 57 m in

height) (1 6 miles NNW of front light).5 Other aids to navigation (Racons):

Qing Zhou Light (as above).Sang Zhou Light (22 35 0N 114 43 0E) (10.78).Hutou Zui Light (22 39 3N 114 35 7E) (10.77).Mabian Zhou Rear Light (as above).Donglian Front Light (22 44 7N 114 36 8E)

(10.78a).


NP 31

3 -- 89


1 Approach to Donglian Harbour. From a positionabout 3½ miles NNW of Sang Zhou (10.72), the trackleads about 8 miles NW to the harbour.

Leading lights. The alignment (319 ) of theDonglian Leading Lights leads through the entrancechannel which is marked by light--buoys:

Front light (triangle point up on a beacon)(22 44 7N 114 36 8E).

Rear light (triangle point down on a beacon)(22 45 2N 114 36 3E).

2 Useful mark:Donglian Breakwater Light (10 m in height)

(22 44 4N 114 36 9E) standing at its head.

Chinese Notices 2/26/05; 2/30/05; 12/195/05; 12/199/05(HH. 548/448/08) [22/05]

NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)

Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Pulau Subi Besar —Wrecks


NNW of a dangerous wreck (approximate position3 02 N 109 16 E), thence:


WNW of a dangerous wreck (12½ miles WSW),thence:


Clear of a dangerous wreck (12½ miles WSW),thence:

Sarawak Chart 3(HH. 553/550/04; HH. 527/400/03) [27/05]

Palawan Passage -- Dangerous Ground,North--East part — Shoals






Paragraph 7.23 4 line 7 Replace by:...chart, reported in 1976.


Philippine Notice 1/33/05(HH. 553/610/03) [28/05]

Indonesia -- Pulau Bunguran -- Selat Lampa —Obstruction


...wide, thence:NE of an obstruction (2 miles NW) lying on the

shoals to the S of the NW entrance to SelatLampa, thence:

To the anchorage (1¾ miles NW).

Paragraph 3.68 3 line 6 Replace by:To the anchorage (1¾ miles NW) remaining clear of

an obstruction (3.67).

Indonesian Chart 280(HH. 553/490/03) [37/05]

Sarawak -- Tanjung Sipang — Buoys

88Paragraph 4.20 4 lines 2--4 Replace by:...noting a fish haven formed by an artificial reef of usedtyres which lies 3 miles S, and:

Paragraph 4.20 5 line 2 Replace by:..., and:Paragraph 4.20 6 lines 7--8 Replace by:...wide berth. A dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles W of...

Sarawak Chart 11(HH. 519/450/04) [14/05]

Sarawak -- Kuala Sematan — Leading lights


3 Directions. Kuala Sematan Leading Lights stand½ mile S of NW entrance point:

Front light (1 48 4N 109 46 7E).Rear light (about 50 m SSW of front light).

The alignment (209 ) of these lights leads over thebar, clear of stranded wrecks on either hand, towardsthe town.

4 Caution. Due to constantly changing bar andchannel depths, the alignment of the leading line maynot indicate the deepest water. Local knowledge isrequired.

Sarawak Chart 1151(HH. 519/450/04) [14/05]

NP 31

3 -- 90

Sarawak, North--West Coast -- Kuala Santubong—Wrecks

89Paragraph 4.24 1--2 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 14/05 Replace by:

1 Caution. Several wrecks (4.20) lie in the outerapproaches to the port. A stranded wreck, marked by alight, lies on the NW side of the bar about 4¾ milesWSW of Tanjung Sipang (4.13). A second strandedwreck, marked by a light--buoy (isolated danger), lieson the SE side of the bar about 4 miles SW ofTanjung Sipang.

2 Directions. When approaching Kuala Santubongfrom the W, vessels should steer for GunungSantubong (1 44 N 110 20 E) (4.19) ahead bearing131 until Tanjung Sipang bears 072 , thence:Leading lights. The alignment (162 ) of the

following lights leads SSE, clear of two strandedwrecks (above), over the bar to the entrance:

Front light (concrete post) (1 42 N 110 18 E).Rear light (concrete post) (61 m SSE of front light).

Thence:

Sarawak Marine Department Notices 32/05; 60/05(HH. 519/450/05) [41/05]

Sarawak -- Tanjung Po —Wreck

92Paragraph 4.46 2 line 1 For stranded Read dangerous

Sarawak Chart 101(HH. 519/450/04) [13/05]

Sarawak -- Sungai Sarawak -- Tanjung Boya —Wreck

94After Paragraph 4.82 1 line 3 Insert:Caution. A lighted, stranded wreck lies in the SW

corner of the anchorage, as shown on the chart.

Sarawak Marine Department Notices 91, 93/04(HH. 519/450/04) [49/04]

Sarawak, North--West Coast -- Kuala Rajang —Racon


Pasir Wong Light (2 06 3N 111 09 0E) (4.128).


1 Racon: Pasir Wong Light (2 06 3N 111 09 0E)(4.128).


1 Racon: Pasir Wong Light (2 06 3N 111 09 0E)(4.128).

Sarawak Marine Department Notice 13/05(HH. 519/600/04) [25/05]

Sarawak -- Tanjung Edit offshore —Wreck

96Paragraph 4.99 2 line 3 Replace by:...Batang Saribas (4.110), and clear of a stranded wreck(23½ miles ENE), thence:

Sarawak Chart 3(HH. 519/550/03) [13/05]

Sarawak, North--West Coast --Batang Lupar approaches —Wreck

96Paragraph 4.106 2 lines 1--2 Delete:

Malaysian Notice 3/58/04(HH. 519/550/03) [29/04]

Sarawak -- Batang Lupar approaches —Wreck; light


2 Clear of a wreck (7 miles ESE) with 1 1 m over it,marked by a light standing close ESE, thence:


Sarawak, North--West Coast -- Tanjung Edit --Kuala Saribas — Lights


Leading lights (1 40 9N 111 07 0E) are exhibitedfrom a position 1 mile E of Samarang.


Sarawak -- Sibu -- Batang Rajang —Wreck


Caution. A wreck, with a depth of 0 4 m (1 ft) overit, lies about 1¼ cables SSW of Bukit Lima Wharf.


NP 31

3 -- 91

Sarawak -- Kuala Igan; Kuala Balingian —Lights

107

Paragraph 4.253 2 lines 7--8 Replace by:...change. A third light stands 5 cables WNW of KualaIgan Light.

108

Paragraph 4.256 1 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 14/05 Replace by:

1 General information. Kuala Balingian (3 00 N112 35 E), forms the mouth of Batang Balingian. Thechannel lies between drying sandbanks which extendabout 1 mile N from both sides of the river entrance.A light stands on the NW extremity of the dryingbank E of the channel. Two stranded wrecks lie closeS and E of the light. A light--buoy (isolated danger)marks these wrecks. The entrance is marked on the Ebank by Kuala Balingian Light (white triangle, pointup, on white metal framework tower, 18 m in height).The channel has a least charted depth of 0 2 m but isliable to change. Fallen tree trunks present a hazard tonavigation in the approach to, and within the river.


Sarawak — Pelabuhan Bintulu

109

Paragraph 4.265 1 Replace by:1 Pelabuhan Bintulu (3 16 N 113 04 E), is a major

port situated on the S side of Tanjung Kidurong(4.245). The port includes the old port at the town ofBintulu, standing on the N bank of Batang Kemena,the new port, known as Pelabuhan Bintulu, with twoharbour areas; and Bintulu Terminal, comprising 2SBMs.

Paragraph 4.270 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:1 Approaches. A recommended track for deep

draught vessels leads about 50 miles SE from aposition 3 miles SW of Beting Tugau (Parsons Shoal)(3 53 N 112 16 E) (4.310) to Bintulu Harbour limits,passing:

Paragraph 4.270 4--5 Replace by:The port is approached via the TSS (4.269).

4 Entry to Inner Harbour 1. From the vicinity ofthe Fairway Light--buoy (safe water) (3 16 1N112 58 8E), which lies 4½ miles W of TanjungKidurong, the alignment of leading lights (4.291) leadsESE into a buoyed channel, and thence into InnerHarbour 1 passing S of Outer Breakwater.

5 Entry to Inner Harbour 2. From the vicinity ofthe Fairway Light--buoy (above), the alignment ofleading lights (4.292a) leads ESE into a buoyedchannel, and thence into Inner Harbour 2.

Caution. Extensive development of the portfacilities, has taken place (2005). The Port Authorityshould be consulted for the latest information.

Paragraph 4.273 1 Replace by:1 North Access Channel and turning area, just outside

the entrance to the LNG harbour, has a dredged depthof 16 0 m (2005). The channel into Inner Harbour 1 isdredged to a depth of 14 0 m (2005).

South Access Channel and channel into InnerHarbour 2 are dredged to 14 0 m (2005).

110

Paragraph 4.286 1 Replace by:1 Bintulu port comprises Bintulu Terminal SBMs

(4.300), an outer LNG harbour, an inner general cargoharbour, an inner Palm Oil harbour, and the berths atthe old port of Bintulu (4.305). The LNG harbour isprotected by Outer Breakwater extending 5 cablesWSW and SSW from Tanjung Kidurong (4.245). TheLNG berths extend S and SW from the N shore.

2 Inner Harbour 1 lying E of the LNG harbour, isentered between Inner Breakwater on the N side andreclaimed land on the S side, located between the twoharbours.

3 Inner Harbour 2 lies S of Inner Harbour 1 and thereclaimed land between them. It is protected by twobreakwaters. The N breakwater extends 4¼ cables Wand then 1½ cables SW from the W part of thereclaimed land located between the harbours.Reclaimed land also forms the S side of the harbourand the S breakwater extends 2½ cables N from its Wextremity.

Paragraph 4.289 2 lines 7--9 Replace by:3 Bintulu N Access Channel Front Light (3 15 4N

113 04 1E) (4.291).Bintulu N Access Channel Rear Light (3 15 3N

113 04 6E) (4.291).Bintulu S Access Channel Front light (3 15 1N

113 03 3E) (4.292a).Bintulu S Access Channel Rear light (3 14 9N

113 04 4E) (4.292a).

Paragraph 4.290 1 Replace by:1 Racons:

Pelabuhan Bintulu Light--beacon (3 16 4N112 57 1E).

D35 Oil Field Platform D35Q--A (3 45 8N112 03 7E).

For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 2.

Paragraph 4.291 1--4 Including heading Replace by:Directions for Inner Harbour 1

4.2911 North Access Channel Leading Lights are

exhibited on the S side of Inner Harbour 1:Front Light No 29A (white trapezium base down)

(3 15 4N 113 04 1E).Rear Light No 29B (white trapezium base up)

(840 m from front light).2 From the vicinity of Fairway Light--buoy (safe

water) (3 16 1N 112 58 8E) the alignment (100 ) ofthe outer leading lights leads through North AccessChannel, marked by light--buoys, to the vicinity of theLNG berths, passing N of BPA Light--beacon (whitepile) at the E end of the shoal bank between theentrance channels, and S of Outer Breakwater head onwhich stands B1 Light (red structure).

NP 31

3 -- 92

3 Inner Harbour 1 Leading Lights are exhibited onthe E side of the harbour:

Front light No 28A (red trapezium base down)(3 15 7N 113 04 5E).

Rear light No 28B (red trapezium base up) (200 mfrom front light).

4 From the vicinity of the LNG berths the alignment(085 ) of the inner leading lights then leads into InnerHarbour 1 passing between the heads of InnerBreakwater on which stand Lights B2 (red structure)(N side, Inner Breakwater head) and B3 (whitestructure) (S dyke).

111

After Paragraph 4.292 1 Insert:Directions for Inner Harbour 2

4.292a1 South Access Channel Leading Lights are

exhibited from the E side of Inner Harbour 2 and nearthe head of its N breakwater:

Front light No 101A (3 15 1N 113 03 3E).Rear light No 101B (3 14 9N 113 04 4E).

The alignment (100 ) of these leading lights leadsthrough South Access Channel, marked bylight--buoys, towards the entrance of Inner Harbour 2,passing through the buoyed channel to a positionabout 4 cables W of BPA Light--beacon (4.291).

2 Inner Harbour 2 Leading Lights are exhibitedfrom the SE part of the harbour:

Front light No 102A (3 14 7N 113 04 3E).Rear light No 102B (250 m from front light).

Thence, the alignment (106¼ ) of the inner leadinglights leads into Inner Harbour 2 passing between theheads of the inner breakwaters on which stand LightsB5 (N breakwater head) and B6 (S breakwater head).

Paragraph 4.293 1--4 Replace by:1 LNG Terminal. The LNG Terminal located W of

Inner Harbour 1 has four berths, listed from W to E:LPG Jetty, LNG1, LNG2 and LNG3; all berths haveassociated leading lights. LPG Jetty, 300 m long, has adredged depth of 11 m. All three LNG berths havedredged depths of 15 m.

2 Inner Harbour 1 has berths 2 to 7 on its N faceand berths 8 to 11 on its S face. Berth 1 for bulkcarriers up to 60 000 dwt is on the E side of the NInner Breakwater. A Ro--Ro berth lies in the NWcorner of the harbour. SMDS Jetty, suitable for vesselsup to 30 000 dwt, and Petroleum Jetty, suitable forvessels up to 38 000 dwt, extend from the E side ofthe harbour.

3 Inner Harbour 2. Palm Oil Jetty extends W fromthe E side of Inner Harbour 2 with a dredged depth of14 m at its W end.

Sarawak Chart 4001(HH. 519/650/05) [31/05]

Sarawak -- Bintulu —Wrecks


1 Dangerous wrecks and a spoil ground lie within theGeneral Cargo Anchorage, about 5 miles WSW fromthe Fairway Light--buoy (4.270).

Sarawak Notice 51/04(HH. 519/650/04) [33/04]

Sarawak -- Kuala Bintulu —Wrecks


10 The alignment (101 ) of these lights leads over thebar, passing (with positions from the front light(3 11 2N 113 01 8E)):

S of a wreck with a depth of 1 1 m over it (7½ cablesWNW), lying close N of the leading line, thence:

N of a stranded wreck (6 cables W), from which alight is exhibited; a further stranded wreck fromwhich a light is exhibited lies 7 cables WSW,thence:

S of the stranded wreck of a lighter, painted blackwith red bands (5 cables WNW), from which alight is exhibited.

Sarawak Chart 401(HH. 519/650/05) [14/05]

Sarawak -- Miri — Wrecks


1 Entry. From the vicinity of 4 24 1N 113 56 4Eand the anchorage (4.335), the approach leads Epassing N of two wrecks with depths of 5 3 m overthem, N of a dangerous wreck (4 23 4N 113 57 4E),and N of a second dangerous wreck lying ½ milefarther E.

Sarawak Chart 422(HH. 519/700/03) [14/05]

Borneo -- Sabah -- Approaches toPelabuhan Labuan —Wreck

126Paragraph 5.58 10 line 5 Add:A dangerous wreck lies about 1 cable SSE of No 8Light--buoy.

Malaysian Notice 11/185/04(HH. 518/425/03) [10/05]

NP 31

3 -- 93

Philippine Islands – Palawan Northwards –Malampaya Terminal —

General information; pilotage; anchorage


1 Malampaya Terminal, lying in Malampaya GasField, comprises a platform, lit (11 31 N 119 07 E),and an SBM 1½ miles NW from where condensate isexported. The terminal lies within the entry restrictedarea. The Malampaya submarine gas pipeline extendsto the platform from deep water wells about 15 milesW, and from the platform generally ENE, as shown onthe chart, towards Linapacan Strait and thence toBatangas (see Philippine Islands Pilot); see also 1.66.

2 Approach and entry. The SBM may beapproached from the N in deep water passing W of acoral patch, depth 12 8 m (42 ft), 3½ miles ENE. Tothe S of the latitude of the terminal are numerousshoals, and platforms and buoys, some not charted.

Terminal operator. Shell Philippines ExplorationBV (SPEX), PO Box 3264 MCC, Makati, Manila.Website: www.shell.com.

3 Local weather -- strong winds and swell may occurat the terminal during the NE monsoon, and strongwinds and squalls during the SW monsoon, see 1.196and 1.210.

Notice of ETA -- 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours beforearrival; for details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(4).

Anchorage. The permitted anchorage is 153 ,distant 9 miles from the platform; vessels may preferto drift, at least 15 miles from the platform.

4 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots board 3 mile N of theplatform; berthing in daylight, sailing 24 hours.

Regulations. Vessels must not approach within3 miles of the terminal without permission, and areadvised to contact the terminal before entering thecharted restricted area.

SPEX Manila(HH. 552/735/02) [22/06]

Philippine Islands -- Cavite and Manila Harboursand approaches — Developments

186After Paragraph 8.104 1 Insert:Developments8.104a

1 Caution. Extensive developments have taken place(2004) throughout Cavite Harbour (8.181) and ManilaHarbours (8.219) and their approaches. Depths are upto 3 m shoaler than charted and many wrecks andobstructions exist within the area (8.225). Numerouschanges to lights, buoys and beacons, channels, piersand anchorages have been made.

2 Mariners are advised to request the latestinformation and advice from the Port Authoritiesbefore approaching and entering the harbours.

NAMRIA(HH. 552/685/04) [29/04]

Philippines -- Manila Bay — Regulations;Traffic Separation Scheme

187Paragraph 8.108 2 line 11 Add:Vessels transiting the areas designated as National DefenceZones within the TSS should not stop or anchor withoutauthorisation from the Armed Forces of the Philippines.


1 Attention is drawn to the restricted areas (8.108)which lie within the limits of the TSS (8.115) asshown on the chart. Vessels should not stop or anchorwithin these restricted areas without authorisation fromthe Armed Forces of the Philippines. Mariners areadvised to report to the local authorities beforetransiting the TSS.

NAMRIA(HH. 552/080/01) [01/05]

Philippines – West coast – Manila Bay —Traffic separation scheme; pilotage


The North and South Channel TSSs are specifiedfor vessels in certain trades, see 8.115. However useof South Channel is not recommended if entering afterdark, or in poor visibility.


Vessels engaged in foreign trade are to use theNorth Channel TSS, and vessels engaged in domestictrade are to use the South Channel TSS, see also 8.112


1 From a position about 3½ miles SSE of LokaninPoint (14 28 8N 120 36 4E) (8.122) at the exit of theNorth Channel TSS, or from a position about 2¼ milesW of San Nicolas Shoals Light (14 26 2N120 45 9E) at the exit of the South Channel TSS, thetrack leads generally NE or ENE to the Manila outeranchorages (8.213) or pilot boarding positions (8.215),passing (with positions from San Nicolas ShoalsLight):


1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding positionsare:

South Harbour, 14 33 3N 120 55 9E, inS quarantine anchorage;

Harbour Centre, 14 36 3N 120 53 1E, inN quarantine anchorage;

MICT, 14 36 3N 120 53 7E, for vessels forcontainer terminal;

North Harbour, 14 37 3N 120 56 4E, at entranceto North Harbour.

Philippines Notices 7/137/06; 7/138/06(SDDs 2006000 381470/ 381471) [44/06]

NP 31

3 -- 94

Philippine Islands -- Luzon, West Coast --Manila Harbour — Anchorage


5 Anchor berths A to D are located in the vicinity of14 37 N 120 53 E for lightening deep--draught vessels.

Philippine Notice 5/95/05(HH. 552/685/05) [28/05]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)

T’ai--wan, North--West Coast -- Approaches toT’ai--chung — Anchorages; directions; depths


1 This section comprises the NW coast of T’ai--wanfrom a position W of Hai--k’ou Po--Ti (23 43 N120 04 E) to a position W of T’ai--chung Kang(24 16 N 120 30 E). It includes the ports of Mai--liaoKang (23 47 N 120 10 E) (2.127) and T’ai--chungKang.

2 It is arranged as follows:Hai--k’ou Po--Ti to T’ai--chung Kang (2.119).T’ai--chung Kang (2.136).T’ai--chung Kang to Pai--sha Chia (2.169).


2 Track. From a position W of Hai--k’ou Po--Ti(23 43 N 120 04 E) (2.90), the track leads NNE,passing (with positions from Fang--yuan Light(23 58 N 120 19 E)):

WNW of Mai--liao Kang (15 miles SW) (2.127),thence:

Clear of an oil production area (8 miles W), theposition of which is approximate, thence:

3 WNW of Fang--yuan Light (2.124) which isexhibited from a position close N ofWang--kung Yü--kang fishing port (2.134);Fang--yuan (2.134) lies 3 miles S. Thence:

WNW of Lu--kang Po--ti (7½ miles NE) (2.135).4 The track then continues NNE to a position W of

T’ai--chung Kang N Breakwater Light (24 18 1N120 28 7E). A dangerous wreck lies 25½ miles W,and a lighted wave recorder buoy 27 miles W, of thelight.


1 The port is approached from W and enteredbetween two breakwaters at the N end of the harbour.

Paragraph 2.141 1 Replace by:1 The least depth on or near to the alignments of the

various leading lights is 12 5 m. There is a 10 9 mshoal patch in North Dock.

Paragraph 2.148 1-- 4 Replace by:1 There are 22 waiting anchorages lying W of the

harbour (with position from South Breakwater Light(24 17 5N 120 29 5E)):

Anchorages S1 to S8 (1 mile to 2¼ miles SW), eachwith a radius of 300 m and depths from 7 to 19 m,are for “small vessels” less than 120 m in lengthand 7 m draught.

2 Anchorages M1 to M8 (2 to 4 miles SW), eachwith a radius of 400 m and depths from 15 to19 m, are for “medium vessels” 120 m to200 m in length and less than 11 m draught.

Anchorages L1 to L6 (3 to 5 miles SW), with depthsfrom 16 to 19 m, are for “large vessels” over200 m in length and draught 11 m.

3 When anchored, the vessel should report to portcontrol as this time is used as reference for berthallocation.

An area of foul ground, the position of which isapproximate, lies adjacent to anchorages M4 and M5.

For location of the anchorages see AdmiraltyNotices to Mariners, Weekly Edition 46/05, Notice5373(P)/05.Caution. The seabed is sand in the area of the

outer anchorages; during the NE monsoon when windsexceed force 6, vessels are liable to drag their anchors.Fishing nets may be encountered close S of theanchorages.

A works in progress area (2005), marked bylight--buoys (special), lies 1½ cables from the edge ofanchorage M7.

4 Prohibited anchorages:Vessels must not anchor, nor wait without the

permission of the Port Authority, within theseparation zone N of the outer anchoragesbetween the approach and departure lanes.

87

Paragraph 2.151 1 Replace by:1 A traffic separation scheme is established for

vessels entering and leaving the port. The scheme isnot IMO--adopted, but the Port Authorities advise thatthe principles for the use of the routeing systemdefined in Rule 10 of International Regulations forPreventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply, andadditionally no vessel shall enter the separation zonebetween the traffic lanes. The TSS comprises an ENEin--bound lane and a WNW out--bound lane. Vesselsarriving at T’ai--Chung Kang from N must keep clearof the scheme by remaining more than 1½ miles W ofthe N breakwater head.Prohibited anchorage. See 2.148

NP 32

3 -- 95

Paragraph 2.159 1 Including heading Replace by:Seaward to anchorages and pilot boardingposition2.159

1 Anchorage area. From a position W of the port theanchorage area (2.148) can be approached directlypassing clear of a fish haven (24 15 2N 120 25 0E)and keeping S of ENE--going lane of the TSS (2.151).

Pilot boarding position. From seaward, the portshould be approached on an E track passing N of theanchorage area (2.148) to a position about 3 milesWSW of the N Breakwater Elbow Directional Light(24 17 8N 120 29 4E) and within the white sector(062½ --067½ ).

The recommended approach then leads 065 withinthe white sector of the light for about 2½ miles to thepilot boarding position (2.149).

Paragraph 2.159 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:2 The track then continues ENE for about 4 cables to

a position on the alignment (114¼ ) of the leadinglights (2.160). Caution must...

Paragraph 2.160 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 One way traffic is in operation in Main Channel

and overtaking, crossing and proceeding parallel toanother vessel is not permitted.


1 From a position W of T’ai--chung Kang (24 16 N120 30 E), the coastal route leads NNE for about57 miles to a position NW of Pai--sha Chia (25 03 N121 04 E).


1 From a position W or WNW of T’ai--chung KangN Breakwater Light (24 18 1N 120 28 7E), the trackleads...

Taiwanese Chart 0357; Taiwanese Notice 30/05; UnitedKingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 549/408/04; HH. 549/400/07) [47/05]

T’ai--wan, North--west Coast --Approaches to T’ai--chung — Anchorages

86Paragraph 2.148 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week 47/05lines 6--8 Replace by:

For location of the anchorages see chart.

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 032/209/02 ) [39/06]

T’ai--wan, North Coast —Wrecks; islet; obstruction

92Paragraph 2.197 2 line 7 Replace by:...lies 11¾ miles NNW. Thence:

After Paragraph 2.197 2 Insert:NNW of a dangerous wreck (9 miles NNE), the

position of which is approximate.


Clear of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles NNW),thence:

98Paragraph 2.264 Centre heading Replace by:

Adjacent islands and off--lying dangersAfter Paragraph 2.264 1 Insert:Islet2.264a

1 An unnamed, unmarked islet lies WNW ofHua--p’ing Yü at 25 30 N, 121 42 E. There are nofurther details of the islet and vessels should keep wellclear. An obstruction lies 2¼ miles SSW.

Taiwanese Chart 0352; Taiwanese Notice 82/05(HH. 549/412/03) [52/05]

Philippine Islands – Luzon Strait –Balintang Channel — Depths


1 Isolated shoals of depths 5 2 m (17 ft), and 11 6 m(38 ft) (reported 1966), exist in Balintang Channel andapproaches; for details of these and other dangers see3.53. With the exception of these dangers the channelis deep.


3 Well clear of an isolated shoal (20 06 N121 50 E), depth 5 2 m (17 ft), over whichtide rips occur, lying 10 miles S of SabtangIsland (3.57); a shoal with a depth of 29 m(16 fm) lies 4¼ miles farther SSE. Thence:

Philippine ENC PH2NLZ40.000(HH. 552/640/03) [40/05]

T’ai--wan, East Coast -- Approach to Hua--lien —Wreck


1 Approach.Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 8 cables SSW of

East Breakwater Head Light (23 58 3N 121 37 2E),and 2½ cables ESE of the 023½ alignment of leadinglights (3.105). A rock with a depth of...

Taiwanese Notice 85/05(HH. 549/426/03) [52/05]

T’ai--wan, East Coast -- Approaches to Su--Ao —Wrecks


1 Approaches. The approach to the port from ESE isclear of dangers with the exception of two dangerouswrecks and a 4 7 m shoal patch (3.108). San--hsien--t’ai(3.108), with adjacent shoal and...

NP 32

3 -- 96

Paragraph 3.112 5 Replace by:5 Caution. A dangerous wreck lies on the limit of

the white sector 5¾ cables ESE of the light at thehead of the N breakwater; a second dangerous wreck,position approximate, lies 6¾ cables farther SE.

Taiwanese Notice 12/05(HH. 549/428/03) [20/05]

China, East Coast – Lemen Liedao —Directions; light; wrecks; depths

131

Paragraph 4.72 1--7 Replace by:Biao Jiao to Houjiao Yu4.72

1 Vessels with a draught of not more than 6 7 m haveused the following track to avoid much of the heavysea caused by the NE monsoon.

From a position SE of Biao Jiao (23 14 N116 48 E) (4.17), the track leads generally ENE,passing (with positions from Banchao Jiao Light(23 22 5N 117 08 1E)):

2 SSE of a dangerous wreck (18½ miles WSW)marked by a light--buoy (isolated danger),thence:

SSE of Niang Jiao (17 miles WSW), a rock with adepth of 1 9 m; a light--buoy (S cardinal) ismoored 2¾ cables SE. A stranded wreck(reported 1993), the position of which isapproximate, lies 2 miles NE. Thence:

3 Clear of unexploded ordnance (13¾ and14½ miles SW), thence:

Clear of an isolated shoal patch, depth 9 6 m(4¾ miles WSW); Peng Yu (Pin Yu on chart1962), 14 m high, lies 1¾ miles ESE. Thence:

NNW of No 1 Light (pile) (2¾ miles WSW), thence:Clear of a wreck, depth 8 6 m, (1¾ miles WSW),

thence:4 SSE of No 2 Light (pile) (2½ miles WNW),

thence:SSE of Guan Yu (1¾ miles WNW), a small island

34 m high, thence:SSE of the SE point of Nan’ao Dao (1¼ miles NNE)

(4.97), and:SSE of an isolated shoal patch, depth 1 6 m (2 miles

NNE), thence:5 NNW of Banchao Jiao, a rocky reef, marked by

a light (racon), the N of the islets and rocksof Lemen Liedao lying between 2 to 8 milesS of Nan’ao Dao, thence:

NNW of Paipeng Jiao (Yan Yan on chart 1760)(3¼ miles ENE), a rock awash, thence:

6 Clear of wreck, depth 14 7 m (2003) (4¾ milesNE), thence:

SSE of an area with several unexploded bombs anddepth charges (5 to 8 miles NE), thence:

SSE of an isolated rock, depth 6 6 m (6¾ miles NE),thence:

7 SSE of Qixing Jiao (8½ miles NE), a group ofrocks, 1 5 to 2 m high; from E and W theyappear as large boulders some distance apart.Laoniu Jiao, a detached rock drying 2 6 m,lies 3 miles NW; a light (white roundconcrete tower, 7 m in height) is exhibitedfrom the NE side of the rock. Thence:

8 Clear of a dangerous wreck (8¾ miles NE),thence:

NNW of Banyangdong (Zhisong Yan on chart 1760)(10 miles ENE), an isolated rock with a depth of5 8 m over it.

9 The track then continues ENE to a position SSE ofHoujiao Yu (23 34 N 117 22 E), from where a light(white 4--sided stone pyramid, 2 m in height) isexhibited. It is the extremity of a small peninsula,rising to 32 m, situated 2½ miles E of Zhaoan Tou(4.88). There is a conspicuous sand patch on the sideof the hills 1½ miles NE of Houjiao Yu. Fishing stakesmay be encountered 2 to 5 miles S of Houjiao Yu.

10 Alternative route. From a position 2 miles SE ofBiao Jiao, a small vessel can take passage W and N ofNan’ao Dao, and passing N of Laoniu Jiao (above).For both passages see restrictions for foreign vessels at4.67.

Chinese Notice 1/13/05; Lloyds List; United KingdomHydrographic Office(HH. 548/448/08) [41/05]

China, East Coast – Lemen Liedao —Wreck

131After Paragraph 4.72 3 line 2 Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 41/05 Insert:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SW) (reported2005), the position of which is approximate,thence:


China, East Coast -- Approaches to Minjiang Kou-- Baiquan Liedao; Mazu Liedao —Restricted and prohibited areas


1 Restricted area has been established (2005)extending seaward for 1 mile off the prohibited areaaround Baiquan Liedao (25 58 N 119 57 E) as shownon the chart.

2 Prohibited area has been established (2005) aroundBaiquan Liedao as shown on the chart.

158Paragraph 4.247 6 line 4 Replace by:...and rocks. Restricted and prohibited areas have beenestablished; see 4.244a. Dongquan Dao is 117 m high andprecipitous.

Paragraph 4.248 6 line 5 Add:Restricted and prohibited areas have been established; see4.244a.

NP 32

3 -- 97

159Paragraph 4.262 1 lines 5--8 Replace by:...Kou passing S and W of Baiquan Liedao; see 4.244a.

Paragraph 4.262 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:...Liedao.


1 Restricted area has been established (2005)extending seaward for 1 mile off the majority of theprohibited area around Mazu Liedao (26 13 N119 58 E) as shown on the chart.

2 Prohibited area has been established (2005) aroundMazu Liedao as shown on the chart.

Paragraph 4.303 1 line 2 Replace by:...119 58 E), see 4.244a, the track leads NE, passing (withpositions from...

Paragraph 4.304 3 Replace by:3 NW of Mazu Liedao (26 13 N 119 58 E), a

group of islets and rocks extending 10 milesin a NE/SW direction. Restricted andprohibited areas have been established; see4.300a and 4.244a. Thence:

165After Paragraph 4.307 2 line 6 Insert:Restricted and prohibited areas. See 4.300a.

After Paragraph 4.308 1 line 6 Insert:Restricted and prohibited areas. See 4.300a.

Chinese Chart 13989(HH. 548/462/04) [10/05]

China, East Coast – Minjiang Kou andapproaches — Leading lights; buoyage;

racon; wreck


1 From a position SE of Dongquan Dao (25 58 N119 58 E), the route leads WNW and NNW for about20 miles to the vicinity of D1 Light--buoy (starboardhand) (26 05 0N 119 47 9E) at the entrance toMinjiang Kou.

Paragraph 4.260 1 Replace by:1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is

available during daylight hours. Pilots board in thequarantine anchorage (26 07 7N 119 38 4E). It isreported that, for vessels over 20 000 dwt and forforeign vessels, pilots board in the vicinity ofD1 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (26 05 0N119 47 9E). Pilot vessels are white in colour.


Xifeng Shi Front Light (26 08 0N 119 38 3E).

Paragraph 4.265 3 lines 2--5 Replace by:The track then leads to the vicinity of

D1 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (26 05 0N119 47 9E) at the entrance to the buoyed channel, andthe outer pilot boarding place. See 4.260.

Paragraph 4.266 1--4 Including heading Replace by:

D1 Light--buoy to D9 Light--buoy4.266

1 Caution. The charted alignment (265½ ) of leadinglights does not mark the main navigable passage.Track. From D1 Light--buoy (starboard hand)

(26 05 0N 119 47 9E), the track leads WNW, througha channel marked by light--buoys (lateral), passing(with positions from Lizhuang Jiao (26 04 5N119 43 4E)):

2 NNE of Lizhuang Jiao (Rizhuang Jiao), fromwhere Lizhuang (Rizhuang) Jiao Light (whiteconical stone tower, 18 m in height, racon), isexhibited, a black pinnacle rock about 1 mhigh situated near the edge of drying bankson the S side of the entrance channel, thence:

3 To a position S of D9 Light--buoy (starboardhand) (2 miles NW), whence the track leadsNW; a dangerous wreck, the position ofwhich is approximate (2005), lies 2½ cablesWNW.

Paragraph 4.267 1 Including heading Replace by:

D9 Light--buoy to inner pilot boarding place4.267

1 Leading lights:Xifeng Shi Front Light (racon) (26 08 0N

119 38 3E).Fudou Shan Rear Light (1 mile from front light).

From a position S of D9 Light--buoy (starboardhand) (26 05 7N 119 41 5E) the alignment (309½ )of these lights leads through a channel marked bylight--buoys (lateral), for about 3¼ miles to thequarantine anchorage and pilot boarding place (4.284),passing:

NE of a dangerous wreck 2½ cables WNW ofD9 Light buoy (starboard hand), thence:

161

Paragraph 4.269 1 lines 7--15 Replace by:2 These lights no longer mark the main passage.

Furthermore it has been reported that it is not possibleto stay on the leading line owing to the presence offishing stakes and boats. The least charted depth onthis line is 4 m. The directions given at 4.265 arerecommended.

3 From a position S of A1 Light--buoy (preferredchannel to port) (26 06 4N 119 48 1E), the alignment(265½ ) of the above lights leads across WailanjiangSha (4.259) to a position S of D9 Light--buoy(starboard hand) (26 05 7N 119 41 5E) to enter themain channel (4.267); the N side of this entrance routeis marked by light--buoys (preferred channel to port).

4 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 292 ofYulou Shan (26 11 N 119 35 E), just open N, of the Nside of Chuanshi Dao (26 08 N 119 40 E) (4.267),passes 5 cables N of Qixing Jiao (4.248).

162

Paragraph 4.285 1 Replace by:1 See 4.260.

NP 32

3 -- 98

Paragraph 4.290 1--2 Replace by:1 From the quarantine anchorage and inner pilot

boarding place S of Culu Dao (26 09 N 119 38 E) thetrack leads WNW for about 1 mile to a position on thealignment of the leading lights and between D21 andD22 Light--buoys (lateral) (26 08 0N 119 37 2E).

2 Leading lights:Xifeng Shi Front Light (7 m in height, racon)

(26 08 0N 119 38 3E).Rear light on Chuanshi Dao (9 m in height) (1 mile E

of front light).The alignment (090¾ ) (astern) of the above lights

leads through a channel, 120 m wide with depths from5 to 7 m, marked by light--buoys (lateral), passing:

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; Chinese Notices18/372/05; 25/514/05(HH. 032/209/02; HH. 548/462/05) [32/05]

China, East Coast – Min Jiang —Wrecks, light


1 Between Jinpai Men and Mawei the main fairwayis shown on the chart, and passes:

NW of Xiaolusha (26 05 5N 119 32 3E), markedby a light--beacon (isolated danger), lying on thebank bordering the E side of the river, 4 miles SWof Jinpai Men.

The track then passes through Min’an Men(26 03 0N 119 30 4E), a narrows entered 6 milesSSW of Jinpai Men and leading generally SSW for3 miles with a least width of 2 cables, thence leadingthrough Min Jiang passing (with positions fromNiuwei Shan (26 02 1N 119 30 4E)):

2 ESE of Donggaozhai Light (white hexagonalstone masonry structure, 12 m in height)(1¼ miles N), thence:

WNW of Niuwei Shan on which stands alight--beacon (white hexagonal stone masonrypyramid, 9 m in height), and:

ESE of a wreck, depth 7 3 m (2 cables W), theposition of which is approximate; another wreck,depth 13 m, lies 1¼ cables farther SSW, thence:

ESE of a light--beacon (isolated danger) (5 cablesWSW) marking a rock, thence:

ESE of a dangerous wreck (1¼ miles SW), theposition of which is approximate, and markedclose N by a light--buoy (isolated danger).

The track then divides to pass either side of adanger area, radius 150 m, around Niu Jiao (1¾ milesSW), a rock marked by a light--beacon (isolateddanger, racon) and light--buoys; the main channelpasses to the WNW. Dayu, an island 17 m high, lies3 cables ENE with a prominent building (not charted)on its SW side. Thence:


China – East coast – Niubishan Shuidao —Gas pipeline, anchorage

188After Paragraph 5.155 Insert:Submarine pipeline5.155a

1 A submarine gas pipeline extends generally SEfrom Yangshashan Zui (29 45 N 121 55 E) throughNiubishan Shuidao thence ESE to an offshoreplatform. See note on chart and 1.16.


1 Anchorage, sheltered from winds between NW,through N and E, to ESE, can be obtained SSE of theW extremity of Liuheng Dao (6.74), in depths ofabout 13 m, keeping well clear of the submarine gaspipeline (5.155a) and fishing stakes in the vicinity(5.155). In fine...

Chinese Notices 14/255/06(HH. 555/400/04) [37/06]

China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao –Dongfu Shan —Wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (29 56 3N 122 50 4E),position approximate, thence:


China, East Coast – Chang Jiang andapproaches; Huangpu Jiang; Shanghai —

Traffic Separation Schemes; channels; buoyage;pilotage; anchorages; lights; regulations

198Paragraph 6.25 7 --10 Including Continuity Legend Replaceby:

7 Thence if proceeding to the A4 NNW--going laneof the Changjiang Kou TSS the track leads NNW,passing (with positions from Huaniao Shan Light(30 51 7N 122 40 3E) (6.22)):

WSW of an explosives dumping area (22 miles ESE)(6.20), thence:

8 ENE of Bixiashan (7¼ miles SE), 158 m high.Huang Jiao, a group of three small islets andnumerous rocks in the centre of MaanLiedao, lies 2¼ miles WSW. The centre isletis 54 m high and precipitous on its S and Wsides. Chang Hsu, an islet, 1½ miles fartherNW, has a remarkable needle rock, 6 m high,near its S end and two pillar rocks, 18 mhigh, 2½ cables S. Another islet, Jilongshan,1 mile farther N, is 63 m high, has steeprocky sides and a sharp summit. Thence:

NP 32

3 -- 99

9 WSW of a dangerous wreck (15 miles E).The track then continues to a position about

11 miles E of Huaniao Shan (6.28).10 If proceeding on the offshore route vessels may

pass E or W of Hai Jiao, thence the track leads N,passing:

E or W of the explosives dumping area above,thence;

E of the dangerous wreck above, thence:11 To a position E of Huaniao Shan (see above).

(Directions for the offshore route continue at 7.9and for Changjiang Kou TSS at 7.22a)

222Paragraph 6.202 12 Including Continuity Legend Replaceby:

12 Thence the track leads to a position ENE ofBeidingxing Dao (30 45 N 122 23 E) from where adirect approach can be made to the C3 NNW--goinglane of Changjiang Kou TSS (7.22a).

(Direction for the route N ofZhoushan Qundao are given at 6.212and for Changjiang Kou at 7.22a)

231--233Paragraphs 7.4 1--7.19 8 Including headings Replace by:

OFFSHORE ROUTE — HUANIAO SHAN TO CHANGJIANGKOU BEIJIAOINCLUDING OUTER APPROACHES TO CHANG JIANG

General information

Charts 2412, 1199Routes7.4

1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30 51 N122 40 E), the route leads N for about 50 miles to aposition E of Changjiangkou Beijiao (31 42 N121 52 E) passing well E of the Changjiang Kou TSScomplex. The TSS may be approached direct from sea.

Depths7.5

1 Depths in approaches to Chiangjiang Kou TSS aregreater than 30 m, but to the E of 123 20 E numerousshoal depths, least depth 7 3 m, dangerous wrecks andobstructions are charted out to the E limit of the book(1.1). Mariners proceeding on offshore routes E of123 20 E or approaching the TSS from seaward shouldtake due care.

Submarine cables7.6

1 Numerous submarine cables extend seaward in thisarea as shown on the chart.

Principal marks7.7

1 Landmarks:Huaniao Shan (30 51 N 122 40 E).Jigu Jiao (31 10 4N 122 22 9E).Sheshan Dao (31 25 4N 122 14 4E) (7.21).

2 Major lights:Huaniao Shan Light (30 51 7N 122 40 3E) (6.22).Jigu Jiao Light (31 10 4N 122 22 9E) (7.21).Sheshan Dao Light (31 25 4N 122 14 4E) (7.21).

Other aids to navigation7.8

1 Racons:Changjiang Kou Light--float (31 06 1N

122 28 1E).Changjiangkou Beijiao (31 41 6N 121 52 8E) (not

charted).For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 2.

Directions(continued from 6.25)

Huaniao Shan toChangjiangkouBeijiao E of TSS7.9

1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30 51 N122 40 E) (6.28) the track leads N, passing (withpositions from Jigu Jiao Light (31 10 4N122 22 9E)):

2 E of Huaniao Shan Light (24 miles SE) (6.22),thence:

E of the Changjiang Kou TSS complex (20 milesESE) (7.22a), thence:

E of Jigu Jiao Light (7.21), thence:E of Sheshan Dao Light (7.21).

3 The track then leads to a position well E ofChangjiangkou Beijiao (40 miles NW) (7.22a).

(Directions continue at 8.16)

Approaches to Changjiang Kou TSS7.9a

1 The TSS complex may be approached from seawardfrom N, NE, E or SE, see 7.22a and 6.25.

(Directions continue at 7.22a)

SHANGHAI AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 1199, 1602Area covered7.10

1 This section describes Changjiang Kou, the estuaryof the Chang Jiang, and the approaches to and port ofShanghai.

The section is arranged as follows:Approaches to Shanghai (7.14).Shanghai (7.32).

Description7.11

1 Changjiang Kou, lying between Nanhui Zui(30 52 N 121 55 E) and Changjiangkou Beijiao

NP 32

3 -- 100

49 miles N, has three main channels, Beicao Shuidaoand Nancao Shuidao, flowing out of Nangang Shuidao,and Beigang Shuidao. The channels are divided by anumber of low--lying, highly cultivated and wellpopulated islands, and a series of shoals and dryingmud flats including Hengsha Qiantan (31 19 N122 05 E) and Jiuduan Sha (31 11 N 122 00 E).

2 Shanghai lies on the Huangpu Jiang which flowsinto Chang Jiang.

For general information on Chang Jiang andChangjiang Kou see 7.73 to 7.85.

Spare7.12

Spare7.13

APPROACHES TO SHANGHAI

General information

Charts 1602, 1603Routes7.14

1 Outer approaches to precautionary areas B andC. Changjiang Kou (7.11) is approached through aTSS complex including three precautionary areas asshown on the chart. See also 7.22a.7.14a

1 Inner approaches.Beicao Shuidao (deep water route) (7.23). From

precautionary area B (31 06 0N 122 29 5E),the route leads generally WNW for about43 miles to Nangang Shuidao. This route is forvessels constrained by their draught from usingNancao Shuidao.

2 Training walls and breakwaters, marked bylights, extend on both banks between 16 and18 miles ESE from Nangang Shuidao. Workswere in progress (2004) to extend them about10 miles farther SE.

7.14b1 Nancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (main

route) (7.25). From precautionary area C(31 00 0N 122 29 5E), the route leadsgenerally WNW for about 45 miles toNangang Shuidao. Nancao Shuidao is themain navigational channel through ChangjiangKou.

2 Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi Hangdao(alternative route) (7.27). From the NanzhiLight--vessel (30 58 3N 122 11 4E), theroute leads generally NW for about 17 milesto join the main channel for a further16 miles.

3 Nangang Shuidao (7.27a). From where theabove routes join, Nangang Shuidao leads afurther 10 miles WNW to a position off thethe mouth of the Huangpu Jiang (31 24 N121 31 E).

4 Beigang Shuidao (7.28) is an unmarked shallowchannel lying N of the other channels.

Topography7.15

1 The SW shore of Changjiang Kou, from NanhuiZui (30 52 N 121 55 E) to the entrance of HuangpuJiang, 38 miles NNW, is low, well wooded, cultivatedand partly embanked. In the estuary are a number oflow--lying islands, and a series of shoals and dryingmud flats.

Depths7.15a

1 Outer Approaches to precautionary areas B andC. An obstruction lies 5 cables NW of the SW--goingA2 traffic lane, and a dangerous wreck, the position ofwhich is approximate, lies in the NW--going A4 trafficlane. With these exceptions the limiting depths are inthe inner approaches (7.15b) and anchorages (7.17a).7.15b

1 Inner ApproachesBeicao Shuidao (7.23) via B1 traffic lane has a least

charted depth in the buoyed channel of 7 8 m. Thedesigned channel depth is 8 5 m with a sea bedchannel width of 300 m. The maximum draughtallowable is dependant on the height of tide and aminimum under keel clearance of 0 7 m.

Beicao Shuidao is only for vessels too deep to useNancao Shuidao.

2 Nancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (7.25)via C5 traffic lane has a least charted depthin the buoyed channel of 5 3 m, althoughlesser swept depths exist near the channeledges.

Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27). Thebuoyed channel is encumbered with a number ofwrecks, over which the least swept depth is 4 2 m.

3 Nangang Shuidao (7.27a) has a least depth of12 0 m on the N side of the channel and11 3 m if entering from Nancao Shuidao.

Beigang Shuidao (7.28) is a channel with a leastcharted depth in the fairway of about 5 m, butencumbered by shoals and wrecks.

4 C1 traffic lane between precautionary areas Band C has a 9 7 m shoal patch (reported1931) in the S approach, and a dangerouswreck in the N--going traffic lane.

Caution. see 7.15c.

Buoyage7.15c

1 The navigational channels, with the exception ofBeigang Shuidao (7.28), are well marked bylight--buoys (lateral and safe water). Banks, channelsand routes are subject to constant change and buoysmay be moved accordingly. Light--buoys are frequentlyextinguished by bad weather. See also note on chart.

Tidal Levels7.15d

1 At Nancao Hangdao (31 06 N 122 01 E) meanspring range is about 3 5 m; mean neap range about1 1 m. For details see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 4.

NP 32

3 -- 101

Fishing7.16

1 There are usually large numbers of fishing craft andfishing nets, indicated by their bamboo frameworksupports, in the vicinity of Jigu Jiao (31 10 4N122 22 9E). It is almost impossible to avoid them atnight, and the locality should be given a wide berth.

Notice of ETA7.17

1 Vessels bound for Shanghai or ports in Chang Jiangshould send their ETA 5 to 7 days, 72, 48 and24 hours before arrival, and also 4 miles beforereaching precautionary area A (31 06 N 122 41 E)(7.22a). For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(4).

Outer anchorages7.17a

1 There are a number of anchorages in theapproaches to Changjiang Kou as follows:

Anchorage Position Remarks

ChangjiangKou No 1

31 08 N122 34 E

For Chinese vessels; depths16 to 23 m

No 2 PilotAnchorage

31 05 N122 34 E

Depths 13 to 17 m

ChangjiangKou No 2

31 04 N122 35 E

Depths 12 to15 m. A dan-gerous wreck lies close W.

ChangjiangKou No 3

31 00 N122 34 E

Depths 13 to 16 m

No 1 PilotAnchorage

31 05 N122 26 E

Depths 9 to 10 m. Adangerous wreck, theposition of which isapproximate, marked by twolight--buoys (isolateddanger), lies close inside theE boundary.

2 The anchorages are exposed but the holding groundis good.

Pilotage7.18

1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Thepilot boarding positions for Shanghai and Baoshan (forChang Jiang) are:

Pilot Anchorage No 2, 31 05 N 122 34 EPilot Anchorage No 1, 31 05 N 122 26 E.

In bad weather conditions pilots may board byhelicopter, or in the channels W of the abovepositions.

2 Pilots for the upriver ports including Zhangjia Gang(31 58 N 120 24 E) (7.100), Nantong (32 00 N120 49 E) (7.109), Zhenjiang (32 13 N 119 26 E)(7.125), and Nanjing (32 05 N 118 44 E) (7.136)board S of Baoshan large vessel anchorage (31 32 N121 23 E). See also 7.78a.

3 Deep Sea Pilots for Hangzhou Wan (6.214) are alsoprovided off Changjiang Kou Light--float (31 06 1N122 28 1E).


Vessel traffic service7.18a

1 A VTS is in operation which is mandatory for allforeign vessels, and for most domestic vessels,covering Chiangjiang Kou, Chiang Jiang to ShanghaiHarbour upper limits, and Huangpu Jiang. For fulldetails see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(4).

Traffic regulations7.19

1 Traffic separation schemes. TSSs are establishedin Changjiang Kou and the approach to Wusong Kou(7.57a). These TSSs are not IMO--adopted. TheChinese Authorities advise that principles for the useof the routeing system defined in Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea (1972) apply.

2 Entry regulations. Vessels are not permitted toenter the estuary unless permission has been given bythe Harbour Authority.

3 Beicao Shuidao (7.23) is only for use by vesselswhich cannot use the channels in Nancao Shuidaobecause of their draught. In the narrow section ofBeicao Hangdao overtaking and stopping areprohibited and speed should be reduced.

Vessels commence passage inwards between 3 hoursand 2 hours before HW at Hengsha Dao (31 18 N121 50 E), and outwards between 2 hours and 1 hourbefore HW.

4 Nancao Shuidao (7.25) should be used by allvessels, except those too deep which will use BeicaoShuidao (above).

5 Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27) should only be used byvessels of a draught and tonnage of less than 4 m and2000 dwt.Prohibited area. Navigation is prohibited within a

500 m radius of Changjiang Kou Light-- float(31 06 1N 122 28 1E).

233--235Paragraphs 7.21 1--7.27 7 Replace by:Principal marks7.21

1 Landmarks:Daji Shan (30 48 6N 122 10 4E) (6.46).Sheshan Dao (31 25 4N 122 14 4E), with steep

sides. From NNE the islet appears flat--toppedwith the highest part to the E. From E it appears asa peak and from about 5 miles SE it appears astwo islets, the W being the smaller. It is seldomsighted by vessels entering Chang Jiang from theS.

2 Offshore marks:Nanzhi Light--vessel (red hull, name on sides)

(30 58 3N 122 11 4E).Nancao Light--vessel (31 00 3N 122 28 1E).Changjiang Kou Light--float (red hull, name on

sides) (31 06 1N 122 28 1E).Jiuduan Light--float (metal pillar beacon on red hull,

name on sides) (31 07 6N 121 55 0E).

NP 32

3 -- 102

3 Major lights:Huaniao Shan Light (30 51 7N 122 40 3E) (6.22).Jigu Jiao Light (white round GRP tower with red

bands, 9 m in height) (31 10 4N 122 22 9E).Sheshan Dao Light (black round tower, white

dwelling, 17 m in height (31 25 4N122 14 4E).

Hengsha Dao Light (white 4--sided concrete tower,57 m in height) (31 18 0N 121 50 8E).

Daji Shan Light (30 48 6N 122 10 4E) (6.34).

Other aids to navigation7.22

1 Racons:Huaniao Shan Light (30 51 7N 122 40 3E).Changjiangkou Beijiao (31 41 6N 121 52 8E) (not

charted).Nanzhi Light--vessel (30 58 3N 122 11 4E).Nancao Light--vessel (31 00 3N 122 28 1E).Changjiang Kou Light--float (31 06 1N

122 28 1E).Jiuduan Light--float (31 07 6N 121 55 0E).

2 Niupi Jiao Light--beacon (31 08 5N 122 15 1E).Nanzhi Hangdao Light--beacon (31 15 9N

121 45 0E).Yuanyuansha Light--float (31 19 3N 121 42 2E).Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31 23 8N 121 31 1E).Zhongyan Sha (31 29 7N 121 29 3E).

For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 2.

Directions for Changjiang Kou(continued from 6.25 and 7.9a)

Charts 2412, 1199, 1602Outer TSS to Precautionary area A7.22a

1 Changjiang Kou (7.11) is approached through aTSS complex including three precautionary areas asshown on the chart, see also 7.14.

The outer precautionary area A (31 06 N 122 41E)is approached via one of 4 pairs of unmarked trafficlanes, each about 10 miles in length:

2 From SE. From the vicinity of 30 52 N122 53 E the track leads NW via A4 trafficlane, and keeping clear of a dangerous wreck(30 59 2N 122 48 0E), the position of whichis approximate.

FromE.From the vicinity of 31 06 N 123 00 E thetrack leads W via A3 traffic lane.

3 From NE. From the vicinity of 31 19 N122 54 E the track leads SW via A2 trafficlane.

From N. From a position well E of ChangjiangkouBeijiao (31 42 N 121 52 E), which is low lyingwith no identifiable marks except a racon (7.22),the track leads S or SSW for about 20 miles to thevicinity of 31 24 N 122 40 E. The track thenleads S via A1 traffic lane; an 18 m shoal patchlies at 31 10 5N 122 42 0E in the N--going lane.

4 B2 traffic lane then leads W for vessels bound forBeicao Shuidao (7.23), Changjiang Kou No 1Anchorage and No 1 Pilot Anchorage, andalternatively:

5 C2 traffic lane leads WSW for vessels bound forNancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (7.25) and otherouter anchorages.

Chart 1602Approaches to Beicao Shuidao (deep water route)7.22b

1 From the outer precautionary area A (31 06 N122 41E) the track leads W for about 10 miles via B2traffic lane to precautionary area B, marked on itsW edge by Changjiang Kou Light--float (31 06 1N122 28 1E) (7.21).

A dangerous wreck, the position of which isapproximate, and marked by a light--buoy (N cardinal)lies close NW of precautionary area B.

Changjiang Kou No 1 Anchorage (7.17a) can beapproached directly from B2 traffic lane.

(Directions for Beicao Shuidao continue at 7.23)

Approaches to Nancao Shuidao via NancaoHangdao (main route)7.22c

1 From the outer precautionary area A (31 06 N122 41E) the track leads WSW for about 12 miles viaC2 traffic lane to precautionary area C, marked on itsW edge by Nancao Light--vessel (31 00 3N122 28 1E) (7.21).

An isolated 9 7 m shoal (reported 1931) lies in Npart of the precautionary area.

2 No 2 Pilot Anchorage (7.17a) and Changjiang KouNos 2 and 3 Anchorages can be approached directlyfrom C2 traffic lane.

3 Precautionary area C (31 00 0N 122 29 5E) canalso be approached as follows:

From N. From Precautionary area B (31 06 0N122 29 5E) the track leads S for about 6 milesvia C1 traffic lane; for vessels proceeding N adangerous wreck (31 03 3N 122 30 5E) lies3 cables E of the N--going lane.

4 From SSE. (continued from 6.202) From thevicinity of 30 51 N 122 33 E the track leadsNNW for about 9 miles via C3 traffic lane.

From SW. From the vicinity of 30 51 N 122 20 Ethe track leads NE for about 9 miles via C4 trafficlane.

(Directions for Nancao Shuidao via NancaoHangdao continue at 7.25)

Approaches to Nancao Shuidao via NanzhiHangdao (alternative route)7.22d

1 Nanzhi Hangdao. Nanzhi Light--vessel (30 58 3N122 11 4E) (7.21), marks the entrance for this routefor smaller vessels (see 7.19) and is approached directfrom between the E and S inshore of the outer TSScomplex (7.14).

2 A number of light--buoys (isolated danger) aremoored S and E of the light--vessel. Three strandedwrecks lie 2 miles WNW of Nanzhi Light--vessel onTongsha Shazui.

(Directions for Nancao Shuidao via NanzhiHangdao continue at 7.27)

NP 32

3 -- 103

Directions for Beicao Shuidao(continued from 7.22b)

Changjiang Kou Light--float to Nangang Shuidao7.23

1 Beicao Shuidao (deep water route) is only forvessels constrained by their draught from usingNancao Shuidao, see 7.19. The route comprises anouter section, which is part of the TSS (7.22a), BeicaoHangdao, Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao andYuanyuansha Hangdao to enter Nangang Shuidao. Thechannels are marked by light--buoys (lateral). Fordepths see 7.15b.

2 From precautionary area B (31 06 0N 122 29 5E)the track leads W through B1 traffic lane thencegenerally WNW for about 43 miles, passing (withpositions from Niupi Jiao Light--beacon (31 08 5N122 15 1E)):

3 Close N of Changjiang Kou Light-- float(11¼ miles ESE) (7.21), thence:

S of Jigu Jiao (7 miles ENE), a group of large rocksthe largest of which is 12 m high. A light (7.7) isexhibited from the rocks. Thence:

S of D9 Light--buoy (5¾ miles ESE) at the W end ofthe TSS, thence:

N of D12 Light--buoy (3¾ miles SE).

7.23a1 Beicao Hangdao. The track then leads NW through

Beicao Hangdao, passing:SW of Niupi Jiao Light--beacon (S cardinal, racon)

marking the SE edge of an area encumbered by adangerous wreck, Niupi Jiao, a rock awash, andan obstruction, the base of a former light--beacon,the position of which is approximate. Thence:

2 Between the Works in Progress (2004) areas(5 miles WNW) (see 7.14a); the N areamarked by light--buoys (special), thence:

SW of D 25 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (10 milesWNW).

7.23b1 Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao. The track then

leads WNW through Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao,passing (with positions from Hengsha Dao Light(31 18 0N 121 50 8E)):

SSW of Beicao Anchorage (10½ miles ESE)(7.27c), thence:

NNE of Beicaozhong Light--beacon (9¼ milesESE), thence:

2 SSW of Hengsha Dao Light (7.21), standingnear the S point of Hengsha Dao. Aconspicuous L--shaped jetty, about 950 m inlength, lies close W of the S point ofHengsha Dao; it is reported as being nolonger used. A traffic control tower standsclose to the root of the jetty. Works are inprogress (2004) 1¼ miles WNW of the pier.Thence:

3 SSW of Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W)(7.27c), thence:

SSW of the S entrance to Hengsha Tongdao(2¾ miles WNW), which separates ChangxingDao from Hengsha Dao, thence:

7.23c1 Yuanyuansha Hangcao. The track continues WNW

through Yuanyuansha Hangcao, passing:SSW of the S point of Changxing Dao (4 miles

WNW), which extends 13 miles NW, thence:NNE of the NW extremity of the S training wall

(5 miles W).2 The track then continues to a position N of

Yuanyuansha Light--float (7½ miles WNW) (7.22)where the channel is joined by Nancao Shuidao (7.26)to enter Nangang Shuidao.

(Directions for Nangang Shuidaocontinue at 7.27a)

Spare7.24

Directions for Nancao Shuidao viaNancao Hangdao(continued from 7.22c)

Nancao Light Vessel to Jiuduan Light--float7.25

1 Nancao Shuidao (main route) should be used byall vessels except those too deep, which will useBeicao Shuidao, see 7.23. The route comprises anouter section which is part of the TSS (7.22a), thencevia Nancao Hangdao, and Nangang Zhihangdao toenter Nangang Shuidao. The outer channel in thissection is marked by centreline light--buoys (safewater). For depths see 7.15b

2 From precautionary area C (31 00 0N 122 29 5E)the track leads generally WNW via C5 traffic lanethence NW for about 46 miles, passing:

3 Close NNE of Nancao Light--vessel (31 00 3N122 28 1E) (7.21), thence:

Close NNE of a wreck with a swept depth of 7 0 mlying in the separation zone 4 cables WNW ofS5 Light--buoy (31 02 0N 122 19 6E).

4 Nancao Hangdao. The track then leads NWthrough Nancao Hangdao, passing (with positions fromHengsha Dao Light (31 18 0N 121 50 8E)):

Over the least channel depths of 5 3 m to 5 5 mbetween S12 Light--buoy (safe water) (21 milesSE) and S15 Light--buoy (safe water) 4 milesWNW.

5 The track then continues to a position close NE ofJiuduan Light--float (7.21) (11 miles SSE) where thechannel is joined by Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27) to enterNangang Zhihangdao.

Jiuduan Light--float to Nangang Shuidao(also continued from 7.27)7.26

1 Nangang Zhihangdao is the section of NancaoShuidao above where Nancao Hangdao (7.25) andNanzhi Hangdao (7.27) join and extends 16 miles NWto Nangang Shuidao. The channel is marked bylight--buoys (lateral) with a least depth of 5 7 m in thecentre of the channel, but shoal patches and wrecks lieon or close to the channel boundary, see also 7.15b.

2 From a position close NE or SW of JiuduanLight--float (31 07 6N 121 55 0E) the track continuesNW through Nangang Zhihangdao, passing (withpositions from Hengsha Dao Light (31 18 0N121 50 8E)):

NP 32

3 -- 104

3 SW of a stranded wreck (6 miles S), the positionof which is approximate, thence:

NE of the Small Vessel Anchorages (6¼ miles SSW)(7.27c), thence:

NE of a light--beacon (5½ miles WSW) (7.22),which marks a sewer, thence:

SW of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles WSW);A51 Light--buoy (starboard hand) lies close N.

4 The track then continues to a position SW ofYuanyuansha Light--float (7½ miles WNW) (7.22),where the channel is joined by Beicao Shuidao(7.23c), to enter Nangang Shuidao.

(Directions continue at 7.27a)

Directions for Nancao Shuidao viaNanzhi Hangdao

(continued from 7.22d)

Nanzhi Light Vessel to Jiuduan Light--float7.27

1 Nanzhi Hangdao (alternative route) leads WNWfrom Nanzhi Light--vessel (30 58 3N 122 11 4E) tojoin Nancao Hangdao, the main channel throughNancao Shuidao at Jiuduan Light--float (7.21), 17 milesNW. It is for vessels with a draught less than 4 m, anda reported (2005) maximum tonnage of 2000 dwt. Thechannel is marked by light--buoys (lateral). In thecentre of the channel the least swept depth is 4 2 mover a wreck, but many wrecks and an obstruction lieon or close to the channel boundary. See also 7.15b.

(Directions continue at 7.26)

Directions for Nangang Shuidao(continued from 7.23b and 7.26)

Yuanyuansha Light--float to Huangpu Jiang andBaoshan Shuidao7.27a

1 Nangang Shuidao is the channel from theconfluence of the Beicao Shuidao (7.23) and NancaoShuidao (7.25) to the entrance of Huangpu Jiang(7.58), and Baoshan Shuidao (7.92) which leads upChang Jiang (7.75).

2 The channel, between 4 and 10 cables in width, ismarked by light--buoys (lateral); for depths see 7.15b.On the S bank of the river are numerous berths andareas of works in progress (2004); immediately N ofthe buoyed channel are 11 anchorage areas.

3 From a position N or SW of YuanyuanshaLight--float (31 19 3N 121 42 2E) the track leadsWNW for about 9½ miles, passing (with positionsfrom Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31 23 8N121 31 1E)):

SSW of the anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (7.27c).4 The track then continues to a position SSW of

No 61 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles E) NEof Wusong Kou precautionary area (7.57a).

Useful mark7.27b

1 Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31 23 8N 121 31 1E)(7.58).

(Directions continue for the river passage at 7.92and for entering Huangpu Jiang at 7.57)

River anchorages

General information7.27c

1 There are many anchorages in the channels andriver between the outer pilot stations and the entranceto Huangpu Jiang. For outer anchorages see 7.17a. Theriver anchorages are given with positions fromHengsha Dao Light (31 18 0N 121 50 8E).

2 Beicao ShuidaoBeicao Anchorage (10 miles ESE), N of

D27 Light--buoy (starboard hand), depth about6 7 m, a waiting anchorage for large vesselsawaiting the tide or improved visibility.

3 Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W) The middleanchorage is for tankers and dangerouscargoes. Three anchorages for vessels waitingfor the tide, berthing instructions or weatherimprovement, consist of three areas betweenLight--buoys D37 and D41 (starboard hand),with depths from 6 m to 13 m, mud and sand.A prohibited anchorage area exists in the Nof the Hengsha East Anchorage off theHengsha Dao jetty (7.23b). The middleanchorage is for tankers and dangerouscargoes.

4 Nancao ShuidaoSmall Vessel Anchorages Nos 1 and 2 (6 miles

SSW), between Light--buoys A40 and A44 (porthand); depths 3 m to 7 m; a 3 6 m patch lies onthe NE boundary of No 2 anchorage.

5 Nangang ShuidaoAnchorages Nos 1 to 11 (9 miles to 18 miles WNW)

between Light--buoys Nos 51 and 65 in depths of4 m (No 11) to 16 m. Only anchorages Nos 8 and9 are available for vessels in international trade.The anchorage is under control of Wusong VTS,see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Barge anchorage (31 23 2N 121 32 4E).6 Caution. All the above anchorages, with exception

of the barge anchorage, are immediately adjacent totraffic lanes. Depths and positions of buoys inanchorages are subject to change; vessels are liable todrag anchor and should use a good scope of cable andbe vigilant.

For tidal streams in Huangpu Jiang see 7.56.

235Paragraphs 7.29--7.31 Replace by:

Spare7.29 to 7.31

236--237Paragraphs 7.44--7.50 Replace by:Notice of ETA required7.44

1 For details see 7.17.

Traffic separation schemes7.44a

1 TSSs are established in the approaches toChangjiang Kou and Wusong Kou, see 7.19.

NP 32

3 -- 105

Anchorages7.45

1 For anchorages in the rivers and channels belowHuangpu Jiang entrance see 7.27c, and for outeranchorages see 7.17a.

In Huangpu Jiang there are no anchorages forvessels larger than 1000 dwt.

2 Prohibited areas. There are a number of chartedareas in Huangpu Jiang where anchoring and fishingare prohibited due to the existence of submarine cablesor pipelines. The areas are marked by distinctivesign--boards on each bank of the river. Anchoringwithin 10 m of the marked areas is prohibited.Anchoring is also prohibited in the vicinity of varioustunnels.

Pilotage7.46

1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours inthe outer approaches to Chiangjiang Kou Light--vessel,see 7.18.

Tugs7.47

1 Tugs are available.

Traffic regulations7.48

1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation, see7.18a.

Traffic regulations. The following regulationsapply in Huangpu Jiang:

2 Speed must be regulated so that no damage isdone to the wharves, banks, any kind ofstructure or other vessels and reduced to aminimum when in the vicinity of vesselsberthing, discharging or loading dangerouscargoes, salvaging or dredging.

3 Vessels moving against the tidal streams mustgive way to those moving with the stream.

Overtaking is prohibited, and meeting with othervessels should be avoided where bends in theriver occur.

Navigation is forbidden for large vessels if thevisibility is less than 1000 m and for small vesselsif less than 500 m.

Spare7.49

Spare7.50


4 In the Nangang Shuidao Anchorages (7.27c), tidalstreams set as follows:

Paragraph 7.57 Continuity Legend For 7.24 Read 7.27b

After Paragraph 7.57 Insert:Wusong Kou TSS7.57a

1 From a position in the precautionary area about2 miles E of Wusong Kou Hetang Light (7.58) theapproach to Huangpu Jiang is through the W--going

lane of the Wusong Kou TSS (7.19), passing (withpositions from Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31 23 8N121 31 1E)):

2 S of a wreck, swept depth 13 7 m (1½ miles E),thence:

S of No 64 Light--buoy (safe water) (1¼ milesENE).

Thence to a position about 4 cables E of WusongKou Hetang Light on the alignment (250¼ ) ofWusong Kou Leading Lights (7.58).

241After Paragraph 7.78 Insert:Anchorages7.78a

1 Baoshan large vessel anchorage (31 32 N 121 23 E)lies N of Q13 and Q14 Light--buoys (special) with adepth of about 16 m. The remains of a dam lie nearthe NW extremity of the anchorage. Pilots also boardat the anchorage for Chang Jiang upriver ports (7.79).

243Paragraph 7.90 2 lines 1 and 2 Replace by:

2 In a position 25 miles NW of the Nangang ShuidaoAnchorages (31 24 N 121 33 E) the tidal streams areas follows:

BA Charts 1602; 1603(HH. 032/209/02) [36/05]

China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao –Xiaoguishan —Wrecks


Clear of a dangerous wreck (30 05N 122 37 E),position approximate, thence:

Paragraph 6.36 8 lines 2--3 Replace by:ENE of Waihuo Yu (30 04 N 122 27 E), a grassy

islet with a well defined summit, 46 m high, fromwhere a light is exhibited, thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (30 08 N 122 36 E),position approximate, and:

ENE of a wreck (30 08 N 122 30 E), with a depth of14 6 m over it, thence:


1 From a position ENE of Xiangluhuaping Jiao(30 03 N 122 28 E) (6.36) the track leads WNW,passing (with positions from Lihuo Yu Light (30 06 N122 21 E)):

Clear of a dangerous wreck (13 miles E), positionapproximate, thence:

SSW of a dangerous wreck (12¾ miles ENE),position approximate, thence:

Clear of a wreck, depth 14 6 m (7 miles ENE),thence:

Paragraph 6.166 2 line 1 Replace by:2 NE of Lihuo Yu, an...

Chinese Notices 22/464/05; 44/931/05( HH. 548/443/01) [03/06]

NP 32

3 -- 106

China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao–Zhoushan and approaches —Anchorages,wrecks, directions


6 SW of Diandeng Shan Light (29 52 6N122 13 8E) (white round concrete structure,8 m in height) marking an isolated shoal,thence:

SW of a dangerous wreck (29 53 0N 122 11 8E)(2004), position approximate, and anotherdangerous wreck 5 cables NE (reported 2005),position approximate.

7 The track then continues NW to a position E ofYanyxiaomao Dao (29 53 N, 122 09 E) (6.56).

The Mazhi anchorages and nearby anchorages(29 55 N 122 14 E) (6.141) may be approacheddirectly from the position E of Yanyxiaomao Daopassing N of the two dangerous wrecks, oralternatively from the position NE ofShangliuwangchong Dao on a N track, passing W ofDiandeng Shan Light and E of the two dangerouswrecks.


6 The track then continues NNE to a position E ofYanyxiaomao Dao, passing (with positions fromYanyxiaomao Dao Light (29 54 N 122 09 E)):

ESE of Zhitou Jiao (6.72) (1¼ miles SW), theE extremity of Chuanshan Bandao, thence:

WNW of dangerous wreck (2½ miles WSW)(2004), position approximate, and anotherdangerous wreck 5 cables NE (reported 2005),position approximate.

7 The track continues to a position E of YanyxiaomaoDao (6.56), from where a light (6.56) is exhibited.

The passage inshore of the island is deep butshould not be attempted by vessels unable to maintaina speed of 10 kn when there is a strong tidal streamagainst them.

For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages and nearbyanchorages (29 55 N 122 14 E) (6.141) see 6.58.

205Paragraph 6.63 6 and 7 Replace by:

6 The track then leads WNW, passing:SSW of Shuilaoshu Shan (29 55 1N 122 17 7E),

12 m in height, marked by a light (6.149), thence:SSW a dangerous wreck (2005), position

approximate, 7¼ cables WNW of ShuilaoshuShan.

7 The track then continues W into ShenjiamenNangangqu and the Mazhi anchorage area (6.141),passing S of Mao Zhi, from where a light (white stonepile structure, 4 m in height) is exhibited.

212Paragraph 6.141 1 and 2 Replace by:

1 Mazhi anchorages. These lie in or near ShenjiamenNangangqu (29 54 8N 122 16 5E) and may beapproached from S via Zhitou Yang (6.51), from E viaFulimen Shuidao (6.63), or from W via Luotou(Lotou) Shuidao (6.59).

2 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, indesignated anchorages, the limits of which are shownon the chart (with positions from Diandeng Shan Light(29 52 6N 122 13 8E) (6.58)):

Name Position Remarks

Mazhi Anchorage 1½ milesNNW

Depths 13 to 36 m;a wreck, depth35 m, lies onS boundary

Mazhi InspectionAnchorage

2½ milesNNE

Depths 10 to 14 m;a wreck, sweptdepth 9 m, lies E ofcentre of area

Dangerous GoodsAnchorage

3¼ milesNNE

Depths 12 m;marked on N edgeby two light--buoys(special)

Dangerous GoodsAnchorage

2½ milesNE

Depths about 10 m;dangerous goodsworking anchorage

InspectionAnchorage

1¼ milesSW

Depths 25 to 61 m,mud and sand


Chinese Charts 13391 & 13451; Chinese Notices 7/93/06,7/95/06 & 8/105/06(HH. 548/470/07) [26/06]

China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyun Gang approaches—Wrecks

267

After Paragraph 8.17 1 line 3 Insert:Clear of a dangerous wreck (reported 2005)

(34 40 6N 122 05 8E), thence:

Paragraph 8.17 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:NNE of two shallow patches in 34 43 N 121 43 E

and 34 44 N 121 32 E with depths of 20 m overthem. Two dangerous wrecks, positionsapproximate, lie 7½ and 9½ miles SSW ofW shoal patch. Thence:


NP 32

3 -- 107

China – Bohai Haixia – Laotieshan Shuidao —Traffic separation scheme; directions

290

Paragraph 9.8 5 line 1 Replace by:5 The track then leads to a position about 20 miles

SSE of Laotieshan...

302

Paragraph 9.139 1 Replace by:1 From a position about 20 miles SSE of Laotieshan

Xijiao (38 44 N 121 08 E), the route leads generallyWNW through Laotieshan Shuidao TSS, the principalchannel through Bohai Haixia, for about 25 miles to aposition in the precautionary area NNW ofBeihuangcheng Dao (38 24 N 120 54 E).

After Paragraph 9.140 Insert:Traffic regulations9.140a

1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has beenestablished in Laotieshan Shuidao as shown on thechart. A precautionary area, radius 5 miles, centred on38 36 41N 120 51 34E is situated at the NW entranceto the separation scheme.

The scheme is not IMO adopted but the Chineseauthorities advise that the principles for the use of therouteing system defined in Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)apply.

Paragraph 9.144 1--4 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 31/05 Replace by:9.144

1 From a position about 20 miles SSE of LaotieshanXijiao, the track leads WNW through LaotieshanShuidao and the TSS, passing (with positions fromLaotieshan Xijiao Light (38 44 N 121 08 E)):

SSW of the prohibited areas (9.113) extending Sfrom Laotieshan Xijiao and W from Yu Yan(25½ miles ESE). Thence:

SSW of an obstruction (11 miles S).2 The track then continues through the WNW--going

lane of the TSS (9.140a), passing:NNE of a dangerous wreck (13½ miles S) lying in

the separation area, thence:SSW of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6), thence:NNE of Beihuangcheng Dao (9.144a) (23 miles

SSW), from where a light (9.6) is exhibited,thence:

3 NNE of a dangerous wreck (12¼ miles SW)lying on the edge of the separation area.

The track continues WNW to a position in the area(15 miles WSW) (9.140a), and N of theprohibited area (9.113) centred onBeihuangcheng Dao.

(Directions continue for offshore route at 10.14and for Taiping Jiao at 10.199)


Directions for departing Bo Hai(continued from 10.14 (in reverse) and 10.199

(in reverse))9.144a

1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.140a)centred on 38 36 41N 120 51 34E the track leadsESE through Laotieshan Shuidao and the TSS, passing(with positions from Beihuangcheng Dao Light(38 23 8N 120 54 6E)):

NNE of the prohibited area (9.113) centred onBeihuangcheng Dao.

The track then continues through the ESE--goinglane of the TSS (9.140a), passing:

2 SSW of a wreck, depth 25 m (9 miles NNE),lying near the edge of the separation area,thence:

NNE of Beihuangcheng Dao, 154 m high, theN--most island of Miaodao Qundao, and fromwhere a light (9.6) is exhibited. A rock,½ m high,lies 5 cables off the NE side of BeihuangchengDao. The channel between Beihuangcheng Daoand Nanhuangcheng Dao, 99 m in height,7 cables S, has a number of rocks and shoals atboth entrances. Thence:

4 SSW of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6)(22½ miles NNE), thence:

SSW of a dangerous wreck near the edge of theseparation area (9¼ miles NE), thence:

NNE of an obstruction (12½ miles ESE).The track continues ESE to a position about

20 miles SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao Light.(Directions continue for the route SE continue at

9.8 (in reverse) and for Dalian at 10.272)


1 From a position in the precautionary area NNW ofBeihuangcheng Dao (38 24 N 120 54 E), the routeleads generally W for about 110 miles to a position Sof Caofeidian Light (38 55 N 118 30 E), thencegenerally NW for about 20 miles to a position about10 miles ESE of Dagu Light (38 56 3N 117 58 8E).


1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.140a)NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38 24 N 120 54 E), theroute leads generally W, passing:


1 From a position in the precautionary area NNW ofBeihuangcheng Dao (38 24 N 120 54 E), the routeleads generally NNE for about 100 miles to a positionW of Taiping Jiao (40 02 N 121 50 E).

Paragraph 10.199 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.140)

NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38 24 N 120 54 E) theroute leads generally NNE, passing:

NP 32

3 -- 108


1 From a position SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao (38 44 N121 08 E) the track leads ENE for about 25 miles to aposition E of Yu Yan (38 34 N 121 38 E), thence NNEfor about 20 miles to a position WSW of Yamen Zui(38 52 N 121 50 E).

331

Above Paragraph 10.272 Replace continuity by:(continued from 9.144a)

Paragraph 10.272 1 Replace by:1 From a position SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao (38 44 N

121 08 E) the track leads ENE to a position E of YuYan (38 34 N 121 38 E) (9.8), and continues generallyNNE passing:

SE of a prohibited area (9.113), thence:

Chinese Notices 23/468/06(HH. 556/420/03) [33/06]

China – Bo Hai – Laotieshan Shuidao —Wrecks

302

Paragraph 9.144 1--3 Replace by:1 From a position SE of Laotieshan Xijiao, the track

leads generally W through Laotieshan Shuidao passing,(with positions from Laotieshan Xijiao Light (38 44 N121 08 E)):

2 S of the prohibited areas (9.113) extending Sfrom Laotieshan Xijiao and W from Yu Yan(25½ miles ESE). A number of obstructions,three with explosives, lie within theprohibited areas. Thence:

Clear of an obstruction (11 miles S), thence:S of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6), thence:Clear of a dangerous wreck (13½ miles S), thence:

3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (13¾ miles SSW); awreck with a depth of 29 m over it lies1¼ miles WNW, thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (12¼ miles SW); awreck with a depth of 25 m over it lies 1½ milesfarther SSW, thence:

N of a prohibited area (9.113) (23 miles SW) centredon Beihuangcheng Dao (see below).


China – Bohai Wan — Offshore oil terminals

311

After Paragraph 10.82 3 line 2 Insert:NE of FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 113 (38 14 1N

119 08 9E) (10.85a); the pilot and anchorageareas for vessels waiting to berth lie between Nand NNE distant about 6 miles, thence:

After Paragraph 10.85 3 Insert:Bo Zhong BZ 25--1 Terminal10.85a

1 General information. Bo Zhong Offshore CrudeOil Terminal comprises FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 11moored in position 38 14 1N 119 08 9E within anarea of platforms (see also 1.15).

2 Port Authority. The port is a sub--port of TianjinXingang (10.92), the terminal operator is CNOOCChina Ltd, Bo Zhong Operating Company.Maximum size 120 000 dwt.

3 Directions. The pilot boarding area may beapproached direct from seaward keeping clear ofcharted platforms, wells and obstructions.Anchorage may be obtained about 3½ miles ESE

of the pilot boarding area in 21 m of water, and clearof a well, depth 17 5 m, 3 miles farther SE.

4 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in thevicinity of 38 20 3N 119 07 4E.Notice of ETA required. 96, 72, 48, 24 and

12 hours before arrival.Berthing during daylight, sailing 24 hours.Berth. Vessels secure to the stern of the FPSO;

maximum reported depth of 18 m at berth.5 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio

Signals Volume 6(4).


6 SSE of Oil Field QHD 32, an area of marineexploitation with offshore oil and gasproduction installations, including FPSOBohai Shiji (10.135a), centred on 39 07 N119 13 E, and passing clear of its pilot andanchorage area 5 mile SSE, thence:


Offshore oil terminal

QHD 32--6 Terminal10.135a

1 General information. QHD 32--6 Offshore CrudeOil Terminal comprises FPSO Bohai Shiji moored inposition 39 06 7N 119 12 2E, located in Oil Field32--6, 11 miles ESE of Jingtang (see also 1.15).

2 Port Authority. The port is a sub--port of TianjinXingang (10.92), the terminal operator is CNOOCChina Ltd, Bo Zhong Operating Company.Maximum size 120 000 dwt.

3 Directions. The anchorage and pilot boarding areamay be approached direct from sea, keeping clear ofan oil well 3½ miles ESE.

4 Anchorage. An area with the limits of:39 01 7N 119 13 2E,39 02 7N 119 15 7E,39 01 7N 119 16 3E,39 00 7N 119 13 9E.

5 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board within theanchorage area.Notice of ETA required. 96, 72, 48, 24 and

12 hours before arrival.6 Berthing during daylight, sailing 24 hours.

Berth. Vessels secure to the stern of the FPSO;maximum reported depth of 20 2 m at berth.

NP 32

3 -- 109

7 For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4).

CNOOC China Limited, Bo Zhong Operating Company(HH. 556/420/05) [45/05]

China – Bohai Wan — Huanghua

311Paragraph 10.83 1 Replace by:Huanghua10.83

1 General information. Huanghua (38 19 N117 52 E) is one of the largest ports in northernChina; main cargoes handled are coal, constructionmaterial and bulk cement. Ice is present for about3 months of the year extending to about 3 miles fromthe shore and up to 25 cm thick in shallow water.

2 Maximum size: LOA 225 m, beam 32 2 m,draught 8 5 m, waterline to hatch coaming 17 5 m anda reported maximum 50 000 dwt subject to permissionby the Port Authorities

Notice of ETA required: 72, 48 and 24 hoursbefore arrival.

Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels andavailable 24 hours; pilots board in anchorages 1 and 2.

Tugs are available.3 Outer Anchorages. Three anchorages lie in the

approaches, with positions from the front leading light(see below):

No 3 (29½ miles ENE), in depths of about 15 m,mud.

No 2 (22¾ miles ENE), pilot and quarantineanchorage, in depths of about 13 m.

No 1 (16 miles ENE), pilot and quarantineanchorage, in depths of about 9 m.

4 The anchorages may be approached directly fromNE; a dangerous wreck, marked close E by alight--buoy (isolated danger) lies 4 miles NE of No 0Light--buoy (port hand) (38 29 1N 118 14 1E).

5 Directions. The harbour is approached from No 0Light--buoy (port hand) on the alignment 240¼ ofleading lights, through a channel marked bylight--buoys, passing clear of an obstruction 11 milesWSW of the buoy, and thence between the breakwaterheads, marked by lights (racon on S head):

6 Front light (diamond on beacon) (38 19 3N117 52 2E).

Rear light (similar construction) (8½ cable WSW offront light).

The channel is dredged to 11 5 m but subject tosiltation and change.

Berths. Three berths, largest 280 m in length, depth14 0 m.

Chinese Notice 37/801/05; United Kingdom HydrographicOffice(HH. 556/420/05; HH. 548/820/01) [46/05]

China -- Bo Hai -- Tianjin Xingang —Anchorages; pilotage; regulations


1 The least depth in the fairway to Tianjin Xingang is10 7 m.


1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, for variousclasses of vessels, in designated anchorages, the limitsof which are shown on the chart (with positions fromDagu Light (38 56 3N 117 58 8E)):

Name Position Designation Remarks

Dagu NorthAnchorage

4 milesENE

All vessels(except thosebelow) withdraught less than10 5 m

Depths 7to 14 m

Dagu SouthAnchorage

4 milesESE

Vessels withdangerous cargo,draught over 8 m;other vessels over10 m draught.

Depths11 to16 m

DaguTankerAnchorage

1½ milesS

Tankers and bulkchemical vesselswith draught lessthan 8 m

Depths 8to 11 m

Vesselsover100 000dwt

12 milesESE

Vessels over100 000 dwt

Depths19 to22 m

2 Holding ground is very poor, and it is advisable toallow at least 5 cables clearance from all anchoredvessels. When the anchorage is iced over vessels maydrag from 5 to 10 miles in a day owing to themovement of the ice with the tidal streams.

3 Winds are liable to be strong all year round anddragging anchor is quite common. With strongoffshore winds, depths at the inshore end of theanchorages may be considerably less than charted.Prohibited anchorage. See 10.107.

Paragraph 10.105 1 Replace by:1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and

available 24 hours. The pilot boards in the appropriateanchorage (10.104). Pilots can also be provided for theBZ 24 SPM in Bo Hai (10.85). For details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

After Paragraph 10.107 1 line 2 Insert:Main channel. Only one--way traffic is permitted in

the Xingang Main Channel (10.114).

Gulf Agency Company (Hong Kong) Ltd;United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 548/518/03) [23/05]

NP 32

3 -- 110

China -- Bo Hai -- Liaodong Wan —Wreck


5 Clear of a dangerous wreck (39 13 N 120 52 E),two more dangerous wrecks lie 4 miles E and6½ miles ENE respectively; the positions ofall three wrecks are approximate, thence:


China – Yellow Sea – Dalian Xingang —Vessel Traffic Service; pilotage


1 Two VTS schemes are in operation for the controlof shipping. Dalian Wan Vessel Traffic Servicecontrols the area W of Dasanshan Dao S end Light,and Dayao Wan Port Control controls the area E ofthe light. Positions of reporting points are shown onthe chart. For details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4).

Paragraph 10.298 1 Replace by:1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours for

entering and leaving harbour, and the pilot boards inthe relevant anchorages or positions as follows:

Dalian Wan: Nos 1 and 2 Cargo Vessel and OilTanker Pilotage and quarantine anchorages, see10.297.

Dalian Xingang Tankers anchorage, see 10.297.Dayaowan: Dayaowan Anchorage and Dalian

Xingang Tanker Anchorage, see 10.297. Forvessels not anchoring, pilots board at 38 54 0N121 56 5E.

2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(4).

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; Gulf AgencyCompany (Hong Kong) Limited(HH. 548/527/03) [52/05]

China – Yellow Sea – Dandong Shuidaoapproaches —Wreck; buoyage; anchorage


14 The track then leads to a position S of the island ofDalu Dao (39 45 N 123 44 E) (10.336), from where alight (10.323) is exhibited.

The track continues NE to the vicinity of Dadongouter anchorage (39 39 N 124 04 E), keeping clear ofa dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, 5¼ miles SSWof the anchorage, and a second dangerous wreck(10.353).


1 Outer anchorage area (39 39 N 124 04 E), 1 milein diameter, centred on a buoy (special); a dangerouswreck, marked by two light--buoys (isolated danger)lies 1½ miles S of the buoy.Quarantine anchorage (39 46 N 124 10 E), depths

up to 9 m, mud; may also be used as an outeranchorage for vessels entering or departing Dadong.


Clear of a dangerous wreck (39 34 N 124 01 E),existence doubtful.

Thence the track continues to the vicinity ofDadong outer anchorage (39 39 N, 124 04 E) keepingclear of a second dangerous wreck (10.353).

Chinese Notices 12/203/06; 15/270/06( HH. 556/410/03) [24/06]

Korea – South Coast – Chin Do —Vessel traffic service and traffic routeing scheme


1 Jindo VTS is in operation in Maemul Sudo and inthe waters to E including channels between islands Sand E of Chin Do (34 27 N, 126 15 E); its use ismandatory except for certain vessels of 300 gt andless. For details, including extent of VTS area, seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).


1 Jindo VTS is in operation in this area and ismandatory, see 11.27a and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4).


1 Jindo VTS is in operation in part of this area and ismandatory, see 11.27a and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(4).


1 Jindo VTS area (11.27a) covers the approach to thetraffic routeing system (11.76), and Mokp’o PortTraffic Management Service covers the port andapproaches; their use is mandatory. For details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Paragraph 11.76 1 Replace by:1 Traffic routeing scheme has been established in

SW approaches to Mokp’o as shown on the chart. Theroutes are two way with no separation areas ornavigational marks between the traffic flows. Thescheme is not IMO adopted but the Korean authoritiesadvise that the principles for the use of the routeingsystem defined in Rule 10 of International Regulationsfor Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.

Korean Notice 32/466/06; BA Chart 3928(HH. 557/040/01) [47/06]

NP 34

3 -- 111

NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2004 Edition)

Sulu Sea -- Tabbataha Reefs —Dangerous rock; marine reserve


...4 miles wide. In 2005 the reefs were reported toextend 1½ miles seaward of their charted limits.They are enclosed within a marine reserve, theboundaries of which are shown on the chart.North Islet, a rock covered with...

Paragraph 2.20 4 line 9 Replace by:...entire length of the reef. A dangerous rock lies

6½ miles WSW of North Islet. South Islet, 2 mhigh,...

Philippine Notice 11/240/05; MV Rainbow Warrior(HH. 536/600/03) [04/06]

Sulu Sea -- San Miguel Islands --Don Juan de Austria Shoal — Rock


...and consists of a dangerous rock (reported 2005)and several shoal patches, two of which werereported in 1902 by USS Don Juan de Austria.Thence:

MV Fertilia(HH. 536/400/03) [48/05]

Cebu Harbour and approaches —Port development; depths

404After Paragraph 10.192 2 Insert:Caution. Extensive development has taken place

throughout Cebu harbour and approaches, includingland reclamation and coastline changes. A number ofdangerous wrecks are reported to exist and numerouschanges have been made to buoys and lights. Marinersare advised to consult Cebu Port Authority beforeentering harbour.



Paragraph 10.216 3 lines 3--4 Replace by:...N into the entrance channel, passing (with positions fromGapasgapas...

Paragraph 10.216 3 lines 9--10 Replace by:E of an obstruction (2 miles W), with a depth of

6 4 m over it, marked by a buoy (green can); afurther obstruction, swept to 2 2 m, lies ¾ cableNNW, and:


NW of an unmarked 1 3 m patch (6 cables NW),thence:

Phillipine ENCs PH4CBA40.000; PH5CBH40.000(HH. 552/500/06) [09/06]

Luzon, east coast -- Tabaco —Wrecks


Caution. A dangerous wreck, position approximate,lies 2½ cables E of the pierhead and a stranded wreckis charted close ENE of the same point.

Philippines Notice 5/97(T)/06(HH. 552/545/03) [30/06]

NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)

Jawa, North Coast -- Pelabuhan Surabaya —Dangerous wreck; buoy


A dangerous wreck, marked by a light--buoy (Scardinal), lies within the anchorage 6 cables NNE ofthe E end of Madura Quay (3.151). Shoals, overwhich there are depths of less than 1 m, lie N of thisanchorage; a stranded wreck lies at the SW end of theshoals.

Indonesian Notice 52/420/04(HH. 526/550/05) [17/05]

Java Sea – Madura Oil Terminal —Dangerous wreck

88Paragraph 3.165 2 line 6 Replace by:...Terminal, in position 6 47 3S 112 57 7E, and a seconddangerous wreck 2 miles farther ENE.


Madura -- Pelabuhan Kalianget — Directions


2 From S or SE vessels should pass between PulauGiligenteng and Pulau Puteran (7 05 S 114 00 E),remaining clear of Karang Gemer (7 10 S 113 56 E), acoral reef well marked by discoloration.

BA Chart 945(HH. 526/470/04) [23/06]

Nusatenggara -- Bali -- Benoa — Leading line;caution


2 On the alignment (255½ ) of the leading lights thetrack initially leads WSW, passing clear of alight--buoy (port hand) (8 45 3S 115 14 2E). WhenNo 1 Light--buoy situated 1¾ cables ENE of the frontleading light is reached, the track leads NW, thengenerally WNW, through a marked channel to theberth.

Paragraph 4.130 3 Replace by:3 Caution. An 8 1 m patch lies on the leading line¾ cable ESE of No 1 Light--buoy.

Dishidros(HH. 529/425/04) [30/06]

NP 34

3 -- 112

Pulau--pulau Marabatua —Pulau Payongpayongan Light


1 Spare


Pulau Payongpayongan Light (4 23 S 115 48 E),white iron framework structure.


Kalimantan, South Coast --Tanjung Selatan — Dangerous wreck


ENE of a dangerous wreck (4 10 0S 114 24 4E),thence:


Kalimantan -- Approach to Sungai Baritom —Depth


Clear of a shoal (3 40 7S 114 27 4E), positionapproximate (reported 2006), with a depth of10 6 m over it.

MV Melodia(SEPs 000370882; 000370850) [35/06]

Java Sea -- Tanjung Selataneast--south--eastwards — Dangerous wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (4 14 S 114 54 E),position approximate, thence:


Kalimantan, East Coast -- Teluk Balikpapan —Racon

246Paragraph 9.169 1 Including heading Replace by:Spare9.169

Indonesian Charts 157; 158(HH. 527/660/03) [28/05]

Kalimantan -- Selat Makasar --Bekapai Oilfieldsouth--westwards — Dangerous wreck


SE of a dangerous wreck (1 08 S 117 22 E), thence:

249Paragraph 9.207 1 line 6 Replace by:...the E passing S of the restricted entry area (9.200)keeping clear of a dangerous wreck (1 08 S 117 22 E).


Kalimantan, East Coast --Senipah Oil Terminal to Tanjung Pemarung —

Buoyage; development


2 Caution. Additional buoys and beacons, some ofwhich are lit, have been established in the vicinity ofthe Senipah Oil Terminal, the approaches to SenipahProcessing Complex (0 58 S 117 09 E) and theapproaches and entrance to Muara Pegah (9.213). Litoil platforms and subsea wellheads have also beenestablished. Mariners are advised to navigate withcaution and consult the local authorities for latestinformation.

Paragraph 9.213 3 line 6 Add:See also 9.210.


Kalimantan -- Muara Pegah —Directions; restricted area; anchorage

249Paragraph 9.213 1 line 5 Replace by:...initially W and then N and then NE for a distance of22 miles, passing:

Paragraph 9.213 2--3 Replace by:2 S of the lighted pipe, previously mentioned, and:

S of Peciko Oilfield Prohibited Area centred on1 04 S 117 21 E; its S limit marked by a lightbuoy (special) in position 1 10 0 S 117 19 5E.

3 The route then leads N, passing:E of the charted Senipah Tanker Anchorage (1 05 S

117 15 E). A light--buoy (safe water) has beenlaid in the N sector of the anchorage and a similarbuoy lies 2 miles W. Thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck which lies 3 miles ESEof the Senipah Oil Loading Terminal, thence:

4 W of the Peciko Oilfield Prohibited Area, its Wlimit marked by a light--buoy (special) inposition 1 03 2S 117 18 6E, to a position3¼ miles E of the Senipah Oil LoadingTerminal, between two light--buoys (lateral),where the route then turns NE.

5 Leading Lights:Front light (0 59 10S 117 20 52E)Rear light (7 cables NE)

NP 34

3 -- 113

6 The alignment (045½ ) of these lights leads to thevicinity of the charted Fairway light--buoy (0 59 6S117 20 4E), passing;

NW of the Peciko Oilfield W light buoy, thence:SE of No 7 buoy (yellow conical), thence:

7 SE of the bank which extends SE from theentrance to Muara Pegah, ½ mile W of theFairway light--buoy, its seaward limits markedby two buoys (lateral). The 10 m depthcontour extends up to 0 3 miles furtherseaward than charted. The charted dangerouswreck (0 59 7S 117 19 7E) has beenremoved.

8 Caution. The approach to Muara Pegah leadsthrough a restricted area where anchoring is prohibited.For further information see 9.14. Additionally, entry,navigation and anchorage are prohibited in the areas ofthe Peciko and Bekapai Prohibited Areas, marked bylight buoys (special). Mariners are advised to exercisecaution when navigating in this area and consult thelocal authorities for the latest information.

(Directions continue for Muara Pegah at 9.223)


2 Anchorage An anchorage area has been establishedW of the entrance channel to Muara Pegah boundedby the following positions:

0 58 87S 117 14 57E0 58 87S 117 18 54E0 59 58S 117 18 54E0 59 58S 117 14 57E

The SW and SE limits of the anchorage area aremarked by two light buoys (special).

DG SeaComm(HH. 527/680/04) [25/06]

Kalimantan, East Coast —Pelbuhan Bontang Coal Terminal

255Paragraph 9.277 Replace by:Bontang Coal Terminal9.277

1 A navigable channel, marked by light--buoys andleading lights, leads to Bontang Coal Terminal whichextends about 1 mile ENE from the vicinity ofTanjung Meranggas (0 02 N 117 31 E). The terminalwas reported (1997) to be dredged to 14 5 malongside; a light (9.254) stands near the root of theloading facility.

2 Approach to the jetty is made on the alignment(304 ) of leading lights:

Front light (white triangle, on white beacon)(0 02 4N 117 32 3E).

Rear light (white triangle, on white beacon) (1550 mWNW of the front light).

The track passes (with positions from TanjungMeranggas):

3 SW of a steep--to dangerous rocky patch(2¼ miles E), marked on its SW edge by alight--buoy (starboard hand), thence:

NE of a coral patch (2 miles E) marked at its NE endby a light--buoy (port--hand).


Kalimantan, East Coast -- Lhotuan — Anchorage


Outer anchorage. An anchorage area, radius5 cables, has been established centred on position0 08 80N 117 35 02E.


Sulawesi, South--West Coast --S approach channel to Makassar — Shoal patch

271Paragraph 10.83 1 line 2 Replace by:...119 25 E) comprises the wide channel

Paragraph 10.83 1 line 8 Replace by:...the low coastline of Sulawesi. A shoal patch with a leastdepth of 17 2 m lies 4 miles ENE of PulauDayangdayangan.


Sulawesi, South--West Coast --WSW approach channel to Makassar —Wreck


...beacon).


Sulawesi -- Teluk Bone — Depth; directions

337Paragraph 12.199 1 line 8 Replace by:...inadvisable without local knowledge, including thechannel (12.207)...

After Paragraph 12.199 2 Add:There are numerous charted and uncharted dangers

in this area. Mariners are advised to navigate withcaution.

Paragraph 12.207 2 line 2 For ESE Read W


Clear of a shoal patch, (2 58 2S 120 55 1E)position approximate, with a depth of 6 m over it,thence:



NP 34

3 -- 114

South--East Sulawesi --Pulau Dehaan (de Haan Island) — Light

364After Paragraph 13.67 3 Insert:Major light:

de Haan Island Light (white concrete beacon, 10 min height) (3 29 1S 122 29 4E).

Paragraph 13.68 3 Replace by:ENE of a reef lying 5 cables E of Pulau Dehaan (de

Haan Island) (3 29 S 122 29 E), a hilly islet fromwhich a light (13.67) is displayed, thence:

DG Sea Comm(HH. 528/675/04) [21/05]

Java Sea —Mine risk

433Left hand column After Paragraph headed “Description oflimits” Insert:JAVA SEA(Charts 3731, 1964, 945, 3029, 3726, 3017, 3011, 3012,1066)

Throughout this sea area there is a residual riskfrom mines broken from their moorings.


NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)

East Timor -- Dili — Leading lights; beacon


1 Leading lights:Front light (white triangles, points together, on metal

framework tower) (8 33 2S 125 34 7E).Rear light (about 120 m from front light).

Tanjung Laguebada Light should be approachedfrom N until reaching the alignment (132½ ) of theselights, thence the lights lead SE through the Wchannel into the harbour passing (with positions fromTanjung Laguebada):

Paragraph 2.167 3 line 3 Replace by:...detached drying reef lies...


Irian Jaya, South Coast --Approaches to Merauke — Wreck

183Paragraph 6.21 2 line 3 Replace by:...depths of about 10 m, sand and stones, noting onapproach a dangerous wreck, marked by a light--buoy (porthand), lying 4¾ miles WNW of the Fairway Light--buoy.

Indonesian Notices 33/326/05; 36/359(P)/05(HH. 531/750/04) [05/06]

NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)

Indonesia -- Selat Sunda — Platform; depth


Clear of a lit platform standing 2¾ miles NNW ofTanjung Cikoneng; thence:

58Paragraph 2.61 2 line 10 For 17 3 Read 16 2

Indonesian Chart 71A(HH. 526/775/03) [35/06]

Sumatera, South Coast -- Teluk Lampung --Panjang — Dangerous wreck; obstruction

69Paragraph 2.142 2 line 6 Replace by:...Direction Light (5 27 6S 105 18 7E) (2.141), keepingclear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate (5 28 8S105 18 5E), and an obstruction (5 28 7S 105 18 0E).

DG SeaComm; BA Chart 2965(HH. 525/500/03) [38/05]

Jawa, North Coast -- Pulau--Pulau Tidung —Wreck


S of a dangerous wreck (5 49 S 106 35 E), thence:

DG SeaCom(HH. 526/740/03) [32/05]

Sumatera, East Coast -- Pulau Saya — Light




Pulau Bangka, East Coast -- Karang Elliot —Light


2 On clearing Karang Goat, the track leads NWpassing:

SW of shoal patch (2 09 S 106 27 E), with a depthof 6 m over it, thence:

NE of Karang Lombokbarat (2 09 S 106 24 E), areef with a depth of 5 m over it.

From a position 1 mile S of Karang Fathoolbarie, adangerous patch of coral with rocks on it which lies2½ miles NNW of Karang Lombokbarat, the line ofbearing (292 ) of Karang Miang Light (2 05 S106 17 E) passes NNE of Karang Gading (2 07 S106 19 E). The track then leads W, passing N ofKarang Gading, thence S of Karang Miang (6.108).The track then continues WSW to Sungai Baturusaapproaches.

NP 37

3 -- 115


3 NW of Karang Elliot, a small drying reef, witha rock which dries lying close NW, bothcovered by the red sector (160 --280 ) ofKarang Miang Light (1¾ miles SW).

The track then leads N on the line of bearing, 190(astern), of Karang Miang Light until a position atleast 8 miles E of Tanjung Raja (1 54 S 106 11 E)(6.103) is reached, passing:

W of Karang Barat (6½ miles NNE), consisting ofstone and coral. Karang Palmer, a group of coralheads, lies 2½ miles E of Karang Barat.

146Paragraph 6.111 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:...followed until Karang Miang Light (2 05 S 106 17 E),bearing 190 , is reached, thence the track continues NNWso as to pass midway between Karang Foke (9½ milesNW), a...


Pulau Bangka, East Coast -- Sungai Baturusa —Leading lights

144Paragraph 6.93 4 line 4 Delete (284 )

Paragraph 6.97 1 line 6 For (284 ) Read (279 )

Paragraph 6.97 1 line 11 For 3½ cables Read 4½ cables

Paragraph 6.97 2 lines 2--7 Replace by:SSW of a buoy (port hand) moored 2 miles E of the

front leading light, thence:SSW of No 3 Buoy (starboard hand) moored off the

entrance to the river, 3½ cables from the frontlight.


Selat Karimata -- Karang Ontario — Rock;uncharted dangers


Mariners should navigate with caution in this area,due to the possibility of uncharted dangers (7.7).


Clear of a dangerous underwater rock (reported2006), position approximate, which lies about4 miles NNE of Karang Ontario (2 00 S108 39 E); a 12 5 m shoal (reported 1970) liesapproximately 2¾ miles NW of the underwaterrock.

MV Speedwell; UKHO(SEP 000368309) [30/06]

Kalimantan, West Coast -- Selat Karimata —Wreck


SW of a dangerous wreck (2 05 S 108 59 E),thence:

Hydropac 2017/05(HH. 527/500/03) [03/06]

Kalimantan, West Coast — Shoal depths;off--lying dangers

152Paragraph 7.27 1 lines 6--14 Replace by:...of Karang Ontario mariners should note:

Karang Flying Fish (2 13 S 108 37 E), consisting ofa number of coral patches with depths of less than2 m over them.

Karang Florence Adelaide (2 04 S 108 04 E), fromwhere a light (white beacon) is displayed.

A shoal with a charted depth of 9 6 m (reported2005), lying 5½ miles NE of Karang FlorenceAdelaide.

Two shoals with charted depths of 8 3 and 8 6 m ,lying 11 miles NE of Karang Florence Adelaide.

A shoal with a charted depth of 9 5 m, lying11½ miles NW of Karang Florence Adelaide; adangerous wreck lies 5 miles farther WNW.

Two groups of off--lying reefs (6.77), lying ininadequately surveyed areas, 70 and 125 milesWNW of Karang Ontario.

MV CSCL Felixstowe; BA Chart 1312(HH. 553/400/04) [42/05]

Singapore Strait -- Sambu approaches —Wreck


Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 4 cables W of thepilot boarding position.


NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot(2005 Edition)

Bristol Channel — Breaksea Light--float

57Paragraph 2.31 Paragraph heading, and throughoutChapters 2, 3 and 4, For Breaksea Light--float ReadBreaksea Light--buoy

101Paragraph 4.3 1 line 3 Replace by:...Light--buoy (safe water) (51 20 N 3 19 W), and is servedby pilot...

102


NP 37

3 -- 116

103


Paragraph 4.28 3 line 3 Replace by:N of Breaksea Light--buoy (9½ miles ESE) and...

Paragraph 4.28 Photograph of Breaksea Light--floatDelete

107



Trinity House Notices 50 & 53/06(SDD 2006000 384378) [47/06]

South Wales -- River Neath — Jetty; lights


Neath Harbour Commissioners(HH. 214/440/04) [50/05]

South Wales -- Nash Sands Anchorage —Foul ground

99After Paragraph 3.197 1 Add:An area of foul ground (anchor chain) has been reported(2005) centred on 51 26 8N 3 42 6W.

MV Welsh Piper(HH. 214/460/07) [48/05]

Wales -- Milford Haven — Pilotage; regulations


2 Vessels should send their ETA at least 12 hoursprior to arrival or on leaving their last port of call,whichever is the later, to Port Control stating theirpilotage requirement, or Pilotage Exemption Certificatenumber if applicable, draught, cargo, previous port ofcall and any circumstances which may affect theseaworthiness or manoeuvrability of the vessel. Anyamendment to this information should be immediately,and in any case at least 2 hours before arrival, reportedto Port Control.

Paragraph 5.73 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:Pilots board 4½ miles SSW of St Ann’s Head

Light, or as weather conditions dictate.

After Paragraph 5.75 2 Insert:Restricted visibility. Vessels of 30 000 dwt or

greater and all LPG vessels shall not enter or movewithin the Haven if visibility is less than 1 mile.

Vessels less than 30 000 dwt carrying a dangeroussubstance or polluting cargo in bulk shall not enter ormove within the Haven if visibility is less than5 cables.

Vessels greater than 20 m LOA shall not enter ormove within the Haven if visibility is less than1 cable.

Milford Haven Port Authority(HH. 214/410/21) [10/06]

Wales -- Milford Haven -- East Channel —Minimum depth


Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 23/06(HH. 214/410/21) [06/06]

Liverpool Bay —Meteorological mast


NNW of Gwynt Y Mor meteorological mast(53 28 8N 3 30 5E). There is a light--buoy(special, wave recorder) 2¼ miles W of the mast.Thence:

NPower Renewables(HH. 212/069/02) [48/05]

North Wales -- Mostyn Docks — Port entry light


4 Thence the track continues S, and thence SSE,through a buoyed channel into the turning basin.

A PEL, located ashore about 4½ cables SW of thedocks, indicates the centre line of the S leg of thebuoyed channel.

Harbour Master, Port of Mostyn(HH. 212/402/04) [48/05]

North Wales -- Mostyn Docks — Pilotage


3 Pilots board near Dee Light--buoy (53 22 0N3 18 7W) (8.42).

Harbour Master, Port of Mostyn(HH. 212/402/05) [13/06]

Barrow--in--Furness -- Ramsden Dock —Traffic signals

275Paragraph 9.108 1 including diagram Replace by:

1 Traffic signals. International Port Traffic SignalsNumbers 2 and 5 are exhibited from a mast, 15 m inheight, on the S pierhead of Ramsden Dock Basinentrance. For further details see The Mariner’sHandbook.

Associated British Ports Barrow(SEP 000374787) [35/06]

Scotland, South--West Coast -- Kirkcudbright Bay-- Little Ross — Light--beacon

295Paragraph 10.102 2 line 5 For beacon Read light--beacon

296Paragraph 10.107 1 line 2 For beacon Read light--beacon

NP 38

3 -- 117

297

Paragraph 10.112 1 lines 4 and 7 For beacon Readlight--beacon

Paragraph 10.112 2 line 1 For beacon Read light--beacon

Northern Lighthouse Board(HH. 276/420/04) [48/05]

Isle of Man -- Peel Harbour — Leading lights


1 From open water, approach to the port can be madefrom between W and NNE. If approaching from NW,Peel is not always easy to identify as mist collects inits valley; if approaching from N vessels should beaware of Craig Rock (54 16 N 4 40 W) and theunmarked wreck (position approximate) lying WSW(10.269).

2 Leading lights. The alignment (204 ) of PeelLeading Lights leads to the harbour entrance E of thebreakwater head, from where a light (white tower, 8 min height) is exhibited:

Front light (54 13 6N 4 41 7W) stands at the headof the groyne.

Rear light (on pumping station cupola) (1¼ cablesSSW of front light).


Isle of Man Government(HH. 209/420/03) [48/05]

NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)

Tsunami

1After Paragraph 1.3 4 Insert:Tsunami1.3a

1 Caution. As a result of catastrophic damage causedby the tsunami on 26 December 2004, which in thisvolume affected Sri Lanka, India and the Maldives,ports may be closed and depths, seabed topographyand buoyage not as charted. Mariners are thereforeurged to contact local authorities for the latestinformation.

2 Mariners should be aware that, at present, there isno Tsunami Warning System covering the IndianOcean.

For further details see The Mariner’s Handbook.


Pakistan — Ship Reporting System

9After Paragraph 1.54 2 Insert:Pakistan1.54a

1 Pakistan Ship Reporting System (PASREPS) is amandatory system for all vessels over 100 gt carryingdangerous or hazardous cargoes whilst transitingPakistan’s Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) (1.131), orcalling at a Pakistani port. The purpose of the systemis the prevention, reduction and control of marinepollution in waters subject to Pakistani jurisdiction.

2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 1(1).

Navarea IX 017/05(HH. 500/034/03) [13/05]

Sri Lanka -- Colombo — Anchorage


BA Chart 1587(HH. 038/200/01) [19/06]

Sri Lanka West Coast -- Negombo —Waitingarea; directions


Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:Clear of Galmaga (centred 9 miles W), a shoal area

lying nearly parallel with the coast, thence:

Paragraph 4.126 3 lines 2--4 Replace by:...2 m, lies 7¼ cables NW of the point. Thence:

BA Chart 1587(HH. 038/200/01) [19/06]

India -- Gulf of Mannºr — Dangerous wreck

171Paragraph 4.169 8 line 7 Replace by:...clump of trees bearing 258 , remaining clear of adangerous wreck, position approximate, lying N of thecharted anchorage; local knowledge is...

BA Chart 1586(HH. 038/200/01) [18/05]

NP 38

3 -- 118

India -- Tuticorin — Anchorages; pilotage


1 The following anchorages are available, the limitsof most of which are shown on the chart, withpositions from East Breakwater Head Light (8 44 8N78 13 6E):

Designation Position Remarks

Vessels lessthan 100 m inlength

1¼ miles ENE Least depth9 9 m

Vessels morethan 100 m inlength

2¼ miles E Depth 14 2 m

Tankers 3½ miles ENE Depth 15 9 m

Deep--wateranchorage

3¼ miles ENE Depths 14 2 to15 5 m

Explosivesanchorage

7½ cables E Depths about10 m

General 2¼ miles SE Depth about12 m, goodholding,mainly sandand shingle

Paragraph 4.182 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:The pilot boarding positions are 6 cables SE of

Fairway Light--buoy (8 43 ·9N 78 14 ·6E), and1½ miles ESE for vessels of 9 m draught and over.

Indian Notice 3/77/05(HH. 503/400/04) [14/05]

India -- Mangalore —Directions; dangerous wreck


NNE of a dangerous wreck (2½ miles WSW),another dangerous wreck lies 5 cables SE,thence:

NNE of a buoy (green, spherical) (1¾ miles WSW),and:

Indian Notice 7/169/05(HH. 502/500/03) [18/05]

India -- Belekeri Bay — Dangerous wreck


A dangerous wreck, marked close SE by alight--buoy (port hand), lies 1 6 miles WSW of theisland.

Indian Notice 23/466/04(HH. 502/490/03) [13/05]

India -- Jaigarh Head — Dangerous wreck


WSW of a dangerous wreck (13¾ miles NW), theposition of which is approximate. A submergedcurrent meter array (uncharted) is laid about9 cables off the...

Indian Notice 20/399/04(HH. 502/470/03) [13/05]

India -- Mumbai Harbour —Anchorages; dangerous wrecks


Dangerous wrecks lie:Within A5 Anchorage.1¾ cables NNW of J3 Anchorage.Within M2 Anchorage.

BA Chart 2624(HH. 038/200/01) [18/05]

India -- Mumbai to Dwºrka —Offshore route; dangerous wrecks


1 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie near the chartedroute, in the following positions:

19 13 N 72 25 E.19 14 N 72 31 E.

Indian Notice 7/167/05(HH. 502/460/05) [18/05]

India -- Worli Point to Tºrºpur Point —Directions; dangerous wreck


ENE of a dangerous wreck (18 miles SW), thence:

Indian Notice 7/167/05(HH. 502/460/05) [18/05]

India -- Gulf of Khambhºt -- Hºzira — New port

261After Paragraph 8.54 8 Insert:Hºzira (Sørat) Port8.54a

1 Position and function. Hºzira (Sørat) Port(21 06 N 72 37 E), not charted, is situated on the Wside of Hºzira peninsula. The harbour contains a LNGterminal.Port limits are shown on the chart.

2 Approach. The harbour is approached through theS part of Sutherland Channel (8.51).Port Authority. Hºzira Port Private Limited,

101--103, Abhijeet -- II, Mithakali Circle,Ahmedabad--380006, Gujarat, India.

Email. [email protected]

NP 38

3 -- 119

3 Controlling depth. Entrance channel dredged to12 m.

Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG Carrier of145 000 m3; length 295 m; beam 50 m; draught 11 5 m.Port operations. Only one vessel at a time is

allowed to be under way in the approach corridor.Pilot boards in position 20 57 N 72 35 E, S of

General Lighterage Area (8.54).4 Tugs are available and compulsory, four are used

for berthing. Tugs secure before LNG Carrier entersdredged entrance channel.

Traffic regulations. Anchoring is prohibited withinthe port limits.

5 Harbour, open WSW, is protected by breakwaters,from the heads of which lights are exhibited. Turningbasin, 1½ cables radius, is situated within the heads ofthe breakwaters.

Development. Bulk and/or container terminals,construction expected to commence in 2006.

Tidal streams attain a rate in excess of 4½ kn atsprings.

6 Directions:Approach corridor: 1 mile wide; situated between

Eastern Bank (8.43) and General LighterageArea.

Leading Lights. The alignment (070 ) of theleading lights, not charted, lead through the entrancechannel, 6½ cables long and 2 cables wide, towardsthe harbour entrance. The entrance channel is markedat its seaward end by one pair of buoys (lateral); it isreduced to 1½ cables wide between the breakwaterheads.

7 Anchorage within Magdalla Port limits is onlyavailable in an emergency.

Alongside berth lies on N side of harbour; depthalongside 13 m; orientated NE/SW; consists of fourbreasting and five mooring dolphins.

Other facilities. Hospitals.

Hºzira Port Information Book; ALRS Volume 6(4)(HH. 502/430/05) [40/05]

India -- Hºzira Offshore Terminal — Pilotage


Pilotage. The pilot boards 3 miles S of the SPM.Berthing at the SPM is only...

Reliance Industries Ltd(HH. 502/815/02) [14/05]

India -- Mundra — Anchorage; pilotage


2 Anchorages. Vessels awaiting a berth at NavØnºlMarine Terminal (9.106) anchor 3¼ miles SSE ofNavØnºl Point in a depth of about 30 m.

Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board 1¼ miles Sof the terminal.

Tugs are available.

Indian Notice 24/493/04(HH. 502/410/06) [13/05]

India -- Sikka Creek — Dangerous wreck


2 Outer anchorage. For tankers awaiting a berth ananchorage is centred on 22 31 ·3N 69 46 ·0E, withdepths from 14 to 20 m; a dangerous wreck, theposition of which is approximate, lies in the S of thearea. This anchorage is exposed to the SW monsoonand previous reports indicate that it may be crowded.See also 9.138.

MV Gent(HH. 502/410/06) [13/05]

India -- Approaches to Gulf of Kachchh andDelta of the Indus — Dangerous wrecks


NNE of Lushington Shoal (37 miles SSE) (9.4),thence:

NNE of a dangerous wreck (29 miles SSE), positionapproximate, thence:

Paragraph 9.227 3 line 4 Replace by:A dangerous wreck lies 1 mile NW. Thence:

BA Chart 39(HH. 038/200/01) [17/05]

Pakistan -- Port Muhammad Bin Qasim --Ahsan Channel —Wreck


3 Thence the dredged channel should be followedthrough the inner part of Ahsan Channel, passing(positions given from the front light):

NNW of a dangerous wreck (8½ cables S), thence:To B1 and B2 Light--buoys (lateral) at the S end of

Phitti Creek.

Pakistani Notice 42/161/05(HH. 500/440/04) [50/05]

Pakistan -- Approaches to Karachi --Directions —Wreck


6 S of Beauchamp Reef (10.156) (11 miles W),thence:

S of Nancowry Shoal (9 miles WSW) consisting of aseries of sand, gravel and coral ridges which lie onthe inshore part of a spit that extends 3¾ milesSW from Ras Muari, thence:

7 Clear of a dangerous wreck (10½ miles SW),position approximate, thence:

Clear of an area (10 miles SSW), positionapproximate, in which unexploded ordnanceexists. Anchoring and underwater operationsshould not be carried out in the vicinity of thisarea. Thence:

S of a dangerous wreck (6 miles SSW), thence:

Pakistani Notice 5/12/05(HH. 500/430/03) [15/06]

NP 39

3 -- 120

NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)

Tsunami

2After Paragraph 1.9 1 Insert:Caution1.9a

As a result of catastrophic damage caused by thetsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closedand depths, seabed topography and buoyage not ascharted. Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact localauthorities for latest information.


Comores -- East coast of Anjouan — Reef

74Paragraph 3.108 2 Add:Depth. A reef, existence doubtful, has been

reported (2006) in position 12 12 8S 44 46 1E.

French Notice 10/54/06(HH. 462/400/04) [17/06]

Comores -- Ile de Mayotte —Navigation restriction

75After Paragraph 3.119 3 Insert:Navigation restriction. Access to the interior of

Mayotte harbour by vessels arriving from abroad isauthorised only via Passe Mtsamboro.

Government vessels and those private vessels whichhave been ordered or authorised to carry out SARoperations by Mayotte RCC are exempt from theabove restriction.

Mayotte Prefecture, Decree No 03/AM/2006 dated 9January 2006(HH. 078/195/02) [21/06]

Comores -- Ile de Mayotte — Anchorage

79After 3.150 3 Insert:Anchorage3.150a

1 An anchorage for large vessels has been establishedcentred on 12 37 5S 45 05 6E, as shown on thechart.

French Notice 46/75/05(HH. 462/400/04) [04/06]

Madagascar -- Toamasina (Tamatave) andapproaches — Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.Requests for pilots should be sent to the PortAuthority 4 hours in advance. Pilot boards about2 miles NNE of Point Tanio.

Toamasina Port Authority(HH. 457/400/06) [21/05]

Seychelles -- Victoria and approaches —Anchorages; directions; berth


1 Anchorages outside port limits are established (withpositions relative to North East Point (4 35 S55 28 E)) as follows:

No 1, 2¼ miles NNE.No 2, 3 miles NE.No 3, 4½ miles ENE.No 4, 5½ miles ENE.

Heavy swell may be experienced but the holdingground is reported to be good.



1 Spare

Paragraph 10.230 1 line 1 Replace by:1 Thence the track passes (with positions given from

Victoria...


Paragraph 10.238 1 Replace by:1 Spare

Seychelles Government(HH. 461/420/02) [23/05]

Seychelles – Victoria and approaches —Radio masts

246Paragraph 10.225 4 lines 3--6 Delete:


Photograph caption Replace by:Port Victoria from NE

Ministry of Environment and Transport, Seychelles(HH. 461/420/04) [43/05]

Île de La Réunion -- Port Réunion —Anchorages; regulations


2 Anchorage. Vessel of 25 m LOA or longer are onlypermitted to anchor in authorised anchorage areas orregulated anchorage areas (11.49). Authorisation toanchor must be obtained from COSRU (MRCCRéunion), see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 5, in the following circumstances:

Prior to anchoring in a regulated area.By any foreign vessel which does not intend to enter

port or use port services.3 Vessels of less than 25 m in length are authorised to

anchor anywhere except in the prohibited anchorages,see 11.49a. Further details may be obtain fromCOSRU.

NP 42A

3 -- 121


1 General information. Baie de Saint--Paul (20 59 S55 16 E) provides anchorage for vessels waiting toenter Port Ouest of Port Réunion (11.39); see also11.47.

Paragraph 11.30 1--3 Replace by:1 Mooring buoy. Vessels using Port Réunion may

secure to the mooring buoy 8 cables W of Saint--PaulLight.

Landing in Baie de Saint--Paul, on a pebble beacharound the bay, is always difficult.

2 Communication. A tug is available from PortOuest for communication with shore.

255Paragraph 11.47 1--4 Replace by:Outer anchorages11.47

1 Port Ouest. The usual anchorage for vesselsawaiting entry to Port Ouest is in Baie de Saint--Paul,5 miles SW of the port entrance or 2 miles farther SWoff Cap la Houssaye, both in depths over 20 m, see11.47.

2 Temporary anchorage may be found, with priorauthorisation from the Harbour Master, in a depth of40 m, black sand, in the restricted anchorage, 3 cablesSW of the port entrance with the light on the head ofthe N breakwater (20 56 1S 55 16 9E) (11.60)bearing 045 and a mark (23 m in height) 5 cablesSSE of the head of the N breakwater, bearing 116 , asshown on the plan.


1 Port Est. Vessels awaiting entry to Port Est shouldanchor NE of the port, in Baie de la Possession(11.49) in depths of over 20 m.

Paragraph 11.49 1 Replace by:11.49

1 Authorised and regulated anchorages, see 11.14,the limits of which are shown on the chart, are asfollows (with positions from Pointe des Galets(20 55 4S 55 17 3E)):

La Possession authorised anchorage area, 5 milesENE.

Baie de Saint--Paul authorised anchorage area,6 miles SW.

Baie de Saint--Paul regulated anchorage area,5 miles SSW.

Cap la Houssaye regulated anchorage area, 8 milesSW.

After Paragraph 11.49 1 Insert:11.49a

1 Prohibited anchorages extend 1½ miles NNE ofthe Baie de Saint--Paul regulated anchorage area(11.49), and between the coast and the 50 m depthcontour from Cap la Houssaye (21 01 S 55 14 E) to apoint 7 miles SSE as shown on the chart. Forregulations see 11.14.

French Notice 49/02; French Chart 7736(HH. 078/195/02) [41/04]

Île de La Réunion -- Port Réunion —Directional light


1 Directional light (black tower) (20 56 3S55 19 5E).

The bearing (162 ) of the above light, indicates theaxis of the entrance channel and leads into the turningbasin, passing between:

The E breakwater, from the head of which a light(white tower, red top, 10 m in height) is exhibited,and:

2 The W breakwater, from the head of which alight (white tower, green top, 10 m in height)is exhibited.

French Notice 36/06; Avinav La Réunion 06--03(HH. 078/195/02) [42/06]

NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)

Index

329 to 338Index Replace by: Index provided at Annex B at the end ofthis section.


NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —Supplement 10--2001

Areas dangerous due to mines

2L 57--60 Replace by:Mines. Many minefields were laid in Japanese

Waters during the 1939--1945 war. Due to the lapse oftime, the risk to surface navigation from mines in thearea covered by this volume is now (2004) consideredto be no more than the ordinary hazards of navigation.

A small risk may still exist in some areas, close tothe coast, inside the 10 m depth contour, with regardto anchoring, fishing or any other form of underwateractivity close to the seabed. For additional informationabout mines see The Mariner’s Handbook and AnnualSummary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

249Appendix I Including existing Supplement amendmentDelete

Japan Coast Guard, Hydrographic and OceanographicDepartment(HH. 561/970/01) [10/04]

NP 42A

3 -- 122

Honshu, South Coast -- Ichie Sakisouthwestwards — Voluntary traffic separation

scheme discontinued

4R 26 Including existing Supplement amendment Delete

Area Position ParaSW of Ichie Saki (33 31 N 135 19 E) 7.8

181L 68 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:...NNW of the point.

Japan Captains’ Association(HH. 561/080/01) [35/02]

Nansei Shotë -- Okinawa Guntë -- Naha Kë—Leading lights

77L 35--L 40 Delete

Japanese Notice 12/329/05(HH. 566/420/09) [18/05]

Okinawa Shima -- Nagakusuku Wan — Pilotage

80R 28--34 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 06/02Replace by:

2.41 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory inNagakusuku Wan.

Japanese Chart W228B; Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVol. 6(4) 2001/02 (30/02)(HH. 566/420/07) [30/02]

Okinawa Guntë -- Kin Wan — Anchorages


Vessels over 150 000 grt:K1 26 24 2N 127 57 7EK2 26 23 7N 127 57 1EKE 26 25 2N 127 56 6EKW 26 25 4N 127 55 3E

Vessels between 50 000 and 150 000 grt:KS 26 23 3N 127 56 6ES1 26 22 7N 127 56 7ES2 26 22 2N 127 56 7E

Nakagusuku Maritime Safety Agency(HH. 566/800/02) [43/04]

Amami Gunto -- Yoron Shima -- Yoron Kë—Light--buoys

84L 66--70 Existing Supplement amendment After:

channel, dredged to 5 5 m, to Chabana Port. Add:The channel is marked by two light--buoys (port hand) onits NE side.


Kagoshima Wan -- Mokuzai Kë—Restricted areas; construction works

101R 14 Add:

Construction work is in progress (2002) close NEand SE of the port. Two areas to which entry isprohibited, shown on the chart and marked bylight--buoys, lie in the approaches.

Japanese Chart W214A(HH. 564/402/02) [32/02]

Yatsushiro Kai, North Part — Dangerous wreck

113R 3 Add:

A dangerous wreck lies about 4 cables ENE of AkaShima.


Kyushu, West Coast -- Approaches toNagasaki Kë— Pilot boarding place

123L 17 Existing Supplement amendment For NE Read N

Japanese Chart W197(HH. 564/422/03) [25/05]

Nagasaki Kë, Inner Part — Bridge construction

124L10 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Development. A bridge is under construction

(2005) across the entrance to the inner harbour about1½ cables NNE of Kozaki Hana.


Kyøshø,West Coast -- Matsu Shima —Submarine cables


Several submarine cables extend S and WSW fromthe SW coast of Matsu Shima, 3 submarine cables toIke Shima (2 miles SSW) and a submarine powercable to the S extremity of Nakadëri Shima (27 milesWSW). A submarine cable extends 4 cables NNWfrom Kushi Shima, the NW extremity of Matsu Shima,to a wave recorder marked by a white light--buoy.


Kakinoura Shima – Sakita Kë— Fish havens

133L 33 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:

Numerous fish havens have been established N ofthe line of Futsunoura leading lights. The innerharbour channel is marked by pairs of light--buoys(lateral).


NP 42A

3 -- 123

Sasebo approaches -- Kuro Shima southwards —Dangerous wreck

134R 14 Including existing Supplement amendment Add:

A dangerous wreck (33 07 4N 129 30 7E) liesabout 1 mile S of Kuro Shima.


Kyushu, West Coast -- Hirado Seto, North part —Odasuke Se

140L 45--49 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 37/04Replace by:

A rocky reef with a least charted depth of 9 0 m,lies near the middle of the strait 1¾ cables N ofNanryu Saki.


Kyøshø, East Coast – Tozaki Hana eastwards —Light--buoy

166After L14 Insert:

A light--buoy (special) has been moored 19 miles Eof Kinchaku Shima.


Kyøshø, East Coast – Hososhima Kë—Submarine cable

167L 28 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Traffic. In 2003 the port was used by 34 vessels

with a total of 2 106 269 dwt.A wave recorder (32 26 6N 131 43 7E) is

connected to the the shore 2½ miles W by asubmarine cable. Off the port a wave recorder ismoored in position 32 26 6N 131 41 3E.

Japanese Notice 27/7078/04; BA Chart 676(HH. 564/442/03) [33/04]

Shikoku – Muroto Saki southwards —Light--buoy

176After R61 Including existing Supplement amendmentInsert:

Spar (special) 33 08 4N 134 12 2E


Ise Wan – Irago Kë— Submerged jetty

199After L 15 Insert:

A detached submerged jetty has been constructed4½ cables SSW of the light--tower at the head of thegroyne. It lies parallel to the coast about 1 cableoffshore.


Ise Wan -- Tokoname Kë— Prohibited areas;reclamation; buoyage

199R 36 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:

Prohibited areas. Two areas, as shown on thechart, into which entry is prohibited lie SW ofTokoname Kë and are marked by light--buoys andbeacons. Ongoing extensive reclamation work is beingcarried out within the areas.

R 48--54 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:

Tokoname Kë Entrance Light--buoy (special) ismoored about 8 cables SSW of the head of the Sbreakwater. No 2 buoy (pillar, cone topmark) ismoored 5 cables SSW of the head of the S breakwaterand marks the entrance to the approach channel.

Japanese Chart W1025(HH. 563/405/06) [34/04]

Ise Wan – Nagoya Kë— Fairways

200L 51--53 Replace by:Caution. There have been changes (2004) to the

East and West Fairways at Nagoya Kë. Until chartshave been amended details must be obtained from theCaptain of the Port, Nagoya Kë.

Japanese Notice 725(P)/04(HH. 563/412/07) [32/04]

Ise Wan -- Kinuura Kë— Buoyage

205L 45--46 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:A light--buoy (starboard hand) marks the limit of shoalwater 3 cables SE of the quarantine anchorage. A secondlight--buoy (safe water) is moored W of the anchorage,about 9 cables S of the harbour entrance.

BA Charts 3649; 3650(HH. 563/416/03) [38/04]

NP 42A

3 -- 124

Ise Wan -- Kinuura Kë -- Area No 3 —Light--buoys

205R 17--36 Final line existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:...55 8E. Numerous light--buoys (special) mark theconstruction area.


Honshø, South Coast -- Omae Saki --Gozen Iwa southeastwards — Dangerous wreck

208R 61 Add:A dangerous wreck (34 34 3N 138 17 2E) lies1¾ miles SE of Gozen Iwa.

R 65--68 Replace by:Caution. Vessels approaching from W and entering

Suruga Wan (8.4) should pass well clear of Gozen Iwaand the dangerous wrecks, shown on the chart, whichlie 4 miles SSW and 1¾ miles SE of it; on no accountshould vessels attempt to pass between Gozen Iwa andOmae Saki.

Japanese Notice 33/1151(T)/02; BA Chart 953(HH. 563/401/04) [40/02]

Suruga Wan – Taganoura (Tagano Ura Kë)—Pilot boarding position

212R 33–34 Replace by:

Pilotage is available and the pilot boards from atug about 2 miles SSW of the harbour entrance.

Japanese Sailing Directions(HH. 563/424/02) [38/04]

Nanpë Shotë -- Tori Shimawest--north--westwards — Volcanic activity

246L 65 Add:

Discoloured water, and white smoke, were reported(2002) about 8½ miles and 1 mile respectively WNWof the island.

Hydropac(HH. 567/400/03) [37/02]

NP43 South andEast Coasts ofKorea, East Coastof Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)

Korea, South Coast -- Route south of Soan Kundo— Vessel Traffic Service


1 Vessels proceeding W through the TSS (2.94) S ofSoan Kundo will shortly thereafter enter the areacontrolled by Jindo VTS. For details see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Korean Notice 32/466/06(HH. 557/040/01) [47/06]

Korea, South Coast -- Kãmundo —Traffic Separation Scheme

96After Paragraph 2.124 1 Insert:Traffic separation scheme2.124a

1 A TSS has been established N of Kãmundo (2.88)for the use of vessels transiting E and W. The TSS isnot IMO--adopted.

After Paragraph 2.127 2 line 5 Add:Into the ENE--going lane of the TSS (2.124a),

thence:

Korean Notice 42/680/05(HH. 557/430/08) [52/05]

Korea, South Coast -- Sori Do —Wreck

118Paragraph 3.15 1 line 3 Replace by:...SSE of Kanyã Am from which a light...

After Paragraph 3.15 1 Insert:SSE of a dangerous wreck (19 miles WSW), thence:

Korean Chart W209(HH. 557/440/08) [49/05]

Korea, South Coast -- Inner Approach to YäsuHang and Kwangyang Hang —Traffic separation scheme


1 Main route. From a position 3 miles SSW of PaekSã (34 38 N 128 00 E) the route leads initially NNWfor 5½ miles within the inbound lane of a TSS to theNo 2 pilot boarding position, 1 mile WNW of Tae Do,thence generally NW for a farther 5½ miles to aposition about 2 miles NE of Uam (34 43 N127 48 E). The route then leads NNW, through YãsuHaeman for 7½ miles, to a position, in the entrance toKwangyang Hang, 7 cables ENE of Yãsu Oil Terminal(34 50 6N 127 46 9E).

2 Deep--water route. A deep--water route has beenestablished in the inner approaches to KwangyangHang through Yãsu Haeman.

NP 43

3 -- 125

Paragraph 3.33 1 Replace by:1 There is a least charted depth of 20 6 m along the

deep--water route through Yãsu Haeman.


1 Designated area. A designated area has beenestablished in Yãsu Haeman and its approaches, thelimits of which are shown on the chart. Vessels over200 m in length, deep--draught vessels, tugs towingand vessels carrying dangerous cargoes must report tothe VTS (3.18) at least 12 hours prior to entering thedesignated area.

2 Speed. Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes must notexceed 12 kn in the N part of the designated areabetween the latitudes of 34 45 2N and 34 50 7N;other vessels must not exceed 14 kn.

Deep--water route. Vessels which do not need touse the deep--water route through Yãsu Haemanshould remain in the inbound or outbound lane of theTSS as appropriate.

Paragraph 3.42 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:Kwangyang Hang Entrance B Light--buoy

(34 41 7N 127 53 2E).Samgi Light--beacon (34 47 9N 127 49 0E).

Paragraph 3.43 1--5 Replace by:1 From a position 3 miles SSW of Paek Sã (34 38 N

128 00 E) the track leads initially NNW within theinbound lane of the TSS, passing (with positionsrelative to Odongdo Light (34 44 6N 127 46 0E)):

ENE of A Light--buoy (safe water) (12½ miles SE)marking the S end of the separation zone, thence:

WSW of Paek Sã (13 miles SE) (3.24), from where alight is exhibited, thence:

2 Through No 1 Precautionary Area between D--1and D--2 anchorages (3.46), thence:

WSW of Tae Do (10 miles SE), from where a light(3.22) is exhibited. Tae Do is covered withbrushwood and is steep--to except off its NW side.

The track then leads NW, passing (with positionsrelative to Odongdo Light):

3 NE of a patch (6¼ miles SE), with a depth of17.1 m over it, marked by B Light--buoy(isolated danger), thence:

NE of Taedan (5¼ miles SSE), a prominent point69 m high, backed by several conical hills. A light(white octagonal concrete tower, 13 m in height)is exhibited from the point. Thence:

4 SW of the SW point (4½ miles ESE) ofNamhaedo, the SE side of which is fringedby drying rocks. No 6 Light--buoy (starboardhand) is moored S of the point. Thence:

NE of Oechido (3¼ miles SSE), which is one of thelargest islets lying in a bay on the NE side ofTolsando, thence:

5 NE of a point (2¾ miles SSE), from whereTolsando Light (white octagonal concretetower, 9 m in height) is exhibited, thence:

Between C Light--buoy (safe water) (3¾ milesESE), marking the NW end of the separationzone, and No 8 Light--buoy (starboard hand),thence:

6 The track leads into No 2 Precautionary Area to aposition about 2 miles NE of Uam (2¼ miles SE).Uam is a white rock, 4 m high, marked by alight--beacon (isolated danger); the rock is steep--to.

(Directions continue for Yãsu Hang at 3.73)


1 From the position in No 2 Precautionary Area about2 miles NE of Uam (34 43 N 127 48 E) the trackleads NNW, either through the inbound lane of theTSS, the E limits of which are marked by light--buoys(starboard hand), or through the deep--water routemarked by light--buoys (special), passing (withpositions relative to Odongdo Light (34 44 6N127 46 0E)):

2 WSW of Hodusanmal (3½ miles ENE), fromwhere Pyãngsan Light (white round concretetower, 8 m in height) is exhibited. A 125 mhigh wooded hill fronting a valley withmountains behind, thus appearing isolated,stands close inside the point. Thence:

3 ENE of Yangam (5 cables E), fronting the Eside of Odongdo. This drying reef is markedby a light--beacon (isolated danger). Thence:

WSW of Taemado (4 miles ENE), an islet 17 m highsurrounded by a fish haven; it is connected toNamhaedo by a reef on which there are somesmaller islets. Thence:

4 WSW of another larger islet (4 miles NE), 35 mhigh, thence:

ENE of Tunpyãngtan (2¾ miles N), a rock 4 4 mhigh, and:

Either side of, depending on route, Samgi (4 milesNE), a steep--to reef with three heads which dry;the highest is 3 m high. The reef is marked by alight--beacon (isolated danger) and light--buoys(cardinal), and lies within a prohibited area.Thence:

5 Through Precautionary Area No 3, thence:ENE of Paekdo (4½ miles N), a rock 22 m high, and:WSW of the E coast of Namhaedo which is fringed

with numerous fish havens, thence:The track leads through Precautionary Area No 4

and to the vicinity of No 1 Fairway Light--buoy(safe water), 7 cables ENE of Yãsu Oil Terminal(6 miles N). Lights (yellow metal towers, 7 m inheight) are exhibited from the N and S ends of theterminal berth.

Korean Notices 42/679(P)/05; 48/794--796/05(HH. 557/440/08) [03/06]

Korea, South Coast -- Kwangyang Hang —Vertical clearance


Korean Notice 40/633/05(HH. 557/444/09) [46/05]

NP 43

3 -- 126

Korea, South Coast -- Chinju Man andapproaches -- Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearance

134Paragraph 3.150 5 line 7 For 37 m Read 34 m

Korean Chart W209(HH. 557/440/08) [49/05]

Korea, South Coast -- Kadãk Sudo —Racon; buoyage


Ho Do (35 01 N 128 47 E).

Paragraph 3.261 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:1 From a position about 2 miles S of Tongdu Mal

(34 59 N 128 50 E) the track leads NNW through theappropriate traffic lane, marked by light--buoys (lateraland safe water), passing (with positions relative toTongdu Mal):

Korean Notices 35/550/05; 43/697/05(HH. 557/450/07) [52/05]

Korea, South Coast -- Approach to Masan Hangand Pusan New Port — Leading lights; bridge

construction

151AfterParagraph 3.260 1 line 2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 52/05 Add:

Light--buoy (safe water) (34 58 0N 128 48 8E)

Paragraph 3.261 1 lines 1--4 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 52/05 Replace by:

1 Leading lights:Front light (square metal pipe, 100 m in height)

(35 04 7N 128 46 1E).Rear light (similar structure, 42 m in height)

(1 2 miles NNW of front light).From a position E of a light--buoy (safe water)

(34 58 N 128 49 E), the alignment (338½ ) of theabove lights leads NNW through the appropriate trafficlane, marked by light--buoys (lateral and safe water),to the pilot boarding position for Pusan New Port andNo 1 pilot boarding position for Masan Hang, passing(with positions relative to Tongdu Mal):

Paragraph 3.261 4 lines 6--7 Replace by:WSW of Chãnsutae Mal (2½ miles NNW), the S

entrance point of Chãnsãng Man (3.268). Abridge, extending across Kadãk Sudo fromTaejug Do to Chãnsutae Mal, is underconstruction (2005 for 5 years). Light--buoysmark the channels through Kadãk Sudo and E ofJeo Do (4¾ miles WSW).

Paragraph 3.261 5--6 Replace by:5 Vessels bound for Pusan New Port continue NNW

to enter No 5 Fairway, marked by buoys, passing SWof a detached breakwater (4 miles NNW), from theheads of which lights (rectangular metal towers, 4 m inheight) are exhibited.

6 Vessels bound for Masan Hang and other ports Wand NW round No C Light--buoy (safe--water) (3 milesNW) and continue a short distance NW to No 1 pilotboarding position. The vicinity of this buoy is aPrecautionary Area.

Korean Notices 24/306/06, 16/249/05, 33/516/05(HH. 557/450/07 &08) [45/06]

Korea, East Coast -- Ulsan Man —Racon; directions


Ulsan Hang SBM B (35 26 3N 129 23 6E).



Ulsan Hang SBM B (35 26 3N 129 23 6E).


1 From a position about 8 miles SE of Hwaam Ch’u(35 28 N 129 24 E) the track leads initially WNW for5¼ miles to the No 1 pilot boarding point (35 24 3N129 25 2E) at the beginning of the entrance fairway.Then the track leads NNW through the fairway,passing (with positions relative to Hwaam Ch’u):

2 WSW of the E3 anchorage area (3½ miles SSE),and:

ENE of SBM E (special) (3¾ miles SSW) and SBMD (white light--buoy, blue stripe) (3¼ milesSSW), thence:

WSW of the E2 anchorage area (2 miles SSE),thence:

3 ENE of SBM C (white light--buoy, blue band)(2¾ miles SSW) and SBM B (whitelight--buoy, blue band) (2¼ miles SSW),thence:

ENE of the entrance to Fairway III (temporarylimits) (1¾ miles S), which leads NW into OnsanHang, and:

(Directions for Onsan Hang are given at 4.55)4 WSW of an obstruction (1½ miles S) lying in

the SW corner of the E1 anchorage area,thence:

ENE of a lit mooring--buoy (special) (1¼ miles SW),thence:

Paragraph 4.55 1--3 Replace by:1 For vessels bound for the berths in Onsan Hang

follow the directions (4.54) from seaward to UlsanHang until a position is reached 1¾ miles S of HwaamCh’u (35 28 N 129 24 E), within the entrance fairway.The track then leads NW, WSW and NW throughFairway III (temporary limits), passing (with positionsrelative to Onsan Hang N breakwater light (35 27 1N129 22 4E)):

NP 44

3 -- 127

2 NE of SBM B (1¼ miles SE) (4.54), thence:N of the head of S breakwater extension (5 cables

SE); a light (white round metal tower, 9 m inheight) is exhibited from the head and anotherlight (white round concrete tower, 17 m in height)is exhibited from the N elbow. Thence:

3 Close SW of the head of the N breakwater fromwhich a light (red round concrete tower, 10 min height) is exhibited.


Ulsan Hang SBM B (35 26 3N 129 23 6E)

Korean Notices 30/118/05; 43/695/05(HH. 557/466/10) [48/05]

Ulsan Hang -- Outer Anchorages —Wreck


...30 000 grt. An obstruction, reported in 1998,lies in this anchorage in position 35 26 1N129 25 8E; a prohibited anchorage area with aradius of 500 m surrounds it. A wreck, with acharted depth of 56 m, lies 6 cables ENE of theobstruction.

Korean Notice 30/425/06(HH.557/466/10) [35/06]

Sea of Okhotsk -- Ostrov Sakhalin E Coast --Pil’tun — Offshore platform


ENE of Mys Pil’tun (32 miles N), thence:ENE of offshore platform PA--B (39 miles NNE).

Russian Chart 62175, Russian Notice 34--4813--06(SEP 000377049) [37/06]

NP44Malacca Strait andWestCoast of SumateraPilot (2006 Edition)

Malacca Straits -- Permatang Panjang —Light, buoy, wreck


1 Between the precautionary area close E of GosongRaleigh (2 07 N 101 53 E) and about 52 miles ESE inthe vicinity of 1 38 N 102 46 E, NW of PermatangPanjang, depths in the SE--going traffic lane aregreater than 30 m. South--east of this position depthson the NE side of the traffic lane are generally greaterthan 30 m, except for two isolated patches of 29 mand a wreck, swept depth 25 5 m, 4 miles W ofMudah Selatan Light. South--west of Mudah SelatanLight there is a controlling depth of 27 m.

Paragraph 2.109 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:1 37 9N 102 43 5E (13½ miles W of Mudah Utara

Light--tower).



4 NNE of a light--buoy (isolated danger) (1 36 N102 47 E) moored close N of an obstructionat the NW extremity of Permatang Panjang(Long Bank).




Paragraph 4.346 1--3 Replace by:1 Alternative routes pass either NE and SW of

Permatang Panjang.North--east of Permatang Panjang. From a

position NE of Tanjung Parit the track continues Ethen ESE, passing (with positions from Mudah UtaraLight (1 37 N 102 57 E):

Clear of a dangerous wreck (20 miles WSW),position approximate, thence:

N or S of a light--buoy (isolated danger) (10½ milesWSW) marking an obstruction (2.112).

2 The track continues ESE passing NNE ofPermatang Panjang (Long Bank) (9 miles S) (2.112)into deeper water, and then into the through route(2.112) to a position SW of Mudah SelatanLight--tower (2.110), or:

3 South--west of Permatang Panjang. From aposition NE of Tanjung Parit the track continues SEoff the N coast of Pulau Rangsang passing (withpositions from Mudah Utara Light (1 37 N 102 57 E):

Clear of a dangerous wreck (20 miles WSW),position approximate, thence:

SW of Permatang Panjang (9 miles S), where thereare numerous similar shoals extending to thecoastal banks off Pulau Rangsang.


Malaysian Notice 3/57/06; Pensinsula Malaysia Notice50/05; Indonesian Chart 12(HH. 520/650/07) [30/06]

Malacca Strait -- Water Islands south--westwards—Wreck, buoyage


SW of a wreck, depth 4 2 m (8½ miles ENE), lyingin the NE side of the traffic lane, and marked byfour light--buoys (cardinal).


NNE of a wreck, depth 4 2 m (10½ miles SW)(2.112), thence:

Navarea XI 0127/06; Pensinsula Malaysia Notice 23T/06(HH. 520/650/07) [30/06]

NP 44

3 -- 128

Sumatera -- Belawan approaches —Lights; buoyage




Paragraph 4.121 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:E of No 3 Light--buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables N),

thence:


1 After passing No 11 Light--buoy the track leads SWtowards Ocean Quay, passing (with positions fromPertamina Jetty NE Light (3 47 5N 98 42 5E)).

NW of Container Wharf (3 cables NE) (4.140),thence:

NW of Pertamina Jetty (4.140) from where lights(4.125) are exhibited, and:

2 SE of Tanjung Belawan (3½ cables NNW),thence:

As required for the vessel’s berth.It is reported that the channel leading lights (4.121

to 4.123) are well sited and easy to use.

DG SeaComm(SEP 000368055) [39/06]

Singapore Strait -- Singapore — Anchorages


2 The maximum stay in these anchorages is 24 hoursfor bunkering or 8 hours for storing and crew change.The schemes are only applicable to vessels over20 000 gt and do not apply to LPG and LNG vessels;vessels must not work cargo. Only one vessel isallowed in each alphabetically designated sector.Vessels proceeding to the designated anchorages areexempt from compulsory pilotage, see 8.61.Anchorages will be designated by the VTIS, see 8.42.


6 Eastern Bunkering Anchorage A (AEBA)**:Centred on 1 18 0N 104 04 2E. Consisting of

eight sectors. Vessels taking bunkers under the“special bunkering anchorage scheme”, andvessels with prior permission of Port Master.Vessels of over 50 000 gt only use sectors E, Fand G. Depths 16 to 32 m.

7 Eastern Bunkering Anchorage B (AEBB)* **:Centred on 1 17 2N 104 00 0E. Consisting of six

sectors. Vessels taking bunkers under the “specialbunkering anchorage scheme”, and vessels withprior permission of Port Master. Vessels of over50 000 gt only use sectors M, N and P. Depths 29to 40 m; a height restriction of 49 m applies in thisanchorage, see 8.27.

8 Eastern Bunkering Anchorage C (AEBC):Centred on 1 16 4N 103 57 0E. Consisting of two

sectors. Vessels of over 50 000 gt taking bunkersunder the “special bunkering anchoragescheme”, and vessels with prior permission ofPort Master. Depths 32 to 51 m.

Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore, Port MarineCircular 3/06(HH. 521/004/2006) [30/06]

Singapore Strait -- Singapore -- Marina Bay andKallang Basin — Closure to traffic


1 Vessels using Corridor, and bound for an anchoragewithin Eastern Anchorage should contact PortOperations Control (East) concerning trafficmovements. See also 8.69.

Paragraph 8.284 2 lines 4--6 and continuity legend Delete

Paragraph 8.285 Replace by:General description8.285

1 Marina Bay (1 17 N 103 51 E) and Kallang Basin(1 18 N 103 52 E) have been closed to marine trafficand a barrage is under construction across the mouthof Marina Channel to create Marina Reservoir. Theentrance is marked on the NE side by South KallangLight (green triangle, point up, on green pile)(1 16 8N 103 52 6E).

2 These waters no longer form part of the port limits,and vessels wishing to enter Marina Reservoir shouldcontact the Public Utilities Board. For furtherinformation see www.pub.gov.sg/MarinaBarrage.

Paragraph 8.286 heading Replace by:Marina South8.286

1 A harbour (1 16 2N 103 52 0E) lies on SE side ofMarina South, which with Marina East are areas ofextensive reclaimed land with marina villages andparkland; the harbour is formed by three breakwaterswhich extends SE from the Marina South shore, thenNE and NW; the breakwaters are marked by lights.

274--275Paragraphs 8.287 to 8.297 Including headings Replace by:Spare8.287 to 8.297

Maritime and Port Authority of SingaporeDBNMs 22--23/06; Port Marine Notice 89/06(HH. 521/405/09; HH. 521/010/2006) [32/06]

NP 45

3 -- 129

NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I(2005 Edition)

Spain -- Fondeadero de la Sabinilla — Anchorage



Spain, south coast -- Cabo de Gata —Traffic Separation Scheme


1 A TSS has been established off Cabo de Gata at adistance between 16 and 23 miles off the coast, asshown on...

100Paragraph 2.138 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:...head of Dique de Poniente, the track leads SSE forabout 29 miles, passing (with positions given fromPunta del Río...

101Paragraph 2.138 5 line 8 Replace by:...traffic lane of the TSS (2.75) about 22 miles S of Cabode...

103Paragraph 2.163 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:...(2.170), to continue NE for a total of about105 miles, to a position SE of Cabo de Palos (2.273).

Paragraph 2.170 1 line 3 Replace by:...leads generally NE for about 33 miles, passing(with...

Spanish Notice 23/262/06(SDD 20060000 372260) [46/06]

Spain -- Barcelona —Anchorages; landfall light--buoys


1 Anchorage Area (East) is a designated area lyingE of the port, as shown on the charts.

Anchorage Area (South) is a designated area lyingS of the port, as shown on the charts.



Paragraph 3.225 1 Replace by:1 Sierra Light--buoy (safe water, racon) (41 17 3N

2 11 5E) marks the S end of the S traffic route.Light--buoy, North (safe water, racon) (41 20 0N

2 13 0E) marks the SE end of the N traffic route.

Paragraph 3.232 1 Including heading Replace by:Other aids to navigation3.232

1 Racons:Sierra Light--buoy (41 17 3N 2 11 5E) (3.225).Light--buoy, North (41 20 0N 2 13 0E) (3.225).

BA Chart 1180(HH. 045/200/01) [01/02/06]

Spain -- Barcelona — Directions


ENE of Sierra Light--buoy (safe water) (1¾ milesSSE) (3.225), thence:

Through the inbound leg of the two--way routeestablished between anchorage areas E and S,thence:

MV Oceana(HH. 361/630/05) [44/05]

Spain -- Barcelona — Landfall light--buoy;pilot boarding position

158Paragraph 3.225 1 lines 1--2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 01/06 For (41 17 3N 2 11 5E) Read(41 16 9N 2 10 9E)

Paragraph 3.226 1 lines 3--7 Replace by:The pilot boarding position (41 17 7N 2 10 8E)

for S entrance is about 1¼ miles S from the head ofDique del Este in the in--bound traffic lane. See also1.21.

Paragraph 3.232 1 line 2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 01/06 Replace by:

Sierra Light--buoy (41 16 9N 2 10 9E) (3.225).


ENE of Sierra Light--buoy (safe water) (2 miles S)(3.225); thence:

Through the inbound leg of the two--way routeestablished between anchorage areas E and S, thence:

Spanish Notice 33/349(P)/06(SDD 20060000 377424) [45/06]

Algeria -- Port d’Arzew — Anchorage;prohibited and restricted areas


1 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage andfishing area extends SE from a position N of the headof Jetée Abri (35 51 6N 0 17 5W) to a position E ofthe two SPMs moored about 2 miles E of the detachedbreakwater.Restricted areas. Circular restricted areas, radius

480 m, are centred on the two SPMs.

NP 45

3 -- 130


1 Anchorage for Arzew Harbour andArzew--el--Djédid can be obtained in a depth of about60 to 77 m in an area 2½ miles NNE of the detachedbreakwater. Junction light--buoy (safe water) marks theSW corner of the area. Caution. A wreck lies2¼ cables E of the charted anchorage.

MV Atlantic Liberty; BA Chart 838(SEP 000372156) [42/06]

Alger (Algiers) — Dangerous wreck

263After Paragraph 6.148 1 line 2 Insert:Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in Anchorage

Area No 2 in approximate position 36 45 7N3 07 3E.

Hydrolant 729/06(HH. 408/460/04) [21/06]

Algeria -- Skikda and Port Méthanier —Anchorage; leading lights


2 Other vessels can obtain anchorage in the vicinityof 36 55 4N 6 55 5E, as shown on the chart.

280Paragraph 6.274 2 DeleteParagraph 6.274 3 lines 1--2 Delete

French Notice 25/29/06(HH. 408/490/35) [33/06]

Tunisia -- Sfax — Dangerous wreck


SSE of two dangerous wrecks, positionsapproximate, 23½ and 25 miles SW, thence:

Navarea III 262/06(SEP 000375658) [40/06]

Italy -- Trapani — Traffic Separation Scheme;anchorage; directions

361Paragraph 9.68 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:...and entered between Molo della Colombia and adetached breakwater 315 m long.

Paragraph 9.68 3-- 4 Delete

Paragraph 9.70 2 line 5 Add:A5 (3 miles ENE).

Caution. An uncharted wreck lies 3¼ cables ESEof the centre of anchorage area A5.

362

Paragraph 9.70 7 lines 2--4 Replace by:...and is available from 0700 to sunset. Pilot boards4 cables W of the harbour entrance, in the vicinity ofA5 anchorage, as shown on the chart. See also 1.21.

Paragraph 9.71 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:...E/W and entered from S between the heads of Molodella Colombaia (38 00 3N 12 29 8E) and a detachedbreakwater (1½ cables E).

Paragraph 9.71 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:3 Development. Quays are being constructed on the

W side of Molo del Ronciglio (2005).

Paragraph 9.73 1--2 Replace by:1 Pilot boarding position to the harbour entrance.

From the pilot boarding position, 4 cables W of theharbour entrance, the track leads:

N of an uncharted wreck (38 00 07N 12 29 65E),thence (with positions given from TorreColombaia (38 00 8N 12 29 8E (9.71)):

2 S of the head of Molo della Colombaia (5 cablesS), a breakwater extending about 5 cablesSSE of the E end of Isolotto Colombaia; thehead of the breakwater should be given aberth of at least 50 m. A light is exhibitedfrom its head. Thence:

W of a detached breakwater 315 m long with a lightat its W end.

Italian Notice 21.14/06(SDD 2006000 399079) [49/06]

Italy (Sicilia) -- Porto di Milazzo— Anchorage; pilotage

395


After Paragraph 10.151 2 line 5 Add:Anchoring is also prohibited within ¾ cable ESE of

the harbour entrance.

Paragraph 10.152 1 line 4For 1¾ miles NNERead 5 cablesNE

Italian Notice 17.26/06(SEP 000382112) [41/06]

Italy -- Porto di Corigliano Calabro — Anchorage


A1 (39 51 5N 16 34 5E);

Italian Notice 11.7--31--V 2006(SEP 0000373361) [33/06]

NP 46

3 -- 131

NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II(2004 Edition)

France -- Gulf of Lions --Approaches to Sète — Pilotage

69Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...vessel entering the port will board 2 7 miles SE of ÉpiDellon E Head Light (2.90); see...

French Notice 5/26/06(HH. 354/470/03) [11/06]

France -- Gulf of Lions -- Approaches to Sète —Buoy


1 Approach. From a position about 12 miles SE ofÉpi Dellon E Head Light (2.90) the track leads NW,passing a light--buoy (pillar, safe water) (43 18 6N3 50 1E), to a position 5 miles SE of Passe de l’Est(43 24 N 3 44 E).

French Notice 23/47/05(HH. 354/470/03) [30/05]

France -- Golfe d’Aigues--Mortes --Palavas--les--Flots — Outfall

72After Paragraph 2.116 1 Insert:Outfall2.116a

1 An outfall extends 5¾ miles SSE from a position9 cables SW of Palavas--les--Flots Water Tower(2.121); its seaward end is marked by a light--buoy(special).

French Chart 7008(HH. 354/500/03) [07/05]

France -- Baie de Sanary; Baie de la Ciotat —Hazards

94Paragraph 2.331 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes collecting

sea--water to fight forest fires operate in Baie deSanary (43 06 N 5 48 E) and Baie de la Ciotat(43 10 N 5 38 E).

2 Mine--laying practice area lies in the approachesto Baie de Sanary as shown on the chart. Anchoringand fishing should be avoided in this area.

Former mined area (43 06 N 5 46 E) also lies inthe approaches to Baie de Sanary. Anchoring andfishing should be avoided in this area.

French Chart 7406(HH. 354/640/03) [36/04]

France -- La Ciotat -- Bassin des Capucinsapproaches — Submarine outfall


Attention is drawn to a submarine outfall pipe(2.349).

97

After Paragraph 2.349 1 Insert:2 A submarine outfall pipe extends about 2½ cables

SE from a position on shore between Bassin desCapucins and Port des Capucins, as shown on thechart. The outfall, which lies across the track ofvessels entering or leaving Bassin des Capucins, ismarked by buoys (special).

French Chart 6612(HH. 354/630/03) [31/04]

France -- Baie de la Ciotat -- Baie des Lecques —Outfall


An outfall extends about 6 cables SW from theshore at the S extremity of Baie des Lecques.Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity ofthe outfall, as shown on the chart.

BA Chart 2164(HH. 354/640/03) [37/04]

France -- Rade D’Hyères — Prohibited area

109Paragraph 3.14 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:...Hyères (43 05 N 6 10 E). Entry is prohibited into an area1000 m in diameter centred on a mooring buoy in position43 05 1N 6 16 8E. The areas are marked on the chart.

French Notice 25/21/04(HH.354/690/03) [31/04]

France -- Rade de Cannes — Restricted area


Restricted area. A restricted area, in whichanchoring is prohibited, has been established to the Sand SE of the entrance to Port de Cannes and ismarked on the chart.

French Notice 25/23/04(HH. 354/740/04) [31/04]

France -- Baie de Roquebrune — Restricted area


3 A restricted area marked by a yellow buoy(special), in which diving, anchoring, dredging andfishing are prohibited, lies in Baie de Roquebruneclose SW of the anchorage (3.170), as shown on thechart.

French Notice 6/17/05(HH. 354/770/03) [16/05]

NP 46

3 -- 132

Principality of Monaco -- Port de Monaco —Breakwaters; prohibited anchorages


3 Two breakwaters have been established (2004) E ofthe original harbour entrance. The breakwaters extendthe harbour, providing an outer basin and protectionfrom the E.

The outer basin is contained within the Nbreakwater, which extends ¾ cable SSE from PointeFocinane and the S floating breakwater, which extends2 cables NE from Pointe Saint--Antoine. A light (greenpylon) is exhibited from the N breakwater head, afurther light (red pylon) is exhibited from the Sbreakwater head.

Paragraph 3.180.1 lines 5--7 Replace by:Anchorage. A prohibited anchorage area, shown on

the chart, encloses the approaches to Port de Monacoharbour entrance and contains the pattern of anchormoorings securing the floating breakwater. A furtherprohibited anchorage area encloses Port de Fontvieilleharbour approaches (3.183) and contains three outfallsextending SE from the shore either side of the harbourentrance, as shown on the chart.

BA Chart 149(HH. 046/200/01) [33/04]

Italy -- Capo Mortola southwestwards --Roche Fontana — Prohibited area

140After Paragraph 4.12 Insert:Prohibited area4.12a

1 A restricted area into which entry is prohibited hasbeen established close to Roche Fontana Light--buoy(4.15) and is marked by red floats laid in thefollowing positions:

43 46 583N 7 32 846E43 46 581N 7 32 883E43 46 554N 7 32 881E43 46 556N 7 32 844E.

Italian Notice 5.30/04(HH. 369/400/03) [31/04]

Italy -- Imperia — Anchorages; restricted areas


Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained atdesignated berths in depths of 12 to 24 m, as shownon the chart. Anchorage A lies 9 cables ENE;Anchorage B lies 1 mile S and Anchorage C lies4 cables SW of Bacino di Ponente S breakwater head.

Restricted areas have been established at theanchorages, with radius extending 500 m from thecentre of each.

Mariners should note that these anchorages areexposed to the S and be prepared to leave immediatelyif S winds are forecast.


Italy -- San Remo — Restricted area


Restricted area. A fish haven lies about 1 3 milesSW from Molo Sud Head Light, as shown on thechart. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within thisarea.

Italian Notice 4/17/05(HH. 369/410/03) [16/05]

Italy -- Imperia -- Diano Marina —Anchorage; outfall; wreck


A second anchorage (43 54 8N 8 06 3E), shownon the chart, lies about 8 cables ENE of DianoMarina. Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck lyingabout 2½ cables NNE of this anchorage, and to asubmarine outfall, shown on the chart, close ENE ofthe anchorage.

Italian Notice 6.4/04; BA Chart 351(HH. 369/799/03) [31/04]

Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Diano Marina —Outfall; restricted area

145After Paragraph 4.38 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week31/04 Add:

A second outfall extends SE from the shore about5 cables NE of the anchorage. A restricted area hasbeen established (2004) within 100 m of this outfall.


Italy -- Vado Ligure —Wreck

150After Paragraph 4.75 1 line 3 Insert:Caution. A wreck with 12 6 m over it lies close W

of Molo di Sopraflutto, 1½ cables S of Molo diSopraflutto Head Light.


Italy -- Vado Ligure —Wreck


Caution. A wreck lies close to the SE corner of thedesignated tanker anchorage in position 067 , 1 1 milesfrom Molo di Sopraflutto Head Light.


NP 46

3 -- 133

Italy -- Approaches to Savona and Vado —Anchorage berths


4 Outer anchorage berths. Two deep--wateranchorage berths lie about 1½--2 miles SSE of Savona,as shown on the chart.


Italy -- Genova — Pilot boarding positions

155Paragraph 4.119 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...a day. Pilot boarding positions are as follows (withreference to the relevant entrance):

Accesso di Levante — 1 mile SSE;Accesso di Multedo -- Porto Petroli — 2 miles SW;Accesso di Voltri--Pra — 1 mile SW.


Italy -- Genova -- Porto Petroli — Wreck

157After Paragraph 4.126.6 line 5 Add:

A dangerous wreck, position approximate, liesabout ½ mile NW of Diga Aeroporto W Light.


Italy -- Golfo Tigullio — Anchorages;restricted areas; unexploded ordnance

161Paragraph 4.154 1 lines 6--9 Replace by:...close N of the anchorage. Anchoring and fishing areprohibited within 150 m radius of the wreck lying 2 cablesESE of Punta del Pedale, and within 200 m of the outfall, asshown on the chart. A convent (long white building)standing close to Punta Della Cevara (44 18 7N 9 12 9E)is a good landmark. Scogli La Sedia, a remarkable rock,stands close off the headland.

Paragraph 4.155 3 Replace by:3 Anchorage can be obtained in depths of about

15 m, weed and sand, moderate holding ground, about1 cable NE of the mole head. Anchorage may also beobtained about 4 cables ESE of the mole head inAnchorage B and about 7 cables NE of the mole headin Anchorage C for Rapallo, as shown on the chart.Anchorage here is more sheltered than off Rapallo(4.164).

Caution. Anchoring and fishing are prohibitedwithin 150 m of the two charted wrecks lying 3 and6 cables SE of the mole head light exhibited from theS entrance to Santa Margherita Bay.

Paragraph 4.156 1--2 Replace by:Zoagli4.156

1 General Information. Zoagli (44 20 1N 9 16 0E)is a village stretched along the rocky shores of a coveclose NW of Punta Stella (44 20 0N 9 16 1E).Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within 100 m ofan outfall extending 3 cables SSW from the coast atZoagli, as shown on the chart.

2 A railway viaduct with seven arches crossingTorrente Stella at the head of the cove, and the belfryof Semorile 1 mile NNE, are useful marks. There is ashort, steep gravel beach at the head of the cove witha landing place at its W end.

162Paragraph 4.163 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:...troublesome swell in the harbour.

Anchorage A has been established about 8 cablesNE of the harbour. Mariners should note the twowrecks lying within the limits of the anchorage.Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within 150 m ofthese wrecks as shown on the chart. Two submarinepipelines should also be noted; one, a sewer outfall,extending SE across the approach channel, the otherfollowing the coastline into Seno di Paraggi(44 18 5N 9 12 7E). A wreck lies close N of theapproach channel.Caution. Unexploded ordnance is reported (2004)

to exist about 1½ cables S of Punta Portofino Light(4.150). Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within100 m radius of approximate position 44 17 8N9 13 1E.

Paragraph 4.164 3 Lines 6--8 Replace by:...from the harbour, both are shown on the chart. Anchoringand fishing are prohibited within 2½ cables of the outfall.

Italian Notices 22/04; 23.2/04; 23.27/04; BA Chart 351(HH. 369/480/05) [05/05]

Italy, West Coast – Marina di Carrara —Directional light

177Paragraph 5.19 1 lines 1–5 Replace by:

1 From a position SE of the entrance the track leads318 between the breakwaters, with a direction light(post, 26 m in height) standing on Banchina Chiesaahead. Vessels should pass at least 60 m off the headof Molo di Levante to avoid underwater obstructions.


NP 46

3 -- 134

Italy -- Vada — Obstructions


To the SE of Punta Castiglioncello the coast isfronted by a bank, with depths of less than 11 m overit, which extends up to 5 miles offshore and on whichlie rocky patches, obstructions and dangerous wrecks.Depths may be up to 1 5 m less than charted due tothe obstructions which have been laid to discourageillegal trawl fishing. See chart. Secche di Vada(43 19 2N 10 21 7E) lies approximately 1 mile fromthe W extremity of the bank. The bank is a particulardanger to small vessels attempting to gain shelter fromstrong NE winds by running close to the coast.

BA Charts 131; 1998(HH. 046/200/01) [07/05]

Italy -- Castiglioncello — Restricted area


...industrial plant on its S side. A restricted area liesclose offshore at Rosignano Solvay, as shown onthe chart. Thence:

WSW of Secche di Vada Light, thence:To a position WSW of Fiume Cecina (5¾ miles

ESE).

Italian Chart 121(HH. 369/520/03) [06/05]

France -- Corse, west coast —Wrecks

200Paragraph 6.99 2 line 4 Add: Dangerous wrecks (positionapproximate) lie at the seaward end of the reef.

French Notice 21/21/06(HH. 355/410/03) [28/06]

Corse -- Golfe d’Ajaccio — Buoys


3 Mariners should note two light--buoys (special)established 3 3 miles SSW and 8 5 miles SW of Puntade la Parata; and a light--buoy (special) established5 miles WSW of Cap Muro.

French Notice 17/36/05(HH. 355/420/03) [23/05]

Corse, South Coast — Pilot boarding positions

206Paragraph 6.148 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:...Ajaccio, and board 2 miles W of the harbour entrance. Inbad weather pilots will board off the harbour entrance.

213Paragraph 6.199 1 lines 9--10 Replace by:...(Cap Pertusato). Pilots are provided from Ajaccio, andboard ½ mile S of Pointe de la Madonetta Light. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details.

225Paragraph 7.68 2 line 4 Replace by:...9 25 0E. Pilots are provided from Ajaccio, and board1 mile NE of Punta di a Chappia.

Ajaccio Pilots(HH. 355/420/03) [13/05]

Corse -- Passage de Piantarella -- Île Piana —Dangerous wreck


E of Île Piana (5 cables SW), low and flat, and clearof a dangerous wreck, (41 22 3N 9 14 1E)(5 cables SSW), position approximate, thence:

French Notice 40/35/05(HH. 355/460/03) [50/05]

Corse -- Golfe de Porto--Vecchio —Traffic separation scheme


3 Approach and entry. The port is approached viathe Approach Channel TSS as shown on the chart,and...

Paragraph 7.68 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:...must approach the port through the Approach ChannelTSS, as shown on the chart, maintaining VHF contact withLa Chiappa Signal Station throughout.


1 Approach. From a position about 9 miles ENE ofPunta di a Chiappa Light (41 35 8N 9 22 0E) thetrack leads WSW through the TSS as shown on thechart, passing, with positions relative to the light:


French Notice 42/10/05(HH. 355/490/03) [12/06]

Italy -- Isola d’Elba -- Portoferraio —Restricted areas; traffic regulations


2 Outer anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained inZone B, SE of Punta del Torrione (42 48 6N10 19 8E), in depths of 9--25 m, as shown on thechart.

3 Caution. Anchoring, stopping and fishing areprohibited within an area, shown on the chart,containing Portoferraio Harbour and ApproachChannel.

Mariners should note that the holding groundthroughout Rada di Portoferraio is poor and vesselsare likely to drag even with a second anchor deployed.

4 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours aday for all vessels of 500 grt and greater.

NP 46

3 -- 135

5 Traffic regulations. Vessels entering and leavingPortoferraio must use the Approach Channel, as shownon the chart. Vessels using the Approach Channel mustpass starboard to starboard.

Italian Notices 23.34, 23.35, 23.5/05(HH. 369/540/05) [15/06]

Italy -- Golfo di Follonica — Obstructions


2 Caution. In order to discourage trawler fishing,concrete structures have been established on theseabed from 1 to 2 miles from the coast betweenCarbonifera (8.124) and Torre Civette (8.114).


Italy -- Portovecchio di Piombino —Traffic separation scheme


3 Traffic regulations. Vessels entering or leaving theport of Torre del Sale must not use the Piombino TSS(8.119). Inbound tankers should pass S of thelight--beacon standing 1 4 miles SSE of La RocchettaLight (8.95).



4 Traffic regulations. Vessels carrying dangerous orpotentially polluting cargoes are subject to specificrestrictions and regulations which must be confirmedwith the port authorities.

5 A TSS has been established in Rada di Piombinoand all vessels entering or leaving Portovecchio diPiombino must use the designated lanes of the scheme.Details of the scheme should be obtained from localauthorities prior to arrival and all vessels shouldmaintain a listening watch on VHF channels 16/12whilst transiting the TSS.

6 All vessels shall proceed at a safe speed in thevicinity of the TSS; at less than 15 kn within thetraffic lanes and not exceeding 12 kn in thePrecautionary Area. A minimum safe manoeuvringspeed should be maintained within the harbour.

7 Vessels departing have right of way.The order of entry is established by arrival time off

Piombino signal station (8.117).The use of a ship’s whistle is prohibited except for

signalling in accordance with Rule 32 of theInternational Regulations for Prevention of Collision atSea.

Vessel traffic service is available on request, seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).

8 Restricted areas. Anchoring, fishing, stopping andall other activities are prohibited within the PiombinoTSS and Precautionary Area.


Sardegna -- Porto Conte — Anchorages


2 Directions. The chart is sufficient guide to enterPorto Conte and approach the anchorage.Anchorage D (40 35 0N 8 11 2E), depth 23 m,

sand, weed and mud, good holding ground, lies in theapproach channel.


Sardegna -- Approaches to Oristano —Restricted areas

265After Paragraph 9.93 2 line 7 Add:Caution. A firing practice area in which anchoring

and fishing are prohibited, containing an area adjacentto the coast to which entry is prohibited, surrounds thepromontory of Piano di Santadi (9.92). An explosivesdumping ground extends about 3½ miles NE from theE coast of the promontory, its W limit bordering thefiring practice area and the prohibited area.Unexploded ordnance may be present on the seabed.


Italy -- Sardegna -- Cagliari —Pilot boarding position

284Paragraph 9.233 1 line 3 Replace by:...in position 39 09 9N 9 07 5E. See the relevant...


Sardegna, North--East Coast -- Secca dei Monaci— Buoy


Secca dei Monaci Light--beacon (N cardinal)(41 13 2N 9 32 6E).

Paragraph 10.13 6 lines 2--3 Replace by:...shoal with a least depth of 2 8 m on which stands a

light--beacon (N cardinal) (10.11) and coveredby...


NP 46

3 -- 136

Sardegna, East Coast -- Approaches to Arbatax— Seaplane operating area


Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes, collectingwater to fight forest fires, operate in an area 2 mileslong and ¼ cable wide between the followingpositions:

39 57 0N 9 41 4E39 56 5N 9 44 2E.

Navigation, stopping, anchoring and fishing areprohibited in this area.


Italy -- Fiumara Grande to Capo D’Anzio —Directions


SW of a dangerous wreck (17½ miles SE), thence:


Italy -- Fiumara Grande to Capo d’Anzio;Porto d’Anzio — Directions; marine farms


SW of an extensive marine farm (24 miles SE),marked by light--buoys and buoys (special),thence:


A marine farm, marked at its corners by buoys(special), and at its centre by a light--buoy (special), ismoored close E of anchor berth A5.

Italian Notice G14005/06(SEP 000384850) [43/06]

Italy -- Anzio — Prohibited area

335After Paragraph 12.17 2 line 4 Add:Caution. Entry is prohibited into an area close E of

Molo Innocenziano Head, as shown on the chart.


Italy -- Capo Circeo — Anchorage



Italy -- Napoli — Light


...height) (40 50 0N 14 16 4E).


...height) (40 50 0N 14 16 4E).

Paragraph 12.234 3 Replace by:3 To a position E of Duca degli Abruzzi Head. The

track then leads WNW through Bocca di Ponentepassing:

NNE of Duca degli Abruzzi Head Light (greytower), thence:

S of Antemurale Thaon de Revel Head (2 cables N),from which a light is exhibited (green roundtower, 12 m in height), thence:

NE of Molo San Vincenzo Head Light (2½ cablesNW) (red round tower, 24 m in height).


Italy -- Isolotto di Nisida — Submarine outfall


Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinityof a submarine outfall pipe which extends 6 cablesSSW from the mainland shore at the W end of MoloCappellini, as shown on the chart. Another outfall pipeextends 6½ cables SSW from a point on the coastclose E of Punta di Annone (40 47 9N 14 10 6E).

BA Chart 914; Italian Notice 8.2/04(HH. 369/620/03) [31/04]

Italy -- Castellammare di Stabia —Traffic regulations; restricted areas;

developments


2 Traffic regulations. All vessels arriving in theroadstead must report to the Harbour Master usingVHF Ch 16.

Vessels must arrive and depart via traffic lanesestablished (2005) between waiting areas Alfa andBravo, as shown on the chart.

An inshore traffic zone has been established (2005)between the S boundary of waiting area Alfa and theshore.


2 Shellfish beds. An area of shellfish beds marked bylight--buoys (special) lies 5 cables SW of MoloForaneo Head Light as shown on the chart.Developments. Works are reported in progress

(2004), marked by light--buoys (special), 1½ miles Nof Molo Foraneo Head Light. An outfall comprisingthree submarine pipelines extends about 8½ cablesWSW from the shore in the same location. A seaplanelanding area has also been established (2005) in thisvicinity.

NP 47

3 -- 137

Restricted areas. These developments are containedwithin a restricted area, where anchoring and fishingare prohibited, as shown on the chart.

Entry is prohibited into an area containingbelow--water barriers, centred about 5 cables NE ofMolo Foraneo Head Light, extending about 7 cables ina N/S direction and 2½ cables from the shore.


Italy -- Castellammare di Stabia — Developments

366After Paragraph 12.196 2 line 3 Add:Developments. Works are reported in progress

(2004), marked by light--buoys (special), 1½ miles Nof Molo Foraneo Head Light. An outfall comprisingthree submarine pipelines extends about 8½ cablesWSW from the shore in the same location.

Italian Notice 24.14(T)/04; BA Chart 916(HH. 369/650/04) [06/05]

Italy -- Scoglio Vetara — Unexploded ordnance

378Paragraph 13.18 1 Including heading Replace by:Between Scoglio Vetara and Li Galli13.18

1 With local knowledge and permission from thePunta Campanella Marine Reserve, vessels may passbetween Scoglio Vetara and the W extremity of theshoals extending 7 cables W from Li Galli.

2 Caution. Unexploded ordnance has been recoveredfrom a position about 300 m S of Scoglio Vetara,within the restricted area shown on the chart. Entry isprohibited to an area with radius 100 m centred on thisposition.

Italian Notice 01/05(HH. 368/010/2005) [07/05]

Italy -- Capo Scalea — Submarine pipeline


Clear of a submarine pipeline extending 7 cablesWSW from the shore about 5 miles SSE. Thence:


Italy -- Scalea — Unexploded ordnance


Restricted area. Due to the presence of unexplodedordnance on the seabed, entry is prohibited into anarea, radius 1 mile, centred on approximate position39 48 9N 15 47 0E.

Italian Notice 16.3.9/05(HH. 369/670/04) [46/05]

Italy -- Golfo di Policastro -- Maratea —Unexploded ordnance


Caution. Unexploded ordnance is reported to existabout 150 m offshore from the Acquafredda district ofMaratea. Entry is therefore prohibited to an area withradius 500 m, centred on approximate position40 02 0N 15 40 1E.

Italian Notice 120002/04(HH. 369/670/04) [04/05]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III(2005 Edition)

N Adriatic TSS -- Route for RijeÅki Zaljev andGulf of Trieste; Route for Gulf of Venice —

Directions


Gas production platform Katarina (43 59 3N14 06 3E) from which a light is exhibited.

After Paragraph 2.58 2 line 2 Add:ENE of production platform Katarina (43 59 3N

14 06 3E) (2.55), thence:

After Paragraph 2.59 1 line 9 Add:SW of production platform Katarina (43 59 3N

14 06 3E) (2.55), thence:

Italian Notice 17/42/06(SEP 000382134) [42/06]

Croatia -- BraÅki Kanal, Western Part --Grljevac — Light


Croatian Notice 10/8/05(HH. 377/470/05) [50/05]

Croatia -- ªibenski Kanal, southern part —Outfall


4 Caution. A sewer outfall extends about 2½ milesSSW across ªibenski Kanal from a position 1¼ cablesENE of Rt Grmine to a position about 3 cables WSWof OtoÅiÆ Dvainka Light.


Croatia -- Zaljev Pantera -- Tanki Rt —Light sector


Croatian Notices 8/2/05(HH. 377/530/05) [50/05]

NP 47

3 -- 138

Croatia -- KvarneriÆ, Southern Part --OtoÅiÆ Dolfin -- Hrid Oðtar — Beacon

400Paragraph 9.458 1 line 6 Replace by:...entrance to Paðki Kanal. Hrid Oðtar, marked by a beacon(S cardinal), lies close E of the S...


Croatia -- Luka Funtana -- OtoÅiÆ Frýital —Light--beacon


... kolj. The SW extremity of the islet is marked by alight--beacon (W cardinal).


Italy -- Trieste -- Baia di Muggia —Restricted area


Works are in progress (2006) in a restricted areaextending 2½ cables NNW from Diga Nord, as shownon the chart.


Italy -- Punta Torre Canne —Wreck


...5 cables S. A wreck with 23 m over it lies about2¾ miles NE. Thence:


Italy -- Bari — Prohibited area


Entry is prohibited into an area contained withinDarsena di Ponente, marked by a light--buoy (special),where works are in progress (2005) as shown on thechart. Mariners in the vicinity should navigate withcaution.

Italian Notice 2.21/06(T)(HH. 370/490/03) [13/06]

Italy -- Molfetta — Unexploded ordnance


Residual wartime ordnance is also reported (2006)to lie about 5 cables NE of Molfetta Light (11.154).

Italian Notice 11.54 2006(SEP 000373404) [34/06]

Italy -- Vieste — Directions


2 Caution. The channel between Isola Santa Eufemiaand the head of Punta San Croce is spanned byoverhead cables with a vertical clearance of 16 m. Dueto this, and progressive shoaling taking place, use ofthe channel is prohibited, except by official craft.


Italy -- Ortona — Fish haven


NE of a fish haven (4 miles ESE), 6 cables wide,extending 2¾ miles in a NW/SE direction, asshown on the chart. Thence:

Italian Notice 9.10(HH. 368/219/01) [34/06]

Italy -- Ortona — Prohibited areas


4 The outfall pipeline passes through an area intowhich entry is prohibited, centred on an obstructionlying about 2½ cables NNE of Ortona Light, as shownon the chart. Entry is also prohibited into an areaabout 1 cable wide, extending about 4 cables ENEfrom a position on Molo Nord 6 cables SE of OrtonaLight, in which works are in progress (2006).


Italy -- Pescara — Seaplane landing area

511After paragraph 11.318 3 Insert:

4 Seaplane landing area. Seaplanes engaged infirefighting may land in the sea area between FiumeSaline and Fiume Pescara, at least 500 m offshore,clear of the harbour entrance and offshore anchoragesshown on the chart.

Italian Notice 16.62(SEP 000377640) [37/06]

Italy -- San Benedetto del Tronto —Wreck

515Paragraph 12.18 4 line 9 Replace by:...Torrente Tesino. A dangerous wreck lies 3 milesENE of Grottamare. A light--buoy (special) is mooredclose NE. Thence:


NP 47

3 -- 139

Italy -- Giulianova — Restricted area

515After Paragraph 12.21 1 Insert:Arrival information12.21a

1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited into an areaabout 6 cables wide and extending 2 3 miles in aNW/SE direction, centred 3 miles SE of GiulianovaHarbour, as shown on the chart.

Italian Notice 16/S41002/05(HH. 370/520/06) [50/05]

Italy -- Ancona — Restricted area

517Paragraph 12.39.1 lines 6--8 Replace by:

43 41 52N 13 46 37E (extended limit of NE trafficlane).

43 32 60N 13 52 70E.43 28 60N 13 38 50E.


Italy -- Pesaro — Anchorage


For vessels carrying mixed cargoes...

Italian Notice 19.7.06(SDD 2006000 387817) [46/06]

Italy -- Approaches to Chioggia —Conservation area



Italy -- Chioggia -- Canale Esterno —Development

547Paragraph 12.288 2 line 5 For N Read NNW

After Paragraph 12.288 2 Add:Works are in progress (2006) between Canale

Esterno outer breakwaters. Mariners should navigatewith caution in this vicinity, keeping at least 50 mfrom a prohibited area marked by light--buoys(special).

Italian Notices 24.9/04, 24.22/04, 24.15/05(HH. 370/570/05) [15/06]

Italy -- Porto di Malamocco — Development

551After Paragraph 12.318 7 Insert:Development12.318a

1 A prohibited area marked by light--buoys andlight--beacons (special), in which works are in progress(2006), lies in the entrance channel to Porto diMalamocco and S and E of Porto di Malamocco Sbreakwater.Caution. Mariners should navigate with extreme

caution in this vicinity keeping at least 50 m clear ofthe prohibited area. See 12.315, 12.321, 12.325.


10 Works are in progress (2006) in the entrancechannel to Porto di Malamocco and S and E of Portodi Malamocco S Breakwater. See 12.315, 12.318a,12.321.


Italy -- Venezia -- Porto di Lido— Prohibited areas

551After Paragraph 12 318a Insert:12.318b

1 Prohibited areas marked by light--buoys, beaconsand piles, in which works are in progress (2006), liewithin Porto di Lido, Canale di San Nicolo and Canaledi Treporti.Caution. Mariners should navigate with extreme

caution in the vicinity of these works, keeping at least50 m clear of the prohibited areas. See 12.315, 12.329,12.330, 12.333.


Works are in progress (2006) in Porto di Lido. See12.318b.

After Paragraph 12.330 5 line 10 Add:Works are in progress (2006) in Canale di San

Nicolo. See 12.318b.

After Paragraph 12.333 1 line 11 Insert:Works are in progress (2006) in Canale di Treporti.

See 12.318b.


Italy -- Caorle — Restricted areas


1 Anchoring, stopping and all underwater activitiesare prohibited within a radius of 200 m of positionscentred 7 cables SW of Caorle Light (45 36 N12 54 E), (on account of an historic wreck), 4 milesSE of Caorle Light, and within an area 2 miles ESE ofCaorle Light, as shown on the chart.

Italian Notice 23.26(T)/05(HH. 370/630/03) [07/06]

NP 48

3 -- 140

NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV(2006 Edition)

Greece -- SW approach to Póros Megáron —Revithoúsa LNG terminal


...the point. Revithoúsa LNG terminal is located1½ cables W of the light. And:

161After Paragraph 6.279 Insert:Revithoúsa LNG Terminal6.279a

1 Description. Revithoúsa LNG Terminal (37 57 6N23 24 2E) is situated on the S coast of NísosRevithoúsa, approximately 10 miles W of Peiraiás. Theterminal is used for tankers discharging LNG to twoin--ground tanks onshore.

Approaches. The usual approach is from the SWgiving Ífalos Mastíf shoal, 8 cables S of the terminal,a wide berth.

1 Terminal Authority. Public Gas Corporation ofGreece (DEPA) S.A.

Density of water 1 025 g/cm3.Maximum size of vessel handled: 130 000 m3;

290 m length and 11 m draught.ETA. 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours, via the vessel’s

agent.1 Anchorage for LNG carriers is located 1½ miles W

of Nísos Pákhi, if required due to delays prior toberthing.

Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.Final advice on arrival should be given to Peiraiáspilot station at least 6 hours prior to arrival. The pilotboards 2 miles SSW of the terminal, as detailed onchart 1513 for Pákhi and Mégara Oil Terminals.

1 Tugs are compulsory and are available fromPeiraiás.

Restricted areas. The terminal is enclosed within arestricted areas shown on the chart. Entry is prohibitedto vessels not using the terminal. Elevsís PortAuthority has declared a 200 m exclusion zone aroundthe LNG jetty. Passing vessels should keep a wideberth from moored LNG carriers.

2 Berth. The berth consists of a single jetty of solidconstruction with a sheet--piled face.

Services. Garbage and waste oil disposal; bunkeringis not permitted.

Shell Correspondence(SEP 000384124) [43/06]

Greece -- Órmos Íou — Restricted area

190Paragraph 7.167 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...3 cables ESE affords shelter from all but SW winds.The port of...

Paragraph 7.169 Including heading Replace by:Restricted area7.169

1 Anchoring, fishing and waiting is prohibited inÓrmos Íou.

Greek Notice 172/06(SEP 000381035) [43/06]

NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V(2005 Edition)

Egypt -- El Iskandarîya (Alexandria) --El Dikheila Pass —Wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck 6 cables S, thence:

Egyptian Navigational Warning 170/06(SDD 2006000 382956) [45/06]

Egypt -- Masabb Rashid (Rosetta Mouth) —Wreck


NNW of two dangerous wrecks (25 and29¼ miles W), and:

Hydrolant 897/06(HH. 405/470/05) [25/06]

Cyprus -- Paphos — Leading Lights

183Paragraph 6.18 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:...entrance, the track leads NW...

Cyprus Ports Authority(HH. 395/440/03) [15/06]

Syria -- ®aròøs —Wreck

213After Paragraph 7.64 1 line 5 Insert:Caution. A dangerous wreck (position doubtful)

lies 5 cables NNW of the W breakwater.

Navarea III 30/06(HH. 400/420/03) [10/06]

Israel -- •efa (Haifa) — Obstruction


Thence to the pilot boarding position, noting anobstruction (position approximate) close NE,8 cables N of Main Breakwater.

Israeli Notice 1/06(HH. 403/400/05) [14/06]

NP 50

3 -- 141

Israel -- Ashqelon — Prohibited areas

233Paragraph 7.253 1 line10 Add:

Area No 611 and 611A extending up to 12 milesfrom the port of Ashquelon. Permission to enterthe prohibited areas should be obtained via theship reporting system. See Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(3) for details.

Israeli Notice 6/06(HH. 403/155/01) [34/06]

NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot(2006 Edition)

Newfoundland -- Burnt Island —Anchorage deleted


Caution. A submarine pipeline extends from thewater tank 5 cables NE of Stickland Point to the shoreabout 3½ cables NW; local knowledge is required.

Canadian Eastern Notice 5/4823/06(HH. 603/430/04) [37/06]

Newfoundland -- Clarenville —Submarine pipeline


Another pipeline extends ENE 130 m from theshore close S of Red Point.


Newfoundland -- Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage


A shoal patch with depths less than 10 m extends1½ cables WSW of the island, the extremity ofwhich is marked by JB3 and JB7 Light--buoys(port hand).

Paragraph 8.20 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:3 NNW of Canaille Point (6½ cables SE), from

which rocks extend 1½ cables NNE.

Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Replace by:...breakwater. Buoy JB6 (starboard hand) marks the...

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/4849/06, 9/4854/06(HH. 603/460/03) [43/06]

Newfoundland -- Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed


The track then leads to a position about 1½ milesW of Western Rock (3½ miles SSW). Western Rock issmall, pointed and dries 0 6 m (2 ft).


Newfoundland -- Bay of Exploits --South part of East Arm — Buoyage changed

323Paragraph 9.72 1 line 6 For DBE7 Read DLW1

Paragraph 9.72 3 line 7 Replace by:...from Jobs Island, and is marked at its Sextremity by DLW2 Light--buoy (starboardhand), thence:


NW of a patch, least depth 6 6 m (22 ft) (3¼ milesSW), extending 3 cables W from the N extremityof Shoal Pt, which is marked close SW by DLW3Light--buoy (port hand).


Newfoundland -- Bay of Exploits -- Govers Point— Light


4 E of Govers Point (4 miles N): islets and rocksextend about 2½ cables N from the point. Alight (square framework tower, 4 m in height)is exhibited from an islet 1½ cables N ofGovers Point. Thence:


Labrador -- Hamilton Inlet -- Camp Islands toSpear Point — Buoyage

403Paragraph 12.19 3 line 4 For NR8 Read NUC2


Labrador -- Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock —Buoyage changed

406Paragraph 12.24 3 line 2 For NS9 Read NS1

Paragraph 12.24 3 lines 6--7 Replace by:...patch is marked at its S extremity by NS2Light--buoy (starboard hand).

Paragraph 12.26 3 line 7 For NS3 Read NMS1


Labrador -- Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels —Buoyage


...SE), a group of shallow patches marked by NALight--buoy (N cardinal). Flat Island, a blackrock...


NP 50

3 -- 142

Labrador -- Hawke Bay and approaches —Buoyage


...N. NGM Light--buoy (W cardinal) lies 2 cablesSW of Gull Rock. Gull Island, which lies midwayalong this part...

414Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 For NL3 read NL1


Labrador -- Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head —Buoyage changed


2 S of Mad Moll (1¼ miles N), a steep--tounderwater rock marked close S by NM2Light--buoy (starboard hand), thence:

Paragraph 12.53 2 line 5 For NL4 Light--buoy Read NM4Light--buoy (starboard hand)

415Paragraph 12.67 4 line 8 For NDP Read NE

Paragraph 12.69 1 line 7 For ND3 Read NE3

Paragraph 12.69 1 line 8 For ND4 Read NE2


Labrador -- Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage

415Paragraph 12.73 2 line 2 For NPP Read NLP


Labrador -- Bed Head to North Wolf Rock —Buoyage

422Paragraph 12.103 3 line 6 For NTK2, NTK5 and NTK6Read N12, N14 and N15


Labrador -- Approaches to Hamilton Inlet --Inner part of Sandwich Bay — Buoyage changed

430Paragraph 12.138.2 line 8 For NS4 Read NCH2

Paragraph 12.138 4 lines 6--9 Replace by:...mouth, needs to be negotiated before closing the Nshore again.


Labrador -- Hamilton Inlet -- South--west ofGeorge Island — Buoyage changed

438Paragraph 12.182 3 line 5 For HD3 Read HD1


Labrador -- Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik —Buoyage

451Paragraph 13.29 2 line 4 For NT5 Read NQ3

452Paragraph 13.34 1 line 12 For NH5 Read NQ1

453Paragraph 13.38 2 lines 3--4 For NM 3 5 Light--buoy (porthand) Read NQB Light--buoy (W cardinal)

459Paragraph 13.69 4 line 2 For NK1 Read NY1


Labrador -- Cape Makkovik toHopedale Harbour — Buoyage

460Paragraph 13.75 3 line 4 For NH3 Read NH1

Paragraph 13.75 3 line 5 For NH4 Read NH2

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5047/06(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]

Labrador -- Winter Tickle — Buoyage

462Paragraph 13.87 3 line 9 For NW2 Read NVW2

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5048/06(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]

Labrador -- Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait —Buoyage

466Paragraph 13.110 2 line 5 For NPU2 Read NV2

467Paragraph 13.117 2 line 6 For NP9 Read NT1

Paragraph 13.117 2 line 7 For NP8 Read NT2

Paragraph 13.117 5 line 4 For NT2/2 Read NT4

Paragraph 13.117 5 line 5 For NT1 Read NT5

Paragraph 13.117 7 line 3 For NP1 Read NT7


NP 51

3 -- 143

Labrador -- Inshore Route -- Uyagaksuak to Nain— Buoyage changed

468Paragraph 13.119 5 line 4 For NP4 Read NNB2

Paragraph 13.119 5 line 7 For NP5 Read NNB3

Paragraph 13.120 2 line 8 For NJ3 Read NNB5


Labrador -- East Approach to Nain throughStrathcona Run — Buoyage changed

473Paragraph 13.143 3 line 5 For NVR Read NN

474Paragraph 13.145 2 line 4 For NS6 Read NNS2

Paragraph 13.145 6 line 3 For NS7 Read NNS3


NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)

North Island -- Cape Reinga to The Bluff --Pandora Bank — Natural conditions

51Paragraph 2.25 2 line 5 Add:Mariners are advised to pass at least 2 miles to seaward ofthe 100 m depth contour when navigating in the vicinity ofPandora Bank in adverse weather conditions.

Maritime Safety Authority of New Zealand(HH. 051/200/02) [23/05]

South Island -- Golden Bay -- Tarakohe Harbour— Restricted area

87After Paragraph 3.101 1 Add:Restricted area. A restricted area within which

anchoring is prohibited, has been established in theapproaches to Tarakohe Harbour, as shown on thechart.

New Zealand Notice 18/165/05(HH. 580/550/04) [39/05]

North Island -- Approaches to Wellington --Taputeranga Island —Wreck


SSW of Taputeranga Island (4.94) (8¼ miles SE). Awreck with 6 1 m over it (4.94), marked by buoys(special), lies about 5 cables SE of the island.


2 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing areprohibited in an area with radius 100 m, centred on awreck with 6 1 m over it, lying about 5 cables SE ofTaputeranga Island, as shown on the chart. The wreckis marked by buoys (special).


North Island -- Bay of Islands —Pilot boarding position


2 Pilot boarding position is 1¾ miles NNE of FraserRock Light (35 14 5S 174 07 0E), as shown on thechart. If prevented by bad weather from boarding atthis position, the pilot will, by mutual agreement withthe master, lead a vessel through the bay from thepilot boat, to a position at which boarding isconsidered safe.Pilot boat maintains VHF radio watch from 1 hour

before a vessel is expected.

Land Information New Zealand, Northland RegionalCouncil.(HH. 580/485/03) [16/06]

North Island -- Bay of Islands -- Opua —Directions; leading lights

202


1 Leading marks:Front: No 5 Light--beacon (starboard hand)

(35 17 9S 174 06 4E).Rear: Beacon (white, triangular) (4¼ cables NW of

front), on Haumi Point.From No 5 Light--beacon the alignment (316¼ ),

astern, of the leading marks leads through the SE partof Veronica Channel to Opua Wharf.

2 Caution should be exercised in the vicinity of thewharf as the in--going tidal stream sets off, and theout--going stream sets on to the wharf. An anchor maybe used to turn a vessel proceeding alongside, carebeing taken to avoid the prohibited anchorage NW ofthe wharf.

Photograph title Replace by:Spot height 78 m (35 19 2S 174 8 0E)

Paragraph 7.95 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:...Wharf through the SE part of Veronica Channel.

New Zealand Notice 15/143(P)/05(HH. 580/485/03) [32/05]

NP 51

3 -- 144

North Island -- Hauraki Gulf --Motuihe Channel — Fast Ferry Zone


5 Caution. A Fast Ferry Zone has been established inMotuihe Channel within which anchoring and fishingare prohibited. Vessels should not impede the passageof fast ferries within the zone.


North Island -- Motuihe Channel -- Emu Rock —Light--beacon


Light--beacon (36 47 8S 174 54 9E)...


North Island -- Approaches to Auckland —Pilot boarding position

232Paragraph 8.113 1 line 6 For 1½ miles N Read 2¾ milesNNE


North Island -- Waiheke Island —Marine reserve


Marine reserve. A marine reserve within whichfishing is prohibited, marked at the SW corner by alight--buoy (special), has been established off the SEcorner of Waiheke Island, as shown on the chart.


North Island -- Mercury Bay --Approaches to Whitianga — Sandbar


2 Caution. A sandbar extends about 1 mile toseaward from Pandora Rock. Depths considerably lessthan charted have been reported (2005) in theapproaches to Whitianga. Mariners should exercisegreat caution when navigating in this vicinity.

New Zealand Notice 18/173(T)/05(HH. 580/465/06) [39/05]

North Island -- Hawke Bay --Approaches to Napier —Whirinaki Bluff Light



Paragraph 9.207 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:2 Thence the track leads to No 2 pilot boarding

position...

Land Information New Zealand(HH. 580/445/03) [49/05]

North Island -- Napier Roads —Leading lights discontinued; sector lights


...adjacent to anchorage area No 1, as shown onthe...


...adjacent to anchorage area No 2 as shown on the...


Paragraph 9.238 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:1 From No 2 pilot boarding position (39 25 1S

176 58 6E), the track leads WSW through Hawke Bayin the white sector (228 --248 ) of Westshore Light(39 27 5S 176 52 3E), passing:


1 From No 1 pilot boarding position (39 28 1S176 58 9E), the track leads W through Hawke Bayinto Napier Roads in the narrow white sector(279½ --280½ ) of South Pania Channel Light(39 27 5S 176 52 3E).

2 A conspicuous clump of trees (chart NZ 571) lieson a similar line of bearing as the light, and by day,in hazy conditions, may be more easily seen than thelight--structure. The track passes (with positions fromBluff Hill (39 28 7S 176 55 0E)):

Port of Napier; New Zealand Notice 19/184(P)/06.(HH. 580/445/03) [41/06]

North Island -- Napier -- Inner Harbour —Leading lights


1 Directions. Inner Harbour is entered from NapierRoads in the white sector (191½ --192 ) of adirectional light (yellow diamond on yellow metaltower, 4 m in height) (39 29 2S 176 53 5E) exhibitedfrom the S end of West Quay, passing (with positionsfrom the light):

NP 52

3 -- 145


Paragraph 9.249 3--4 Delete

New Zealand Notices 19/176/05; 23/212/05(HH. 580/445/03) [01/02/06]

NP52NorthCoast ofScotlandPilot (2006Edition)

Inverness — Pilotage; regulations


3 Notice of ETA required. At least 24 hours togetherwith all relevant details of the vessel concerned,including air draught. Masters are to confirm thisinformation on approaching the firth.


Vessels are to notify the Harbour Master prior toarrival that a pilotage passage plan for the port isready for use.

Inverness Harbour Master(HH. 266/824/04) [20/06]

Inverness — Directions


NW of a buoy (special) moored 1 mile SSW ofAlturlie Point, marking the seaward extremity ofan outfall.

Inverness Port Authority(HH. 266/440/06) [20/06]

Orkney Islands -- Cairston Road — Directions

176Paragraph 5.120 2 line 3 For 5 6 m Read 5 1 m.

Orkney Islands Council(HH. 268/450/04) [21/06]

Orkney Islands -- SE Approaches to StronsayFirth -- Channel south of Auskerry — Directions


4 SW of Auskerry (5¼ miles NE) (5.226) onwhich there is a light (5.224); an isolatedrock pinnacle with a depth of 8 0 m over itlies 4 cables SSE, thence:

MV Anglian Sovereign(SEP 000374507) [37/06]

Orkney Islands -- Westray Firth — Shoal depth

204Paragraph 5.273 1 line 4 Replace by:...(5.277), avoiding an isolated shoal with a depth of7 1 m over it (59 06 9N 2 50 3W) (5.313) and BenlinRock as necessary, and thence:


Mariners should also note an isolated shoal with adepth of 7 1 m over it in position 59 06 9N 2 50 3W(5.273).

MV Anglian Sovereign(SEP 000381808) [41/06]

Orkney Islands -- Westray Firth -- Passage east ofMuckle Green Holm — Directions


SW of Seal Skerry (2 miles N), a reef which dries,noting shoal water extending 3 cables S of thereef, with a depth of 7 8 m at its S extremity,thence:

Maritime and Coastguard Agency(SEP 000372059) [42/06]

Kirkwall — Berths

219Paragraph 5.360 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...excluding the camber. There are depths of up to 6 2 malongside the outer parts of the pier, including the Ro--Roberth on the W side. The N face of the pier is...

Paragraph 5.360 2 line 2 For 3 7 m Read about 4 0 m

Orkney Islands Council(HH. 268/430/06) [20/06]

Shetland Islands -- Head of Mula Light --Bluemull Sound and Colgrave Sound —

Directions

252Paragraph 6.130 3 line 2 Replace by:...172 alignment described at 6.239, ahead, or bynight in the white sector (157 --161½ ) of Head ofMula Light (6.328), leads into the N...

286Paragraph 6.328 1 line 4 Replace by:...Bluemull Sound leads W, noting that the passage lieswithin the green sector of Head of Mula Light (seebelow), passing (with positions from...

After Paragraph 6.328 5 line 5 Insert:Head of Mula Light (2¾ miles WNW) (metal

framework tower, 3½ m in height).

Paragraph 6.329 3 line 5 Replace by:SW of Head of Mula (1½ miles SSE), on which

Head of Mula Light is exhibited (6.328),and:

NP 52

3 -- 146

Paragraph 6.329 6 line 2 Replace by:...and Hoga Ness, or by night the white sector(157 --161½ ) of Head of Mula Light (6.328) astern,leads through, and out of, the N entrance...


1 Approach. From a position about 2½ miles E ofHeoga Ness (6.279) the line of bearing 000 , or bynight in the white sector (357 --002 ) of Head of MulaLight (6.328) leads N passing (with positions from theNE end of Heoga Ness):

Paragraph 6.333 1 line 2 Replace by:...Rams Ness the route through Colgrave Sound usingthe line of bearing described at 6.332 leads N...

Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses(HH. 270/410/07) [23/06]

Linga Sound -- Wether Holm -- Light

268

Paragraph 6.221 2 line 2 Replace by:...Symbister Ness) (see below) on which a light (seebelow) is exhibited, bearing 011 , ahead, and open...

269

Paragraph 6.221 6 line 4 Replace by:...and on which a light (see below) is exhibited.Wether Holm should be given a berth of at least...

After Paragraph 6.221 9 line 6 Insert:Wether Holm Light (white clad metal framework

tower, 5 m in height) (2 miles NNE).


Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 10/06; UnitedKingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 270/400/13) [20/06]

Føroyar -- Klaksvík — Directions

333Paragraph 7.246 1 line 8 For (256 –269 ) Read(260½ –269 )

Danish Notice 589/06(SEP 000370042 [31/06]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)

Scotland, East Coast – Peterhead —Pilot boarding position; tidal stream

53Paragraph 3.28 3 line 3 For 2½ cables Readwithin 2 miles


1 The tidal stream 2 miles off the breakwater isshown on Chart 213.

2 Closer inshore it turns up to an hour earlier. Slackwater occurs at about 2 hours before HW Peterhead onspring tides. Although the ebb will not be appreciableuntil nearly the hour before HW Peterhead, the slackarea commences about half a mile from thebreakwaters and masters of vessels, allowing for theflood set on entry, have to correct fairly quickly as thevessel moves into slack water.

3 It is reported that in the approach, 2 to 3 cables toseaward of the breakwaters, slack HW occurs between1 hour (neaps) and 2 hours (springs) before HWPeterhead and that slack LW occurs between ½ hour(neaps) and 1 hour (springs) before LW Peterhead.

Spring rates are 1¾ kn but within the breakwatersthe tidal stream is negligible.

Peterhead Port Services(HH. 262/812/03) [49/03]

Aberdeen — Vessel Traffic Service

58After Arrival information Insert:Vessel traffic service3.67a

1 A VTS is in operation for the control of shippingwithin port limits. For details and list of reportingpoints see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).Seaward reporting points are shown on the chart.

When 3 miles from Fairway Light--buoy (3.76),inbound vessels must request permission to enter theVTS area.

Paragraph 3.69 1 Replace by:1 Vessels should report to the VTS 24 hours prior to

arrival and again 1 hour prior to arrival at FairwayLight--buoy.

Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:2 The normal boarding point is in the...

Aberdeen Harbour Board(HH. 262/420/05) [36/05]

Montrose — Berths


1 Deepest berth No 7 Berth (3.139).


1 Normally vessels up to 165 m in length and 7 3 mdraught are accepted by arrangement but, with lengthgreater than 150 m, a bow thruster is required.

Paragraph 3.134 1 line 5 For 460 m Read 240 m


1 South side of the river: 240 m of quays, giving fourberths numbered 12 to 15. Minimum depth alongsideis 5 5 m (2003).

North side of river (Port of Montrose): 560 m ofquays, giving six berths numbered 6 to 11. There is aRo--Ro berth in the knuckle between No 6 and No 7Berths. Minimum depth alongside is 5 5 m (2003).

Montrose Port Authority(HH. 262/410/05) [49/03]

NP 54

3 -- 147

Approaches to Arbroath — Dangerous wreck


ESE of an unmarked dangerous wreck (8 cablesSSE), thence:


1 Caution. An unmarked dangerous wreck lies1½ miles ESE of the harbour entrance in position56 33 0N 2 32 5W.

Leading Lights:

MRCC Forth(SDD 2006000 395654) [50/06]

Scotland, East Coast -- River Tay — Buoyage


1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light--buoy (safewater) (56 28 3N 2 36 6W), the route leads WSWthence W to a position in the channel S of BuddonNess, passing (with positions from Buddon Ness):

Over the Bar (3 miles E) between MiddleLight--buoys (lateral) which are 1¾ cables apart,thence:

After Paragraph 3.173 3 line 3 Insert:Between Inner Light--buoys (lateral) (1 mile SE),

thence:

Paragraph 3.174 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:...S of the channel for a distance of 2 miles, thence:

Port of Dundee Notice 15/04(HH. 262/400/13) [45/04]

River Forth — Pilotage, Vessel Traffic Service

83Paragraphs 4.4--4.5 Replace by:Pilotage4.4

1 Compulsory pilotage applies as follows:Vessels carrying 12 or more passengers: that part of

the Forth which lies W of 3 00 0W.Vessels of 45 m LOA or more bound for North

Channel and Forth Deep--Water Channel: onpassing W of 3 06 1W.

2 Vessels of 45 m LOA or more carryingdangerous cargoes and all other vessels of80 m LOA or more bound for South Channeland Leith: on passing W of 3 06 1W.

Vessels of 45 m LOA or more carrying dangerouscargoes and all vessels of 60 m LOA or morebound for Methil (4.19): see below.

3 Notice for Pilots. Requests for pilots should bemade 24 and 12 hours in advance to the Forth PilotStation at Granton. Confirmation of ETA should besent by VHF 2 hours prior to arrival.

4 Pilot boarding places are as follows:Tankers bound for Hound Point Terminal and

passenger vessels embark the pilot at the FairwayLight--buoy.

All other inbound vessels proceeding N of Inchkeithembark the pilot in the vicinity of No 3Light--buoy (56 03 2N 3 06 1W), keeping N ofForth Deep--Water Channel.

5 Inward bound vessels, other than passengervessels, proceeding S of Inchkeith embark thepilot NE of Narrow Deep Light--buoy(56 01 5N 3 04 6W).

Inward bound vessels proceeding to Methil embarkthe pilot in position 56 10 N 3 00 W.

Vessels at anchor in A4 or A5 anchorages, orMusselborough Small Vessel Anchorage,embark the pilot in the anchorage.

6 Tankers bound for Hound Point MarineTerminal. Until the pilot is on board and has theconduct of the vessel, tankers bound for Hound PointMarine Terminal must not enter the area bounded bylatitude 56 05 N and longitude 3 00 W.

For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(1).

Vessel traffic service4.5

1 A VTS scheme, The Forth and Tay NavigationService, with full radar surveillance, is maintained atGrangemouth. Ships should advise the VTS of theirETA at the eastern limit of Forth Port Authority 24hours in advance, amending the time if it becomesmore than 2 hours in error. For further details,including reporting points, see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(1).

2 LPG tankers bound for Braefoot Marine Terminalshould give notice of ETA to the terminal as describedin 4.107.

86Paragraph 4.21 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:Pilotage. See 4.4.

Forth Ports plc(HH. 264/800/05) [43/05]

Rosyth — Depth

101Paragraph 4.168 2 line 5 For above Read below


Dunbar — Small craft


Caution. Entry is dangerous below half tide with aN swell.

Yachting Monthly(HH. 264/812/02) [49/03]

NP 54

3 -- 148

Eyemouth — Depths


1 Controlling depths. The harbour entrance channelhas a dredged depth of 2 0 m (2005) and GunsgreenBasin has a maintained depth of 2 0 m. The innerharbour is maintained to a depth of 0 9 m at LWsprings and 2 4 m at LW neaps.

Harbour Master, Eyemouth(HH. 242/640/07) [32/05]

River Humber -- Grimsby Middle — Buoyage

172Paragraph 7.33 5 lines 5--7 Replace by:...South Shoal Light--buoy (S cardinal) is moored on theSW corner of Grimsby Middle, 4 cables NNW of No 4BLight--buoy (port hand) on the S side of the channel.

Associated British Ports Humber Notice 46/05(HH. 252/400/12) [28/05]

River Humber -- Humber International Terminal—Works in progress; buoyage


2 In 2004 work was in progress to construct Terminal2 between the existing terminal and Immingham GasTerminal, 2 cables upstream.

Paragraph 7.98 1 line 1 Replace by:1 See 7.5.

In 2004 work was in progress to extend HumberInternational Terminal (7.90). A prohibited area, asshown on the chart, has been established around thesite. Vessels are required to pass it with caution and atthe slowest possible speed. Vessels proceeding in theriver should keep within the buoyed channel. See7.101.

Associated British Ports Humber Notice H.73/04(HH. 252/410/14) [44/04]

River Humber -- Humber International Terminal— Buoyage

178Paragraph 7.98 1 lines 6--8 Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 44/04 Replace by:...the slowest possible speed.

179Paragraph 7.101 1 line 8 Existing Section IV Notice Week44/04 Delete

Associated British Ports Humber(HH. 252/410/15) [35/05]

River Humber — Foul Holme Channel;Whitebooth Road Anchorage


Foul Holme Channel7.104a

1 General information. Foul Holme Channel, aside channel for small vessels, is entered NE of No 9ALight--float (53 38 0N 0 09 3W) and leads NW forabout 4 miles to the vicinity of North HolmeLight--float (53 41 1N 0 13 2W). Foul HolmeChannel runs parallel to and E of the main channel inthat part of the river where the latter passes the busyriverside terminals of Immingham and Killingholme.

2 The channel has a least depth in mid--channel of2 6 m (2006) but is subject to frequent change (7.96).7.104b

1 Directions. From the vicinity of No 9A Light--float(preferred channel to port) the channel, which ismarked by light--buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed byFH) leads NW, passing (with positions from No 9ALight--float):

Over two shoal patches, Holme Ridge (3 cables N)and Clay Huts (7.101) (1 mile NW), thence:

NE of Whitebooth Road Anchorage (7.110)(1½ miles NW), and:

2 SW of Foul Holme Spit (1½ miles NW) whichlies along the E side of the channel betweenFH3 and FH9 Light--buoys. The spit, which iscomposed of sand and which dries in places,connects at its N end with Foul Holme Sand,an extensive mudflat fronting the E bank ofRiver Humber.

3 Thence the track leads to a position close NE ofNorth Holme Light--float (W cardinal) (4 miles NW)where the main channel is rejoined.


1 Whitebooth Road. An anchorage with seven berthslettered A to F and having depths between 4 and 8 mis situated on the E side of the main channel inWhitebooth Road (53 39 N 0 12 W). This anchoragemay be used by vessels requiring to take bunkers atanchor.

2 Hull Road. Anchorage may be obtained in HullRoad (7.104) in depths of between 6 and 11 m butnoting that the tidal stream (7.99) runs strongly andthat the channel is only about 2 cables wide. Largervessels are advised not to remain at anchor in HullRoad at LW springs as depths are liable to vary fromthose shown on the chart and grounding is possible.

Anchorage is prohibited in an area, indicated on thechart, off the entrances to Albert Dock, Hull Marinaand River Hull.

Associated British Ports HumberNotices H.87/2005; H.37/2006(HH. 252/410/15; HH. 252/410/16) [28/06]

NP 55

3 -- 149

The Wash -- Wisbech Channel --Bar Flat — Buoyage


1 An outer anchorage area, the limits of which areshown on the chart, is centred 8 cables NNE of NeneRoads Light--buoy (52 54 4N 0 15 4E).


1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the outeranchorage area (8.92), or, in bad weather, S ofHolbeach RAF...

Paragraph 8.97 2--3 Replace by:2 NW of Roaring Middle (1½ miles NE), a shoal

which dries, marked on its W side by No 2Light--buoy (port hand) and No 4 Buoy (porthand), and:

SE of Gat Channel entrance (8.75) (2 miles N), lyingbetween Roger Sand and Gat Sand, thence:

Clear, depending upon draught, of a small shoalpatch (1¼ miles NNE) with a depth of 4 7 m overit, thence:

3 To the entrance to Wisbech Channel marked byNene Roads Light--buoy (safe water)(52 54 4N 0 15 4E) moored on Bar Flat.

King’s Lynn Notice 33/05(HH. 242/560/20) [50/05]

Approaches to Great Yarmouth -- Scroby Sands—Wind farm

213After Paragraph 9.41 1 Insert:Wind farm9.41a

1 Scroby Sands Wind Farm is located on MiddleScroby Shoal within a rectangular area about 2 mileslong and 8 cables wide centred on 52 38 6N 1 47 3E.It comprises 30 windmotors; those at the four cornersand additionally two at the middle of the rectangleexhibit lights (special) and are equipped with redobstruction lights and radar reflectors. All thewindmotors are interconnected by submarine cables.

2 The wind farm is located in shoal water where thedepths are liable to frequent change. Mariners in smallcraft are advised not to pass through the wind farmarea.

Submarine cables9.41b

1 Submarine cables are laid across Yarmouth Roadfrom the SW corner of Scroby Sands Wind Farm(9.41a) to the mainland as shown on the chart.Mariners are advised not to anchor or fish in thevicinity of these cables. See 1.36.


...light--buoys to their N and W and a conspicuousmast (9.44) stands between North and MiddleScroby. Scroby Sands Wind Farm (9.41a) standson Middle Scroby. Scroby shoals are...

Vestas--Celtic Wind Technology Ltd.(HH. 242/067/01) [44/04]

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)

Deepwater Routes to Inner German Bight andDie Ems — Dangerous wreck

68Paragraph 2.19 1 line 8 For (53 04 N 2 40 E) Read(53 06 7N 2 40 7E)

70Paragraph 2.41 1 line 4 For 53 miles Read about 55 miles

Paragraph 2.41 1 line 5 For (53 04 N 2 40 E) Read(53 06 7N 2 40 7E)

Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For moored 2 miles SSE Readmoored 4½ miles S

After Paragraph 2.41 2 Insert:Caution. A dangerous wreck exists in position

53 03 8N 2 42 1E. The wreck is marked by fourlight--buoys (cardinal) moored respectively close N, E,S and W.

Netherlands Notice 32/437/05; Trinity House(HH. 242/555/07) [41/05]

DW Route via TSS West Friesland —Dangerous wreck

70After Paragraph 2.39 1 line 6 Add:Caution. An unmarked dangerous wreck lies within

the DW route in approximate position 53 05 7 N3 23 0E.

Netherlands Notice 638/06(SDD 2006000 399160) [49/06]

Netherlands -- IJmuiden northern approaches —Windfarms

73After Paragraph 3.6 Insert:Wind farms3.6a

1 A wind farm comprising 36 turbines with a towerheight of 72 m is contained within an area centred on52 37 N 4 25 E as shown on the chart. All the windturbines exhibit red obstruction lights and, in addition,five turbines on the outer perimeter exhibit yellowlights. The turbines are connected by submarine cablesand three submarine cables extend from the S marginof the area to a position on the mainland in thevicinity of Wijk aan Zee (52 30 N 4 35 E).

2 Another windfarm is under construction (2006) inan area centred on 52 35 N 4 13 E. The boundary ofthe area is marked by light--buoys (cardinal).


WNW of a wind farm under construction (2006)(52 35 N 4 13 E) (3.6a), thence:

NP 55

3 -- 150

88Paragraph 3.163 2 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 41/06 Replace by:

2 Clear of BSP Light--buoy (special) (4¼ milesNW) which marks a spoil ground and whichis occasionally moved; thence:

E of a wind farm (3.6a) (7½ miles NNW), thence:W of CP--Q8--A Platform (8¼ miles NNW), thence:E of Q8--B Platform (12 miles NNW), thence:

Paragraph 3.164 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:Clear of IJM--W Light--buoy (W cardinal)

(52 34 3N 4 18 5E) marking a shoal patch witha depth of 14 9 m over it, thence:

ENE of a wind farm under construction (2006)(52 36 N 4 13 E) (3.6a), and:

WSW of a wind farm (52 36 N 4 24 E) (3.6a). Ameteorological mast (52 36 4 N 4 23 4 E)(3.159) stands on the W border of the windfarm,thence:

Netherlands Notice 563/06(SDDs 2006000 379517/383675/383677/385102) [44/06]

IJmuiden -- IJ--Geul — Channel limits; depths;buoyage; regulations

73Paragraph 3.9 1 line 4 Replace by:...of 12 miles of the harbour entrance as...

75Paragraph 3.25 1 line 3 For IJmuiden Read IJM--C

76Paragraph 3.31 1 line 2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/06 Replace by:...14 10 m are considered to be...

Paragraph 3.33 1 line 2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/06 Replace by:...DW route. It should be noted that the number oftimes that it is possible for two channel--bound vesselsto enter the port on one tide reduces substantially ifone of the vessels concerned has an arrival draughtgreater than 16 5 m.

Vessels which are not channel--bound should notremain in the DW channel longer than is necessary.


Paragraph 3.52 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:...to IJmuiden, and IJ--Geul, a dredged channel, enteredwithin the Approach Area and leading about 23 milesE to the entrance.

Paragraph 3.53 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:IJ--Geul: least depth 19 0 m; width of dredged

channel 600 m reducing to 450 m inwards of IJ 9Light--buoy (52 29 8N 4 12 0E).

78Paragraph 3.55 2 lines 5--6 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/06 Replace by:

If, due to unforeseen circumstances, the transit ofIJ--Geul must be broken off, channel--bound vesselsmust reverse course in the turning basin (3.61) andproceed back to the IJ--Geul Approach Area by way ofIJ--Geul.

Vessels, which are not channel--bound vessels,should not remain in the DW channel longer than isnecessary.


1 IJ--Geul Approach Area. Channel--bound vesselsare advised to approach the pilot boarding position forthe DW route (52 30 N 3 50 E) from W and shouldremain W of IJM Light--buoy (safe water) (52 29 6N3 51 6E) until the pilot has embarked.


Paragraph 3.59 1--2 Replace by:1 The outer section of IJ--Geul commences 2 miles

ENE of IJM Light--buoy (3.58). An initial heading(088½ ) leads 10½ miles E to a position close N ofIJ 9 Light--buoy (52 29 8N 4 12 0E). Light--buoys(cone--shaped, special; numbers prefixed by IJ) are laidalong the entire length of IJ--Geul in a line parallel tobut outside the S edge of the DW channel.

2 From a position close N of IJ 9 Light--buoy, theinner section of IJ--Geul leads on the alignment(100½ ) of IJmuiden Leading Lights (52 28 N 4 35 E)(3.96) for a distance of 12½ miles to the harbourentrance. The track passes N of IJM--C Light--buoy(safe water) (3.99) (52 28 7N 4 23 ·4E).

Paragraph 3.61 2 line 1 Replace by:1 There is an emergency turning basin and anchorage

on the N side of...

Paragraph 3.61 2 After line 5 Insert:3 Non channel--bound vessels. See 3.79.


1 IJmuiden Harbour. Vessels up to 310 m LOA and17 8 m draught can be accepted at the IJ--palen berth(3.106) in Buitenhaven.


Paragraph 3.99 1 line 2 For IJmuiden Read IJM--C

Paragraph 3.99 1 line 7 For IJ 9 Read IJ 15




State Harbour Master; Netherlands Hydrographic Office(SEP000365888; 000366282) [27/06]

NP 55

3 -- 151

South--west approaches to IJmuiden —Meetpost Noordwijk removed




Netherlands Notice 563/06(SDD 2006000 385100) [44/06]

Netherlands -- IJmuiden — Channel--boundvessels; pilot boarding positions; anchorage.


Paragraph 3.32 1 line 3 For 7 miles Read 8 miles

Paragraph 3.32 2 line 2 For 7 miles Read 8 miles

Paragraph 3.33 1 line 2 Replace by:...DW route. Vessels which are not channel--bound shouldnot remain in the channel longer than is necessary.

Paragraph 3.37 1 line 5 Replace by:...anchor in the anchorage area about 3 miles SW. Duringcertain meteorological conditions, for example fog orextreme cold, transfer can take place by launch.

Paragraph 3.38 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:1 Channel--bound vessels can also embark pilots at

Noord Hinder (52 00 N 3 00 E) (see Dover Strait...


Paragraph 3.39 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:1 Non channel--bound vessels. The pilot boarding

positions for vessels with a draught of 14 1 m or lessare situated nearer the entrance to IJmuiden Harbouras described at 3.80.

77Paragraph 3.49 2 line 4 For 7 miles Read 8 miles

Paragraph 3.51 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:...light--buoy, the route for vessels which are notchannel--bound vessels (3.31) leads ENE to the pilotboarding position (3.80), passing:

Paragraph 3.55 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:...channel, channel--bound vessels (3.31) are prohibitedfrom overtaking or meeting each other in IJ--Geul.


Vessels, which are not channel--bound vessels,should not remain in the DW channel longer than isnecessary.

Paragraph 3.58 1 line 1 ForMariners ReadChannel--boundvessels

80Paragraph 3.79 1 line 4 Replace by:...the chart. The W part of this anchorage is reserved forvessels with a draught between 13 1 and 14 1 m.

Paragraph 3.80 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:Draught 13 1 to 14.1 m (salt water): 8 miles WNW.Draught 10 0 to 13 1 m: 6 miles WNW.Draught 8 0 to 10 0 m: 4 miles WNW.Draught less than 8 0 m: 3 miles WNW.

IJmuiden--North Sea Canal LNM 08/06(HH. 340/812/04) [17/06]

Netherlands -- Ijmuiden — Light--buoy; well


Clear of MDZ 02 Light--buoy (special) (5½ milesNNW), marking a well, depth 11 5 m, 5 cables Eof the light--buoy, thence:

Netherlands Notice 539/06(SEP 000382532) [41/06]

Netherlands -- Friesche Zeegat —Westgat fairway buoy

115Paragraph 4.257 1 line 3 For (53 32 0N 6 12 0E) Read(53 31 8N 6 12 2E)

Paragraph 4.259 1 line 3 For 3½ miles Read 3¼ miles

Netherlands Notice 20/317/06(SEP000364294) [24/06]

Port of Hamburg -- Finkenwerder Airfield —Wind


Aircraft using the runway SW of these berths maycause strong, local gusts of wind.

Hamburg Harbourmaster Notice 5/05(HH. 078/220/05) [52/05]

Die Eider -- Süderpiep and Norderpiep —Channel; buoyage

243Paragraph 8.76 1 line 3 Delete:Close

Paragraph 8.77 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:...comparatively deep until it crosses an inner bar inposition 54 07 7N 8 42 7E where there are depths of lessthan 5m. Süderpiep experiences the...

Paragraph 8.79 2 line 2 Replace by:...(numbers, prefixed SP, in sequence from seaward),

Paragraph 8.79 4--5 Replace by:4 S of 24/NP 20 Light--buoy (port hand)

(54 07 9N 8 45 3E) moored at theconfluence of Süderpiep and Norderpiep(8.80).

5 The channel continues 3½ miles E to Hafen vonBüsum passing:

S of Blauortsand, a drying bank extending from thecoast NW of Büsum and on which is Blauort(54 09 8N 8 43 5E), a low--lying islet with abeacon (8.69) 6 cables SSE of it, and:

NP 55

3 -- 152

N of Dwarsloch an unmarked channel which runsparallel to Süderpiep and from which it isseparated by a narrow shoal (54 07 N 8 46 E)that dries.

(Directions for Hafen von Büsen continue at 8.97)

Paragraph 8.80 1 lines 5--12 Replace by:...by buoys (numbers, prefixed NP, in sequence fromseaward) and passes between the N and E sides ofTertiussand (54 08 N 8 40 E) and the SW side ofBlauortsand (8.79) before meeting with Süderpiep in thevicinity of 24/NP 20 Light--buoy (8.79).

German Notice 4/(21)105/06(HH. 328/590/04) [08/06]

Approaches to Norderpiep and Eider —Wreck


2 Caution. An unmarked wreck with a swept depthof 5 2 m lies 2 miles NW of Norderpiep Buoy (safewater) (54 10 9N 8 28 3E).

247Paragraph 8.118 1 line 5 Replace by:...(055 –068 ) of Saint Peter Light but noting an unmarkedwreck with a swept depth of 5 2 m in position 54 12 6N8 26 3E. In normal conditions...

German Notice 31/(21)105/05(HH. 328/590/04) [42/05]

Skagerrak -- Bulbjerg to Skagen —Dangerous wreck


Danish Notice 29/234/05(HH. 331/460/03) [42/05]

NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)

Norwegian charts — Accuracy

5After Paragraph 1.29 2 Insert:Norwegian Charts1.29a

1 The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegiancharts give an indication of the accuracy mariners canexpect from them. In particular, surveys completedbefore about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, andthere may well be shoals which are not shown.Navigation in such areas should therefore beconducted with great care, and passages outside therecommended channels shown on charts should not beattempted.

2 In digital charts the data quality is given in theZones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegiancoastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,based on the following classifications: ENCs withsource data from older soundings (before around 1960)are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more

recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. Theborder for the different zones will be added to thechart data so that it is possible to see on screen whichzone one is in use at all times.

3 Mariners should take great care when using DGPSand electronic charts with old soundings data since theaccuracy and completeness of the depth measurementsdo not correspond with modern standards.

4 Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigationtakes place at all times with good margins and in linewith responsible navigation practice.

For additional information see The Mariner’sHandbook.

Norwegian Notice 10/623/06(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]

Norway -- Frierfjorden -- Torsberg Light —Sectors

101Paragraph 3.208 3 line 2 For (335 --341 ) Read(337 --340 )

Paragraph 3.208 3 line 6 For (341 --011 ) Read(340 --012½ )

Paragraph 3.208 3 line 7 Replace by:...sector bearing more than 012½ .

Norwegian Notice 20/1135/06(SDD 2006000 394638) [47/06]

Norway -- Tønsberg Havn -- Kanal —Controlling depth

122Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:...5 5 m. Vessels using this canal are limited to a widthof 22 m.


Norway -- Oslo -- Søre Kavringdynga Light —Sector


...over its least depth. This part of the track lieswithin a white sector (070 --071¼ ) of SøreKavringdynga Light (5.190),

Norwegian Notice 12/676/06SEP 000369554 [35/06]

Norway -- Røsvikrenna — Controlling depth

166Paragraph 6.53 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:...charted depths are less to the N of Røsvikrenna andthat 9 m and 9 8 m depths (59 11 5N 10 57 0E) lieon the E and W boundaries, respectively, of the whitesector leading through the channel.

Norwegian Chart 1(HH. 056/200/01) [50/06]

NP 57A

3 -- 153

Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Marstrandsfjorden —Pilot boarding place


Swedish Notice 133/3653/06(SDD 2006000 386994) [45/06]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)— Supplement 12--2005


6R 10 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:1.29a Accuracy. In the area covered by this volumethere are still charts based on surveys that are up to100 years old. The title notes and source diagrams onNorwegian charts give an indication of the accuracymariners can expect from them. In particular, surveyscompleted before about 1960 are likely to beincomplete, and there may well be shoals which arenot shown. Navigation in such areas should thereforebe conducted with great care, and passages outside therecommended channels shown on the charts should notbe attempted.

In digital charts the data quality is given in theZones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegiancoastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,based on the following classifications: ENCs withsource data from older soundings (before around 1960)are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with morerecent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. Theborder for the different zones will be added to thechart data so that it is possible to see on screen whichzone one is in use at all times.

Mariners should take great care when using DGPSand electronic charts with old soundings data since theaccuracy and completeness of the depth measurementsdo not correspond with modern standards.

Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigationtakes place at all times with good margins and in linewith responsible navigation practice.



Farsund — Farøya; Engøya —Leading lights removed

57R 45--48 Delete


Approaches to Farsund — Lille Eikeroya —Leading lights removed

58R 18--28 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:Directions. Østre Færøysund is approached between

Roholmane and Færøyflua. The track then leads NW,passing SW of Ystesteinen and Brotsteinen (58 02 N6 52 E), and NE of Vestre Roholmflua, but passesvery close NE of Færøysundflua, an 8 0 m shoal lyingin the fairway ¼ mile W of Søndre Katland (SøreKatland on Chart 2982). Søndre Katland Light, bearingbetween 349¾ and 025 , leads on to this track fromseaward.


Fedafjorden — Bridge

61R 37 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:2.75a Bridge. Fedafjorden is spanned by a bridge, with avertical clearance of 50 m, between Agnholmen(58 15 7N 6 52 5E) and Teistdalsstranda.


Stolsfjorden; Flekkefjorden — Håsund Light

62L 4 Replace by:...red sector of the light, bearing between 157½ and 167 .

L 21 For 332½ and 336 Read 335 and 338½L 25 For 178½ Read 172

L 31 For 290½ Read 292

L 39 For 290½ Read 292

63

L 14 For 178½ Read 172

L 34 For 178½ Read 172


Ulvesund — Light

245L 48 Existing Supplement amendment For 089 and 151Read 092½ and 151½


NP 57B

3 -- 154

NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)— Supplement 11--2004

Charts

2R 64 Insert:

A detailed review of the charting of Norwegianwaters has been conducted between the NorwegianHydrographic Service and the United KingdomHydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, whichdescribes the changes resulting from the review, is toprovide mariners with advanced notice ahead of theformal announcement of changes by Notices toMariners as they are implemented.

In broad summary the changes are as follows:South of Mongstad (60 48 5N 5 01 6E). The

UKHO will, over a 12--18 month period,progressively enhance its existing chart coverageof southern Norway through the adoption ofadditional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scalecharts and will also update the existing 1:200 000series of charts.

North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chartcoverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastalnavigation and allow passage planning. Thesecharts will be updated and amended to includereference to all relevant larger scale Norwegiancharts. A programme of consequentialwithdrawal of existing larger scale Admiraltycharts (without replacement) will coincide withthe scheduled publication of the updated1:200 000 series charts.

For further information see Admiralty Notices toMariners Weekly Edition 32/04.



3L 14--20 Replace by:1.17 In the area covered by this volume there are stillcharts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old.The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegiancharts give an indication of the accuracy mariners canexpect from them. In particular, surveys completedbefore about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, andthere may well be shoals which are not shown.Navigation in such areas should therefore beconducted with great care, and passages outside therecommended channels shown on charts should not beattempted.






Pilotage

4R 28--70 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.43Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:

Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notifythe appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearestVTS, when entering and leaving compulsory pilotagewaters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]

Reporting requirements for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods

5R 19 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods1.48a Norwegian regulations require an arrival report andthe completion of a check list for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries otherthan the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing fromNorway, irrespective of destination, must make a departurereport. These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grtand to vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous orpolluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by theInternational Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. Theregulations do not apply to:

Warships and official ships used fornon--commercial purposes.

Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditionalvessels, provided they are less than 45 m inlength.

Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores andequipment for use on board vessels.

The regulations, forms and check lists are availablefrom the Norwegian National Coastal Administrationas follows:

E--mail [email protected] +47 33034800.Fax +47 33034680.Website www.kystverket.no

Users of the website require a password.Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name andpassword should contact the Brevik Vessel TrafficCentre on +47 35572610.


NP 57B

3 -- 155

Eiksundet — Vertical clearance


A bridge, vertical clearance 16 m, spans the E partof Eiksundet between Eikøya and Hareidlandet.


Runde -- Rundehavn — Spar buoy

40L 61 Replace by:...E of it, and by an iron perch (pointed topmark, redreflector) marking a 3 m (9 ft) patch...

Norwegian Notice 3/165(P)/05(HH. 310/480/04) [10/05]

Romsdalfsjorden -- Tresfjorden — Light

89R 54--55 Including existing Supplement amendment For350 and 000 Read 000½ and 008


Trondheimsleia -- Ramsøygalten — Light

134R 52 Replace by:10.27 A light (lantern on cairn) stands on Ramsøygalten,on...


Trondheimsleia -- Magerøysundet —Fish haven; anchorage

141L 11 Replace by:...Magerøysundet. A fish haven lies in the fairway 1 cableW of the light.

L 17--21 Replace by:10.81 Small vessels may find anchorage on the W side ofthe sound in a small bay on the E coast of Mageröya about3½ cables NW of Magerøy Light. Mooring rings are placedon both sides of the sound.

Norwegian Chart 18(HH. 310/500/05) [16/04]

Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light

145R 19--32 Including existing Supplement amendmentsReplace by:...Trondheimsleia into Hemnefjorden.

The waterway is spanned by Hemnskjeldet Bridge(63 29 8N 9 10 1E), with a vertical clearance of 8 m.The fairway under the bridge has a depth of 6 m anda width of 20 m. Hemnskjeldet Bridge Light isexhibited from a tripod under the bridge, from whichthe positions of the following features are given:Lille Skogøya lies 2½ cables N.Ystholmen lies 1 mile NNE.Meholmen lies 6 cables NNE.Store Skogøya lies 5 cables NE.Meholmgrunnen a 3 5 m patch marked by a spar buoy lies5½ cables NNW.

R 61--67 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:10.127 Submarine cables and a submarine pipeline havebeen laid across Hemnskjelsundet (10.124). Two overheadcables span the sound SW of Hemnskjeldet Bridge, bothwith a vertical clearance of 18 m.


Smøla -- Dyrnesvågen — Light

169R 34--43 Existing Supplement amendment and Section IVNotice Week 01/05 Replace by:12.13 Directions. Dyrnes Light (white lantern, 4 m inheight) (63 25 66N 7 50 53E) stands at the N entrancepoint of Dyrnesvågen, a cove standing on the NW side ofSmøla; the white sector of this light (110½ --115½ ) leadstowards the cove from the vicinity of Store Kalvøya(12.12).Berths. Dyrnesvågen is protected from NW by a

breakwater which extends 160 m SW from Kalvøya,1½ cables NW of Dyrnes Light, and has the followingalongside berths on its NE side, from NW to SE:


Ramsøyfjorden -- Breiflua — Light

172L 43 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Breiflua, a 3 5 m patch marked by a light (lantern ontripod), lies 8 cables E.

Norwegian Notice 18/852/04; BA Chart 3395(HH. 310/505/05) [44/04]

NP 58A

3 -- 156

NP 58ANorway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)— Supplement 10--2006


4L 1--15 Existing Supplement amendment: After Paragraph1.29 Insert:






Velfjorden -- Nevernes — Light

95R 46 For 248 --256 Read 249½ --255½


Tysfjorden -- Skrovkjosen -- Skarberget —Buoyage; berths

210

L 66--68 Replace by:Close E of a light--buoy (starboard hand) (3 cables

NNE), and:W of Lappsvikskjeret Light (3 cables NE), thence:Close E of a spar buoy (starboard hand) (2½ cables

NNE), thence:W of a spar buoy (1 cable NNE).

R 5--6 Replace by:...mounted on telegraph poles with daymarks.

R 8--9 Replace by:Berths at Skarberget: ferry berth on the mole from

which a light is exhibited; small wooden jetty close Eof the mole with a depth at the head of 5 3 m.

Norwegian Notice 23/1184/05; Den Norske Los Volume 5(HH. 310/555/03) [12/06]

Lofoten Islands -- Approaches to Ure --Notskjeret Light — Sectors

241R 33 For (350 ) Read (348 )

R 36 For 350 Read 348

R 41 For (278 --304 ) Read (285½ --305 )

R 50 For (140 ) Read (141½ )

242L 12 For (278 --304 ) Read (285½ --305 )


Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Stovika approaches —Depths

270After L 56 Add:

A 3 m patch lies 1½ cables WNW of the islet N ofGresholmen, and a 4 m patch lies 1 cable ESE,close N of the approach line.

Norwegian Notice 18/1004/06(SEP 000383960) [42/06]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)— Supplement 9--2004



In the area covered by this volume there are stillcharts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old.The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegiancharts give an indication of the accuracy mariners canexpect from them. In particular, surveys completedbefore about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, andthere may well be shoals which are not shown.Navigation in such areas should therefore beconducted with great care, and passages outside therecommended channels shown on the charts should notbe attempted. (See 1.7)





4L 1--2 Delete


NP 58B

3 -- 157

Military prohibited areas

6R 7--21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Tromsø SeaDefence Area Existing Supplement amendments Delete:

Sandsøya (3.157).Gibostadsundet (6.86).

Norwegian Notices 17/877/05; 17/881/05(HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05]

Reporting requirements for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods


Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and thecompletion of a check list for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods arriving from countriesother than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departingfrom Norway, irrespective of destination, must make adeparture report. These regulations apply to vessels ofat least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size,carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk orpackaged form, as defined by the InternationalMaritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations donot apply to:

Warships and official ships used fornon--commercial purposes.

Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditionalvessels, provided they are less than 45 m inlength.

Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores andequipment for use on board vessels.

The regulations, forms and check lists are availablefrom the Norwegian National Coastal Administrationas follows:

E--mail [email protected] +47 33034800.Fax +47 33034680.Website www.kystverket.no

Users of the website require a password.Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name andpassword should contact the Brevik Vessel TrafficCentre on +47 35572610.

327

Existing Supplement amendment DeleteAppendix III in its entirety.


Andefjorden -- SaurabogenLeading lights; directions

52R 69--70 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:

Directions: From seaward the track into theharbour leads WNW through a channel marked bydolphins.

53L 1--2 Delete


Sandsøya —Military prohibited area

60R 55--56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete


Solbergfjorden -- Indreleia — Dyrøya Light

119L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For024 --041 Read 026 --041

L 49 Including existing Supplement amendment For064 --073 Read 064½ --074½L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment For100 --216 Read 100 --209½


Gibostad —Military prohibited area

126L 44--47 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of

Rødbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NWentrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57).


Tromsø -- Tromsøysundet — Anchorage

142L 59--60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:

Anchorage (220 , 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral.Two recommended anchorage areas (014 ,

1½ miles and 012 , 1¼ miles) are situated ESEand SE of Breidvika as shown on the chart.Attention is drawn to the submarine cable andpipelines (025 , 2 3 miles) which crossTromsøysundet between Nygård and Kroken.

Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751(HH. 309/430/04) [50/04]

Fugløysveet -- Burøya —Marine farm

168After L 13 Insert:Marine farm has been established in the white

sector of Burøynakken Light in position 70 14 1N19 55 8E, as shown on the chart.


NP 58B

3 -- 158

Breivik — Jetty

203R 15--16 Delete


Sandøyfjorden -- Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy


Directions. Hønsebyfjorden (70 44 N 23 10 E) isentered by passing E of Hønsebygrunnen, a 3 m (10 ft)patch; a bar, 3 cables within the entrance, has a leastdepth of 4 m (13 ft) in mid--channel.


Trollsundet -- south--east of Ingøya — Depths

212L 20 Replace by:

N of a shoal (1 8 miles ESE), with adepth of 2 5 m (8 ft) over it, thence:

N of a shoal (2 3 miles ESE), with adepth of 4 4 m (14½ ft) over it, and:

S of a pair of 6 m (19 ft) patches(2 1 miles E), thence:

Clear of a patch (2 2 miles ESE), witha depth of 6 2 m (20 ft) over it, thence:

S of a shoal (2 3 miles E), with a depthof 4 5 m (14¾ ft) over it, thence:

Clear of a patch (2 6 miles ESE), witha depth of 8 4 m (27½ ft) over it.

Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06(SEP 000380655) [40/06]

North--east of Ingøya — Depths

214L 32 Replace by:

W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); a rock,with a depth of 9 0 m over it, lies2 cables W of Litlegrunnen on the Eedge of the white sector.

L 41 Replace by:

341 --348astern

W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of5 3 m over it, lies 3½ cables WNW ofStein on the W edge of the whitesector. Thence:

E of a rock (9½ cables S), with a depthof 5 4 m over it, lying 2 cables E ofLikholmgrunnan, thence:

R 10 Add:A rock, with a depth of 7 0 m over it, and a rock,with a depth of 5 0 m over it, lie, respectively, 2½ cables SEand 2 cables SW of the SW point of Store Gasøy.

Norwegian Notice 12/702/06(SEP 000369581) [33/06]

North--west side of Magerøya -- Gjesvær —Depths

219L 6 Add:Caution. There is a least depth of 0 9 m in the approach tothe anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia.

Norwegian Notice 15/851/06(SEP2006000376424) [36/06]

Sørøysundet -- Approaches to Hammerfest —Obstruction


NE of an obstruction (70 39 6N 23 34 3E)(1 6 miles WSW), thence:


South side of Magerøya -- Kobbholet — Bridge

237L 54Add:A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spansthe entrance to Kobbholet.

Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05)(SEP 000376425) [36/06]

North side of Magerøya -- Lille Skarsvåg —Depth

265L 18 Add: There is a least depth of 6 0 m in this channel1½ cables SW of the NE entrance point of Lille Skarsvåg.

Norwegian Notice 15/852/06(SEP2006000376425) [36/06]

Kamøyfjorden -- South--west andwest of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors and depths

265R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For225 --234 and 291 --304 Read 223½ --234 and289 --302

R 22 Add:A patch, with a depth of 3 3 m over it, lies in theSE approach, within the white sector (289 --302 ) ofKamøyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light.


NP 60

3 -- 159

NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot(2005 Edition)

Nova Scotia -- Little Hope Island — Buoy


...extremities of the island. UEF Light--buoy (Ecardinal) is moored 4 cables ESE. Thence:

Canada Eastern Notice 03/L/C 4230/06(HH. 606/455/04) [17/06]

Lockeport Harbour Approaches — Buoyage


SE of Outer Farm Ledge (11¼ miles SW), leastdepth 7 6 m, marked by KE52 Light--buoy(starboard hand). Outer Farm Ledge is the SEextremity of an area of foul ground which extendsacross the entrance of Lockeport Harbour toWestern Head. Thence:


Canada Eastern Notices 9/4240/05; 2/4209/06(HH. 606/445/03) [11/06]

Nova Scotia -- Negro Harbour — Buoyage


...which there are depths of less than 6 7 m (22 ft).Thence:

Paragraph 6.135 3 lines 7--8 Replace by:...and dries 0 3 m, is marked close SW by SP54Light--buoy (starboard hand). Thence:

Paragraph 6.135 4 lines 5--6 Replace by:...(preferred channel to port). Thence:

Paragraph 6.136 2 lines 8--9 Replace by:...Point and for which the chart is the best guide.

Paragraph 6.137 1 line 3 For SP52 Buoy Read SP54Light--buoy (starboard hand)

Canadian Eastern Notices 02/4241/06; 03/4142/06(HH. 606/450/03) [45/06]

Nova Scotia -- Pubnico Harbour — Buoy


W of a 4 3 m rocky patch (8 cables SE), and:E of a 9 8 m rocky patch (4 cables S); P1 Light--buoy

(port hand) marks the S extremity of a bank, partof which dries, extending 3 cables S of PubnicoPoint.

Canadian Chart 4210(HH. 059/200/01) [30/06]




NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I(1988 Edition) — Supplement 7--2006

Navigational Aids -- Beacons — Cyclonic damage

3R 8 Add:

Throughout the area covered by this volumebeacons are subject to cyclonic and other damage, andmay take considerable time to repair or replace.

HMAS Balkipapan; HMAS Geraldton(HH. 583/400/03; 583/420/04; 583/480/03) [13/04]

Solomon Islands -- New Georgia Island --Viru Harbour — Leading beacons; beacons


From a position S of the entrance the track leadsNNE between two reefs, thence ENE, thence NNE tothe anchorage.

Australian Government Survey 2004(HH. 583/410/03) [35/04]

Papua New Guinea -- Bright Island Passage;Shortland Reef — Lights

183L 34 Replace by:...Light (white pile structure, 10 m in height) (10 30 4S151 07 8E).

L 40--41 Including existing Supplement amendmentsReplace by:

...ESE) on the N end of which stands a light--beacon(white tower, 14 m in height),...

L 43--45 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:ENE of Shortland Reef Light.


ESE of a shoal (2½ miles SSW) with a charted depthof less than 5 5 m (18 feet) and marked by alight--beacon (starboard hand) at the SE edge,thence:

Australian Notices 7/305(T)/05; 21/889/05(HH. 532/430/03) [47/05]

NP 60

3 -- 160

Papua New Guinea -- Raven Channel —Light--beacons

200R 64 Including existing Supplement amendment Forbeacons Read light--beacons


Papua New Guinea -- South--West Approaches toRaven Channel -- Dana--gedu Reef —

Light--beacon

201L 41 Add:A light--beacon (red square daymark on pile), marks thereef.


Papua New Guinea -- Approaches toGoschen Strait — Directions

201

L 48--49 Replace by:...Tahiri Siga Reef, dries, and:

L 66--R 29 Including existing Supplement amendment andSection IV Notice Week 30/05 Replace by:

From position about 2½ miles W of Raven Channelthe track leads E for 3¾ miles, passing (with positionsrelative to Hibwa Island (10 14 5S 150 59 5E)):

N of the N extremity of a drying reef (4½ milesWSW), and:

S of a shoal (4¼ miles W) marked by a light--beacon(starboard hand), thence:

N of an isolated 4 2 m shoal (3¼ miles W), thence:N of the N edge of Toari--Namu (3 miles WSW),

marked by a light--beacon (port hand), and:S of the S edge Diligaoli Reef (3 miles W), marked

by a light--beacon (starboard hand), thence:S of the SE extremity of Diligaoli Reef

(2¼ miles W).The track then leads on the alignment 215 (astern),

of the E edge of Iabama Island (4¼ miles WSW)(6.483) and the W edge of Lelei--Gana Island(5½ miles SW) (6.483) to join the preferred route(6.518) about 1½ miles NNW of Hibwa Island, andhence into Goschen Strait.6.490

Spare

R 41--59 Replace by:From a position about 1½ miles W of Raven

Channel (6.489) the track through Messum Channelleads 1½ miles NNE, passing (with positions relativeto Meimeiara Island Light (10 13 4S 150 53 0E)):

E of a shoal (2 miles ESE), marked by a light--beacon(starboard hand), thence:

W of Thobbs Reef (2½ miles ESE), noting thedepths of less than 10 m extending into thechannel at the S and N ends of the W side, and:

E of a drying reef (2 miles ESE), noting the shoalpatches off the NE and SE corners.

6.493Spare

R 66--67 Replace by:W of Taodovu Reef, dries, lying N of Diligaoli...


Between Boiaboiawaga Island and Revelle Patch(1¾ miles NE), with a least depth of 2 9 m(10 ft)...

L 36--51 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:

The track through Jackdaw Channel is on the lineof bearing 165 , astern, of the SW extremity ofLelei--Gana Island (10 18 S 150 55 E) (6.483), passing(with positions relative to Meimeiara Island Light(10 13 4S 150 53 0E)):

ENE of a 3 7 m shoal (7 cables ESE), thence:Very close SSW of a 4 6 m shoal (9 cables E),

thence:Between the shoal water extending E from

Meimeiara Island and the numerous coral headsand drying reef SW of Boiaboiawaga Islands;(1½ miles NE).


The track through Hornbill Channel (10 14 S150 53 E) keeps close to the reef, marked by a beacon(port hand), fringing Meimeiara Island on the S sideof which stands a light (6.488); the W side of thechannel is unmarked.

Hornbill Channel is transited with the W edge ofLelei--Gana Island bearing 153 , passing within½ cable of the beacon where a least depth of 4 1 m isencountered. SW of the beacon, from the W side ofthe channel, a shoal with a depth of less than 2 mextends across the channel reducing the navigablewidth of the channel for vessels of 3 m draught toabout ½ cable. A 4 9 m patch, 3 cables SE of thebeacon, is the SE extremity of the shoal which extendsfrom the reef on the E side of the channel. In the Nentrance to the channel depths decrease rapidly fromover 50 m. In the S approach the bottom is broken anda number of shoals, 6 to 8 m, lie within 4 cables ofthe S entrance.

204

L 55--63 Replace by:SW of a reef (5 miles S), marked by a light--beacon

(isolated danger), with a least depth of 2 2 m overit, which breaks occasionally, separated by achannel, 1¼ miles wide and clear of dangers,from Mid Sand Bank, thence:

SW of Badila--Dabubona Reef (3½ miles SW), theS’most of the dangers lying in the close vicinity ofLugogona Islands; it has four drying reefs on itwhich are nearly always indicated by breakers. Alight--beacon (starboard hand) marks the SEextremity of the reef. Thence:

After R 9 Add:A Preferred Route has been established to the W of

Nuakata Island. This route has not been surveyed inaccordance with the IMO/IHO standards forrecommended tracks.

NP 60

3 -- 161

R 13--47 Replace by:From position 10 23 0S 150 59 4E the Preferred

Route follows a track of 356 for 5 miles to a positionSW of Kabahuhu Point (10 17 S 151 00 E), passing(with positions relative to Kabahuhu Point):

E of Badila--Dabubona Reef (4½ miles S) (6.516),marked on its E side by a light--beacon (starboardhand), and:

W of a patch of submerged rocks (4¼ miles S)marked by a light--beacon (port hand), thence:

E of Hawki--hawki Reef (3¼ miles SSW), twopatches of below water--rocks, marked at its Nend by a light--beacon (starboard hand), and:

W of a shoal patch (2¾ miles S), marked by alight--beacon (port hand), thence:

E of Kana Kuba Island (2¾ miles SW), thence:E of a 4 2 m shoal (2 miles SW).

Vessels making for Auweam Bay pass:W of Kabahuhu Point. A light--beacon (port hand)

marks the extremity of the shoal extending for5 cables WSW from the point.

From SW, the preferred route leads NE fromposition 10 25 9S 150 54 0E for 6 miles to join thetrack at 6.518.

205

R 36--45 Replace by:...Lelei--Gana Island (2¾ miles WNW), passing (withpositions relative to Gadahoa Point):

NNE of a 4 7 m patch (4 miles SSE), thence:NNE of a 1 8 m shoal (2¼ miles S), thence:SSW of a drying shoal (7 cables SE), thence:NNE of Walters Reef (1¾ miles SSW), thence:NNE of a shoal (2 miles SW), marked by a beacon

(port hand).


Papua New Guinea -- Hibwa Island —Light--beacon

201L 67--70 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:...of bearing, 083½ , of Hibwa Island, (10 14 5S150 59 4E), marked by a light--beacon (pile), passing,(positions relative to Hibwa Island):


Papua New Guinea -- Raven Channel --Diligaoli and Taori--Namu Reefs —

Light--beacons

201R 6--7 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:...W), marked by a light--beacon (green triangulardaymark, apex up, on pile); the reef is...

R 10--11 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:...W), marked by a light--beacon (red can topmark on pile);the reef is usually...

Australian Chart 629(HH. 532/430/03) [30/05]

Papua New Guinea -- Goschen Strait --Gallows Reef — Light--beacon

206L 28 Replace by:

Gallows Reef (10 17 S 151 11 E), marked by alight--beacon, lies in the...

Australian Notice 15/666(P)/05(HH. 532/430/03) [33/05]

Caroline Islands -- Pikelot Island -- Tarang Reef— Obstruction; depth

349After R 59 Insert:

An obstruction has been reported (2005) in position7 44 7N 147 11 6E, about 26½ miles W of TarangReef. A depth of 50 feet has been reported (2005) inposition 7 45 1N 147 12 8E, about 25¼ miles W ofthe reef.

Hydropacs 134--135/05(HH. 590/400/03) [10/05]

Rota Harbour and Sosanlagh Bay — Chimney

369L 21--22 Replace by:...masts) (14 08 N, 145 08 E).L 68 Replace by:...Island,

US Chart 81063(HH. 592/400/03) [35/06]

Mariana Islands -- Saipan Harbour —Dredged depth

370R 53--54 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:...depth of 9 7 m (32 ft) (2003).

US Chart 81076(HH. 592/470/03) [13/05]

Northern Mariana Islands --Saipan Harbour approach — Shoal

371L 44 Replace by:

(starboard hand) A detached shoal, with a depth of 9 2 m(30 ft) over it, lies 4 cables W of the reef.

US Notice 10/81004/04(HH. 592/470/03) [13/04]

NP 60

3 -- 162


387

After Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph §165.5line 4 Insert:§165.9 Geographic application of limited andcontrolled access areas and regulatednavigation areas.(a) General. The geographic application of the limitedand controlled access areas and regulated navigationareas in this part are determined based on the statutoryauthority under which each is created.(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. Thesezones and areas are created under the authority of thePorts and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C.1221--1232.(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources ofauthority — the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33U.S.C. 1221--1232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, asamended by both the Magnuson Act of August 9,1950 (“Magnuson Act”), 50 U.S.C. 191--195, and sec.104 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of2002.(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones areissued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633and may be established in waters subject to thejurisdiction of the United States as defined in §2.38 ofthis chapter, including the territorial sea to a seawardlimit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline.


NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7--2001

Fiji -- Great Astrolabe Reef eastwards —Volcanic activity

24R 5 Including existing Supplement amendment, Add:

18 47 S 179 11 E (2001)

203R 31 Existing Supplement amendment, Add:Volcanic activity has been reported (2001) in position18 47 S 179 11 E midway between Great Astrolabe Reefand Moala Island (10.136)

Fiji Coastal Navigational Warning 25/01(HH. 586/490/02) [01/02]

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Approaches to Nouméa --Île Ouen westwards -- Taréti — Light--buoy


NE of Taréti (22 23 4S 166 37 8E), a reef markedby a light--buoy (N cardinal), thence:

French Notice 32/17/02(HH. 585/570/03) [39/02]

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Passe de Poum —Leading line

99L 53 After... Sommet Poum (Pume Peak) Insert: 414 m inheight.


Approaching from W, Sommet Poum (414 m inheight) bearing 092 leads through Passe de Poum. Aconical buoy (north cardinal) at the entrance to thepassage marks the N extremity of Grand Récif dePoum.

French Chart 7320(HH. 585/510/02) [08/02]

Nouvelle--Calédonie, North--East Coast —Anchorage

113R 43 For SE Read SW

French Sailing Directions K10(HH. 585/480/03) [11/04]

Nouvelle--Calédonie, North--East Coast —Beacon; shoal

121R 11--12 Existing Supplement amendment Delete

R 16--19 Replace by:Thence the track leads 298 with Îlot Nendahandé

(20 10 0S 164 15 0E) (4.201), ahead, passing:Close SSW of a 3 8 m patch (20 15 6S 164 26 3E).

French Chart 2744(HH. 585/510/03) [08/04]

Îles Loyauté -- Passage between Île Maréand Île Lifou — Positions of islands

130L 54--55 DeleteL 62--63 Delete


Vanuatu -- Anelghowhat Bay — Shoal

137R 14 Add:

S of a 10 1 m shoal (1¼ miles WNW), thence:

Vanuatu Maritime Authority(HH. 584/500/02) [02/03]

Éwosé Island — Anchorage

151L 6 Replace by:...summit of Faléa Islet (6.155) bearing 142 , and the NWextremity of Éwosé Island bearing 024 . In the...


NP 61

3 -- 163

Maskelyne Islands — Anchorage


Temporary anchorage (16 32 5S 167 46 9E) isafforded in a bight on the NW side of SughulampReef (6.225), 4¼ cables N of the N summit (67 mhigh) of Vulaï Island. It is not advisable...


Ambrym — Submarine volcano

161R 41 Insert:6.265a

Caution. A submarine volcano is reported (1999) toexist about 1 mile W of Ranwakon Point (6.267);depths may be less than charted.

French Sailing Directions K10(HH. 061/200/01) [01/05]

Ambrym Island -- Craig Cove — Anchorage


Anchorage may be obtained in positions 019distant 1¼ cables, and 357 distant 2¾ cablesrespectively from George Point (16 15 7S 167 54 7E)in depths of about 25 m, as shown on the plan.

A concrete wharf projects 60 m WSW over the reeffrom a position 2¼ cables NE of George Point; depthat the head is 5 1 m.


Segond Channel, South--East approaches —Anchorages

173L 13--14 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:Chart 1638 Plans in Northern Vanuatu


Abokisa Island (15 35 7S 167 14 3E), 5 m high,lies in the channel between the SW extremity ofTutuba Island (6.380) and the E extremity of AoréIsland.

Dives Passage, 4 cables wide at its narrowest, andFabert Passage, 6½ cables wide at its narrowest, lie onthe E and W sides respectively of Abokisa Island;both are deep, and clear of charted dangers.

Useful marks:Chapuis Point Light (6.382).A white rock (4 m high) on the shore 4 miles NNW

of Abokisa Island, shows up well...

L 31--33 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:Aïsari Bay (15 34 4S 167 11 8E) on the E side of

Aoré Island, as shown on the chart. Anchorage isafforded to small craft in the bay, but it is encumberedwith...

L 36--43 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:6.379Spare

L 50--51 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:...Tutuba Island, densely wooded and 36 m high near its Send, and the main island of...

L 58 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:

...height) (15 28 7S 167 15 0E) on NaoréuréPoint...


Aoba Island — Principal marks


Ngwala Rock (15 27 0S 167 39 8E), a highcolumn with a little foliage on its summit, lyingoff Vatu Tangaloï, the SW extremity of the island.


A prominent hill, 171 m high, rising over VatuTangaloï, the SW extremity of the island.

Ngwala Rock (15 27 0S 167 39 8E) (6.496).


Santa Cruz Islands -- Vanikolo —Anchorages; buoyage

194L 55--58 Replace by:...least depth of 8 m in the fairway.

R 23--28 Replace by:Anchorage. Sapolome Bay is entered E of Baure

Point situated 2½ miles E of Pallu Passage.

R 63--70 Replace by:Spare7.16

195L 1--3 Delete


NP 61

3 -- 164

Reef Islands — Forrest Reef; Nalongo; shoals

197R 65--70 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:7.47

Forrest Reef (10 15 0S 165 47 3E) reported(1899). In 1900, HMS Ringdove examined the reportedposition and found a bank about 2 cables long in anE/W direction, with depths from 82 to 88 m over it.As the bottom was reported to be clearly seen in1899, it is probable that there are shallower depths inthe vicinity.

198L 4--5 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:7.48

Caution. A reef was reported (1899) to lie about10 miles SSW of Nalongo Islet (10 04 8S165 44 6E); being an area of volcanic...


A shoal, charted as a dangerous rock (9 53 2S165 32 7E), reported (1943) whose existence isdoubtful.

Brougham Shoal (9 38 1S 165 27 4E), comprisesof two areas, charted as dangerous rocks, 4 milesapart, over which the sea breaks heavily.

A shoal, charted as a dangerous rock (9 42 9S165 15 8E), reported (1943) whose existence isdoubtful.

Chart 4624Discoloured water (8 39 S 165 01 E), 5 cables in...

199L 43 For Nalogo Read Nalongo

L 45 For Nalogo Read Nalongo


Santa Cruz Islands -- Duff Islands;Mitre Island — Depths

199L 66--R 27 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:

Hawkins Shoal (10 18 1S 167 22 0E), wasreported (1882) by the vessel Lord of the Isles whenthe bottom was seen. A depth of 18 3 m was obtained(1883) by the same vessel about 10 miles E ofTaumoko Island.

A bank, with a least charted depth of 15 m, extends38 miles SE from Loveta Islands (7.64). Shoalerdepths may exist.

A 17 3 m shoal (9 37 9S 167 31 6E).A 9 m shoal (9 43 5S 167 36 0E), reported (1943),

the existence of which is doubtful.

Charts 4624, 4633A 10 8 m shoal (9 54 8S 168 09 9E).

200R 43 For 2901 Read 4633

201L 1--3 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:

A 9 m shoal (11 00 6S 169 54 4E), reported(1935).


Fiji -- Draunibota Bay —Wreck


A cement works, situated at the head of the bay, isprominent from seaward.Caution. A dangerous wreck, marked by a buoy

(non--IALA), lies ¾ cable ESE of the front beacon.

Fiji Government Notice 19/06(HH. 586/580/03) [30/06]

Fiji Islands -- Vitu Levu -- Nadi River approaches— Rock; depth


Cautions:Seaplanes. Light seaplanes may be encountered

landing, taking off or taxi--ing during daylight hours inthe area between Yakuilau Islet (17 45 6S 177 21 8E)and Denarau (Ndenarau) Islet 6 cables SSE.Rock. A rock awash, position approximate, lies

about 7 cables SW of Alacrity Cays Beacon (17 44 8S177 22 5E) as shown on the chart. An isolated shoal,position approximate, with a depth of 1 8 m over itlies about 4 cables SE of the beacon.

Fiji Notice 26/04(HH. 586/550/04) [40/04]

Fiji -- Vanua Levu -- Ravi Ravi Passage —Directions

263L 47 Replace by:...the SE side of an unnamed detached reef (16 25 S178 55 E),...

R 1--4 Replace by:Or, ESE between Cakaba Reef (Cakau Nacana on

Chart 385) and Cakau Utulei to join the inshoreroute 2 miles NE of Ravi Ravi Point, passingeither side of Naiseva Reef (16 26 S 178 59 E),a...


NP 61

3 -- 165

Fiji -- Vanua Levu -- Malau —Arrival information

270R 5 Replace by:

Pilotage is compulsory and 48 hours notice isrequired.


Fiji -- Vanua Levu -- Point Passage — Rocks

291R 9 Replace by:

SE of two dangerous rocks (16 49 5S 179 14 0E),thence:

NW of Point Reef Light (16 50 S 179 17 E)...

Satellite Imagery(HH. 586/440/03) [20/05]

Fiji -- Vanua Levu -- Savusavu —Arrival information


Pilotage is compulsory and can be arranged throughagents in Suva, 48 hours prior to arrival. The pilot isembarked at either Suva or Lautoka,...

L 15 Replace by:...the vessel 1¼ miles W of Point Reef Light.


Fiji -- Exploring Isles — Off--lying reefs

299L 52 For 14 6 m (48 ft) Read 11 m (36 ft)

L 53 For 9 1 m (30 ft) Read 6 m (19 ft)

L 56 Add:A 24 m (13 fm) patch lies 3 miles ESE.

L 58 For 21 9 m (12 fm) Read 18 3 m (60 ft)

L 60 For 33 m (18 fm) Read 22 m (12 fm)


Fiji -- Exploring Isles -- Directions for AmericanPassage — Off--lying shoal

301R 29--30 Replace by:...SE swell. Dilio Shoal lies 4½ miles ENE of NukuThikombia Reef.


Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu northwestwards --Balmoral Reef southwestwards — Shoal depth

316Paragraph 11.6 Add new line:First column: 2691, 4605, 4060; Second column: 10 m(5 5 fm); Third column: 15 57 S 175 39 E; Fourthcolumn: Shoal (2001).

Fiji Hydrographic Office(HH. 586/400/02) [33/01]

Tonga -- Vava’u Group northwestwards —Volcanic activity

345R 45 Insert:Volcanic activity12.194a

Volcanic activity has been reported (2001) inposition 18 19 1S 174 21 1W, about 25 miles NW ofthe Vava’u Group.


Samoa Islands -- Durham Shoal — Depth


16 05 S173 50 W

8 m (26 ft) Durham Shoal;discovered byMV Durham in1956.

French Chart 7166(HH. 587/410/03) [40/04]

American Samoa -- Manua Islandssoutheastwards — Volcanic activity

359R 17 Insert:

Volcanic activity was reported (2001) in position14 34 5S 168 55 5W, about 36 miles SE of Ta’uIsland.

New Zealand Notice 120/02(HH. 588/400/02) [39/02]

Pago Pago Harbour — Buoyage

373L 6--8 Including existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:

NE of No 4 Light--buoy (port hand) (4½ cables SW).

US Notice 24/83484/04(HH. 588/490/03) [35/04]

Butaritari Atoll — Directions


NW of a dangerous rock (5 cables E), thence:


NP 61

3 -- 166

Nouvelle--Calédonie — Tanker regulations

433--435Existing Appendix II Replace by:

APPENDIX II

REGULATIONS ON THENAVIGATION OF TANK SHIPS IN

THE TERRITORIAL ANDINTERNAL WATERS OFNOUVELLE--CALÉDONIE

(Extracts from the Decree No 20 dated 24 August2006, issued by the High Commissioner of the

Republic in Nouvelle--Calédonie)

Article 1: Definitions1 In the present decree:

Hydrocarbons refers to oil in any form thatconforms to the definition of rule 1 of AnnexNo 1 of the MARPOL agreement 73/78, the list ofwhich is reproduced in Annex 4 of the presentdecree, intended passage in the territorial waters;

2 Harmful liquid substance refers to thosesubstances classed in categories A, B, C orD, indicated in chapter 17 or 18 of theinternational anthology of regulations ontransporters of chemical products and markedas subject to the dispositions of this annex inthe column ‘category of pollution’.

3 Black products refers to persistent hydrocarbonssuch as bitumens, crude oil, fuel, heavy dieseland oils, listed under the headings Asphaltand Hydrocarbons in appendix 1 of AnnexNo 1 of the MARPOL agreement 73/78.

White products refers to refined, non--persistenthydrocarbons listed under the other headings inappendix 1 of Annex No 1 of the MARPOLagreement 73/78, as well as to liquefied gases.

4 Tanker ship refers to a vessel constructed oradapted principally for the transport of liquidbulk cargoes and includes oil tankers asdefined in rules 1 and 2 of Annex No 1 ofthe MARPOL agreement 73/78, tanker shipsfor chemical products as defined in rule 1 ofAnnex No 2 of this same agreement, as wellas gas--carriers as provided for in the IMOCode for the construction and equipping ofvessels transporting liquid gases in bulk(1983).

5 Internal waters refers to all waters locatedbetween the coast and the base lines definedby decree No 2002--827 dated 3 May 2002.

Territorial waters refers to waters measured fromthe base lines to 12 miles offshore from these.

during the day only refers to the period of timewhich begins 15 minutes before sunrise and ends15 minutes after sunset.

Article 2: Area of application6 The present decree applies to tanker ships

transporting hydrocarbons, liquefied gas or harmfulliquid substances.

Article 3: Passage of tanker ships interritorial waters

7 Whilst they are sailing in territorial waters withoutthe intention of making landfall at a pilot embarkationpoint, vessels covered by article 2 should, at all times,remain more than 7 miles outside the base linesmarking the boundary between internal waters andNouvelle Calédonie and the isolated islands or reefs.

However, when it is necessary to cross definedinternal waters to make for the Îles Loyauté, thesevessels are authorised to pass between the Îles Ouvéaand Lifou exclusively, on condition that they remain7 miles from the coasts and reefs at all times.

Article 4: Compulsory system ofvessel reports

8 Throughout the entire duration of their passagethrough the territorial or internal waters of NouvelleCalédonie, vessels covered by Article 2 of the presentdecree shall be obliged, at all times, to listen to theinternational radio frequencies transmitted in metricwaves (VHF 16 and ASN 70). They should respond toany call for vessels issued by the State, the coastalstation Nouméa--Radio or Nouméa MRCC.

9 In the following cases, these vessels shall be subjectto an obligation to report to MRCC Nouméa, either bymessage transmitted directly by fax (687.29.23.03), orby the intermediary of the coastal stationNouméa--Radio (FJP), or by the intermediary of themaritime agent.

4.1 Movements in territorial or internal waters.10 Twenty--four hours before entering the internal

waters of Nouvelle Calédonie, or, if the voyage is of alesser duration than this period of notice, no later thancasting off from the preceding foreign port, the captainof any vessel covered by Article 2 shall be obliged tosend a message that follows the model in annex 1 ofthe present decree and states:

11 a) the captain’s intentions as to movement in theterritorial or internal water;

b) the vessel’s manoeuvring capabilities;c) its seaworthinessd) the telephone number and e--mail address of the

ship’s owner.12 The same message should be sent by the captain or

his agent, six hours before casting off from any portor waiting mooring in Nouvelle Calédonie.

In the event that the captain modifies his movementintentions after sending a message as required by thepresent article, the vessel shall be obliged toimmediately send a new message correcting the first,under the same conditions as before.

4.2 Damage or peril of the sea.13 4.2.1. The captain of any vessel covered by

Article 2, who, whilst in internal waters, territorialwaters, or less than 50 miles from the outer limit ofthese, suffers damage, breakdown due to an incidentoccurring on board the vessel or on its exterior thataffects its manoeuvrability, its safety or the integrity ofthe environment, shall be obliged to inform MRCCNouméa immediately. This report shall be transmittedsubject to the aforementioned conditions, in a formatthat conforms to that given in annex 2 of the presentdecree.

NP 61

3 -- 167

14 4.2.2. The captain of any vessel called to assist ortow a tanker ship covered by paragraph 4.2.1 shall beobliged to inform MRCC Nouméa of this immediately,using a message that conforms to the model inannex 3 of the present decree.

4.2.3. Moreover, the captain of the vessel assistedand the captain of the assisting vessel shall be obligedto:

a) inform MRCC Nouméa of the development of thesituation, in a message that conforms to themodels shown in annexes 2 or 3 of the presentdecree;

15 b) respond to any call issued by the coastalstation Nouméa--Radio (FJP), by MRCCNouméa or by a vessel belonging to theFrench state;

c) take all measures stipulated by the NouvelleCalédonie maritime authority in view ofremoving the dangers to navigation and thethreats of pollution, or making them cease.

16 4.2.4. Messages sent to MRCC Nouméa aredesigned as notification for the authorities and do notin any way constitute requests for help or assistance.If the captains of the vessels concerned consider that itis necessary to request help or assistance, they shall beresponsible for making this additional request toMRCC Nouméa, under the conditions set down by theinternational regulations.

Article 5: Transit and stopover of tankerships in the internal waters of

Nouvelle--Calédonie

5.1. General arrangements17 Vessels to which Article 2 applies are forbidden to

circulate in the internal waters of Nouvelle Calédonie,excepting those with special dispensations underparagraph 5.2 below, and unless special orders areissued by the maritime authority.

5.2. Particular arrangements18 5.2.1. Port de Nouméa

Access to the Port de Nouméa is authorised, duringthe day only, to tanker ships covered by Article 2,within the limits of draughts acceptable in theaccess channel and at their destination position.

Once they have taken the pilot on board, thesevessels should head towards the Passé deDumbéa and take the channel for oil tankers to theNorth of Îlot Signal.

19 Vessels covered by Article 2, transporting lessthan 1800 tonnes of black products or ofharmful substances, or less than 20 000 tonnesof white products, are authorised to carry outtheir transit and their manoeuvres at night.

20 5.2.2. Port de PronyAccess to Port de Prony is authorised, during the day

only, to vessels covered by Article 2 transportingless than 55 000 tonnes of cargo, within the limitsof draughts acceptable in the access channel andat their destination position.

21 Once they have taken the pilot on board, theyshould head towards the Passe Centrale deBoulari and take the route recommended bythe Naval Hydrographical andOceanographical Service (SHOM), throughthe Woodin Canal.

However, if they have a draught less than or equal to10 m, these vessels are authorised to transitduring the day only, through the Canal de laHavannah.

22 Vessels covered by Article 2 transporting lessthan 1800 tonnes of black products or ofharmful substances, or less than 20 000 tonnesof white products, are authorised to carry outtheir transit and their manoeuvres at night.

23 5.2.3. Transit in the South lagoon between Nouméa,Baie de Prony and Passe de la Havannah.

During the day only, tanker ships transporting lessthan 55 000 tonnes of hydrocarbons areauthorised to pass through the lagoon betweenNouméa and Baie de Prony, within the limits ofdraughts acceptable in the access channels and attheir destination position, and on condition thatthey take the route recommended by the SHOM.

24 During the day only, navigation in the Canal dela Havannah is reserved to vessels with adraught less than or equal to 10 m, andtransporting less than 55 000 tonnes of one ormore of the cargoes mentioned in Article 2.

Tanker ships transporting less than 1800 tonnes ofblack products or of harmful liquid substances, orless than 20 000 tonnes of white products areauthorised to carry out their transit andmanoeuvres during the night.

25 5.2.4. Port de NepouiDuring the day only, access to Port de Nepoui by the

Passe de Muéo is authorised for tanker shipscovered by Article 2, under the followingconditions:

a) maximum length of 140 m;b) draught less than or equal to 8 m;c) load with maximum weight of 15 000 tonnes;d) cargo containing not more than 10 000 tonnes of

hydrocarbons.26 These vessels must take a pilot on board

offshore from the Passé de Dumbéa, or, if themeasures for taking the pilot on board aresatisfactory, offshore from the Passe de Muéo.

When leaving, the disembarkation of the pilotshould take place outside the channel.

In the case of vessels transporting black products, thepresent of a tug from the port is obligatory duringthe pilotage operation.

27 5.2.5. Îles LoyautéIn order to serve the territorial interest in

hydrocarbons, when leaving a port on the mainisland of Nouvelle Calédonie, tanker shipstransporting less than 1800 tonnes ofhydrocarbons are authorised to transit within theinternal waters of Îles Loyauté.

However, navigation in the Ouvéa lagoon andmanoeuvres in the ports of the Îles Loyauté canonly be carried out during the day.

NP 61

3 -- 168

5.3. Particular regulations relating to pilotage28 5.3.1. Arrival in internal water:

Vessels covered by Article 2 of the present decreemust take pilots on board 3 miles offshore of theDumbéa, Boulari and la Havannah channels.However, if the local means of transferring pilotsare satisfactory and of a type agreed by the Officeof Maritime Affairs, these vessels may take pilotson board and disembark them 3 miles offshore ofthe channel through which the entry into internalwaters is authorised.

29 In the event that weather conditions mean that itis not possible to pick up a pilot 3 milesoffshore, the pilot shall guide the tanker shipfrom the pilot boat and embark as soon aspossible, if necessary after clearing thechannel.

30 5.3.2. Getting under way:Departure from the port and transit towards the

channel are subject to the same conditions asarrival. However, once he is certain that the vesselexiting has full manoeuvring capability, the pilotmay disembark before clearing the channel.

31 5.3.3. Reporting obligation:The pilot shall inform MRCC Nouméa when he goes

on board any vessel covered by Article 2, thenwhen he disembarks at the conclusion of thepilotage operation. Moreover, he should report tothe competent authority any events that couldaffect the safety of persons or of navigation, or theintegrity of the environment.

Article 6:32 Anyone contravening the arrangements of the

present decree shall be liable to punishment as detailedin Article 63 of the law dated 17 December 1926,which details the disciplinary and penal code forcommercial shipping.

Article 7:33 Decree No 1042, dated 13 September 2001 and

regulating the movement of tanker ships within theterritorial and internal waters of Nouvelle Calédonie, isrevoked.

Article 8:34 The commander of the navy and of naval

aeronautics in Nouvelle Calédonie, the director of theOffice of Maritime Affairs and officers and agentswith authorisation to police shipping shall all beresponsible for the matters that concern them regardingthe implementation of the present decree, which willbe recorded and published in the Official Paper ofNouvelle Calédonie.

ANNEXES

Annex 135 Sample message notifying of entry into territorial

waters or of getting under way from the last port to bevisited in Nouvelle Calédonie.

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Annex 236 Sample message to report damage or peril of the

sea, to be sent by the tanker ship in difficulty.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Annex 337 Sample message from a towing or assisting vessel

reporting damage or peril of the sea.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

French Notice 41/06(HH. 078/638/01) [49/06]

NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III(2006 Edition)

Îles Sous--le--Vent -- Raiatea -- Port d’Uturoa —Depth


2 Alongside berth. The main berth lies parallel to thechannel and is 460 m in length. The charted depth atthe S end of the berth is 7 6 m, but, due toobstructions, the alongside depth at the N end isreduced to 5 5 m. Due to the local current, it is...

French Notice 06 25 35(HH. 595/490/04) [32/06]




NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)

Oman -- Qalhºt — Fertiliser terminal

64Paragraph 3.28 2 lines 1--2 Delete.

After Paragraph 3.31 1 Insert:OMIFCO Terminal


1 Position and function. The Oman India FertiliserCompany (OMIFCO) Terminal (22 39 N 59 26 E) is aspecialised facility for the export of fertiliser, situated1½ miles SE of Qalhºt LNG Terminal (3.25).

Approach. The terminal is approached from thepilot boarding area, which lies about 1½ miles E.Tidal levels see 3.26.


1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing arecarried out day and night. For additional details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).Restricted area. The limits of the restricted area

are marked at the seaward corners by two light--buoys(pillar, white) and onshore by two light--beacons; onlyvessels proceeding to and from the terminal arepermitted entry.

NP 64

3 -- 169

2 Notice of ETA required. Vessels should give noticeof their ETA 7 days, then 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours inadvance of arrival.

Caution. Due to extensive fishing activity,especially at night, vessels should remain at least10 miles offshore until such time as they are requiredto arrive at the pilot boarding area.

3 Outer anchorage. An anchorage area (3.27),diameter 1 mile, centred on 22 38 4N 59 28 4E liesabout 2 miles ESE of the terminal.

Submarine pipeline. Two submarine pipelines lieNW and SE of the main jetty, marked at their seawardextremities by light--buoys (pillar, special).

Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory and isavailable 24 hours. Tugs are available.

Harbour3.31c

1 General layout The terminal consists of a jetty(floodlit) which extends 6 cables NE from the shore. Apier, about 1 cable in length, lies 2 cables NW.

Principal mark. Qalhºt LNG Terminal Flare StackLight (22 39 6N 59 24 7E) (3.28).Berths. There are berths on either side of the jetty,

about 1 cable in length, with alongside depths of about14 m.

Omani Chart 007; Oman Maritime Handbook(HH. 485/431/02) [10/06]

Ra’s ¬allºn to Fujairah -- Port Sohar —Fairway light--buoy

80Paragraph 3.162 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:...vicinity of the fairway light--buoy (safe water)(24 34 9N 56 38 0E) through a channel, marked bylight--buoys...


Port Sohar Fairway Light--buoy (24 34 9N56 38 0E).

(HH. 486/400/06) [40/06]

Iran -- Gºnºveh — Approach


Approach. Gºnºveh is approached from the SSWto the vicinity of the light--buoy (safe water)(29 32 0N 50 28 0E), moored about 2½ miles SW ofthe entrance to Khowr KhalØl. Two beacons and anotice board (29 34 2N 50 30 4E) stand on the Wside of Gºnºveh. The beacons in line (about 024 )lead close SSE of a buoy (conical) moored about4 cables W of the tide gauge.

Ports and Shipping Organization, Tehran(HH. 496/400/06) [52/05]

United Arab Emirates -- JazØrat Dºs — SBM


3 Berth 6, an SBM, is moored about 1½ miles SE ofOil Terminal 3, in a depth 24 m.

Petroleum Port Authority, Abu Dhabi(HH. 488/490/04) [52/05]

Approaches to Bahrain -- Mina’ al Manama —Directions

203Paragraph 8.45 2 line 8 For W Read E

(HH. 063/200/01) [45/06]

NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot(2004 Edition)

Suez Bay -- Râs Muhaggara —Dangerous wreck


2 From the S end of Newport Rock Channel, thetrack leads 2¾ miles SSW, between the waitinganchorages (2.16; 2.17) to the vicinity of No 2Light--float (safe water) (29 48 6N 32 32 1E), passingclear of a dangerous wreck, marked by light--buoys(isolated danger), lying 6 cables NE of the light--float.

MV Hartland Point(HH. 476/400/06) [47/05]

Gulf of Suez -- Sha’b Ghârib Oilfield —Wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (17 miles NNW) lyingnear the centre of the S--bound traffic lane,thence:

Egyptian Navigational Warning 152/05(HH. 476/181/02) [45/05]

Bab El Mandeb -- Mayyøn — Depth


Republic of Yemen Maritime Affairs Authority(HH. 479/400/03) [13/06]

Eritrea -- Massawa — Anchorage

212Paragraph 7.167 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...on the chart, about 1½ miles E of Ras Mudur Light(15 36 6N 39 28 9E) (7.151) in 38 m, mud.

Massawa Port Authority(HH. 472/400/04) [36/05]

NP 64

3 -- 170

Oman -- Masirah and approaches --Ra’s ar Ru‘ays to –ilf; Ra’s –ilf —

Submarine cable; anchorage


1 Submarine cable. A submarine telecom cable,marked by buoys, has been laid between Ra’s arRu‘ays and –ilf, as shown on the chart.

After Paragraph 13.219 1 Insert:A submarine cable (13.213a) lies close E of the

anchorage.

Paragraph 13.222 2 line 8 Replace by:inner anchorage berth, noting the presence of a

submarine cable (13.213a) close E.

Omani Notice 3/4/05(HH. 485/410/06) [22/05]

Approaches to Djibouti — Wreck

387Paragraph 14.124 3 lines 12--13 Replace by:...D’Ambouli. A wreck with a depth of 11 m over it liesabout 1 cable farther WNW.

French Notice 52/19/04(HH. 471/400/04) [21/05]

NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)

Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge --Pugwash Harbour — Depth


1 Depth. The entrance channel is subject to silting,(see Caution on Canadian Chart 4498); mariners areadvised to consult local authorities for the latestconditions, and in any case to navigate with caution inthe area.

Canada East Notice 10/4498/06(HH. 604/460/04) [49/06]

NP 66West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)

Pollution of the sea —Western European TankerReporting System



2 The system applies to every type of oil tanker ofmore than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:




Firth of Clyde -- Troon Harbour —Conspicuous building; racon


After Paragraph 3.188 1 Add:Other aid to navigation3.188a

1 Racon: Lady Isle Lighthouse (3.188).

Clydeport Operations Ltd; Northern Lighthouse Board(HH. 274/430/06) [12/06]

Firth of Clyde -- Approaches to Troon —Dangerous wreck


NNE of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles W), thence:NNE of Troon Rock (1 mile W), which breaks in

heavy weather, and:

MRCC Clyde(SEP 000375315) [42/06]

Luing -- Ardinamir Bay — Beacon missing

213Paragraph 7.292 1 line 5 Replace by:...beacons (starboard hand). The W of the two beacons wasreported missing (2006). The recommended track leads...

West Highland Anchorages & Moorings Association(HH. 272/450/04) [25/06]

Loch Linnhe -- Corpach — Slip rails


Caution. Raised slip rails run close parallel to theW face of the jetty. Vessels berthing at the head of thejetty on its S face should avoid passing over, or closeto, these rails and, when berthed, should not overhangthe W end of the berth.

Corpach Boat Building Company(HH. 272/500/07) [46/05]

NP 67

3 -- 171

Sea of the Hebrides -- Barra — Sgeir Dubh Light


2 The alignment (283 ) of these marks leads towardsCastle Bay...

Northern Lighthouse Board(HH. 272/730/09) [28/06]

The Little Minch -- Sgeir Graidach;Eugenie Rock — Beacon; light--buoy

386Paragraph 12.8 3 lines 6--14 Replace by:...and at 12.260. Closer to the middle of the chain EugenieRock (57 47 N 6 28 W), 2½ miles NNW ofFladda--chùain (12.57) and with a depth of 0 9 m over it(charted as a dangerous rock), lies near the centre of a bankwith depths of 3 6 to 24 m over it. Sgeir Graidach, a rockwith long weed showing N from it, lies on the N part of thisbank. The bank is marked at its S end by a light--buoy (Scardinal). The channel between Eugenie Rock and...

Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/05(HH. 272/590/04) [18/05]

NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot(2005 Edition)

Spain -- Approaches to Ría de Betanzos —Wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (1 mile E), depthunknown, thence:

Spanish Notice 35/353/05(HH. 359/560/04) [01/02/06]

Spain -- Vigo — Pilot boarding position

109Paragraph 4.175 1 line 3 Replace by:...8 47 6W on the E edge of the precautionary area(4.176) in the...

Spanish Chart 416(HH. 359/620/05) [28/06]

Portugal -- Porto do Douro —Maximum size ofvessel; anchorage; entrance directions


1 The port is approached over a shallow bar andentered through a buoyed channel.

Paragraph 5.84 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...currents. In 2005 the maximum size of vessel permitted toenter the port was LOA 12 m, draught 2 m. These...

Paragraph 5.88 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:...sand, on the line of bearing 078¾ of Cantareira Light(5.97) and with Leixões Molhe Sul Light (41 10 8N...


Paragraph 5.97 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:2 From the vicinity of 41 08 6N 8 41 7W, the port

is entered on the line of bearing 078¾ of CantareiraLight (column with gallery, white lantern, 6 m inheight) (41 08 9N 8 39 9W), situated on Cais doMarégrafo, which also passes over the central of thethree Pasteleira Buildings (4 cables to the E of thelight). The track...

Paragraph 5.97 4 Replace by:4 Caution. It is reported that the Cantareira

light--structure is difficult to identify in the earlymorning sunlight.

Paragraph 5.97 5 line 1 Replace by:5 The line of bearing should not be followed beyond

No 2...

Portuguese Notices 25/378(T)/05; 5/143/06(HH. 363/410/05) [18/06]

Portugal -- Setúbal — Vessel traffic service

162After Arrival information Insert:Vessel traffic service5.302a

1 A VTS controls navigation within the Setúbalharbour limits and provides information and advice tovessels navigating inside the Sado River estuary andthe seaward approaches up to a distance of 4 milesradius from No 2 Light--beacon (38 27 N 8 58 W). Thesystem is mandatory for the following:

All vessels over 300 gt.All vessels of 15 m LOA and over, including fishing

vessels, tows and yachts.All vessels carrying 12 or more passengers.

For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(2).

VTS Manager, Port of Setúbal(HH. 363/490/05) [01/02/06]

Portugal -- Portos de Faro e Olhão — Anchorage

180Paragraph 6.53 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:...Santa Maria Lighthouse.

Portuguese Notice 237/06(SEP 000368527) [31/06]

Portugal -- Entrance to Río Guadiana —Anchorage


1 Anchorage may be obtained in convenient depthsanywhere off the entrance to Río Guadiana.

Portuguese Notice 7/175/06(HH. 363/500/11) [24/06]

NP 67

3 -- 172

Spain -- Río Guadalquivir and approaches —Pilotage


2 If bound for Sevilla vessels should arrive off theentrance 1½ hours before HW in order to cross the barat HW and to be able to carry...

Paragraph 6.138 5 lines 5--7 Replace by:...at El Puntal (36 54 N 6 17 W).

Paragraph 6.138 6 lines 4--5 Replace by:...from the lock to sea taking about 6½ hours.

193

Paragraph 6.153 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...of the river 1½ miles NE of the town.

STS Lord Nelson(HH. 360/420/04) [01/02/06]

Gibraltar — Pilot boarding area

230Paragraph 7.139 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:...shown on the chart.

Captain A Baker, Chief Pilot Gibraltar(HH. 365/400/05) [27/06]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States PilotVolume I (2004 Edition)

Maine -- Great Wass Island to Petit Manan Island— Directions

39Paragraph 2.8 2 lines 5--7 Replace by:...SW), which is marked by DTS Buoy (isolated danger).Tibbett Rock, marked by DT Buoy (isolated danger), lies7½ cables farther NNW. Thence:

US Notice 13/13324/06(HH. 614/405/03) [17/06]

Maine -- Petit Manan Island to Isle au Haut —Directions

42Paragraph 2.34 3 lines 1--3 DeleteParagraph 2.34 4 lines 4--6 Delete

US Notice 34/13312/04(HH. 614/405/03) [49/04]

Maine -- Frenchman Bay —Recommended routes; directions

45After Paragraph 2.58 3 Insert:Recommended routes2.58a

1 Deep--draught vessels, high--speed ferries and othercommercial vessels transiting through Frenchman Bayare requested to follow recommended routes as shownon the charts. These routes have been established toprovide safe passage for increased commercial trafficand to prevent the loss of fishing gear placed in theapproaches to, and within, Frenchman Bay.


1 South--east approach. From position 44 14 9N67 56 2W the recommended track leads WNW to FBLight--buoy (44 19 N 68 07 W), passing (withpositions relative to Egg Rock Light (2.64)):


3 South approach. From position 44 03 2N68 08 6W the recommended track leads N to FBLight--buoy (preferred channel to port) (44 19 N68 07 W), passing (with positions relative to Egg RockLight):

Paragraph 2.63 4 lines 5--7 Replace by:...given a berth of at least 4 cables. A light (2.34)stands on the...

US Coast Pilot 1 Corrs 51/04; 10/05(HH. 078/550/07) [13/05]

Maine -- Penobscot River — Arrival anchorages


1 The usual anchorage for smaller vessels waiting atthe river entrance is N of Fort Point on either side ofthe channel. Anchorage in the river is not advisedbecause vessels tend to drag anchor on strong ebbtides.

Larger vessels usually anchor S of Fort Point or offSearsport (2.209).

US Coast Pilot 1(HH. 078/550/08) [03/06]

Gulf of Maine -- Seguin SSW Ledge —Buoy removed


Clear of Seguin SSW Ledge (2½ miles SSW),thence:

US Notice 21/13293/06(HH. 614/415/04) [27/06]

NP 68

3 -- 173

Gulf of Maine -- Kennebec River — Directions

81Paragraph 3.122 1 line 6 For E Read W

Paragraph 3.122 2 line 1 For S Read SW

Paragraph 3.125 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:3 Close E of patches (2¼ miles N) with depths of

8 8 and 8 2 m (29 and 27 ft) over them, and:

Charts BA 2490 & US 13296(HH.068/200/01) [30/06]

Gulf of Maine -- Cape Elizabeth to Portsmouth —Directions


...Saco Bay (3.262), thence:Paragraph 3.256 3 lines 3--4 Replace by:

...SW. Thence:


2 Directions. From a position about 2 miles SE ofGoat Island the entrance route leads NW,...


Portsmouth Harbor — Directions

102Paragraph 3.308 1 line 7 For E Read W

US Coast Pilot 1/2006(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]

Gulf of Maine -- Portsmouth Harbor toBoston Harbor — Directions

104Paragraph 3.322 5 lines 4--6 Replace by:...4 cables ESE of Cape Ann Light.


1 From a position about 3 miles E of Thacher...


Gulf of Maine -- Portsmouth Harbor toCape Ann — Caution


Caution. Trawlers and other vessels conductingbottom operations within a 6 7 mile radius seaward ofIsle of Shoals Light should exercise caution because ofJet Assist Take--Off racks and other debris on theseabed associated with the naval bombing rangecentred on Shag Rock (3.324).

US Coast Pilot 1(HH. 078/550/08) [13/06]

Massachusetts Bay, Salem and Boston Harbors— Submarine pipeline; anchorages; safety and

security zones


1 Gas pipeline. A gas pipeline extends from position42 32 3N 70 53 9W in Danvers River (4.52) to NorthWeymouth (42 14 8N 70 57 8W) passing throughBeverley Channel (4.52), Salem Sound (4.29),Marblehead Channel (4.39), Childrens Island Channel(4.40), Black Rock Channel (4.109), Nantasket Roads(4.115), and Weymouth Fore River (4.124).Caution. See 1.38.

112Paragraph 4.33 1 Including heading Replace by:Traffic regulations4.33

1 Safety and security zone. A safety and securityzone surrounds Salem Terminal Wharf (4.46).Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters.

Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply within aline joining the W extremity of Gales Point (42 33 5N70 46 7W) to the E extremity of House Island(4 cables SSW), thence to Bakers Island Light (1 mileSSW), thence to Marblehead Light (42 30 3N70 50 0W). See 1.46 and Appendix VII for furtherinformation.

114Paragraph 4.43 Including heading, Replace by:Arrival information4.43

1 Notice of ETA. 24 hours.Submarine pipeline. A gas pipeline is laid through

Salem Sound. See 1.38 and 4.4a.Outer anchorage. Good anchorage may be

obtained in depths of 6 1 to 15 2 m (20 to 50 ft) inSalem Sound, NE of a line drawn between CurtisPoint (42 32 9N 70 50 7W) and the NE extremity ofEagle Island (2 miles SE) (4.35), clear of thesubmarine gas pipeline,

2 Pilotage. See 4.31.Tugs. See 4.31.Safety and security zone. A safety and security

zone surrounds Salem Terminal Wharf (4.46).3 Time of berthing. Daylight hours with a rising

tide.Speed limit of 5 kn within the harbour limits.

120Paragraphs 4.96--4.97 Replace by:Safety and security zones4.96

1 Numerous safety and security zones have beenestablished within Boston Harbor and its approaches.See Appendix V.

Spare4.97

NP 68

3 -- 174


2 Good anchorage may be obtained in depths of up to15 2 m (50 ft), SE of a line drawn between the Sextremity (42 19 0N 70 55 7W) of Georges Island(4.108) and 4P Light--beacon (2 miles SW), clear of asubmarine gas pipeline (see 1.38 and 4.4a).

253§165.110 to §165.111 Replace by:§165.110 Safety and Security Zone; LiquefiedNatural Gas Carrier Transits and AnchorageOperations, Boston, Massachusetts.

§165.111 Safety Zone: Boston Harbor; Boston,Massachusetts.

§165.112 Safety Zone: USS CASSIN YOUNG,Boston, Massachusetts.

§165.114 Safety and Security Zones; EscortedVessels -- Boston Harbor, Massachusetts.

254Before §165.120 Safety Zone: Chelsea River,Boston Inner Harbor, Boston, Massachusetts.Insert:§165.116 Safety and Security Zones; Salem andBoston Harbors, Massachusetts.

US Coast Pilot 1 Corr 11/05; US Charts 13275; 13270(HH. 078/550/07) [13/05]

Massachusetts Bay -- Broad Sound —Safety and security zones


3 Safety and security zones. Within Broad Sound asafety and security zone of 500 yards radius has beenestablished around any LNG vessel at anchor in thearea as shown on the chart.

Entry into these zones is prohibited unlesspreviously authorized by the Captain of the Port(COTP).

4 See Appendix V for further information, definitionsand general rules covering safety and security zones.

33 CFR §165.110(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]

Approaches to Boston Harbor —Safety and security zones


5 Safety and security zones. A safety and securityzone extending 2 miles ahead, 1 mile astern and500 yards on each side has been established aroundany LNG vessel while underway.

Entry into these zones is prohibited unlesspreviously authorized by the Captain of the Port(COTP).

6 For information concerning LNG vessels at anchorin Broad Sound see 4.63 and see Appendix V forfurther information, definitions and general rulescovering safety and security zones.

33 CFR §165.110(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]

Boston North Channel — Directions

121Paragraph 4.102 3 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 07/06 Replace by:

3 Clear of NC Light--buoy (safe water) (1½ milesNNW), at the entrance to Boston NorthChannel, thence:

Into the dredged channel (1½ miles NW), which ismarked by light--buoys (lateral), thence:

Chart BA 1516 & Boston Pilots(HH. 068/200/01) [32/06]

Massachusetts -- Boston Harbor --Boston North Channel; South Channel;

Hypocrite Channel — Directions


3 Clear of NC Light--buoy (safe water) (1½ milesNNW), at the entrance to Boston NorthChannel, thence:

Into the dredged channel (1½ miles NW), which ismarked by light--buoys (lateral). A wreck, with adepth of 10 1 m (33 ft) over it, lies close E ofNo 1A Light--buoy (1½ miles NW). Thence:


2 Between Nos 5 and 6 Light--buoys (lateral)(8 cables W), No 5 Light--buoy marks DevilsBack. Thence:

Paragraph 4.103 3 Replace by:3 Between Nos 9 and 10 Light--buoys (lateral)

(1¼ miles WSW). These light--buoys markthe bend in the channel and its junction withHypocrite Channel. Thence:

Paragraph 4.103 4 line 2 For WNW Read WSW

Paragraph 4.104 3 lines 5--8 Replace by:...WSW) which marks Ram Head Flats. Thence into

Boston South Channel.

BA Chart 1516(HH. 068/200/01) [07/06]

Massachusetts -- Boston Harbor --Boston Main Channel — Obstruction


Between Boston and Charlestown, and East Boston,thence:

3 Clear of an obstruction (42 22 8N 71 02 7W)(position approximate).

US Notice 5/13272/06(HH. 614/435/04) [07/06]

NP 68

3 -- 175

Approaches to Cape Cod Bay — Directions

128

Paragraph 4.145 3 Replace by:3 E of No 6 Light--buoy (5½ miles N) (4.153).

Deep--draught vessels entering Cape Cod Bayfrom the N should keep E of the meridian of70 30 W to avoid the irregular groundextending from the shore between CedarPoint and Green Harbor. Thence:

US Notice 27/13246/06(HH. 614/440/06) [31/06]

Massachusetts Bay -- Strawberry Point toGurnet Point — Directions


4 W of Race Point (42 04 N 70 15 W) (4.78),thence:


Massachusetts -- New Inlet — Approaches

129Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:Approaches. An obstruction marked by USGS

Buoy (special) lies 3 miles E of the...

US Notice 35/13246/04(HH. 614/440/06) [49/04]

Buzzards Bay; Narragansett Bay;Block Island Sound — Recommended routes


1 Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugsand barges, as shown on the charts, have beenestablished in Buzzards Bay and Narragansett Bay.Pleasure craft, fishing vessels and other small vesselsshould exercise caution in and around these routes andshould monitor VHF channels for informationconcerning vessels transiting these routes.


1 Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugsand barges, as shown on the charts, have beenestablished in Buzzards Bay. See 5.1a.


1 Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugsand barges, as shown on the charts, have beenestablished in Narragansett Bay. See 5.1a.


1 Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugsand barges, as shown on the charts, have beenestablished in Block Island Sound. Pleasure craft,fishing vessels and other small vessels should exercisecaution in and around these routes and should monitorVHF channels for information concerning vesselstransiting these routes.

US Coast Pilot 2(HH. 078/551/06) [11/05]

East Approaches to Nantucket Sound —GRS and PR Light--buoys

138Paragraph 5.22 Including heading Delete

139Paragraph 5.24 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:...marked on its W side by light--buoys and buoys.

140Paragraph 5.42 1 Including heading Delete

Paragraph 5.43 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of 41 34 N 69 51 W Pollock Rip

Channel and the channel...

Paragraph 5.44 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of 41 26 N 69 43 W Great Round

Shoal Channel leads W,...


Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound;Vineyard Sound — Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory in Nantucket Sound andVineyard Sound for all vessels of 350 gt or more andtows with barges carrying 6000 barrels or more ofpetroleum cargoes. Pilots board:

2 In the vicinity of 41 23 N 71 21 W, 4 miles SSEof the entrance to Narragansett Bay (5.238),or:

In the vicinity of CC Light--buoy (41 49 N70 28 W), off the E entrance to the Cape CodCanal.

Tugs are normally arranged from the port ofdeparture.

US Coast Pilot 2 Corr 31/05; Northeast Marine Pilots(HH. 614/450/05) [45/05]

Massachusetts -- Great Round Shoal —GRC Buoy


Between Nos 8 and 9 Buoys (lateral) (6¼ miles E).

US Coastguard(HH. 614/445/04) [29/05]

NP 68

3 -- 176

Massachusetts -- Muskeget Channel — Directions


Clear of a dangerous wreck (4¾ miles S), thence:E of No 1 Buoy (port hand) (3½ miles S), thence:

US Notice 43/13233/04; BA Chart 2456(HH. 614/445/04) [49/04]

Massachusetts -- Buzzards Bay and approaches— Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory in Buzzards Bay for allvessels of 350 gt or more and tows with bargescarrying 6000 barrels or more of petroleum cargoes.

Pilots board:In the vicinity of 41 23 N 71 21 W, 4 miles SSE of

the entrance to Narragansett Bay (5.238), or:2 In the vicinity of 41 17 N 71 30 W, 4 miles E of

the NE entrance to Block Island Sound (6.8),or:

In the vicinity of of CC Light--buoy (41 49 N70 28 W), off the E entrance to the Cape CodCanal.


Massachusetts -- Buzzards Bay — Anchorages

153Paragraph 5.159 1 Including heading Replace by:Anchorages5.159

1 General anchorage areas L and M are established inthe central part of Buzzards Bay, lying either side ofthe Recommended Route (5.158a). The limits of theseareas are shown on the chart.

US Chart 13230(HH. 614/450/05) [09/06]

Massachusetts -- Buzzards Bay — Directions

154Paragraph 5.169 2 line 4 For Buoy Read Light--buoy

Paragraph 5.169 3 lines 4--8 Replace by:SE of a shoal with a depth of 9 1 m (30 ft) (7 miles

E), marked on its SE side by No 9 Light--buoy(port hand), thence:

NW of a shoal with a depth of 7 0 m (23 ft)(9½ miles ENE) marked by No 10 Light--buoy(port hand). A dangerous wreck lies a farther1 mile ENE. Thence:

NW of No 2 Light--buoy (11 miles ENE).Thence to the W entrance to Cape Cod Canal

(5.188) (11½ miles ENE).

BA 2456(HH. 614/450/05) [49/04]

Massachusetts -- Cape Cod Canal andadjacent waters — Pilotage


1 Pilots board:Off the E entrance in the vicinity of CC Light--buoy

(41 49 N 70 28 W), or:


Massachusetts -- New Bedford and approaches —Pilotage


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 350 gt ormore and is generally arranged for in advance byships’ agents. 24 hours notice is required. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) fordetails.

Pilots board:In the vicinity of CC Light--buoy (41 49 N

70 28 W), off the E entrance to the Cape CodCanal, or:


Rhode Island -- Narragansett Bay —Restricted areas; anchorage


Restricted areas, the limits of which are shown onthe chart, surround Coddington Cove (41 32 0N71 19 0W) (5.295) and Coasters Harbor Island(41 30 5N 71 19 6W). See Appendix VI.

Entry is prohibited into these areas unlesspermission is granted by the US Navy.


Anchorage E. Two cables S of Coasters HarborIsland (41 30 5N 71 19 6W). US Navalrequirements take precedence between 1 Mayand 1 October.

257After §334.81 Insert:§334.82Narragansett Bay, East Passage,CoastersHarbor Island, Naval Station Newport, Newport,Rhode Island; Restricted area.

BA Chart 2730; 33 CFRs §110.145; §334.82(HH. 614/455/04) [05/05]

NP 68

3 -- 177

Narragansett Bay -- West Passage — Directions


3 W of a dangerous wreck (1¼ miles S), theposition of which is approximate, thence:

W of WR 6 Light--buoy (6 cables S), thence:Between South Ferry (7½ cables WSW), a point

with an old pier and several dolphins and piles inits vicinity, and Beaverhead (4 cables SE), arocky bluff at the S entrance to Dutch IslandHarbor, thence:

BA Chart 2730; US Notice 8/13223/05(HH. 614/455/04) [17/05]

Rhode Island -- Providence River — Bridges


1 There are no bridges over the Providence Riverbetween the mouth of the river and the principalwharfs. In 2004 a bridge, with a design verticalclearance of 10 7 m, was under construction close S ofthe hurricane barrier (5.326). Point Street Bridge, witha vertical clearance of 2 1 m, crosses the river about3 cables above Fox Point.

US Notice 15/13225/04(HH. 614/455/04) [49/04]

Long Island Sound and East River —Submarine pipelines; anchorages

188After Paragraph 6.113 1 Insert:Submarine pipelines6.113a

1 An oil pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laidacross Long Island Sound from a position 2½ milesNE of Milford Point (6.221) to Northport Basin(6.321) (20 miles SW).

2 A gas pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laidthrough Long Island Sound and East River fromNorthport Basin (6.321) to a position 2 cables NE ofHunts Point (7.76).

Caution. See 1.38.

219After Paragraph 7.64 4 Insert:Submarine pipelines7.64a

1 A gas pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laidthrough Long Island Sound and East River fromNorthport Basin (6.321) to a position 2 cables NE ofHunts Point (7.76).

Caution. See 1.38.


2 Caution. The gas pipeline (7.64a), as shown on thechart, laid through East River passes very close to theS limit of the anchorage and mariners should bear thisin mind when selecting an anchorage position. See1.38.

After Paragraph 7.76 1 Insert:2 Caution. The gas pipeline (7.64a), as shown on the

chart, laid through East River passes through thisanchorage and mariners should bear this in mind whenselecting an anchorage position. See 1.38.

BA Charts 2754; 2580; 3451;US Coast Guard Local Notice to Mariners(HH. 614/515/04) [52/05]

Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --New Haven Harbor — Anchorages

193Paragraph 6.169 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:...to 5 8 m (19 ft), soft bottom. Caution is needed to avoidthe fish stakes in the area and mariners should be aware thatwater levels may drop significantly following a prolongedNW wind.


Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --Housatonic River — Project depths

198Paragraph 6.222 1 line 2 Replace by:... provides for depths of 3 5 m (11½ ft) from Long Island...

US Chart 12364(HH. 614/480/03) [14/05]

Approaches to New York Harbor— Security zone


4 Security zone. An area between the Ambrose toHudson Canyon Traffic Lane and the Barnegat toAmbrose Traffic Lane, extending 6 miles SSE from thePrecautionary Area, is a security zone.

For details see Appendix V.

217After Paragraph 7.49 1 Insert:Security zone7.49a

1 See 7.4.

NP 68

3 -- 178

254

§165.169 Safety and Security Zones: New YorkMarine Inspection Zone and Captain of thePort Zone. Replace by:

§165.169 Safety and Security Zones: New YorkMarine Inspection Zone and Captain of thePort Zone.(a) Safety and security zones. The following waters

within the New York Marine Inspection Zone andCaptain of the Port Zone are safety and securityzones:

(12) Approaches to New York, Atlantic Ocean. Thefollowing area is a security zone: All waters ofthe Atlantic Ocean between the Ambrose toHudson Canyon Traffic Lane and the Barnegat toAmbrose Traffic Lane bound by the followingpoints:

40 21 29.9 N 73 44 41.0 W;40 21 04.5 N 73 45 31.4 W;40 15 28.3 N 73 44 13.8 W;40 15 35.4 N 73 43 29.8 W;40 19 21.2 N 73 42 53.0 W;40 21 29.9 N 73 44 41.0 W.

(b) Regulations.(1) Entry into or remaining in a safety or security

zone is prohibited unless authorized by the CoastGuard Captain of the Port, New York.

(4) The zone described in paragraph (a)(12) of thissection is not a Federal Anchorage Ground. Onlyvessels directed by the Captain of the Port or hisor her designated representative to enter thiszone are authorized to anchor here.

(5) Vessels do not need permission from theCaptain of the Port to transit the area describedin paragraph (a)(12) of this section duringperiods when that security zone is not beingenforced.

(c) Enforcement. Enforcement periods for the zone inparagraph (a)(12) will be announced throughmarine information broadcast or other appropriatemethod of communication. The Coast Guard isenforcing the zone whenever a vessel is anchoredin the security zone or a Coast Guard patrol vesselis on scene.

US Coast Pilot 2; 33CFR §165.169(HH. 078/551/07) [22/06]

New York -- Long Island, South Coast —Directions


SSE of a beacon (7 miles WSW), thence:

US Chart 12353(HH. 614/490/03) [49/04]

East River -- Channel east of Roosevelt Island —Depth

222Paragraph 7.89 1 line 3 For 7 m (23 ft) Read 5 8 m (19 ft)

US Coast Pilot 2, Corr 20/05(HH. 078/551/06) [23/05]

New York Harbor and adjacent waters — CoastGuard station; dangerous wreck


...Sandy Hook Point Light (40 28 2N 74 01 1W).


A dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles SSW of SandyHook Light (40 27 7N 74 00 1W).

US Notice 5/12401/06(HH. 614/500/04) [08/06]

New Jersey -- Arthur Kill — Anchorage;pipeline area


2 A pipeline area, shown on the chart, crosses the NEpart of the anchorage. For further information onsubmarine pipelines see 1.38.

US Chart 12331(HH. 614/505/04) [45/05]



239After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship andPort Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) inTable 160.206).

240--241

Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 whichfollows.


NP 68

3 -- 179






(i) Name;



(iv) Call sign;





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x









x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x





x x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;



(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;


(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


NP 68

3 -- 180



VesselsVessels not

carrying CDC





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]








x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




Massachusetts -- Approaches to Boston Harbor— Safety and security zones

253Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/05 §165.110 Replaceby:

§165.110 Safety and Security Zone; LiquefiedNatural Gas Carrier Transits and AnchorageOperations, Boston, Massachusetts.(b) Location. The following areas are safety andsecurity zones:

(1) Vessels underway. All navigable waters of theUnited States within the Captain of the Port(COTP) Boston zone, as defined in 33 CFR3.05--10, two miles ahead and one mile astern,and 500 yards on each side of any liquefiednatural gas carrier (LNGC) vessel whileunderway.

(2) Vessels anchored in Broad Sound. All waterswithin a 500 yard radius of any anchored LNGCvessel located in the waters of Broad Soundbounded by a line starting at position 42 25 N070 58 W; then running SE to 42 22 N

070 56 W; then running E to 42 22 N 070 50 W;then running N to 42 25 N 070 50 W; thenrunning W back to the starting point (NAD 83).

(c) Regulations.(1) In accordance with the general regulations in

§165.23 and §165.33 of this part, entry into ormovement within these zones is prohibitedunless authorized by the Captain of the Port,Boston, or his authorized representative.


NP 69 East Coast of the United States PilotVolume II (2005 Edition)

Chincoteague Inlet to Chesapeake Bay Entrance— Rescue


Wachapreague (37 36 3N 75 41 2W) (3.372).


1 Wachapreague Coast Guard Station is situated about4 miles WNW of Wachapreague Inlet (37 34 N75 37 W).


NP 69

3 -- 181

Virginia -- Winter Quarter Shoal to False Cape— Regulated navigation area

93After Paragraph 3.353 2 Insert:Regulations3.353a

1 Regulated navigation area. From a position about12 miles NE of Chincoteague Inlet (3.355) andextending E to the 12 mile territorial limit, a regulatednavigation area extends about 95 miles SSW betweenthe 12 mile territorial limit and the shore.

See Appendix V §165.501 for details and generalrules governing regulated navigation areas.


Regulated navigation area. See 3.353a.


Regulated navigation area. See 3.353a.


4 Regulated navigation area. An area extendingacross the entrance to Chesapeake Bay from the12 mile territorial limit to the shore, to and includingthe entrance, is a regulated navigation area. See also3.353a.

5 See Appendix V §165.501 for details and generalrules governing regulated navigation areas.

102Paragraph 4.22 1 line 6 For IV Read V

262

§165.501 Replace by:§165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance andHampton Roads, Virginia and adjacent waters;Regulated Navigation Area.(a) Location. The waters enclosed by the shoreline andthe following lines are a Regulated Navigation Area:

(1) Offshore zone. A line drawn due E from themean low water mark at the North Carolina andVirginia border at 36 33 03 N 75 52 00 W tothe Territorial Seas boundary line at 36 33 05 N75 36 51 W, thence generally NE along theTerritorial Seas boundary line to 38 01 39 N74 57 18 W, thence due W to the mean lowwater mark at the Maryland and Virginia borderat 38 01 39 N 75 14 30 W, thence S along themean low water mark on the Virginia coast, andE of the Colregs Demarcation Lines acrossChincoteague Inlet, Assawoman Inlet, GargathyInlet, Metompkin Inlet, Wachapreague Inlet,Quinby Inlet, Great Machipongo Inlet, SandShoal Inlet, New Inlet, Ship Shoal Inlet andLittle Inlet to the Colregs Demarcation Lineacross the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, continuingS along the Virginia low water mark and E ofthe Colregs Demarcation Line across Rudee Inletto the point of beginning. All positions referenceNAD 83.

(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vesselsoperating within the Regulated Navigation Area,including naval and public vessels, except vessels thatare engaged in the following operations:

(1) Law enforcement.(2) Servicing aids to navigation.(3) Surveying maintenance, or improvement of

waters in the Regulated Navigation Area.(d) Regulations.

(5) Restrictions on vessels with impairedmaneuverability.(i) Before entry. A vessel over 100 gross tons,

whose ability to maneuver is impaired byheavy weather, defective steering equipment,defective main propulsion machinery, or otherdamage, may not enter the RegulatedNavigation Area without the permission of theCaptain of the Port.

(i) After entry. A vessel over 100 gross tons,which is underway in the RegulatedNavigation Area, that has its ability tomaneuver become impaired for any reason,shall, as soon as possible, report theimpairment to the Captain of the Port.

(6) Requirements for navigation charts, radars, andpilots. No vessel over 100 gross tons may enterthe Regulated Navigation Area, unless it has onboard:(i) Corrected charts of the Regulated Navigation

Area. Instead of corrected paper charts,warships or other vessels owned, leased, oroperated by the United States Government andused only in government non--commercialservice may carry electronic charting andnavigation systems that have met theapplicable agency regulations regardingnavigation safety.

(ii) An operative radar during periods of reducedvisibility.

(iii) When in inland waters, a pilot or otherperson on board with previous experiencenavigating vessels on the waters of theRegulated Navigation Area.

(7) Emergency procedures.(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of

this section, in an emergency any vessel maydeviate from the regulations in this section tothe extent necessary to avoid endangering thesafety of persons, property, or theenvironment.

(9) Port security requirements. Vessels in excess of300 gross tons, including tug and bargecombinations in excess of 300 gross tons(combined), shall not enter the RegulatedNavigation Area, move within the RegulatedNavigation Area, or be present within theRegulated Navigation Area, unless they complywith the following requirements:(i) Obtain authorization to enter the Regulated

Navigation Area from the designatedrepresentative of the Captain of the Port priorto entry. All vessels entering or remaining inthe Regulated Navigation Area may be subjectto a Coast Guard boarding.

NP 69

3 -- 182

(iv) The designated representative of the Captainof the Port shall be contacted on VHF--FMchannel 12, or by calling 757--444--5209,757--444--5210, or 757--668--5555.

(e) Waivers.(1) The Captain of the Port may, upon request,

waive any regulation in this section.(2) An application for a waiver must state the need

for the waiver and describe the proposed vesseloperations.

(f) Control of vessels within the Regulated NavigationArea.

(1) When necessary to prevent damage, destructionor loss of any vessel, facility or portinfrastructure, the Captain of the Port may directthe movement of vessels or issue ordersrequiring vessels to anchor or moor in specificlocations.

(2) If needed for the maritime, commercial orsecurity interests of the United States, theCaptain of the Port may order a vessel to movefrom the location in which it is anchored toanother location within the Regulated NavigationArea.

(3) The master of a vessel within the RegulatedNavigation Area shall comply with any orders ordirections issued to the master’s vessel by theCaptain of the Port.


James River Lower Part -- Nansemond River —Directions

116Paragraph 4.145 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:...the entrance. In 2005 the reported centreline controllingdepth was 1 6 m (5 3 ft) to No 26 beacon about 7 miles...

US Coast Pilot 3/2006 Corr 23/06(HH. 078/552/09) [36/06]

Virginia -- Richmond Deepwater Terminal —Depth


US Coast Pilot 3 Correction 10/06(HH. 078/552/09) [13/06]

Chesapeake Bay -- Main channel to Baltimore —Directions

130Paragraph 5.19 4 line 1 ForXSP and SP Light--buoys ReadSP Light--buoy

US Notice 46/12228/05(HH. 614/575/04) [07/06]

South Carolina -- Cape Romain to Charleston —Directions


Clear of C Light--buoy (special) (32 49 N 79 14 W),thence:

US Notice 48/11520/05(HH. 614/625/06) [07/06]

South Carolina -- Cape Romain to Charleston —Buoyage

202--203Paragraph 8.22 1 lines 1--4 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 07/06 Replace by:

1 From a position SE of Cape Romain (33 00 N79 22 W) (7.128) the track leads SW, passing:

Paragraph 8.22 2 line 7 Add:SE of C Light--buoy (special) (32 48 N 79 37 W),

thence:

Chart 2803; US Notices 11/11531/06, 08/11520/06(HH. 614/625/06) [16/06]

South Carolina -- Charleston Harbor --Shutes and Folly Reach — Leading lights


1 Shutes and Folly Reach Leading Lights:Front light (32 47 3N 79 55 4W).Rear light (409 m WNW of front light).

From a position SW of Crab Bank the alignment(297 ) of these lights leads through the centre ofShutes and Folly Reach, marked by light–buoys(lateral), passing NE of Shutes Folly Island (32 46 5N79 54 7W).

2 Thence the track leads to the beginning of HorseReach Leading line.

US Chart 11524(HH. 614/615/07) [07/06]

Georgia -- Brunswick and St Simons Sound —Directions


SSW of a wreck (31 03 2N 81 13 8W), whichcontains explosives, thence:

US Chart 11502(HH. 614/625/06) [07/06]

NP 69A

3 -- 183

Florida -- Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral— Hazards


3 Launch debris. Launch debris may fall withinareas extending 80 miles NE and 75 miles E of CapeCanaveral, as shown on the chart. The US Coastguardshould be contacted for launch times and areas to beused.

US Charts 11460; 11480(HH. 614/640/05) [12/06]




NP 69A East Coasts of Central America andGulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)

Gulf of Mexico — Marine exploitation;Safety Fairways


Caution: Within the Oilfields inshore of a limitshown on charts 3849, 3850 and 3851, or covered byother larger scale charts, the platforms and associatedinfrastructure may have been omitted due to theircomplexity and frequency of change. For moredetailed information the largest scale US Charts andUS Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners must beconsulted (www.navcen.uscg.gov).

Use of the Safety Fairways (1.10) is recommended.

After Paragraph 1.10 2 line 2 Insert:For further details see Appendix XIII.

164Paragraph 7.10 1 line 4 For 1.10 Read 1.9 and 1.10

167Paragraph 7.53 1 line 3 For 1.10 Read 1.9 and 1.10


For further details see 1.9 and 1.10.


For further details see 1.10.





306After Appendix XII Table 150.380(A) -- RegulatedActivities at Deepwater Ports Insert:

APPENDIX XIII

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33— NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 166 — SHIPPING SAFETY FAIRWAYS

Appendix XIII contains extracts from the aboveregulations issued by the United StatesDepartment of Commerce. For a completedescription of this part see 33 CFR 166.

Regulations specific to this volume are given by titleonly where the area concerned falls whollywithin pilotage waters; where the regulationaffects an area outside pilotage waters, asummary of the regulation is given.

Subpart A — General

§166.100 Purpose.The purpose of these regulations is to establish and

designate shipping safety fairways and fairwayanchorages to provide unobstructed approachesfor vessels using U.S. ports.

§166.103 Geographic coordinates.Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude

or longitude, or both, are not intended forplotting on maps or charts whose referencedhorizontal datum is the North American Datumof 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographiccoordinates are expressly labelled NAD 83.Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83reference may be plotted on maps or chartsreferenced to NAD 83 only after application ofthe appropriate corrections that are published onthe particular map or chart being used.

§166.105 Definitions.(a) Shipping safety fairway or fairway means a lane or

corridor in which no artificial island or fixedstructure, whether temporary or permanent, willbe permitted. Temporary underwater obstaclesmay be permitted under certain conditionsdescribed for specific areas in Subpart B. Aids tonavigation approved by the U.S. Coast Guardmay be established in a fairway.

(b) Fairway anchorage means an anchorage areacontiguous to and associated with a fairway, inwhich fixed structures may be permitted withincertain spacing limitations, as described forspecific areas in Subpart B.

§166.110 Modification of areas.Fairways and anchorages are subject to modification in

accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1223(c);92 Stat.1473.

NP 69A

3 -- 184

Subpart B — Designations of Fairways andFairway Anchorages

§166.200 Shipping safety fairways andanchorage areas, Gulf of Mexico.(a) Purpose. Fairways and anchorage areas as

described in this section are established tocontrol the erection of structures therein toprovide safe approaches through oil fields in theGulf of Mexico to entrances to the major portsalong the Gulf Coast.

(b) Special conditions for fairways in the Gulf ofMexico. Temporary anchors and attendant cablesor chains attached to floating or semisubmersibledrilling rigs outside a fairway may be placedwithin a fairway described in this section for theGulf of Mexico, providing the followingconditions are met:

(1) Anchors installed within fairways to stabilisesemisubmersible drilling rigs shall be allowedto remain 120 days. This period may beextended by the Army Corps of Engineers, asprovided by 33 CFR 209.135(b).

(2) Drilling rigs must be outside of any fairwayboundary to whatever distance is necessary toensure that the minimum depth of water overan anchor line within a fairway is 125 feet.

(3) No anchor buoys or floats or related riggingwill be allowed on the surface of the water orto a depth of at least 125 feet from thesurface, within a fairway.

(4) Aids to navigation or danger markings must beinstalled as required by 33 CFR Subchapter C.

(c) Special conditions for fairway anchorages in theGulf of Mexico. Structures may be placed withinan area designated as a fairway anchorage, butthe number of structures will be limited byspacing as follows:

(1) The centre of a structure to be erected shall notbe less than two (2) nautical miles from thecentre of any existing structure.

(2) In a drilling or production complex, associatedstructures connected by walkways shall beconsidered one structure for purposes ofspacing, and shall be as close together aspracticable having due consideration for thesafety factors involved.

(3) A vessel fixed in place by moorings and usedin conjunction with the associated structuresof a drilling or production complex, shall beconsidered an attendant vessel and the extentof the complex shall include the vessel and itsmoorings.

(4) When a drilling or production rig extends morethan five hundred (500) yards from the centre,a new structure shall not be erected closerthan two (2) miles from the outer limit of thecomplex.

(5) An underwater completion installation in ananchorage area shall be considered a structureand shall be marked with a lighted buoyapproved by the United States Coast Guardunder 33 CFR Part 66.01.

(d) Designated areas.(1) Brazos Santiago Pass Safety Fairway.(2) Brazos Santiago Pass Anchorage Areas.(3) Port Mansfield Safety Fairway.

(4) Aransas Pass Safety Fairway.(5) Aransas Pass Anchorage Areas.(6) Matagorda Entrance Safety Fairway.(7) Matagorda Entrance Anchorage Areas.(8) Freeport Harbor Safety Fairway.(9) Freeport Harbor Anchorage Areas.(10) Galveston Entrance Safety Fairways.(11) Galveston Entrance Anchorage Areas.(12) Sabine Pass Safety Fairway.(13) Sabine Pass Anchorage Areas:

(i) Sabine Pass Inshore Anchorage Area.(ii) Sabine Bank Offshore (North) Anchorage

Area.(iii) Sabine Bank Offshore (South) Anchorage

Area.(iv) Sabine Bank Offshore (East) Anchorage

Area.(14) Coastwise Safety Fairway.

(i) Brazos Santiago Pass to Aransas Pass.(ii) Aransas Pass to Calcasieu Pass.

(15) Calcasieu Pass Safety Fairway.(16) Calcasieu Pass Anchorage Areas:

(i) Calcasieu Pass North Anchorage Area.(ii) Calcasieu Pass South Anchorage Area.

(17) Lower Mud Lake Safety Fairway.(18) Freshwater Bayou Safety Fairway.(19) Southwest Pass Safety Fairway.(20) Atchafalaya Pass Safety Fairway.(21) Bayou Grand Caillou Safety Fairway.(22) Cat Island Pass Safety Fairway.(23) Belle Pass Safety Fairway.(24) Barataria Pass Safety Fairway.(25) Grand Bayou Pass Safety Fairway.(26) Empire to the Gulf Safety Fairway.(27) Gulf Safety Fairway. Aransas Pass Safety

fairway to Southwest Pass Safety Fairway.(28) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Safety

Fairway.(i) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Gulf

Safety Fairway.(ii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Sea

Safety Fairway.(iii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to South

Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway.(29) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage.(30) South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway.

(i) South Pass to Sea Safety Fairway.(ii) South Pass (Mississippi River) to Mississippi

River--Gulf Outlet Channel Safety Fairways.(31) South Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage.(32) Mississippi River--Gulf Outlet Safety Fairway.

(ii) Mississippi River--Gulf Outlet Channel toMobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway.

(33) Mississippi River--Gulf Outlet Anchorage.(34) Gulfport Safety Fairway.(35) Biloxi Safety Fairway.(36) Ship Island Pass to Horn Island Pass Safety

Fairway.(37) Pascagoula Safety Fairway.(38) Horn Island Pass to Mobile Ship Channel

Safety Fairway.(39) Mobile Safety Fairway.

(i) Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway.(ii) Mobile Ship Channel to Sea Safety Fairway.(iii) Mobile to Pensacola Safety Fairway.

(40) Mobile Anchorage.(41) Pensacola Safety Fairway.

NP 69A

3 -- 185

(41) Pensacola Safety Fairway.(42) Pensacola Anchorage.(43) Pensacola to Panama City Safety Fairway.(44) Panama City Safety Fairways.(45) Panama City Anchorage.(46) Port St. Joe Fairway to Panama City Safety

Fairway.(47) Port St. Joe Anchorage.(48) Tampa Safety Fairways.(49) Tampa Anchorages.

(i) Eastern Tampa Fairway Anchorage.(ii) Western Tampa Fairway Anchorage.

(50) Charlotte Safety Fairway.(51) Charlotte Anchorage.(52) Louisiana Offshore Oil Port (LOOP) Shipping

Safety Fairway to Safety Zone.(i) North of Gulf Safety Fairway.(ii) South of Gulf Safety Fairway.

(53) Heald Bank Cutoff Safety Fairway.

US Coast Pilot 5; US Code of Federal Regulations(HH. 078/554/09) [44/06]

Caribbean Sea -- Isla de San Andres — Racon

70After Paragraph 2.21 2 line 5 Insert:Racon

Cayo Córdoba (Haines Cay) Light (12 33 0N81 41 8W)

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.


Caribbean Sea -- Thunder Knoll — Depth

72Paragraph 2.37 1 line 4 For 10 9 Read 7 3

MV Barrington Island(HH. 626/405/03) [44/06]

Honduras — Tela


1 Maximum size of vessel: 200 m LOA, draught11 m.

Tidal level. The tidal range is about 0 3 m.Swell. It is recommended that vessels remain at

immediate notice during the winter months, as theymay need to put to sea quickly due to the occasionaland sudden build up of swell.

2 Weather. The wind speed is generally close to3 knots during the morning and increases in theafternoon to between 8 and 12 knots.

It is reported that cargo operations at the DIPPSAterminal (4.129) are dependant on the prevailing wind,and that vessels must leave the berth if wind speedexceeds 20 knots.

Paragraph 4.127 2 Replace by:2 Pilotage. Pilots board 1 mile NW of the moorings.

It has been reported that berthing and unberthing isduring daylight hours only. Vessels berth heading N atthe terminal.

The pilot comes from Puerto Cortés and willremain ashore in Tela, listening on VHF channnel 06for the length of the vessel’s stay. For further detailssee Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

3 Tugs. Tugs are available and come from PuertoCortés (4.135). It is reported that tugs remain inattendance for the duration of the vessel’s stay, andoperate on VHF channel 06.Quarantine. Quarantine and other officials board

the vessel by launch at the mooring.

100--101Paragraph 4.129 Including heading Replace by:Berth4.129

1 DIPPSA Atlantic Terminal (15 47 4N 87 27 6W)consists of a CBM (six mooring buoys) laidapproximately 2 cables N of the ruined pier. Asubmarine pipeline, marked by a white pillar buoy isconnected to the shore; the ends of the flexibledischarge hoses are marked by small red buoys.Vessels connect the hoses to the starboard manifold.

101Paragraph 4.130 1 line 2 Replace by:Supplies: None available.

MT Iver Experience(HH. 627/420/04) [34/06]

Mexico -- Isla Cozumel -- San Miguel —Wrecks

119Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:...approach is steep--to and generally clear of dangers.Attention is however drawn to two wrecks, eachmarked with an orange buoy, lying about 4½ cablesNNE of Muelle Fiscal in a depth of about 11 m.

Mexican Notice 076/6/06(HH. 622/400/07) [32/06]

Texas -- Sabine Pass — Caution

195Paragraph 7.291 1 Line 4 Add:

2 Caution. Mariners navigating Sabine Bank Channeland Outer Bar Channel should note that, after tropicalcyclones, a strong W current known to causegroundings has been reported. Extreme caution isadvised.

US Coast Pilot 5(HH. 078/554/08) [26/06]

NP 69A

3 -- 186

Gulf of Mexico -- Galveston Bay —Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port

200Paragraph 7.341 1 line 4 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway

Paragraph 7.341 2 line 5 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway

204Chapter 8 Index Diagram For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway Deep Water Port

206Paragraph 8.14 1 line 2 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway

Paragraph 8.14 2 line 3 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway

Above Paragraph 8.16 For El Paso Energy BridgeDeepwater Port Read Gulf Gateway Deep WaterPortParagraph 8.16 1 line 1 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway

207Paragraph 8.18 2 line 2 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway Deep Water Port

Paragraph 8.18 2 line 5 For El Paso Energy Bridge ReadGulf Gateway Deep Water Port

US Chart 11340 Edition 70(HH. 616/086/01) [44/06]

Florida -- Boca Grande — Directions; LeadingLights


1 From a position in the vicinity of the PilotBoarding Place (26 39 N 82 21 W) the port is enteredthrough a channel marked by light--buoys (lateral). Theharbour is entered between the S end of GasparillaIsland and the N end of Cayo Costa.

2 Useful Mark.Gasparilla Island Light (26 43 N 82 16 W) (9.15).

US Notice 12/11426/06(HH. 615/485/04) [26/06]

Florida -- West of Cedar Keys —Wreck


Clear of a wreck (29 12 N 83 52 W), with a depth of34 ft (10 4 m) over it, thence:

US Notice 28/11400/06(HH. 615/470/03) [32/06]

Gulf of Mexico -- Pensacola Bay — Leading lights


1 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of No 17Light--buoy (port hand) (30 20 0N 87 16 9W), thetrack leads NE through the centre of the channel,marked by buoys (lateral), for about 8 cables to aturning basin and the wharf at the US Naval AirStation (10.107):


US Notice 37/11384/06(HH. 615/460/05) [43/06]




NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)

Bermuda — Pilotage

55Paragraph 2.6 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:Pilots board 1¾ miles ENE of Saint David’s Head

(2.26), as shown on the chart. However, vessels with adraught in excess of 10 m, and all other vesselscarrying hazardous cargo, not holding appropriateapproach charts or with limited manoeuvrability areboarded 3 miles E of Saint David’s Head.

Department of Marine and Ports Services Bermuda(HH. 686/405/03) [28/06]

Banks and Channels South--East of Turks Islands-- Navidad Bank — Depths


1 Navidad Bank. Depths are generally less than 37 m(20 fm), including (with reference to centre of bank) aleast known depth of 7 9 m (26 ft) (5 miles N) and adepth of 5 5 m (18 ft) (10 miles SSE), reported in1970.

Russian Chart 21083(HH. 685/405/03) [47/05]

NP 70

3 -- 187

North East Providence Channel -- Goulding Cay— Stranded wreck

96Paragraph 4.213 Including heading, Replace by:Principal marks4.213

1 Landmarks:Goulding Cay (25 01 N 77 34 W). A light (grey

metal structure 15 m in height) is exhibited fromthe W end of the islet. A stranded wreck, radarconspicuous, lies 3 cables NNW of the light.

2 Major lights:Elbow Cay Light (white round tower, red bands,

27 m in height) (26 32 N 76 58 W).Abaco Light (red conical stone tower, white base,

white lantern, 28 m in height) (25 52 N77 11 W).

3 Fort Fincastle Aero Light (white concrete watertower, 40 m in height) (25 04 N 77 20 W),obscured W by New Providence Island.

Bozine Hill Aero Light (TV tower) (2½ miles S ofFort Fincastle).


100Paragraph 4.248 2 line 2 For (4.216) Read (4.213)

104Paragraph 4.288 1 line 7 For (4.216) Read (4.213)

Paragraph 4.292 2 line 2 For (4.216) Read (4.213)

MT Iver Experience(HH. 685/440/04) [29/06]

Tongue of the Ocean -- Clifton —Lights discontinued


Paragraph 4.294 1--3 Replace by:1 Anchorage may be obtained 2 cables S of Clifton

Pier (4.292) in a depth of about 16 m.


Straits of Florida — Hazards

118Paragraph 5.12 1 Including heading Replace by:Hazards5.12

1 Missile debris. Trawlers or other vessels shouldexercise caution while dragging the ocean floor withina 40 mile radius of Cape Canaveral, since it is knownthat missile debris, some of which may containunexploded ordnance, exists in the area.

2 Weather rocket impact area lies in this same areaand mariners are cautioned against possible hazards,due to falling rocket casings, between 1930 and 2100weekdays.

3 Launch debris may fall within areas extending80 miles NE and 75 miles E of Cape Canaveral, asshown on the chart. The US Coastguard should becontacted for launch times and areas to be used.

120After Paragraph 5.27 1 Insert:Hazards5.27a

1 See 5.12.

121Paragraph 5.37 2 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 26/04 Replace by:

2 Caution. See 5.12.

US Charts 11460; 11480(HH. 614/640/05) [12/06]

Port Canaveral and approaches — Missile debris


US Coast Pilot 4 (2003) Correction 12/04(HH. 078/553/07) [26/04]

Florida -- Port Canaveral — Security zones


3 Security Zone. A moving security zone of100 yards is established around all tank vessels, cruiseships, and military pre--positioned ships during transitsentering or departing Port Canaveral. These movingsecurity zones are activated when the subject vesselpasses Port Canaveral Entrance Light--buoys No 3 orNo 4, at respective approximate positions (28 22 7N80 31 8W and 28 23 7N 80 29 2W), when enteringPort Canaveral. Fixed security zones are established100 yards around all tank vessels, cruise ships, andmilitary pre--positioned ships docked in Port Canaveral.Only authorised vessels may enter these zones.Ship movement priority normally given to naval

vessels.

US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §165.759(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]

Florida -- Palm Beach — Security zones


3 Security Zone. A moving security zone isestablished 100 yards around all passenger vessels,vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, orvessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) duringtransits entering or departing the port of Palm Beach.This moving security zone is activated when thesubject vessel passes LW Light--buoy (5.105) atapproximate position (26 46 3N 80 00 6W), whenentering the Port of Palm Beach. Fixed security zonesare established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, orliquefied hazardous gas (LHG) while they are dockedin the port of Palm Beach. Only authorised vesselsmay enter these zones.

4 Dead slow speed is to be maintained in the vicinityof the power station at the SW corner of the turningbasin, for the protection of manatees.


NP 70

3 -- 188

Florida -- Palm Beach -- Entrance Channel —Wreck


A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies inthe Entrance Channel, S of the leading line, closeNNW of No.5 light--beacon.

US Notice 27/11466/06(HH. 614/645/06) [33/06]

Florida -- Port Everglades — Security zones


4 Security Zone. A moving security zone isestablished 100 yards around all passenger vessels,vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, orvessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) duringtransits entering or departing Port Everglades. Thismoving security zone is activated when the subjectvessel passes PE Light--buoy (5.154) at approximateposition (26 05 5N 80 04 8W), when entering PortEverglades. Fixed security zones are established100 yards around all passenger vessels, vesselscarrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefiedhazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in PortEverglades. Only authorised vessels may enter thesezones

5 A fixed security zone encompasses all waters W ofa line joining position 26 05 98N 80 07 15W andposition 26 05 41N 80 06 96W. An additional fixedsecurity zone is established between a line joiningposition 26 05 41N 80 06 97W and a positiondirectly E across the Intracoastal Waterway at26 05 41N 80 06 74W, and a line from position26 04 72N 80 06 92W and a position directly Eacross the Intracoastal Waterway at 26 04 72N80 06 81W.

6 Vessels may be allowed to transit the IntracoastalWaterway when passenger vessels, or vessels carryingcargoes of particular hazard are berthed, by staying Eof the law enforcement vessels and cruise ship tenders,which will mark a transit lane in this zone.

7 Naval restricted area is established S of theentrance channel, with limits shown on the charts.Anchoring is generally prohibited in this area.


Florida -- Port of Miami — Security zones


4 Security Zone. A moving security zone isestablished 100 yards around all passenger vessels,vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, orvessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) duringtransits entering or departing the port of Miami. Thismoving security zone is activated when the subjectvessel passes M Light--buoy (5.187) at approximateposition (25 46 1N 80 05 0W), when entering theport of Miami. Fixed security zones are established100 yards around all passenger vessels, vesselscarrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefiedhazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in theport of Miami. Only authorised vessels may enterthese zones.

5 A fixed security zone, shown on the chart,encompasses all waters between Watson Park and StarIsland on the MacArthur Causeway south to the portof Miami.

6 This fixed security zone is activated when two ormore passenger vessels, vessels carrying cargoes ofparticular hazard, or vessels carrying liquefiedhazardous gas (LHG), enter or moor within this zone.

7 Prohibited anchorage. Except in great emergency,no vessel may anchor anywhere in the vicinities of theentrance and approach channels leading to the cities ofMiami and Miami Beach, other than within the areadescribed in 5.173.


Florida -- Port of Key West — Security zones


4 Security Zone. A moving security zone isestablished 100 yards around all passenger vessels,vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, orvessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) duringtransits entering or departing the port of Key West.This moving security zone is activated when thesubject vessel passes KW Light--buoy at approximateposition (24 27 7N 81 48 1W), when entering theport of Key West. Fixed security zones are established100 yards around all passenger vessels, vesselscarrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefiedhazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in theport of Key West. Only authorised vessels may enterthese zones.

5 Areas to be avoided. See 5.6.


NP 70

3 -- 189

Florida -- Key West -- Directions for otherapproach channels — Northwest Channel

147Paragraph 5.260 Including heading, Replace by:Northwest Channel5.260

1 From the vicinity of Smith Shoal Light (6--sidedpyramidal framework tower on piles) (24 43 N81 55 W), standing on Smith Shoal, a small coral bankwith a least depth of 3 4 m (11 ft) over it, the trackleads SSE through the entrance of Northwest Channel.

2 Submerged training walls lie on either side of theentrance and only the outer part of the East Jettyshows above LW. The NW end of this training wall ismarked by ’A’ Light--beacon (white notice board onpile).

The channel, which is marked by lights andbeacons, then leads in a SE direction for 7 miles to itsjunction with Main Ship Channel.

3 Caution. Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck,marked by a mooring buoy close E, and anotherdangerous wreck (mast PA), lying 2 miles WSW and4 miles SSE, respectively, of Smith Shoal Light. Anobstruction, least depth 3 3 m (11 ft), lies betweenNo 6 Light--beacon and No 8 Beacon close to the edgeof the area to be avoided, as shown on the chart.

4 Useful mark:No 6 Light--beacon (red triangle and red rectangle,

white stripe, on pile) (24 38 N 81 54 W).

US Notice 30/11441/06(HH. 614/660/06) [35/06]

Tortugas Bank -- Traffic regulations —Prohibited anchorage

149Paragraph 5.276 2 line 2 Replace by:...area surrounding Tortugas Bank; see 5.6.


Florida -- North--West Approaches to Key West— Operational training area

152After Paragraph 5.298 2 Insert:Operational training area5.298a

1 A naval operational training area (see chart) coversa significant sector W of Key West, extending N intoFlorida Bay and S into the Straits of Florida. Marinersshould note that access to this area may be restrictedor prohibited. See Appendix VI.

297Existing Appendix VI Replace by:

APPENDIX VICODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33— NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 334 — DANGER ZONES ANDRESTRICTED AREA REGULATIONS —

EXTRACTS

Appendix VI contains extracts from the aboveregulations issued by the United StatesDepartment of Commerce.

Regulations specific to this volume are given by titleonly where the area concerned falls whollywithin pilotage waters; where the regulationaffects an area outside pilotage waters, asummary of the regulation is given.

For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR334.

§334.1 Purpose.The purpose of this part is to:

(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amendingand disestablishing danger zones and restrictedareas.

(b) List the specific danger zones and restrictedareas and their boundaries; and

(c) Prescribe specific requirements, accesslimitations and controlled activities within thedanger zones and restricted areas.

§334.2 Definitions.(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used

for target practice, bombing, rocket firing orother especially hazardous operations, normallyfor the armed forces. The danger zones may beclosed to the public on a full time or intermittentbasis, as stated in the regulations.

(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for thepurpose of prohibiting or limiting public accessto the area. Restricted areas generally providesecurity for Government property and/orprotection to the public from the risks of damageor injury arising from the Government’s use ofthat area.

There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in thefollowing areas:

§334.530 Canaveral Harbor adjacent to the Navypier at Port Canaveral, Fla.; restricted area.

§334.540BananaRiver atCapeCanaveralMissileTest Annex, Fla.; restricted area.

§334.550 Banana River at Cape Canaveral AirForce Station, Fla.; restricted area.

§334.560 BananaRiver at PatrickAir Force Base,Fla.; restricted area.

§334.570 Banana River near Orsino, Fla.;restricted area.

NP 70

3 -- 190

§334.580 Atlantic Ocean near Port Everglades,Fla.; Naval restricted area.

(a) The area. Beginning at a point at 26 05 30 N80 03 30 W; proceed west to 26 05 30 N 80 06 30 W;thence southerly to 26 03 00 N 80 06 42 W; thenceeast to 26 03 00 N 80 05 44 W; thence south to26 01 36 N 80 05 44 W; thence east to 26 01 36 N80 03 30 W; thence north to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchoring of ocean--goingvessels and/or any vessel with an anchor weight of100 pounds or more and/or an anchor winch pullcapacity of 300 pounds or more shall be prohibited inthe above described area.

(2) The regulations of this section shall be enforcedby the Officer--in--Charge, Naval Surface WeaponsCenter, Ft Lauderdale Facility, Fla, and such agenciesas he/she may designate.

§334.590AtlanticOceanoffCapeCanaveral,Fla.;Air Force missile testing area, Patrick Air ForceBase, Fla.

(a) The danger zone. An area in the Atlantic Oceanimmediately offshore from Cape Canaveral defined bya line 3 nautical miles from shore, said areaterminating in the north at a line on a bearing of 70from a point on shore at approximate latitude 28 35 Nand in the south at a line on a bearing of 115 from apoint on the shore at approximately latitude 28 25 N.

(b) The regulations. (1) All unauthorized personsand vessels are prohibited from operating within thedanger zone during firing periods to be specified bythe Commander, Air Force Missile Test Center, PatrickAir Force Base.

(2) Warning signals will be used to warn personsand vessels that the danger zone is active. Thesesignals will be in the form of a large red ball and ared flashing high intensity beacon. One signal will belocated on a 90--foot pole near the shoreline at thenorth end of the danger zone, and one signal will belocated on a 90--foot pole near the shoreline aboutone--half mile north of the south limit of the dangerzone. An amber rotating beacon and warning sign willbe erected on the north side of the Port Canaveral shipchannel to indicate to vessels about to leave the harborthat the danger zone is in use.

(3) When the signals in paragraph (b)(2) of thissection are displayed, all persons and vessels, exceptthose authorized personnel and patrol vessels, willimmediately leave the danger zone by the most directroute and stay out until the signals are discontinued.

(4) The regulations in this paragraph shall beenforced by the Commander, Air Force Missile TestCenter, Patrick Air Force Base, Fla., and such agenciesas he may designate.

§334.600 TRIDENT Basin adjacent to CanaveralHarbor at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station,Brevard County, Fla.; danger zone.

§334.610 Key West Harbor, at U.S. Naval Base,KeyWest, Fla.; naval restricted areas and dangerzone.

§334.620 Straits of Florida and Florida Bay invicinity of Key West, Fla.; operational trainingarea, aerial gunnery range, and bombing andstrafing target areas,NavalAirStation,KeyWest,Fla.

(a) The danger zones (1) Operational training area.Waters of the Straits of Florida and Gulf of Mexicosouthwest, west and northwest of Key West boundedas follows: Beginning at latitude 25 45 00 N82 07 00 W; thence southeast to 24 49 00 N81 55 00 W; thence southwest to 24 37 30 N82 00 30 W; thence westerly to 24 37 30 N82 06 00 W; thence southerly to 24 28 30 N82 06 00 W; thence southerly to 24 25 00 N82 06 30 W; thence easterly to 24 25 00 N81 57 00 W; thence southwesterly to 23 30 00 N82 19 00 W; thence westerly to 23 30 00 N82 46 00 W; thence northwesterly to 23 52 30 N83 11 00 W; thence northerly to 24 25 00 N83 11 00 W; thence easterly to 24 25 00 N83 08 00 W; thence clockwise along the arc of a circlewith a radius of 92 miles centered at 24 35 00 N81 41 15 W to 24 45 05 N 82 23 30 W; thence east topoint of beginning.

(2) Bombing and strafing target areas. (i) Acircular area immediately west of Marquesas Keyswith a radius of two nautical miles having its center at24 33 4N and 82 10 9W, not to include land area andarea within Marquesas Keys. The target located withinthis area, a grounded LSIL will be used for bombingand aircraft rocket exercises.

(ii) A circular area located directly west ofMarquesas Keys with a radius of three statute mileshaving its center at 24 35 6N and 82 11 6W, not toinclude land area within Marquesas Keys. The targetslocated within this area, pile--mounted platforms, willbe used as high altitude horizontal bombing rangeutilizing live ordnance up to and including 1,800pounds of high explosives. In general, these explosiveswill be of an air--burst type, above 1,500 feet.

(iii) A circular area located west of MarquesasKeys with a radius of two nautical miles having itscenter at 24 34 30 N, and 82 14 00 W.

(b) The regulations. (1) In advance of scheduled airor surface operations which, in the opinion of theenforcing agency, may be dangerous to watercraft,appropriate warnings will be issued to navigationinterests through official government and civilianchannels or in such other manner as the DistrictEngineer, Corps of Engineers, Jacksonville, Florida,may direct. Such warnings will specify the location,type, time, and duration of operations, and give suchother pertinent information as may be required in theinterests of safety.

(2) Watercraft shall not be prohibited from passingthrough the operational training area except when theoperations being conducted are of such nature that theexclusion of watercraft is required in the interest ofsafety or for accomplishment of the mission, or isconsidered important to the national security.

NP 70

3 -- 191

(3) When the warning to navigation interests statesthat bombing and strafing operations will take placeover the designated target areas or that otheroperations hazardous to watercraft are proposed to beconducted in a specifically described portion of theoverall area, all watercraft will be excluded from thetarget area or otherwise described zone of operationsand no vessel shall enter or remain therein during theperiod operations are in progress.

(4) Aircraft and naval vessels conducting operationsin any part of the operational training area willexercise caution in order not to endanger watercraft.Operations which may be dangerous to watercraft willnot be conducted without first ascertaining that thezone of operations is clear. Any vessel in the zone ofoperations will be warned to leave and upon being sowarned the vessel shall leave immediately.

(5) The regulations in this section shall be enforcedby the Commandant, Sixth Naval District, Charleston,S.C., and such agencies as he may designate.

US Code of Federal Regulations 33(HH. 070/200/01) [04/05]

Cuba, North Coast -- Bahía de Cayo Moa —Anchorage; wreck

171Paragraph 7.22 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:...(20 41 N 74 54 W). Puerto de Moa (20 39 3N74 54 5W) (7.27) lies within the bay.


Paragraph 7.22 3 lines 3--4 Replace by:Port Authority. Puerto de Moa is a sub--port of

Puerto Baracoa (7.18).

Paragraphs 7.25--7.26 Replace by:Anchorages7.25

1 Three anchorages are available (with positions fromPunta Pájaro (20 40 6N 74 53 9W)):

No 1: 8¾ cables ESE.No 2: 3¾ cables SE.No 3: 2½ cables SSW. A dangerous wreck lies

2½ cables W of this anchorage.7.26

1 Offshore mooring. A CBM berth is situated8½ cables SE of Punta Pájaro (7.25); a submarinepipeline extends SSW from the berth to a position onthe shore 1½ cables W of Punta La Fábrica.


Cuban Chart 1786; Cuban Notice 45/04(HH. 681/405/04) [40/04]

Cuba, North Coast -- Bahía Naranjo —Restricted area

176Paragraph 7.77 Including heading Replace by:Traffic regulations7.77

1 Traffic separation schemes. See 7.10.Restricted area. A marine park, in which there are

numerous obstructions and mooring buoys, has beenestablished 1¾ miles ENE of Punta Barlovento (7.79)for recreational purposes.

2 The area is defined by the following positions:21 07 9N 75 51 2W21 07 9N 75 50 6W21 07 3N 75 50 7W21 07 3N 75 51 3W.

Vessels of 20 gt or over, or draughts of 4 m or over,should avoid the area.

Paragraph 7.79 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:NNE of Punta Barlovento (26 miles ESE), the E

entrance point to Bahía Naranjo (7.110), fromwhich a light (7.110) is exhibited. A restrictedarea lies 1¾ miles ENE of the light; see 7.77 fordetails. Thence:

Cuban Notice 6/41/04(HH. 681/410/04) [41/04]

Cuba, North Coast -- Punta Cobarrubia —Wreck


NNE of Punta Mastelero (13 miles W), the Wentrance point to Bahía de Puerto Padre (7.86),from which a light is exhibited, thence:

NNE of Punta Cobarrubia (20 miles WNW). Adangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles ESE. Thence:

Cuban Notice 6/40/04(HH. 681/410/04) [41/04]

Cuba, North Coast -- Cayo Piedras del Norte —Restricted area

183Paragraph 7.136 8 line 5 Add:Vessels of 20 gt or over, or draughts of 4 m or over, shouldavoid the area.

Cuban Notice 6/37/04(HH. 681/420/04) [41/04]

NP 70

3 -- 192

Haïti -- Port--au--Prince -- Anchorages and berths— Jetty; depths

220Paragraph 8.292 1--2 Replace by:Berths8.292

1 City centre:Jetty and dolphin extension with berths on both

sides. It is reported (2005) that the end of the jettyis in ruins, and that submerged wrecks lie close tothe ruins.

2 Container terminal, S side only; length 426 m.Ro--Ro terminal (7 cables WNW of the cathedral),

which is shown on the plan.Caution: It is reported (2005) that depths less than

those charted exist in the area between Fort Ilet andthe shore.

US Notice 12/26186/05(HH. 677/415/03) [16/05]

Jamaica, South Coast -- Portland Bight andapproaches — Stetton Hall Light


3 Conspicuous gable on white bungalow at StettonHall (17 50 N 77 10 W).

Major light:Portland Light — as above.

Paragraph 10.197 1 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of 17 45 N 76 59 W the line of

bearung, 297 , of Pigeon Island Front Leading Light(17 47 N 77 04 W) (10.199), leads WNW in thefairway of East Channel, passing (with reference to thefront light):

Paragraph 10.205 1 line 2 Replace by:...(17 49 N 77 09 W). A light--buoy...

270Paragraph 10.208 1--2 Replace by:Landmarks10.208

1 Conspicuous water tower (10.195).Conspicuous gable (10.195).

BA Chart 257(HH. 678/415/03) [26/04]

Cayman Islands -- Lesser Caymans —Anchorages



Paragraph 10.301 1 Replace by:10.301Spare



Paragraph 10.304 1 Replace by:10.304Spare

Maritime Authority of the Cayman Islands(HH. 679/420/02) [12/06]



281Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d)--(e) Replace by:(d) [Suspended](e) [Suspended](f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship andPort Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) inTable 160.206).

282--283

Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 whichfollows.


NP 70

3 -- 193






(i) Name;



(iv) Call sign;





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x









x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x





x x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;




x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;



x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x


NP 70

3 -- 194



VesselsVessels not

carrying CDC





x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]








x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




Appendix VII — United States MarineSanctuary, Wildlife and Fisheries Regulations --

Extracts

298--322Existing Appendix VII Replace by:

NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARYPROGRAM--EXTRACTS

Extracts from subpart P PART 922--NATIONAL MARINESANCTUARY PROGRAM REGULATIONS. For acomplete description of this part see 15 CFR 922.

Subpart P--Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary§922.160 Purpose.

(a) The purpose of the regulations in this subpart isto implement the comprehensive management plan forthe Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary byregulating activities affecting the resources of theSanctuary or any of the qualities, values, or purposesfor which the Sanctuary is designated, in order toprotect, preserve and manage the conservation,ecological, recreational, research, educational,historical, and aesthetic resources and qualities of thearea. In particular, the regulations in this part areintended to protect, restore, and enhance the livingresources of the Sanctuary, to contribute to the

maintenance of natural assemblages of living resourcesfor future generations, to provide places for speciesdependent on such living resources to survive andpropagate, to facilitate to the extent compatible withthe primary objective of resource protection all publicand private uses of the resources of the Sanctuary notprohibited pursuant to other authorities, to reduceconflicts between such compatible uses, and to achievethe other policies and purposes of the Florida KeysNational Marine Sanctuary and Protection Act and theNational Marine Sanctuaries Act.

§922.161 Boundary.The Sanctuary consists of an area of approximately

2900 square nautical miles (9,800 square kilometers)of coastal and ocean waters, and the submerged landsthereunder, surrounding the Florida Keys in Florida.Appendix I to this subpart sets forth the preciseSanctuary boundary.

§922.163 Prohibited activities--Sanctuarywide.(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) through (e)

of this section, the following activities are prohibitedand thus are unlawful for any person to conduct or tocause to be conducted:(1) Mineral and hydrocarbon exploration,

development and production. Exploring for,developing, or producing minerals or hydrocarbonswithin the Sanctuary.(2) Removal of, injury to, or possession of coral or

live rock. (i) Moving, removing, taking, harvesting,damaging, disturbing, breaking, cutting, or otherwiseinjuring, or possessing (regardless of where takenfrom) any living or dead coral, or coral formation, orattempting any of these activities, except as permittedunder 50 CFR part 638.

NP 70

3 -- 195

(ii) Harvesting, or attempting to harvest, any liverock from the Sanctuary, or possessing (regardless ofwhere taken from) any live rock within the Sanctuary,except as authorized by a permit for the possession orharvest from aquaculture operations in the ExclusiveEconomic Zone, issued by the National MarineFisheries Service pursuant to applicable regulationsunder the appropriate Fishery Management Plan, or asauthorized by the applicable State authority ofcompetent jurisdiction within the Sanctuary for liverock cultured on State submerged lands leased fromthe State of Florida, pursuant to applicable State law.See §370.027, Florida Statutes and implementingregulations.

(3) Alteration of, or construction on, the seabed.Drilling into, dredging, or otherwise altering theseabed of the Sanctuary, or engaging in prop--dredging;or constructing, placing or abandoning any structure,material, or other matter on the seabed of theSanctuary, except as an incidental result of:

(i) Anchoring vessels in a manner not otherwiseprohibited by this part (see §§922.163(a)(5)(ii) and922.1 64(d)(1)(v));

(ii) Traditional fishing activities not otherwiseprohibited by this part;

(iii) Installation and maintenance of navigationalaids by, or pursuant to valid authorization by, anyFederal, State, or local authority of competentjurisdiction;

(iv) Harbor maintenance in areas necessarilyassociated with Federal water resource developmentprojects in existence on July 1, 1997, includingmaintenance dredging of entrance channels and repair,replacement, or rehabilitation of breakwaters or jetties;

(v) Construction, repair, replacement, orrehabilitation of docks, seawalls, breakwaters, piers, ormarinas with less than ten slips authorized by anyvalid lease, permit, license, approval, or otherauthorization issued by any Federal, State, or localauthority of competent jurisdiction.

(4) Discharge or deposit of materials or othermatter.

(i) Discharging or depositing, from within theboundary of the Sanctuary, any material or othermatter, except:

(A) Fish, fish parts, chumming materials, or baitused or produced incidental to and while conducting atraditional fishing activity in the Sanctuary;

(B) Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel useand generated by a marine sanitation device approvedin accordance with Section 312 of the Federal WaterPollution Control Act, as amended, (FWPCA), 33U.S.C. 1322 et seq.;

(C) Water generated by routine vessel operations(e.g., deck wash down and graywater as defined insection 312 of the FWPCA), excluding oily wastesfrom bilge pumping; or

(D) Cooling water from vessels or engine exhaust;(ii) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the

boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or othermatter that subsequently enters the Sanctuary andinjures a Sanctuary resource or quality, except thoselisted in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) through (D) of thissection and those authorized under Monroe Countyland use permits, or under State permits.

(5) Operation of vessels. (i) Operating a vessel insuch a manner as to strike or otherwise injure coral,seagrass, or any other immobile organism attached tothe seabed, including, but not limited to, operating avessel in such a manner as to cause prop--scarring.

(ii) Having a vessel anchored on living coral otherthan hardbottom in water depths less than 40 feetwhen visibility is such that the seabed can be seen.

(iii) Except in officially marked channels, operatinga vessel at a speed greater than 4 knots or in amanner which creates a wake:

(A) Within an area designated idle speed only/nowake;

(B) Within 100 yards of navigational aids indicatingemergent or shallow reefs (international diamondwarning symbol);

(C) Within 100 feet of the red and white “diversdown” flag (or the blue and white “alpha” flag inFederal waters);

(D) Within 100 yards of residential shorelines, or;(E) Within 100 yards of stationary vessels.(iv) Operating a vessel in such a manner as to

injure or take wading, roosting, or nesting birds ormarine mammals.

(v) Operating a vessel in a manner which endangerslife, limb, marine resources, or property.

(6) Conduct of diving/snorkelling without flag.Diving or snorkelling without flying in a conspicuousmanner the red and white “divers down” flag (or theblue and white “alpha” flag in Federal waters).

(7) Release of exotic species. Introducing orreleasing an exotic species of plant, invertebrate, fish,amphibian, or mammals into the Sanctuary.

(8) Damage or removal of markers. Marking,defacing, or damaging in any way or displacing,removing, or tampering with any official signs,notices, or placards, whether temporary or permanent,or with any navigational aids, monuments, stakes,posts, mooring buoys, boundary buoys, trap buoys, orscientific equipment.

(9) Movement of, removal of, injury to, orpossession of Sanctuary historical resources. Moving,removing, injuring, or possessing, or attempting tomove, remove, injure, or possess, a Sanctuaryhistorical resource.

(10) Take or possession of protected wildlife.Taking any marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird inor above the Sanctuary, except as authorized by theMarine Mammal Protection Act, as amended,(MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., the EndangeredSpecies Act, as amended, (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531 etseq., and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as amended,(MBTA) 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq.

(11) Possession or use of explosives or electricalcharges. Possessing, or using explosives, exceptpowerheads, or releasing electrical charges within theSanctuary.

(12) Harvest or possession of marine life species.Harvesting, possessing, or landing any marine lifespecies, or part thereof, within the Sanctuary, except inaccordance with rules 46--42.001 through 46--42.003,46--42.0035, and 46--42.004 through 46--42.007, and46--42.009 of the Florida Administrative Code, andsuch rules shall apply mutatis mutandis (withnecessary editorial changes) to all Federal and Statewaters within the Sanctuary.

NP 70

3 -- 196

(13) Interference with law enforcement. Interferingwith, obstructing, delaying or preventing aninvestigation, search, seizure, or disposition of seizedproperty in connection with enforcement of the Actsor any regulation or permit issued under the Acts.

(b) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this sectionand in §922.164, and any access and use restrictionsimposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct anactivity specifically authorized by, and conducted inaccordance with the scope, purpose, terms, andconditions of, a National Marine Sanctuary permitissued pursuant to §922.166.

(c) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this sectionand in §922.164, and any access and use restrictionimposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct anactivity specifically authorized by a valid Federal,State, or local lease, permit, license, approval, or otherauthorization in existence on the effective date of theseregulations, or by any valid right of subsistence use oraccess in existence on the effective date of theseregulations, provided that the holder of suchauthorization or right complies with §922.167 and withany terms and conditions on the exercise of suchauthorization or right imposed by the Director as acondition of certification as he or she deemsreasonably necessary to achieve the purposes forwhich the Sanctuary was designated.

(d) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this sectionand in §922.164, and any access and use restrictionsimposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct anactivity specifically authorized by any valid Federal,State, or local lease, permit, license, approval, or otherauthorization issued after the effective date of theseregulations, provided that the applicant complies with§922.168, the Director notifies the applicant andauthorizing agency that he or she does not object toissuance of the authorization, and the applicantcomplies with any terms and conditions the Directordeems reasonably necessary to protect Sanctuaryresources and qualities. Amendments, renewals andextensions of authorizations in existence on theeffective date of these regulations constituteauthorizations issued after the effective date of theseregulations.

(e) (1) All military activities shall be carried out ina manner that avoids to the maximum extent practicalany adverse impacts on Sanctuary resources andqualities. The prohibitions in paragraph (a) of thissection and §922.164 do not apply to existing classesof military activities which were conducted prior to theeffective date of these regulations, as identified in theEnvironmental Impact Statement and Management Planfor the Sanctuary. New military activities in theSanctuary are allowed and may be exempted from theprohibitions in paragraph (a) of this section and in§922.164 by the Director after consultation betweenthe Director and the Department of Defense pursuantto section 304(d) of the NMSA. When a militaryactivity is modified such that it is likely to destroy,cause the loss of, or injure a Sanctuary resource orquality in a manner significantly greater than wasconsidered in a previous consultation under section304(d) of the NMSA, or it is likely to destroy, causethe loss of, or injure a Sanctuary resource or qualitynot previously considered in a previous consultationunder section 304(d) of the NMSA, the activity isconsidered a new activity for purposes of this

paragraph. If it is determined that an activity may becarried out, such activity shall be carried out in amanner that avoids to the maximum extent practicalany adverse impact on Sanctuary resources andqualities.

(2) In the event of threatened or actual destructionof, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuary resource or qualityresulting from an untoward incident, including but notlimited to spills and groundings caused by theDepartment of Defense, the cognizant component shallpromptly coordinate with the Director for the purposeof taking appropriate actions to prevent, respond to ormitigate the harm and, if possible, restore or replacethe Sanctuary resource or quality.

(f) The prohibitions contained in paragraph (a)(5) ofthis section do not apply to Federal, State and localofficers while performing enforcement duties and/orresponding to emergencies that threaten life, property,or the environment in their official capacity.

(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this sectionand paragraph (a) of §922.168, in no event may theDirector issue a permit under §922.166 authorizing, orotherwise approve, the exploration for, leasing,development, or production of minerals orhydrocarbons within the Sanctuary, the disposal ofdredged material within the Sanctuary other than inconnection with beach renourishment or Sanctuaryrestoration projects, or the discharge of untreated orprimary treated sewage (except by a certification,pursuant to §922.167, of a valid authorization inexistence on the effective date of these regulations),and any purported authorizations issued by otherauthorities after the effective date of these regulationsfor any of these activities within the Sanctuary shallbe invalid.

§922.164 Additional activity regulations by Sanctuaryarea.

In addition to the prohibitions set forth in §922.163,which apply throughout the Sanctuary, the followingregulations apply with respect to activities conductedwithin the Sanctuary areas described in this sectionand in Appendix (II) through (VII) to this subpart.Activities located within two or more overlappingSanctuary areas are concurrently subject to theregulations applicable to each overlapping area.

(a) Areas To Be Avoided. Operating a tank vesselor a vessel greater than 50 meters in registered lengthis prohibited in all areas to be avoided, except if suchvessel is a public vessel and its operation is essentialfor national defense, law enforcement, or responses toemergencies that threaten life, property, or theenvironment. Appendix VII to this subpart sets forththe geographic coordinates of these areas.

(b) Existing Management Areas.--(1) Key Largo andLooe Key Management Areas. The following activitiesare prohibited within the Key Largo and Looe KeyManagement Areas (also known as the Key Largo andLooe Key National Marine Sanctuaries) described inAppendix II to this subpart:

(i) Removing, taking, damaging, harmfullydisturbing, breaking, cutting, spearing or similarlyinjuring any coral or other marine invertebrate, or anyplant, soil, rock, or other material, except commercialtaking of spiny lobster and stone crab by trap andrecreational taking of spiny lobster by hand or byhand gear which is consistent with these regulations

NP 70

3 -- 197

and the applicable regulations implementing theapplicable Fishery Management Plan.

(ii) Taking any tropical fish.(iii) Fishing with wire fish traps, bottom trawls,

dredges, fish sleds, or similar vessel--towed oranchored bottom fishing gear or nets.

(iv) Fishing with, carrying or possessing, exceptwhile passing through without interruption or for lawenforcement purposes: pole spears, air rifles, bows andarrows, slings, Hawaiian slings, rubber powderedarbaletes, pneumatic and spring--loaded guns or similardevices known as spearguns.

(2) Great White Heron and Key West NationalWildlife Refuge Management Areas. Operating apersonal watercraft, operating an airboat, or waterskiing except within Township 66 South, Range 29East, Sections 5, 11, 12 and 14; Township 66 South,Range 28 East, Section 2; Township 67 South, Range26 East, Sections 16 and 20, all Tallahassee Meridian,are prohibited within the marine portions of the GreatWhite Heron and Key West National Wildlife RefugeManagement Areas described in Appendix II to thissubpart:

(c) Wildlife Management Areas. (1) Marine portionsof the Wildlife Management Areas listed in AppendixIII to this subpart or portions thereof may bedesignated “idle speed only/no--wake,” “no--motor” or“no--access buffer” zones or “closed”. The Director, incooperation with other Federal, State, or local resourcemanagement authorities, as appropriate, shall postsigns conspicuously, using mounting posts, buoys, orother means according to location and purpose, atappropriate intervals and locations, clearly delineatingan area as an “idle speed only/no wake”, a“no--motor”, or a “no--access buffer” zone or as“closed”, and allowing instant, long--range recognitionby boaters. Such signs shall display the official logo ofthe Sanctuary.

(2) The following activities are prohibited withinthe marine portions of the Wildlife Management Areaslisted in Appendix III to this subpart:

(i) In those marine portions of any WildlifeManagement Area designated an “idle speed only/nowake” zone in Appendix III to this subpart, operatinga vessel at a speed greater that idle speed only/nowake.

(ii) In those marine portions of any WildlifeManagement Area designated a “no--motor” zone inAppendix III to this subpart, using internal combustionmotors or engines for any purposes. A vessel with aninternal combustion motor or engine may access a“no--motor” zone only through the use of a push pole,paddle, sail, electric motor or similar means ofpropulsion.

(iii) In those marine portions of any WildlifeManagement Area designated a “no--access buffer”zone in Appendix III of this subpart, entering the areaby vessel.

(iv) In those marine portions of any WildlifeManagement Area designated as closed in Appendix lllof this subpart, entering or using the area.

(3) The Director shall coordinate with other Federal,State, or local resource management authorities, asappropriate, in the establishment and enforcement ofaccess restrictions described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)--(iv)of this section in the marine portions of WildlifeManagement Areas.

(4) The Director may modify the number andlocation of access restrictions described in paragraph(c)(2)(i)--(iv) of this section within the marine portionsof a Wildlife Management Area if the Director findsthat such action is reasonably necessary to minimizedisturbances to Sanctuary wildlife, or to ensureprotection and preservation of Sanctuary wildlifeconsistent with the purposes of the Sanctuarydesignation and other applicable law governing theprotection and preservation of wildlife resources in theSanctuary. The Director will effect such modificationby:

(i) Publishing in the Federal Register, after noticeand an opportunity for public comments in accordance,an amendment to the list of such areas set forth inAppendix III to this subpart, and a notice regardingthe time and place where maps depicting the preciselocations of such restrictions will be made availablefor public inspection, and

(ii) Posting official signs delineating suchrestrictions in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of thissection.

(d) Ecological Reserves and Sanctuary PreservationAreas. (1) The following activities are prohibitedwithin the Ecological Reserves described in AppendixIV to this subpart, and within the SanctuaryPreservation Areas, described in Appendix V to thissubpart:

(i) Discharging or depositing any material or othermatter except cooling water or engine exhaust.

(ii) Possessing, moving, harvesting, removing,taking, damaging, disturbing, breaking, cutting,spearing, or otherwise injuring any coral, marineinvertebrate, fish, bottom formation, algae, seagrass orother living or dead organism, including shells, orattempting any of these activities. However, fish,invertebrates and marine plants may be possessedaboard a vessel in an Ecological Reserve or SanctuaryPreservation Area, provided such resources can beshown not to have been harvested within, removedfrom, or taken within, the Ecological Reserve orSanctuary Preservation Area, as applicable, by beingstowed in a cabin, locker, or similar storage area priorto entering and during transit through such reserves orareas.

(iii) Except for catch and release fishing by trollingin the Conch Reef; Alligator Reef; Sombrero Reef,and Sand Key SPAs, fishing by any means. However,gear capable of harvesting fish may be aboard a vesselin an Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary PreservationArea, provided such gear is not available forimmediate use when entering and during transitthrough such Ecological Reserve or SanctuaryPreservation Area, and no presumption of fishingactivity shall be drawn therefrom.

(iv) Touching living or dead coral, including but notlimited to, standing on a living or dead coralformation.

(v) Anchoring in the Tortugas Ecological Reserve.In all other Ecological Reserves and SanctuaryPreservation Areas, placing any anchor in a way thatallows the anchor or any portion of the anchorapparatus (including the anchor, chain or rope) totouch living or dead coral, or any attached livingorganism. When anchoring dive boats, the first diverdown must inspect the anchor to ensure that it is nottouching living or dead coral, and will not shift in

NP 70

3 -- 198

such a way as to touch such coral or other attachedorganism. No further diving shall take place until theanchor is placed in accordance with theserequirements.

(vi) Except in the Tortugas Ecological Reservewhere mooring buoys must be used, anchoring insteadof mooring when a mooring buoy is available oranchoring in other than a designated anchoring areawhen such areas have been designated and areavailable.

(vii) Except for passage without interruptionthrough that area, for law enforcement purposes, or forpurposes of monitoring pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) ofthis section, violating a temporary access restrictionimposed by the Director pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)of this section.

(viii) Except for passage without interruptionthrough that area, for law enforcement purposes, or forpurposes of monitoring pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) ofthis section: entering the Tortugas South area of theTortugas Ecological Reserve; or entering the TortugasNorth area of the Tortugas Ecological Reserve withouta valid access permit issued pursuant to §922. 167 orentering or leaving the Tortugas North area with avalid access permit issued pursuant to §922. 167without notifying FKNMS staff at the Dry TortugasNational Park office by telephone or radio no less than30 minutes and no more than 6 hours, before enteringand upon leaving the Tortugas Ecological Reserve.

(ix) Tying a vessel greater than 100 feet(30 48 meters) LOA, or tying more than one vessel(other than vessels carried on board a vessel) ifcombined lengths would exceed 100 feet(30 48 meters) LOA, to a mooring buoy or to a vesseltied to a mooring buoy in the Tortugas EcologicalReserve.

(2) The Director may temporarily restrict access toany portion of any Sanctuary Preservation Area orEcological Reserve if the Director, on the basis of thebest available data, information and studies, determinesthat a concentration of use appears to be causing orcontributing to significant degradation of the livingresources of the area and that such action isreasonably necessary to allow for recovery of theliving resources of such area. The Director willprovide for continuous monitoring of the area duringthe pendency of the restriction. The Director willprovide public notice of the restriction by publishing anotice in the Federal Register, and by such othermeans as the Director may deem appropriate. TheDirector may only restrict access to an area for aperiod of 60 days, with one additional 60 day renewal.The Director may restrict access to an area for alonger period pursuant to a notice and opportunity forpublic comment rulemaking under the AdministrativeProcedure Act. Such restriction will be kept to theminimum amount of area necessary to achieve thepurpose thereof.

(e) Special--use Areas. (1) The Director may setaside discrete areas of the Sanctuary as Special--useAreas, and, by designation pursuant to this paragraph,impose the access and use restrictions specified inparagraph (e)(3) of this section. Special--use Areas aredescribed in Appendix VI to this subpart, inaccordance with the following designations andcorresponding objectives:

(i) “Recovery area” to provide for the recovery ofSanctuary resources from degradation or other injuryattributable to human uses:

(ii) “Restoration area” to provide for restoration ofdegraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary resources;

(iii) “Research--only area” to provide for scientificresearch or education relating to protecting andmanagement through the issuance of a SanctuaryGeneral permit for research pursuant to §922. 166; and

(iv) “Facilitated--use area” to provide for theprevention of use or user conflicts or the facilitation ofaccess and use, or to promote public use andunderstanding, of Sanctuary resources through theissuance of special--use permits.

(2) A Special--use Area shall be no larger than thesize the Director deems reasonably necessary toaccomplish the applicable objective.

(3) Persons conducting activities within anySpecial--use Area shall comply with the access and userestrictions specified in this paragraph and madeapplicable to such area by means of its designations asa “recovery area,” “restoration area,” “research onlyarea,” or “facilitated--use area.” Except for passagewithout interruption through the area or for lawenforcement purposes, no person may enter aSpecial--use Area except to conduct or cause to beconducted the following activities:

(i) in such area designated as a “recovery area” ora “restoration area”, habitat manipulation related torestoration of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuaryresources, or activities reasonably necessary to monitorrecovery of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuaryresources;

(ii) In such area designated as a “research onlyarea”, scientific research or educational use specificallyauthorized by and conducted in accordance with thescope, purpose, terms and conditions of a validNational Marine Sanctuary General or HistoricalResources permit, or

(iii) in such area designated as a “facilitated--usearea”. activities specified by the Director orspecifically authorized by and conducted in accordancewith the scope, purpose, terms, and conditions of avalid Special--use permit.

(4)(i) The Director may modify the number of,location of, or designations applicable to, Special--useAreas by publishing in the Federal Register, afternotice and an opportunity for public comment inaccordance with the Administration Procedure Act, anamendment to Appendix VI to this subpart, exceptthat, with respect to such areas designated as a“recovery area,” “restoration area,” or “research onlyarea,” the Director may modify the number of,location of, or designation applicable to, such areas bypublishing a notice of such action in the FederalRegister if the Director determines that immediateaction is reasonably necessary to:

(A) Prevent significant injury to Sanctuary resourceswhere circumstances create an imminent risk to suchresources;

(B) Initiate restoration activity where a delay intime would significantly impair the ability of suchrestoration activity to succeed;

(C) Initiate research activity where an unforeseennatural event produces an opportunity for scientificresearch that may be lost if research is not initiatedimmediately.

NP 70

3 -- 199

(ii) If the Director determines that a notice ofmodification must be promulgated immediately inaccordance with paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, theDirector will, as part of the same notice, invite publiccomment and specify that comments will be receivedfor 15 days after the effective date of the notice. Assoon as practicable after the end of the commentperiod, the Director will either rescind, modify orallow the modification to remain unchanged throughnotice in the Federal Register.

(f) Additional Wildlife Management Areas,Ecological Reserves, Sanctuary Preservation Areas, orSpecial--Use Areas, and additional restrictions in suchareas, shall not take effect in Florida State watersunless first approved by the Board of Trustees of theInternal Improvement Trust Fund of the State ofFlorida.

(g) Anchoring on Tortugas Bank. Vessels 50 metersor greater in length, are prohibited from anchoring onthe portion of Tortugas Bank within the Florida KeysNational Marine Sanctuary west of the Dry TortugasNational Park that is outside of the TortugasEcological Reserve. The boundary of the area closedto anchoring by vessels 50 meters or greater in lengthis formed by connecting in succession the points at thefollowing coordinates (based on the North AmericanDatum of 1983):

Point Latitude Longitude12345

24 32 00 N24 37 00 N24 39 00 N24 39 00 N25 32 00 N

83 00 05 W83 06 00 W83 06 00 W83 00 05 W83 00 05 W

§922.165 Emergency regulations.Where necessary to prevent or minimize the

destruction of, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuaryresource or quality, or minimize the imminent risk ofsuch destruction, loss, or injury, any and all activitiesare subject to immediate temporary regulation,including prohibition. Emergency regulations shall nottake effect in Florida territorial waters until approvedby the Governor of the State of Florida Any temporaryregulation may be in effect for up to 60 days, withone 60--day extension. Additional or extended actionwill require notice and comment rulemaking under theAdministrative Procedure Act, notice in localnewspapers, notice to Mariners, and press releases.Appendix I to Subpart P of Part 922--Florida KeysNational Marine Sanctuary boundary coordinates(Appendix based on North American Datum of 1983).

(1) The boundary of the Florida Keys NationalMarine Sanctuary--

(a) Begins at the northeasternmost point ofBiscayne National Park located at approximately25 39 N 80 05 W, then runs eastward to the point at25 39 N 80 04 W;

(b) then runs southward and connects in successionthe points at the following coordinates:

(i) 25 34 N 80 04 W,(ii) 25 28 N 80 05 W, and(iii) 25 21 N 80 07 W,(iv) 25 16 N 80 08 W.(c) then runs southwesterly approximating the 300

foot isobath and connects in succession the points atthe following coordinates:

(i) 25 07 N 80 13 W,(ii) 24 57 N 80 21 W,(iii) 24 39 N 80 52 W,(iv) 24 30 N 81 23 W,(v) 24 25 N 81 50 W,(vi) 24 22 N 82 48 W,(vii) 24 37 N 83 06 W,(viii) 24 46 N 83 06 W,(ix) 24 46 N 82 54 W,(x) 24 44 N 81 55 W,(xi) 24 51 N 81 26 W, and(xii) 24 55 N 80 56 W;(d) then follows the boundary of Everglades

National Park in a southerly then northeasterlydirection through Florida Bay, Buttonwood Sound,Tarpon Basin, and Blackwater Sound;

(e) after Division Point, then departs from theboundary of Everglades National Park and follows thewestern shoreline of Manatee Bay, Barnes Sound, andCard Sound;

(f) then follows the southern boundary of BiscayneNational Park to the southeastern most point ofBiscayne National Park; and

(g) then follows the eastern boundary of BiscayneNational Park to the beginning point specified inparagraph (a).

(2) The shoreward boundary of the Florida KeysNational Marine Sanctuary is the mean high--watermark except around the Dry Tortugas where theboundary is coterminous with that of the Dry TortugasNational Park, formed by connecting in succession thepoints at the following coordinates:

(a) 24 34 N 82 54 W,(b) 24 34 N 82 58 W,(c) 24 39 N 82 58 W,(d) 24 43 N 82 54 W,(e) 24 43 N 82 52 W,(f) 24 43 N 82 48 W,(g) 24 42 N 82 46 W,(h) 24 40 N 82 46 W,(i) 24 37 N 82 48 W, and(j) 24 34 N 82 54 W,(3) The Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary

also includes the area located within the boundaryformed by connecting in succession the points at thefollowing coordinates:

(a) 24 33 N 83 09 W,(b) 24 33 N 83 05 W,(c) 24 18 N 83 05 W,(d) 24 18 N 83 09 W, and(e) 24 33 N 83 09 W.

NP 70

3 -- 200

Appendix II to Subpart P of Part 922--ExistingManagement Areas boundary coordinates

(1) The boundary of each of the ExistingManagement Areas is formed by connecting insuccession the points at the following coordinates:

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,KEY LARGO--MANAGEMENT AREA:

(Based on differential GPS data)


25 19 45 N25 16 02 N25 07 05 N

80 12 00 W80 08 07 W80 12 05 W3

456

25 07 05 N24 58 03 N25 02 02 N25 19 45 N

80 12 05 W80 19 08 W80 25 25 W80 12 00 W

LOOE KEY MANAGEMENT AREA: (Based ondifferential GPS data)


24 31 62 N24 33 57 N24 34 15 N

81 26 00 W81 26 00 W81 23 00 W3

45

24 34 15 N24 32 20 N24 31 62 N

81 23 00 W81 23 00 W81 26 00 W

United States Fish and Wildlife Service:GREAT WHITE HERON NATIONAL WILDLIFEREFUGE: (Based on the North American Datum of 1983):


24 43 8 N24 43 8 N24 49 2 N24 49 2 N24 48 0 N

81 48 6 W81 37 2 W81 37 2 W81 19 8 W81 19 8 W

6789

10

24 48 0 N24 49 2 N24 49 2 N24 43 8 N24 43 8 N

81 14 4 W81 14 4 W81 08 4 W81 08 4 W81 14 4 W

1112131415

24 43 2 N24 43 2 N24 42 6 N24 42 6 N24 41 4 N

81 14 4 W81 16 2 W81 16 2 W81 21 0 W81 21 0 W

1617181920

24 41 4 N24 43 2 N24 43 2 N24 43 8 N24 43 8 N

81 22 2 W81 22 2 W81 22 8 W81 22 8 W81 24 0 W

2122232425

24 43 2 N24 43 2 N24 43 8 N24 43 8 N24 43 2 N

81 24 0 W81 26 4 W81 26 4 W81 27 0 W81 27 0 W

2627282930

24 43 2 N24 42 6 N24 42 6 N24 41 4 N24 41 4 N

81 29 4 W81 29 4 W81 30 6 W81 30 6 W81 31 2 W


24 40 8 N24 40 8 N24 41 4 N24 41 4 N24 40 8 N

81 31 2 W81 32 4 W81 32 4 W81 34 2 W81 34 2 W

3637383940

24 48 0 N24 39 6 N24 39 6 N24 39 0 N24 39 0 N

81 35 4 W81 35 4 W81 36 0 W81 36 0 W81 37 2 W

4142434445

24 37 8 N24 37 8 N24 37 2 N24 37 2 N24 36 0 N

81 37 2 W81 37 8 W81 37 8 W81 40 2 W81 40 2 W

4647484950

24 36 0 N24 35 4 N24 35 4 N24 36 0 N24 36 0 N

81 40 8 W81 40 8 W81 42 0 W81 42 0 W81 48 6 W

51 24 43 8 N 81 48 6 W

KEY WEST NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE:(Based on the North American Datum of 1983)


24 40 N24 40 N24 27 N

81 49 W82 10 W82 10 W3

45

24 27 N24 27 N24 40 N

82 10 W81 49 W81 49 W

When differential GPS data becomes available, thesecoordinates may be revised by Federal Register notice toreflect the increased accuracy of such data.Appendix III to Subpart P of Part 922 WildlifeManagement Areas access restrictionsArea and Access Restrictions

Bay Keys: No--motor zone (300 feet) around onekey; idle speed only/no--wake zones in tidal creeks.

Boca Grande Key: South one--half of beach closed(beach above mean high water closed by Departmentof Interior).

Woman Key: One--half of beach and sand spit onsoutheast side closed (beach and sand spit above meanhigh water closed by Department of Interior).

Cayo Agua Keys: Idle speed only/no--wake zones inall navigable tidal creeks.

Cotton Key: No--motor zone on tidal flat.Snake Creek: No--motor zone on tidal flat.Cottrell Key: No--motor zone (300 feet) around

entire key.Little Mullet Key: No--access buffer zone (300 feet)

around entire key.Big Mullet Key: No--motor zone (300 feet) around

entire key.Crocodile Lake: No--access buffer zone (100 feet)

along shoreline between March 1 and October 1.East Harbor Key: No--access buffer zone (300 feet)

around northernmost island.

NP 70

3 -- 201

Lower Harbor Keys: Idle speed only/no--wake zonesin selected tidal creeks.

Eastern Lake Surprise: Idle speed only/no--wakezone east of highway U.S. I.

Horseshoe Key: No--access buffer zone (300 feet)around main island (main island closed by Departmentof Interior).

Marquesas Keys: (i) No--motor zones (300 feet)around three smallest keys on western side of chain;(ii) no--access buffer zone (300 feet) around one islandat western side of chain; (iii) idle speed only/no--wakezone in southwest tidal creek:

Tidal flat south of Marvin Key: No--access bufferzone on tidal flat.

Mud Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no--wake zones inthe two main tidal creeks; (ii) two smaller creeks onwest side closed.

Pelican Shoal: No--access buffer zone--out to 50meters from shore between April I and August 31(shoal closed by the Florida Game Freshwater FishCommission).

Rodriguez Key: No--motor zone on tidal flats.Dove Key: No--motor zone on tidal flats; area

around the two small islands closed.Tavernier Key: No--motor zone on tidal flats.Sawyer Keys: Tidal creeks on south side closed.Snipe Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no--wake zone in

main tidal creek; (ii) no--motor zone in all other tidalcreeks.

Upper Harbor Key: No--access buffer zone (300feet) around entire key.

East Content Keys: Idle speed only/no--wake zonesin tidal creeks between southwesternmost keys.

West Content Keys: Idle speed only/no--wake zonesin selected tidal creeks; no--access buffer zone in onecove.

Little Crane Key: No--access buffer zone (300 feet)around entire key.

Appendix IV to Subpart P of Part 922--EcologicalReserves boundary coordinatesCoordinates.

(1) The boundary of the Western Sambo EcologicalReserve is formed by connecting in succession thepoints at the following coordinates:

WESTERN SAMBOS

(Based on differential GPS data)Point Latitude Longitude

1234

24 33 70 N24 28 85 N24 28 50 N24 33 50 N

81 40 80 W81 41 90 W81 43 70 W81 43 10 W

(2) The Tortugas Ecological Reserve consists of twodiscrete areas, Tortugas North and Tortugas South.

(3) The boundary of Tortugas North is formed byconnecting in succession the points at the followingcoordinates:

TORTUGAS NORTH


24 46 00 N24 46 00 N24 45 80 N24 43 53 N24 43 53 N24 43 00 N24 39 00 N24 39 00 N24 46 00 N

83 06 00 W82 54 00 W82 48 00 W82 48 00 W82 52 00 W82 54 00 W81 58 00 W83 06 00 W83 06 00 W

(4) The boundary of Tortugas South is formed byconnecting in succession the points at the followingcoordinates:

TORTUGAS SOUTH


24 33 00 N24 33 00 N24 18 00 N24 18 00 N24 33 00 N

83 09 00 W83 05 00 W83 05 00 W83 09 00 W83 09 00 W

Appendix V to Subpart P of Part 922--SanctuaryPreservation Areas Boundary Coordinates

The boundary of each of the Sanctuary PreservationAreas (SPAs) is formed by connecting in successionthe points at the following coordinates:

ALLIGATOR REEF


12345

24 50 98 N24 50 51 N24 50 81 N24 51 23 N24 50 98 N

80 36 84 W80 37 35 W80 37 63 W80 37 17 W80 36 84 W

Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in thisSPA.

CARYSFORT/SOUTH CARYSFORTREEF



25 13 78 N25 12 03 N25 12 24 N25 14 13 N25 13 78 N

80 12 00 W80 12 98 W80 13 77 W80 12 78 W80 12 00 W

CHEECA ROCKS


12345

24 54 42 N24 54 25 N24 54 10 N24 54 22 N24 54 42 N

80 36 91 W80 36 77 W80 37 00 W80 37 15 W80 36 91 W

NP 70

3 -- 202

COFFINS PATCH


12345

24 41 47 N24 41 12 N24 40 75 N24 41 06 N24 41 47 N

80 57 68 W80 57 53 W80 58 33 W80 58 48 W80 57 68 W

CONCH REEF


12345

24 57 48 N24 57 34 N24 56 78 N24 56 96 N24 57 48 N

80 27 47 W80 27 26 W80 27 52 W80 27 73 W80 27 47 W

Catch and release fishing by trolling only isallowed in this SPA.

DAVIS REEF


12345

24 55 61 N24 55 41 N24 55 11 N24 55 34 N24 55 61 N

80 30 27 W80 30 05 W80 30 35 W80 30 52 W80 30 27 W

DRY ROCKS


12345

25 07 59 N25 07 41 N25 07 25 N25 07 41 N27 07 59 N

80 17 91 W80 17 70 W80 17 82 W80 18 09 W80 17 91 W

GRECIAN ROCKS


123456

25 06 91 N25 06 67 N25 06 39 N25 06 42 N25 06 81 N25 06 91 N

80 18 20 W80 18 06 W80 18 32 W80 18 48 W80 18 44 W80 18 20 W

EASTERN DRY ROCKS


12345

24 27 92 N24 27 73 N24 27 47 N24 27 72 N24 27 92 N

81 50 55 W81 50 33 W81 50 80 W81 50 86 W81 50 55 W

THE ELBOW



25 08 97 N25 08 95 N25 08 18 N25 08 50 N25 08 97 N

80 15 63 W80 15 22 W80 15 64 W80 16 07 W80 15 63 W

FRENCH REEF


1234

25 02 20 N25 01 81 N25 02 36 N25 02 20 N

80 20 63 W80 21 02 W80 21 27 W80 20 63 W

HEN AND CHICKENS


12345

24 56 38 N24 56 21 N24 55 86 N24 56 04 N24 56 38 N

80 32 86 W80 32 63 W80 32 95 W80 33 19 W80 32 86 W

LOOE KEY


12345

24 33 24 N24 32 70 N24 32 52 N24 33 12 N24 33 24 N

81 24 03 W81 23 85 W81 32 70 W81 24 81 W81 24 03 W

MOLASSES REEF


12345

25 01 00 N25 01 06 N25 00 29 N25 00 72 N25 01 00 N

80 22 53 W80 21 84 W80 22 70 W80 22 83 W80 23 34 W

NEWFOUND HARBOR KEY


12345

24 37 10 N24 36 85 N24 36 74 N24 37 00 N24 37 10 N

81 23 34 W81 23 28 W81 23 80 W81 23 86 W81 23 34 W

NP 70

3 -- 203

ROCK KEY


12345

24 27 48 N24 27 30 N24 27 21 N24 27 45 N24 27 48 N

81 51 35 W81 51 15 W81 51 60 W81 51 65 W81 51 35 W

SAND KEY


12345

24 27 58 N24 27 01 N24 27 02 N24 27 61 N24 27 58 N

81 52 29 W81 52 32 W81 52 95 W81 52 94 W81 52 29 W


SOMBRERO KEY


1234

24 37 91 N24 37 50 N24 37 25 N24 37 91 N

81 06 78 W81 06 19 W81 06 89 W81 06 78 W


Appendix VI to Subpart P of 922--Special--Use AreasBoundary Coordinates and Use Designations

The boundary of each of the Special--Use Areas isformed by connecting in succession the points at thefollowing coordinates:

CONCH REEF (RESEARCH ONLY)


12345

24 56 83 N24 57 10 N24 56 99 N24 57 34 N24 56 83 N

80 27 26 W80 26 93 W80 27 42 W80 27 26 W80 27 26 W

EASTERN SAMBOS (RESEARCH ONLY)


12345

24 29 84 N24 29 55 N24 29 37 N24 29 77 N24 29 84 N

81 39 59 W81 39 35 W81 39 96 W81 40 03 W81 39 59 W

LOOE KEY (RESEARCH ONLY)


12345

24 34 17 N24 33 98 N24 33 84 N24 34 23 N24 34 17 N

81 23 01 W81 22 96 W81 23 60 W81 23 68 W81 23 01 W

TENNESSEE REEF (RESEARCH ONLY)


12345

24 44 77 N24 45 57 N24 44 68 N24 44 95 N24 44 77 N

80 47 12 W80 46 98 W80 46 59 W80 45 74 W80 47 12 W

Appendix VII to Subpart P of Part 922--Areas To BeAvoided Boundary Coordinates In the Vicinity of theFlorida Keys


1011121314151617181920212223

25 45 00 N25 38 70 N25 22 00 N25 06 38 N24 56 37 N24 37 90 N24 29 20 N24 22 30 N24 28 00 N24 28 70 N24 29 80 N24 33 10 N24 33 60 N24 38 20 N24 43 20 N24 46 10 N24 51 10 N25 57 50 N25 09 90 N25 24 00 N25 31 50 N25 39 70 N25 45 00 N

80 06 10 W80 02 70 W80 03 00 W80 10 48 W80 19 26 W80 47 30 W81 17 30 W81 43 17 W81 43 17 W81 43 50 W81 43 17 W81 35 15 W81 26 00 W81 07 00 W80 53 20 W80 46 15 W80 37 10 W80 27 50 W80 16 20 W80 09 10 W80 07 00 W80 06 85 W80 06 10 W

In the Vicinity of Key West Harbor(Reference Chart; United States 11434, 21stEdition--August 11, 1990)


24 27 95 N24 23 00 N24 26 60 N24 27 75 N24 29 35 N24 29 35 N24 27 95 N

81 48 65 W81 53 50 W81 58 50 W81 55 70 W81 53 40 W81 50 00 W81 48 65 W

NP 70

3 -- 204

Areas Surrounding the Marquesas Keys(Reference Chart; United States 11434,21stEdition--August 11, 1990)


24 26 60 N24 23 00 N24 23 60 N24 34 50 N24 43 00 N24 38 31 N24 37 91 N24 36 15 N24 34 40 N24 33 44 N24 31 20 N24 28 70 N24 26 60 N

81 59 55 W82 03 50 W82 27 80 W82 37 50 W82 26 50 W81 54 06 W81 53 40 W81 51 78 W81 50 60 W81 49 73 W81 52 10 W81 56 80 W81 59 55 W

Area Surrounding the Dry Tortugas Islands(Reference Chart; United States 11434,21st Edition--August 11, 1990)


24 32 00 N24 32 00 N24 39 70 N24 45 60 N24 45 60 N24 42 80 N24 39 50 N24 35 60 N24 32 00 N

82 53 50 W83 00 05 W83 00 05 W82 54 40 W82 47 20 W82 43 90 W82 43 90 W82 46 40 W82 53 50 W

WILDLIFE AND FISHERIESREGULATIONS — EXTRACTS

DESIGNATED CRITICALHABITAT--EXTRACTS

Extracts from Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries Chapter IIPART 226--DESIGNATED CRITICAL HABITAT. For acomplete description of this part see 50 CFR 226.

PART 226--DESIGNATED CRITICAL HABITATSubpart A--Introduction§226.1 Purpose of regulations.

The regulations contained in this part identify thosehabitats designated as critical under section 7 of theEndangered Species Act, as amended, by the AssistantAdministrator for Fisheries, National Oceanic andAtmospheric Administration, for those endangered andthreatened species under the jurisdiction of theSecretary of Commerce. The list of these species isfound in 50 CFR 222.23(a) for endangered species and50 CFR 227.4 for threatened species.§226.2 Scope of regulations.

(a) The critical habitat designations contained inthis part apply only to the endangered and threatenedspecies listed in this part.

(b) Regulations implementing section 7 of theEndangered Species Act, as amended, are found in 50CFR part 402.

(c) The provisions in this part are in addition to,and not in lieu of other regulations of parts 217through 227 and 402 of this chapter.

Subpart Critical Habitat for Marine Mammals§226.13 North Atlantic Ocean.

Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis)(c) Southeastern United States. The coastal waters

between 31 15 N. and 30 15 N. from the coast out 15nautical miles; and the coastal waters between30 15 N. and 28 00 N. from the coast out 5 nauticalmiles.

GENERAL ENDANGERED ANDTHREATENED MARINESPECIES--EXTRACTS

Extracts from Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries Chapter IIPART 222--GENERAL ENDANGERED ANDTHREATENED MARINE SPECIES. For a completedescription of this part see 50 CFR 222.

§222.32 Approaching North Atlantic Right Whales.(a) Prohibitions. Except as provided under

paragraph (c) of this section, it is unlawful for anyperson subject to the jurisdiction of the United Statesto commit, attempt to commit, to solicit another tocommit, or cause to be committed any of thefollowing acts:

(1) Approach (including by interception) within 500yards (460 m) of a Right Whale by vessel, aircraft, orany other means;

(2) Fail to undertake required Right Whale avoidancemeasures specified under paragraph (b) of thissection.

(b) Right Whale avoidance measures. Except asprovided under paragraph (c) of this section, thefollowing avoidance measures must be taken if within500 yards (460 m) of a Right Whale:

(1) If underway, a vessel must steer a course away fromthe Right Whale and immediately leave the area at aslow safe speed;

(2) An aircraft must take a course away from the RightWhale and immediately leave the area at a constantairspeed.

(c) Exceptions. The following exceptions apply tothis section, but any person who claims theapplicability of an exception has the burden of provingthat the exception is applicable:

(1) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply if aRight Whale approach is authorized by NMFS(National Marine Fisheries Service) through a permitissued under subpart C (Endangered Fish or WildlifePermits) of this part or through a similarauthorization.

(2) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not applywhere compliance would create an imminent andserious threat to a person, vessel, or aircraft.

(3) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not applywhen approaching to investigate a Right Whaleentanglement or injury, or to assist in thedisentanglement or rescue of a Right Whale, providedthat permission is received from NMFS or a NMFSdesignee prior to the approach.

(4) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply toan aircraft unless the aircraft is conducting whalewatch activities or is being operated for that purpose.

(5) Paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to theextent that a vessel is restricted in her ability tomanoeuvre, and because of the restriction, cannotcomply with paragraph (b) of this section.


NP 71

3 -- 205

Appendix X — New and Altered Names

332Section entitled NEW AND ALTERED NAMES Delete


NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)

Sint Maarten -- Approaches to Groot Baai andKlein Baai — Buoy

196Paragraph 5.94 3 line 6 For (isolated danger) Read (Wcardinal)

MV Aurora(HH. 671/450/05) [47/06]

Sint Maarten -- Groot Baai and Klein Baai —Prohibited Anchorage


Due to the presence of submarine cables anchorageis prohibited in a rectangular area that encloses KleinBaai (18 01 N 63 04 W) and the W part of GrootBaai. The area is bounded by the followingcoordinates:

18 01 4N 63 03 3W (shore)18 00 5N 63 03 3W18 00 5N 63 04 2W18 01 0N 63 04 2W (shore)

Netherlands Chart 2716(HH. 671/450/05) [09/06]

Leeward Islands -- Saba to Monserrat —Wreck


A wreck, least depth 7 metres, is reported (2006) inposition 17 26 8N 63 35 4W.

Netherlands Notice 331/06(HH. 671/460/06) [36/06]

Monserrat -- Little Bay —Wreck


2 A stranded wreck lies in approximate position16 48 0N 62 12 6W close within the N border of theprohibited anchorage.

M.K.Barritt Capt RN IHO MACHC(HH. 671/460/06) [36/06]

Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France —Directions


2 An explosives dumping ground, shown on the chart,lies about 2 miles SW of the tanker anchorage.


S of Pointe des Nègres (7.65).

Paragraph 7.68 1 Replace by:1 Thence the track leads generally E towards the

harbour, passing (with reference to Fort Saint Louis(7.69)):

277Paragraph 7.68 2 line 1 For (1¼ miles SE) Read (1 mileSW)

Paragraph 7.70 1 lines 4--5 For (with positions from thefront mark) Read (with positions from Fort Saint Louis)

Paragraph 7.70 4 line 3 For ...to 096 ... Read ...generallyE...

Paragraph 7.71 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:1 Passe du Carénage has a least charted depth of

10 4 m, lying about 2½ cables ESE of Fort Saint LouisLight.

278Paragraph 7.77 1 line 3 For ...large... Read ...cable...

Paragraph 7.77 1 line 5 Replace by:...ESE into Baie de Genipa and W through the N part of theSeaplane area (7.63) as shown on the chart. Fishing is...

Paragraph 7.79 1 Replace by:1 Directions. Mouillage des Trois Îlets is approached

from WNW, passing NNE of Pointe du Bout (14 34 N61 03 W).Paragraph 7.79 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:

2 From the vicinity of 14 35 N 61 06 W the routeleads generally ESE, passing (with positions fromPointe du Bout):

278--279

Paragraph 7.79 4--7 Replace by:4 NNE of Petit Banc de la Pointe du Bout

(3 cables N), a small coral patch with a depthof 5·6 m over it, marked off its N side byPBB Light--buoy (starboard hand), thence:

5 NNE of a bank extending 1 cable NE fromPointe du Bout. B1 Light--buoy (E cardinal)is moored on this bank about ½ cable NE ofthe E extremity of the point. Thence:

6 NNE of Banc Boucher (5 cables ENE), markedon its N edge by BC Light--buoy (starboardhand), thence:(Directions for Cohe du Lamentin

are given at 7.88)7 NNE of Banc Foucambert (6 cables ENE)

marked on its NW edge by FCB Buoy(starboard hand).

NP 71

3 -- 206


1 Thence the track leads SSE towards...

Paragraph 7.80 2 line 3 Add:(Directions for Mouillage de la Rivière Salée

continue at 7.85)

Paragraphs 7.81 and 7.82 Replace by:7.81

1 Spare7.82

1 Spare

Paragraph 7.85 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:Directions. (continued from 7.80) From the position

WSW of Caye à Vache, the line of...

Paragraphs 7.88 1--3 Replace by:1 Directions. (continued from 7.79) From a position

NNE of Banc Boucher, Cohé du Lamentin isapproached through a well marked channel leading2 miles NNE passing (with positions from Pointe deSable (14 35 ·6N 61 02 ·4W)):

2 NW of Banc Foucambert (1¾ miles SSE) (7.79),thence:

3 ESE of Banc Monsigny (1½ miles SSE), markedon its SE extremity by 2L Light--buoy (porthand). Thence:

WNW of a shallow tongue extending 3 cables SWfrom Sèche San Justan, (1¼ miles S). The SWextremity of this tongue is marked by 1LLight--buoy (starboard hand). Thence:

BA Chart 371 Edition 2(HH. 671/480/05) [34/06]

Martinique -- Havre de la Trinité — Buoyage


...patch with a depth of 1 1 m over it, thence:

285

Paragraph 7.127 2 line 5 Replace by:...of the bay to a position about 1 cable W of TR8 Buoy.

French Notice 42/43/05(HH. 671/480/05) [05/06]

Grenadines -- Canouan — Depths


N of a detached shoal (reported 2006), with a leastdepth of 5 1 m over it (5 miles SW) (8.200).


2 WNW of a detached shoal (reported 2006) witha least depth of 5 1 m over it (6 miles NE)which is...

Dr C. Doyle(HH. 671/711/02) [24/06]

Grenada -- St. George’s Harbour — Berth

333After Paragraph 8.318 2 Insert:Grenada Cruise Port8.318a

1 Grenada Cruise Port, situated 2½ cables NNE ofFort George Point (8.325) consists of a single jetty400 m in length with depths of 10 m along its N andS sides. Buoys (lateral) mark the extremities of thedredged area.

Port Authority of Granada; MV Oceana(HH. 671/720/03) [15/06]

Barbados -- Spring Garden —Submarine pipeline


Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor or fishin the vicinity of an outfall pipeline that leadsgenerally W, thence S and WSW for about 1 milefrom Spring Garden shore.

348Paragraph 9.78 1 line 5 Add:Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor or fish

in the vicinity of an outfall pipeline that leadsgenerally W, thence S and WSW for about 1 milefrom Spring Garden shore, and lies close NW of theanchorage.

Barbados Port Inc.; BA Chart 502(HH. 671/730/03) [20/06]




NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye MorePilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 3--2005

Russia, North Coast -- Murmansk —Directions; wreck

69L 48 Replace by:...cliffy slopes of a hill and W of an obstruction (1¾ milesNNE) with a depth of 8 9 m over it, thence:

R 37 Existing Supplement amendment Add:A second wreck, with a depth of 14 7 m over it, wasreported (2005) to lie close NW of the NW corner of berth11 in the First Cargo Area, in position 68 58 0N 33 02 8E.


NP 100

3 -- 207

NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)

Australian and New Zealand Charts


1 In accordance with Bilateral Arrangements betweenAustralia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom,facsimile reproductions of selected Australian and NewZealand charts are published by the UKHO and formpart of the Admiralty series of charts. The selectedcharts are those considered to be required byinternational shipping. These charts retain theirAustralian and New Zealand chart numbers. All chartcorrecting notices to mariners issued by Australia andNew Zealand which affect these charts are re--issuedas Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

2 The full range of Australian and New Zealandcharts is given in their respective chart catalogueswhich are available on the following websites:

www.hydro.gov.auwww.linz.govt.nz

Australia and New Zealand have agreed with theUnited Kingdom to adopt responsibility for chartcoverage in the areas shown in Diagram 1.13; theseareas extend to Antarctica. All medium and large scaleAdmiralty charts of these areas are reproductions ofAustralian and New Zealand charts.


International charts — International boundariesand national limits


1 International boundaries and national limitsshown on modified reproductions are the responsibilityof the country of origin. The portrayal of these limitsdoes not imply United Kingdom recognition.


Electronic Chart Display andInformation System


5 Guidance regarding the use of Electronic ChartDisplay and Information Systems (ECDIS) andElectronic Navigational Charts (ENC) can be found inthe document Facts About Charts and CarriageRequirements published jointly by IC--ENC and PrimarStavanger and is available on the following websites:

www.ic--enc.orgwww.primar--stavanger.org.

This also covers some aspects of the display ofdigital charts.


Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating


Mariners are advised that foreign governmenthydrographic offices will not necessarily issue updatesto paper and electronic charts at the same time. Theproducts may therefore be significantly different fromeach other over variable periods.


Electronic Navigational Charts

6Paragraph 1.35 3 line 7 Replace by:...chart form. In some cases this is simply the result ofelectronic charting systems making differences alreadypresent in paper charting more obvious to the user. In othersthey are due to slight variations in the implementation ofthe ENC standard within adjoining cells for new featuresnot found in paper charts. Examples include:

Use of the Category of Zone of Confidence(CATZOG) attribute, (see 2.18).

Application of the Scale Minimum (SCAMIN)attribute.

Use of depth contours of different values. This mayalso cause depth areas highlighted by the choiceof safety contour to differ.

Different methods used to promulgate the content ofTemporary and Preliminary Notices to Marinersfor ENCs.

Mariners must take care when updating ENCs toensure that they familiarise themselves with the natureof the change made to the charted detail.

It should also be noted that although the IHO...

Overlapping ENCs — Caution

6After Paragraph 1.35 Insert:1.35a

1 Caution — overlapping ENCs. There are instanceswhere ENC data from different suppliers overlapswithin the same Usage Band. Mariners should beaware that where such overlapping data conflicts,different ECDIS systems handle and display the datain different ways, and that an ECDIS might displaydata which has not been updated in preference to datawhich has. Under the constraints imposed by the IHO,the UKHO is not permitted to modify ENC data fromforeign hydrographic offices.

2 To inform the mariner of such potential problems,statements are placed in the README.TXT file issuedwith each weekly update, detailing all instances ofoverlapping data.


NP 100

3 -- 208

Interpretation of source data

30Paragraph 2.18 3 lines 10--11 Replace by:...reliability of “objects” (see 1.35). The object class“Quality of Data” (M_QUAL) has an attribute “CategoryZone of Confidence” (CATZOC) that gives an...


Use of moored marks


2 Floating marks on charts may be displaced in anappropriate direction allowing the true position of thedanger to be shown.


Overhead Power Cables


1 High voltages in overhead power cables sometimesmake possible a dangerous electrical discharge orelectrical arcing between a cable and a ship passingunder it.

To avoid this danger some authorities require aclearance of 2 to 5 m to be allowed when passingunder a cable, depending on the conditions affectingthe particular cable. This safety margin, whensubtracted from the physical vertical clearance of thecable, gives its Safe Vertical Clearance measured fromthe Height Datum (usually HAT), as defined by theresponsible authority. Reference should be made to theexplanatory notes under the chart title to determine theapplicable Height Datum.

2 However, many nations do not distinguish betweencables carrying different voltages, and even when theydo it may not be certain that a safety margin has beentaken into account in the clearance shown on theircharts.

Safe Vertical Clearance is given on charts inmagenta, where known; otherwise, the physical verticalclearance is shown in black. For the methods ofshowing clearances on older charts, see Chart 5011.The clearance is also given in Sailing Directions.

4 If the Safe Vertical Clearance is not specificallystated, nor is obtainable from local authorities, 5 mless than the physical vertical clearance should beallowed by ships passing under any power cable.


Tidal streams — Information on charts

85Paragraph 4.13 1 Add:However, when the spring tidal range is greater than themean spring range published in Admiralty Tide Tables thetidal stream rates can be expected to be proportionatelygreater, and conversely when the spring tidal range on theday is less than the mean spring range the rates will beproportionately less. The same argument also applies to theneap rates. The Computation of Rates diagram at the frontof any of the Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlases will assist. InTotalTide these computations are carried out automatically.


Glossary — Vertical clearance

250vertical clearance Replace by:vertical clearance. The minimum height above datum

of the underside of the span of a bridge, or anoverhead cable. The vertical clearance is measuredfrom the level of HAT, MHWS or MHHW.Reference should be made to the explanatory notesunder the chart title to determine the applicableHeight Datum.

Formerly termed Headway. See also safeoverhead clearance.


NP 136 Ocean Passages for the World(2004 Edition)

Singapore Hong Kong – Routes —Low--powered vessels; distance



ITZ

LO

LL

AN

D

FA

LS

TE

R

FE

HM

AR

N

GE

RM

AN

Y

ME

CK

LEN

BU

RG

-V

OR

PO

MM

ER

N

RÜ

GE

N

MØ

N

LANGELAND

Grø

ns

un

d

Kap

Ark

ona

Str

alsu

nd

Ro

sto

ck

War

nem

ün

de

Wis

mar

Lü

bec

kTr

avem

ün

de

Neu

stad

t

DW

Rou

te

Rou

te T

Balti

c S

ea

The Sound

Thr

ough

/mai

n ap

proa

ch r

oute

s

Oth

er r

oute

s

Dar

ßer

Ort

Mec

klen

burg

erB

ucht

Sto

re-

bælt

Fehm

arnb

elt

Krie

gers

Fla

k

Tim

men

dorf

Kirc

hdor

f

Lübe

ck -

Ged

ser R

oute

Ged

ser

2359

2359

2365

2370

2601

2601

2370

2370

2115

2359

2359

2354

2355

2354

2117

2107

2113

0804

Spo

rtha

fen

Kat

tega

tt&

Spo

rtha

fen

Am

St a

u23

55

55°

55°

54°

54°

11°

11°

12°

Long

itude

12 °

Eas

t fro

m G

reen

wic

h

13°

13°

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

Ch

apte

r 13

- W

est

Bal

tic

Ap

pro

ach

es

13.3

16

13.1

82

13.8

813

.11813

.79

13.1

81

13.2

013

.11

13.2

8

13.88

13.7

6

13.2

35

13.168

13.2

64

13.235

13.2

64

13.2

53

13.2

53 13.264

13.253

13.6

6

13.5

1

13.300

12.2

0

13.235

Annex A (NP 18)

ITZ

ITZ

ITZ

ITZ

DW

Rou

te

DW R

oute

DW Route

2.24

2.21

2.27

2.28

2.15

2.20

2.15

2222 2362

2296 2337

2297

2241

2817

2226

2231

2361 2223

2215

2360

2251

2150

2369 2288

2365

958

0205

2222

Rønne

Rønne Banke

Bornholm

SWEDEN

Norrköping

Stockholm

Ölands Södra Grund

Ystad

Kalmar

Öland

Rügen POLAND Gdamsk

Kaliningrad

RUSSIA

Klaip4da

Liepºja

LITHUANIA

Ventspils

LATVIA

Saaremaa

Hiiumaa

Gotska Sandön

Farö

Visby

Gotland

Hoburg

Ålands Hav

Simpnäsklubb

Svenska Björn

14°

14°

15°

15°

16°

16°

17° 18°

Longitude 18° East from Greenwich

19°

55° 55°

56° 56°

57° 57°

58° 58°

59° 59°

60° 60°

20°

20°

21°

21°

22°

22°

Chapter 2 - Through routes to Gulf of Bothnia and Gulf of Finland

82

Annex A (NP 19)

ITZ

ITZ

DW

Rou

te

DW R

oute

3.25

0

3.17

0 23

.129

3.77

3.70

3.

56

3.11

3.20

3.39

3.32 3.

32

3.32

4.14

3.200

3.16

2

2.44

3.72

3.152

3.149

3.

98

3.148

3.88

Kar

lsh

amn

Sim

rish

amn

Han

ö

Utk

lippa

n

Torh

amns

udde

Kar

lskr

on

a

Yst

ad

Bor

nhol

m

Trel

lebo

rg

Kul

lagr

und

Kal

mar

sund

Røn

ne

Sö

lves

bo

rg

Ro

nn

eby

San

dham

mar

en

Bor

nhol

msg

at

Ham

mer

odde

C

hris

tians

ø

Stil

lery

d

Åh

us

2360

958

2251

2115

2360

2857

28

57

2857

2856

2856

2856

2855

Nex

ø 95

8

958

958

0205

13°

13°

55°

56°

14°

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

Long

itude

15°

Eas

t fro

m G

reen

wic

h 16

°

55°

56°

14°

15°

16°

Ch

apte

r 3

- K

ulla

gru

nd

to

Kal

mar

sun

d

116

Annex A (NP 19)

ITZ

Torhamnsudde

Ölands Södra Udde

Grönhögen

Degerhamn Kalmarsund

Bergkvara

Kalmar

Mörbylånga

ÖLAND

Kapelludden

Borgholm

Kårehamn

Böda Oskarshamn

Kalmarsund

Kråkelund

Ölands Norra Udde

Blå Jungfrun

Ölands Södra Grund

Stora Rör

Ekenäs

Mönsterås

Sandvik

2251

2817

2360

2361

2846

2846

2846

2844

2844

2844

2857

2842

2842

28422842

2842

2842

2843

2843

2844

2843

2844

2842

0205

Kristianopel

4.105

4.210

4.214 4.140

4.17

4

4.11

2

4.208

4.20

3

4.88

4.43

4.22

4.31

4.64

4.58 4.45

4.19

1

4.14

16°

16°


17° 30´ 30´

30´ 30´

30´

30´ 30´

30´

56° 56°

57° 57°

Chapter 4 - Kalmarsund and Öland

150

Annex A (NP 19)

2369

2223

2226

2277

2288

2288

2276

2289

2231

2276 0205

10.128

10.122

10.88

10.84

10.14

10.1

15

10.7

6

10.4

Klaip4da

G o t l a n d

Mys Taran

Liepºja

Akmenrags

Ventspils

Pºvilosta

BøtingÍ?Terminal

19°

19°

20°


21°

21°

55° 55°

56° 56°

57° 57°

30´ 30´

30´

30´

30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´

30´

30´

Chapter 10 - Gulf of Gdamsk to Gulf of RØga

376

Annex A (NP 19)

DW

Rou

te

12.89

12.2

7

12.7

12.27

DW Route

2215

2241

2222

2223

0205

12.69

12.6

9

12.4

2

12.6

1

12.1

15

2.21

K:p

u P

ools

aar

Vor

msi

Vä

ina

me

ri

Muh

u

Osm

ussa

ar

Sõ

ru

Tahk

una

nina

Hiiu

maa

S a

a r e

m a

a

Har

ilaiu

P

ools

aar

Thr

ough

rou

tes

Coa

stal

/Oth

er r

oute

s

412

Vir

tsu

12.5

1

21°

21°

22°

Long

itude

22°

Eas

t fro

m G

reen

wic

h

23°

23°

59°

59°

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´

20´

20´

20´

20´

20´

10´

10´

10´

10´

10´

40´

40´

40´

40´

40´

40´

40´

40´

50´

50´

50´

50´

50´

50´

50´

30´

30´

20´

20´

10´

10´

30´

30´

40´

40´

50´

50´

20´

20´

Ch

apte

r 12

- S

aare

maa

, wes

t an

d n

ort

h c

oas

ts a

nd

Hiiu

maa

, in

clu

din

g V

äin

amer

i

Annex A (NP 19)

329

INDEX

Names without a paragraph number are for gazetteer purposes only

Abashiri Kawa 10.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abashiri Ko 10.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abashiri Wan 10.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abu Kawa 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abu Shima 5.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abuia Gyoko (37 01 N 136 44 E)Agawa Gyoko 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Agawa Ura 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ai Saki 5.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ai Shima, Light 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aigame 5.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aikappu Misaki 8.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aikappu Saki 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aikawa Wan (38 01 N, 138 13 E)Aininkappu Saki 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aji Shima 7.223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ajigasawa Ko 5.264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ajiro Ko 3.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ajiro Saki 3.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aka Saki 5.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aka Shima 3.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akadomari Ko 5.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akaguri Saki 4.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akahage Yama 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akasaki Ko (35 31 N 133 40 E)Akanoe 3.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akita Funakawa 5.161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akita Funakawa Ko 5.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 5.214. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 5.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions: Akita Ku 5.227. . . . . . . . . . . .Directions: Funakawa Ku 5.228. . . . . . . .General information 5.206. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 5.223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 5.213. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 5.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Akita Ku 5.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akita Wan 5.210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akkeshi Ko 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Akkeshi Wan 9.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alaid, Proliv 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alaid, Vulcan 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alaidskaya Bay 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alekhina, Mys 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ama Saki 4.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ama Shima 3.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Amadareishi Ko (41 29 N 140 01 E)Amaga Seto 3.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Amagoze Yama 4.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Amnat, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anamizu Ko (37 14 N 136 55 E)An--emon Guri 4.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anega Saki 7.274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Angibi, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aniva, Mys 8.175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aniva, Zaliv 8.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ankuchi, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Antipina, Gora 11.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anto Misaki 4.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Antsiferova, Ostrov 12.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anuchina, Ostrov 11.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ao Ko (36 53 N 137 00 E)Ao Shima: Ine Ko 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ao Shima: Obama Wan 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . .Aoba Yama 4.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aoki Shima 3.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aomori Ko 6.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 6.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 6.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 6.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 6.24. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 6.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Limiting conditions 6.31. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 6.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Aonae Ko 8.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aonae Misaki 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aonae Wan 8.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aoto Irie 4.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Apoi Yama 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ara Saki: Kamo Ko 5.168. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ara Saki: Sendai--Shiogama Ko 7.180. . . . .Araya Bunsuiro (39 41 N 140 04 E)Arayama Se 3.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aront, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Artyushina, Bukhta 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Artyushina, Mys 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arutono, Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arutori Misaki 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Asa Guri 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Asahi Yama 3.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Asamokawa Ko (35 42 N 135 01 E)Ashi Saki 6.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ashiura Yama 3.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Asoiwa Yama 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atlasova, Ostrov 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atsonupuri, Gora 11.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atsubetsu Hana 9.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atsunai Kawa 9.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atsuga Ko (42 26 N 142 13 E)Atsuta Gyoko (43 24 N 141 26 E)Avos’, Skala 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Awa Shima 5.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Awano Kawa 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Awano Ko 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Awashima Gyoko 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Awashima Hakuchi 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ayoro Hana 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ayukawa Ko 7.219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ayukawa Wan 7.219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ayvazovskogo 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Babushka Rock 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Babushkina, Bukhta 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Babushkina, Mys 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Babushkina, Reka 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bagaura Saki 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bakkai Gyoko 8.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bakuchi Misaki 4.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bando Se 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baranskogo, Vulkan 11.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Barasan Saki 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bashmak, Skala 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bazarnyy, Ostrovok:

SE Ostrov Paramushir 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . .Bazarnyy, Ostrovok:

Vtoroy Kuril’skiy Proliv 12.78. . . . . . . . . .Bazhova, Gora 12.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Benkei Misaki 8.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Benten Misaki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Benten Misaki: Monbetsu Ko 10.67. . . . . . .Benten Saki 7.279. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Benten Shima 6.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Benten Shima, Takoshima Gyoko 5.27. . . . .Benten Shima: Nemuro Ko 10.26. . . . . . . . .Benten Shima: Susa Ko 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . .Benten Shima: Usutaibe Misaki 10.94. . . . .Beppu Ko 3.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Berezovka 11.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Berutarube, Vulkan 11.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Beshenyy, Mys 11.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bikuni Ko 8.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Binnai 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Biya Ko (42 33 N 139 50 E)Blakiston, Bukhta 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bol’shaya, Skala 12.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bol’shoy Nos, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bol’shoy, Ozero 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bol’shoy, Reyd 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bolotnyy, Mys 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Boshi Iwa 10.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Boso Canal 3.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Boyevaya, Mys 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bozu Take 6.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brat Chirpoyev, Ostrov 11.106. . . . . . . . . . .Brat’ya, Ostrova 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Breskens, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Broughton, Bukhta (47 10 N 152 12 E)Broutona, Ostrov 11.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Broutona, Proliv 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brusilova, Gora 11.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Burevestnik, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Burun Reef 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Burunnyy, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bussol’, Proliv 11.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Button, Kamen’ (47 47 N 152 58 E)Byobu Seto 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chaykiny, Ostrovki 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chernavka, Ostrovok 12.46. . . . . . . . . . . . .Cherniy, Mys 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cherniye, Skaly 12.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chernyye Brat’ya, Ostrova 11.106. . . . . . . .Chertov Palets, Skala 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . .Chetvertyy Kuril’skiy Proliv 12.59. . . . . . . .Chibisanskiy, Reyd 8.214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chiburi Shima 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chiburi Wan 3.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chibuynyy, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chichii Ko 3.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chichii Misaki 3.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chigoki Saki, Light 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chikiu Misaki 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chikurachki, Vulkan 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirinkotan, Ostrov 12.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirip, Poluostrov 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirip, Vulkan 11.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirippu Saki 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirpoy, Gora 11.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chirpoy, Ostrov 11.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chishima Retto 11.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chitomoshiri Shima 9.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Choboshi Saki 9.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chokai San 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chonomori Yama 7.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Choshi Gyoko 7.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Choshi Hanto 7.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Choshi Ko 7.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Choshi Misaki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chu Yama 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chuo Komon: Sakaiminato 3.149. . . . . . . . .Chuprova, Mys 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chuprova, Poluostrov 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . .Chyornyy, Ostrovok 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cod Bay 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

330

Dai Sen, Miho Wan 3.123. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Daiga Hana 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Daikoku Shima 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Daikon Shima: Sakaiminato 3.138. . . . . . . .Daimanji Yama 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dan Hana 4.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dekima Saki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Del’fin, Bukhta (43 45 N 146 38 E)Demina, Ostrova 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Derbesheva, Mys 12.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dergilyova, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Devyatyy Val 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Diany, Bukhta 12.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Diany, Proliv 12.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dimitrova, Bukhta (43 48 N 146 51 E)Dobroe 11.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dobroye Nachalo, Zaliv 11.68. . . . . . . . . . .Dobrynya Nikitich, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . .Dogo 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dogo Suido 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dogui Saki 9.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Donuchaeva, Bukhta (44 30 N 146 11 E)Donuchaeva, Mys 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dostupnyy, Mys 11.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dozen 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dozornyy, Zaliv 11.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drakon, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dushnaya, Bukhta 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dvoynaya, Bukhta 12.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dvukhmetrovaya Bank 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . .

E San 6.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E Shima Quay: Sakaiminato 3.131. . . . . . . .E Shima: Oura Byochi 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ebisu Saki 4.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Echizen Ko (35 56 N 136 00 E)Echizen Misaki 4.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ejiri (35 35 N, 135 12 E)Ekarma, Ostrov 12.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ekarma, Proliv 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ekarma, Vulkan 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ekaruma Suido 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ena Ko 7.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Enome Ko (37 09 N 137 03 E)Eno Shima Retto 7.225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Enotomari Ko (37 04 N 137 03 E)Enrumu Misaki 9.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Era Ko 8.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erimo Ko 9.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erimo Misaki 9.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esaki 3.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esaki Ko 3.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esambe Hana 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esan Misaki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esashi Ko: North coast of Hokkaido 10.95. .Esashi Ko: West coast of Hokkaido 8.20. . .Esashi Misaki 10.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Etchu Tomari Ko (36 54 E 137 00 N)Etolina, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Etomo Ko 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fersmana, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Friza, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Friza, Proliv 11.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fudo Saki 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fugan Unga 5.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukaura Ko 5.263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukawa Kawa 3.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukawa Wan 3.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukkoshi Eboshi 6.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukkoshi--Eboshi 7.318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuku Ura 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fukui Ko 4.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukura Ko 4.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukura Wan 3.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukushima Ko 6.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fukushima No 1

Power Station Harbour 7.120. . . . . . . . . . .Fukuura Saki 6.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fumi Yama 10.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Funadomari Ko 8.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Funakawa Ku 5.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Funakoshi Gyoko 7.271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Funakoshi Wan 7.271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Funatoshi Saki 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Furubira Gyoko 8.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Furubira Wan 8.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fushiki 5.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fushiki Ku 5.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fussa, Poluostrov 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fussa, Vulkan 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Futagami Yama 5.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Futago Shima: Fukawa Wan 3.38. . . . . . . . .Futago Shima: Obama Wan 4.63. . . . . . . . .Futago Yama 5.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Futami Ko 5.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Futashima Guri 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gagyu San: Iwafune Ko 5.169. . . . . . . . . .Gagyu San: Sakhalin 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . .Gakeno Hana 5.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gassan: Miyako Ko 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gassan: Mutsu--Ogawara Ko 7.318. . . . . . .Gatsu San 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gentatsu Se 4.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glavnyy, Pik 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gnevnny, Mys 11.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Go Kawa 3.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goishi Saki 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gokurakujioki--no--Se 3.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Golaya, Gora 12.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Golovina, Vulkan 10.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Golovnina, Proliv 12.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Golubka, Gora 11.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gomi Shima 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gora Tonobori 8.210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goro Take 4.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goryachiy, Mys 11.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goryashchaya Sopka, Vulkan 12.22. . . . . . .Gotsu Gyoko, Light 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gotsu Ko 3.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goyo San 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goyomai Channel 10.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Goyomai Saki 10.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Griga, Ostrov 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Grotovyy, Mys 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Groznaya, Bukhta 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gumisaki Gyoko (36 03 N 136 01 E)Gyoja Guri 5.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gyoko Ku: Hamada Ko 3.52. . . . . . . . . . . .Gyoko Ku: Tottori Ko 3.160. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ha Shima 7.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Habomai Gyoko 9.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Habomai Shoto 11.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Habomaimoshiri Shima 9.185. . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Haboro Ko 8.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hachibuse Yama 5.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hachimori Gyoko (40 23 N 140 00 E)Hachinohe Ko 7.290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.298. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 7.311. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 7.308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 7.290. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 7.305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 7.297. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 7.314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hachiriga Se 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hachiro Gata 5.208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hagi 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hagi Ko 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hagino Shiro Yama 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hajiki Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hako Take 10.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hakodate Gyoko 6.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hakodate Hanto 6.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hakodate Ko 6.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 6.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 6.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 6.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 6.89. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 6.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 6.96. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 6.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hakodate Wan 6.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hakone Yama 7.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Haku San 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hama--Onishibetsu 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamada Ko 3.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamada Marine O Hashi 3.50. . . . . . . . . . .Hamada Shi 3.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamamasu Gyoko 8.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamanaka Wan 9.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamasaka 3.168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamasaka Ko 3.168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hamasaki Ko (34 25 N, 131 24 E)Hamazume Ko (35 41 N 134 58 E)Hanabuchi, Light 7.156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanabuchi Saki 7.156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanasaki Hana, Light 9.183. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanasaki Ko 9.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanasaki Misaki 9.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanehigashi Ko (35 15 N 132 32 E)Haraguchi Ko (41 36 N 139 59 E)Haramachi 7.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hasaki Gyoko 7.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hashidate Gyoko (36 21 N 136 19 E)Hatake Gyoko 5.255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hayase Gyoko 4.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hebi Shima 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hei Kawa 7.280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hei Saki 7.253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Heida Ko (39 15 N 141 54 E)Hekura Shima 4.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hekurashima Gyoko 4.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Henashi Saki 5.239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hetaga Saki 4.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hidaka Monbetsu, Light 9.95. . . . . . . . . . . .Hidaka Mountains 9.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hide Ko 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Higashi Hama: Kasumi Ko 3.182. . . . . . . . .Higashi Ko: Maizuru Ko 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . .Higashi Komon: Sakaiminato 3.149. . . . . . .Higashi Maizuru 4.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Higashihama Hakuchi: Kasumi Ko 3.185. .Higashi Shimamaki Ko (42 45 N 140 07 E)Higashitazawa (41 00 N 140 55 E)Hiju (34 20 N 130 54 E)Hikado Ko (38 48 N 141 33 E)Hikami San 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hikata Misaki 8.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hikatadomari Misaki 8.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hime Kawa 5.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hime Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hime Shima 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Himekawa Ko 5.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Himeshima Guri 5.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Himezu Gyoko (38 05 N 138 15 E)Himi Ko 5.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hinan Ko 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hinashi Ura 3.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

331

Hino Misaki 3.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hinode Misaki 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hinte 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hioki Saki 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiraiso Misaki 8.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hirakata Ko (36 52 N 140 48 E)Hirasawa Ko (39 17 N 139 56 E)Hiratori Yama 9.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiro Shima 4.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hirono 7.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiroo 9.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hirota Wan 7.251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiruga Gyoko 4.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hisanohama Ko 7.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hishi Ura 3.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hitachi Ko 7.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hitachinaka Ko 7.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hitotsu Guri 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiuchi Saki 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiuchi Yama 5.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiura Misaki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiura Wan 6.129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hiyama Toyohama Ko (42 03 N 140 05 E)Hiyori Yama: Ishinomaki Ko 7.203. . . . . . .Hiyori Yama: Moroyose Gyoko 3.167. . . . .Hiyori Yama: Otaru Ko, Light 8.65. . . . . . .Hiyori Yama: Tottori Ko, Light 3.167. . . . . .Hiyori Yama, Sakata 5.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hodame--No--Kuchi 3.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hodatsu San 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hodoji Yama 3.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoga Saki 7.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hogurodani Iwa 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hokake Iwa 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hokkaido 8.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoko--ga Take 5.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hokuriku Denryoku Wharf: Tsuruga 4.102.Hokuriku wharf: Tsuruga 4.89. . . . . . . . . . .Homba Hana 3.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hon San 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Honjo Gyoko (35 45 N 135 15 E)Honjo Ko (39 23 N 140 01 E)Honme Misaki 8.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Honmura 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Honmura Ko 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Honmura No 1 Breakwater 3.41. . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Honshu 3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Horai Wharf: Tsuruga 4.102. . . . . . . . . . . . .Horo Light 8.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Horoiwa Yama 10.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Horomui Gyoko (43 22 N 140 32 E)Horozuki Yama 8.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoshinokami Shima 3.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hosoura (39 01 N 141 43 E)Hotoke Saki 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hyotan Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I Se 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Iakarova, Bukhta (44 59 N 147 30 E)Ibara Saki 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ichime Shima 3.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ichino Shima 7.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Igami Saki 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Igumi Gyoko (35 37 N 134 23 E)Iida Ko 5.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iida Wan 5.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ikori Saki 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ikuji Hana 5.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Il’ya Muromets, Mys 11.81. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ima Misaki 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Imade Yama 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Imado Misaki 4.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inaho Misaki 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inari Yama 3.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ine Gyoko 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ine Ko 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ino Ko (40 59 N 140 52 E)Inoura Gyoko (34 40 N 131 42 E)Inubo Saki 7.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inubori Hana 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inuyama Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Io Sen 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iodnyy, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iori Ko (37 02 N 137 03 E)Irika Ko (43 22 N 140 29 E)Isaki Se 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ise Shima: Hamada Ko 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ise Shima: Uomachina Hana 3.48. . . . . . . . .Ishi Saki, Light 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishi Yama 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishida Ko (36 52 N 137 25 E)Ishikari Kawa 8.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishikari Ko (43 16 N 141 22 E)Ishikari Wan 8.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishikariwan Ko 8.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishima Guri 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishinomaki Gyoko 7.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishinomaki Ko 7.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Ishinomaki Wan 7.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ishizaki Gyoko (37 05 N 136 56 E)Ishizaki Ko (41 42 N 140 01 E)Isodake Gyoko (35 11 N 132 25 E)Iso Saki 7.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iso Saki Ko (36 23 N 140 38 EIturup, Ostrov 11.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ivan Groznyy, Vulkan 11.56. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ivan Malyy, Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ivanovskiy, Mys 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwadate Gyoko (40 24 N 139 58 E)Iwafune Ko 5.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwai Saki 7.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwaki Yama 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwanai Ko 8.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwanai Take 8.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwaoi Hana 9.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwasaki Gyoko (40 35 N 139 55 E)Iwasakino Hana 5.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwase Unga 5.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwaso Hana 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iwato Ko (35 34 N 134 16 E)Izmeny, Rif 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Izmony, Zaliv 10.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Izumozaki Gyoko (37 33 N 138 41 E)Izu Shima 7.226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Japan Basin 1.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Japan Trench 1.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ji Shima 3.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jinku 4.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jino Hana 3.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jinzu Kawa 5.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jizo Saki 3.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jizo Saki: Mihonoseki, Light 3.72. . . . . . . .Joga Hana: Noto Ogi Ko 5.29. . . . . . . . . . . .Joga Hana: Sado Shima 5.118. . . . . . . . . . .Jogu Wan 4.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joyama--no--Hana 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Junijin Yama 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jusan Gyoko (41 02 N 140 19 E)

Ka Shima 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabara, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabe Iwa 3.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabe Shima 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabi Shima 3.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabu Shima 7.308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabura Guri 4.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaburaki Gyoko (35 50 N 136 03 E)Kabuto Misaki 8.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kabuto Saki 6.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kafuka Ko 8.169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kafukai Byochi 8.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaga Gyoko 3.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaga Ko 3.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaigara Shima 10.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 10.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaigara Shoal 10.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakariba Hana 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakebuchi Gyoko 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakebuchi Kawa 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakuda Misaki, Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakuda Saki 5.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kakuta Yama 5.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kama Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kama Shima 7.266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamabuse Yama 6.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamaishi Gyoko 7.265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamaishi Ko 7.262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kambal’nyy, Mys 12.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamchatka, Poluostrov 12.97. . . . . . . . . . . .Kame Shima 4.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamega Mori 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamejima Hanto 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamen’--Lev, Ostrovok 11.65. . . . . . . . . . .Kamiiso Ko (41 49 N 140 39 E)Kamijo Kawa 5.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaminokuni Byochi 8.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamo Ko 5.175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamome Shima 8.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamuenai Gyoko 8.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamui Misaki, Light 8.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamui Misaki: Esashi Ko 10.94. . . . . . . . . .Kamui Misaki: Shakotan Misaki 8.50. . . . . .Kamui Misaki, Kitami, Light 10.92. . . . . . .Kamui San 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kamuy, Gora 11.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanai Saki 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaname Iwa 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanazawa Ko 4.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanazawa Shi 4.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanda Misaki 3.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanega Saki: Maizuru Ko 4.32. . . . . . . . . . .Kanega Saki: Shichirui Ko 3.91. . . . . . . . . .Kanega Saki Quay: Tsuruga 4.102. . . . . . . .Kaneishi Ko 4.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kani Iwa 9.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanida Gyoko (41 03 N 140 39 E)Kanjaga Hana 4.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanmon Ko 3.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanmuri Shima: Nii Saki 4.82. . . . . . . . . . .Kanmuri Shima: Tsuruga Wan 4.99. . . . . . .Kannon Saki 5.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kannonkuiai Se 3.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanpu San 5.242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kanzui Hana 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kapustnyy, Mys 12.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kara Shima 5.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Karakuwa Saki 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Karasu Shima 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Karei Saki 4.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kariba Yama 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kariwa 5.110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Karlik, Ostrovok 12.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Karpinskogo, Vulkan 12.63. . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasa Ura (35 35 N 133 09 E)Kasa Yama 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasaga Hana 7.272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasagai Shima 7.221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

332

Kasano Misaki 4.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 4.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kasatka, Zaliv 11.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kashima Ko 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 7.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 7.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 7.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 7.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 7.30. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 7.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kashiwa Shima 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kashiwazaki Ko 5.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kashiyuuni Shima 10.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kastrikum, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasuga Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasumi 3.182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kasumi Ko 3.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kata Shima 4.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Katakai Gyoko (35 32 N 140 28 E)Katashima Hana 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Katastrof, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Katsumi Ura 4.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Katsuo Saki 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Katsura Shima 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kattoshi Misaki 6.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawajiri Ko (36 39 N 140 42 E)Kawajiri Saki 7.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawajiri Wan (37 20 N 137 16 E)Kawara Ura 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawarago Ko (36 33 N 140 39 E)Kawasaki Matsuei Quay: Tsuruga 4.102. . .Kawashimo Ko 3.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawashira Misaki 8.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawashiri Gyoko (34 25 N 131 00 E)Kawashiri Misaki 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kawauchi Ko (41 12 N 140 59 E)Kayashiba Misaki 8.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kayoi Gyoko (34 25 N 131 15 E)Kayoi Ura 3.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kaza Shima 4.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kazach’ya, Banka 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kazanashi 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ke Shima 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kekachi Iwa 4.122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kekachi Yama 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenbokke Shima 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Keramui Asase 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kesennuma Ko 7.233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ketoy, Ostrov 12.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ketoy, Vulkan 12.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kharimkotan, Ostrov 12.48. . . . . . . . . . . . .Khitryy, Mys 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Khiva, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Khmyr’, Skaly 12.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kikonai Gyoko (41 41 N 140 27 E)Kikonai Wan 6.88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kikugahama Ko 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kimaki Misaki 8.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kimberley, Mys 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kinashi Yama 6.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kinkasan To 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kinpoku San 5.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kinumakino Hana 3.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kirikiri Gyoko 7.271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kiritappu Hanto 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kiritappu Ko 9.188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kiroga Saki 3.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kisakata Ko (39 12 N 139 54 E)Kit, Ostrovok 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kita Ko, Sakata 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitakami Kawa 7.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitami Esashi 10.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitasui Chiku 4.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kitaura Ko 5.254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitovyy, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitovyy, Zaliv 11.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kitsune Shima 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kiwado Gyoko 3.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kiyobe Ko (41 31 N 140 00 E)Klyk, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Klyuchevoy, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Klyuv, Mys 12.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Saki 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Saki: Tsuruga Ko 4.100. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Shima: Akkeshi Ko 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Shima: Sado Shima 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Shima: Senzaki Wan 3.18. . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Shima: Tsugaru Kaikyo 8.14. . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ko Yama 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kobata Ura 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kobochi Hana 7.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kodomari Gyoko (41 08 N 140 15 E)Kodomari Ko 5.265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kodomari Misaki 5.259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kodomari Misaki Minami, Light 5.262. . . .Kofuji San 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koga Saki 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kogane Yama 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koguchi 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koise Shima 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koizu Gyoko (35 30 N 132 49 E)Koizumi Wan 7.250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kojin Hana, Light 5.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kokina, Mys 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kokubu Ku 5.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kolokol, Gora 11.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kolpak, Skala 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Komaga Take 9.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Komashkova, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Komatsu 4.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kominato Ko 6.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Komori Take 4.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konakova, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konbu Se: HamanakaWan 9.187. . . . . . . . .Konbu Se: Otchishi Misaki 9.185. . . . . . . . .Konbu Se: Tobutsu Misaki 9.176. . . . . . . . .Konbukariishi Misaki 9.133. . . . . . . . . . . . .Kongo Saki 5.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konose Hana 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konosu Yama 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konoura (35 49 N 136 04 E)Konoura Ko 5.204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konpira Misaki 8.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konpira Yama 4.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Konservnaya, Bukhta 11.72. . . . . . . . . . . . .Korei San: Miho Wan 3.123. . . . . . . . . . . . .Koritskiy, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Korsakovskiy, Light 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koryuji Take 3.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kosagawa Ko (39 07 N 139 53 E)Koshiba Yama 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koshigahama 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koshigahama Hanto 3.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koshirohama Ura (39 12 N 141 52 1E)Kottoi Ko 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kottoi Saki 4.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kottoichi Reef 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kouta Misaki 8.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Koyama Misaki 3.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kozyrevskogo, Mys 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kozyrevskogo, Zaliv 12.89. . . . . . . . . . . . .Krab, Mys 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krab, Ostrovok 11.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krabovaya, Bukhta 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krabozavodsk 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krabozavodskoye, Leading lights 11.24. . .Krasheninnikova, Bukhta 12.80. . . . . . . . . .

Krasnyy, Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kraternyy, Mys 12.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krayeugol’nyy, Mys 11.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krenitsyna, Gora 12.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krenitsyna, Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krenitsyna, Proliv 12.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kril’on, Mys 8.181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krugloye, Ozero 11.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kruglyy, Mys 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krupnoyarova, Mys 11.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kruzenshterna, Mys 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kruzenshterna, Proliv 12.30. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ku Shima: Hagi Ko 3.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ku Shima: Shichirui Ko 3.73. . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kubanskiy, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kubo Dashi 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuchino Guri 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kudo Wan 8.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kudryavtseva, Mys 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kugunarihama Wan 7.218. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuji Kawa 7.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuji Ko 7.288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuji Wan 7.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kukedo Hana 3.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kukidono Saki 7.320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kumaishi Ko 8.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kumihama Ko 3.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kumihama Wan 3.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kunashir, Ostrov 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kunashiri Shima 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kunbetsu Light 10.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kunda Wan 4.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuntomintar, Vulkan 12.34. . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurbatova, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurbatovskaya, Otmel’ 12.104. . . . . . . . . . .Kureha Yama 5.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurii Ko 3.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuril’sk 11.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuril’skiy, Zaliv 11.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuril’skiye Ostrova 11.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuril--Kamchatka Trench 1.127. . . . . . . . . .Kurile Islands 11.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurile Strait 12.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurisaba Guri 5.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuro Hana 4.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuro Saki: Hamada Ko 3.49. . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuro Saki: Maizuru Ko, Light 4.14. . . . . . .Kuro Saki: Miyako Ko 7.279. . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuro Saki: Mutsu Wan 6.52. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuro Shima: Koyama Misaki 3.36. . . . . . . .Kuro Shio 7.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurobe Gyoko (36 53 N 137 25 E)Kurohajiri Saki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurohime Yama 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuroiwa Hana 6.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuroji Wan 4.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuromatsu Gyoko (35 04 N 132 19 E)Kurosaki Shima 7.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kurosaki Yama 4.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuroshima Saki 3.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kushi Shima 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kushiro Dashi 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kushiro Ko 9.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 9.149. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 9.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions: Higashi Ku (E harbour) 9.162Directions: Nishi Ku (W harbour) 9.161.General information 9.141. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 9.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 9.148. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 9.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kusuyaga Taka 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kute Ko (35 15 N 132 31 E)Kutsugata Ko 8.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuttara Yama 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

333

Kuybyshevskiy, Zaliv 11.70. . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuzinoty, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuznetsova, Reyd 8.202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuzu Gyoko 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuzu Se 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kuzuryu Kawa 4.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kyoden Gyoko (36 51 N 137 25 E)Kyoga Misaki 3.179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kyuroku Shima 5.244. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

L’vinaya Past’, Zaliv 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . .La Perouse Strait 8.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Laperuza, Proliv 8.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lapka, Poluostrov 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lava, Mys 12.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lev, Skala 11.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Levashova, Gora 12.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Levashova, Mys 12.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lezhbishchniy, Mys 12.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lis’i Islands 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lisiy Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lopatka, Mys 12.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Losinaya, Gora 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lososey, Bukhta 8.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lovtsova, Mys 11.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lovushki, Skaly 12.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luzhina, Proliv 12.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L’viniya Past’, Zaliv (44 38 N 146 57 E)Lyutyy, Mys 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ma Saki 7.279. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ma Shima: Kaga Ko 3.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mabiro Saki 9.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mada Saki 7.266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Magnetic anomalies, local

Atlasova, Ostrov 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chetvertyy Kuril’skiy Proliv 12.62. . . . . .Ekarma, Proliv 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Esan Misaki 9.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hakodate Wan 6.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Makanrushi, Ostrov 12.58. . . . . . . . . . . .Matua, Ostrov 12.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nizkaya, Skala 12.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nokkamappu Saki 10.19. . . . . . . . . . . . .Oki Shoto 3.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onekotan, Ostrov 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ostrov Broutona 11.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ostrov Iturup 11.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ostrov Shpanberga 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ostrov Zelenyy 11.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Paramushir, Ostrov 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . .Proliv Friza 11.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiashkotan, Ostrov 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . .Shumshu, Ostrov 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Simushir, Ostrov 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsugaru Kaikyo, E end 6.4. . . . . . . . . . . .Vtoroy Kuri’skiy Proliv 12.90. . . . . . . . .Zaimoku Hana 6.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maizuru 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maizuru Ko 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maizuru Wan 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Makanrushi, Gora 12.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Makanrushi, Ostrov 12.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Makarov Isthmus 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maki Saki 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maki Yama: Maizuru Wan 4.31. . . . . . . . . .Maki Yama: Takahama Wan 4.60. . . . . . . . .Malaya Kuril’skaya Gryada 11.8. . . . . . . . .Malokuril’skaya, Bukhta 11.24. . . . . . . . . . .Mano Byochi (37 58 N 138 20 E)Mano Wan 5.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maru Yama 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maru Yama: Esan Misaki 9.13. . . . . . . . . . .

Maru Yama: Kushiro Ko 9.174. . . . . . . . . . .Maruyama Breakwater: Tsuruga 4.95. . . . . .Maruyama Kawa 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maruyama Quay: Tsuruga 4.102. . . . . . . . .Masatomari Ko (42 50 N 140 11 E)Mashike Ko 8.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Masuda Airport: Hamada Ko 3.57. . . . . . . .Masuda Ko (34 42 N, 131 49 E)Masugata Yama 5.259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mategata Uchi 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsu Hana 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsu Shima: Kottoi Ko 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . .Matsu Shima: Tajiri Ko 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . .Matsue Ko (35 27 N 133 08 E)Matsuga Saki 4.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsugashita Byochi 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsukawaura Gyoko 7.129. . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsumae (Benten Shima), Light 6.7. . . . . .Matsumae Ko 8.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsumae Koshima 6.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsumae Oshima 6.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsumae Wan 8.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsumoto Kawa 3.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsunami Gyoko (37 21 N 137 15 E)Matsushima Wan 7.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matsuya Saki 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Matua, Ostrov 12.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Maze Ko (37 44 N 138 48 E)Mechnikova, Mys 11.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Medvezh’e 11.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Medvezh’ya, Bukhta 11.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Medvezh’ya, Gora 11.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Meishi 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Meiyo--Daisan Seamount 2.6. . . . . . . . . . . .Mel’nika, Bukhta 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Men Se 3.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mendeleeva, Vulkan 11.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Merey, Reyd 8.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Metakisawa Yama 6.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Metoga Hana 7.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Saki, Light 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Saki: Oki Shoto 3.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Saki: Onahama Ko 7.75. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Saki: Tobi Shima 5.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Sen 3.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mi Shima 3.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N Light 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Michman, Skala 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mihama Wan 4.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miho Wan 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mihonoseki Ko (35 34 N 133 19 E)Mikawa Gyoko (36 29 N 136 29 E)Mikuni Ko 4.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mikuriya Gyoko (35 31 N 133 30 E)Mikuriya Saki 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mil’na, Gora 12.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mil’na, Zaliv 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minami Ko (36 04 N 133 06 E)Minato Gyoko 3.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minmaya Ko 6.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miomote Kawa 5.168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Misawa Ko (40 41 N 141 26 E)Misen Guri 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Misumi Ko 3.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mita Ko (36 06 N 133 01 E)Mita Wan 3.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitabe Ko 3.110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitabe Saki 3.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitare Misaki 8.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitsu Gyoko (35 32 N 133 02 E)Mitsu Ko (35 43 N 135 04 E)Mitsuga Se 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitsugachi Seto 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitsugo Iwa 3.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitsuguri Hana 4.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mitsuishi Gyoko 9.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mitsumori Yama 9.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyago Shima 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyako Ko 7.280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyako Wan 7.280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyano Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyazaki Hana 5.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyazaki Ko (36 58 N 137 35 E)Miyazu 4.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyazu Ko 4.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyazu Wan 4.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miyo Saki 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mizinets Rock 11.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mizuhashi Gyoko (36 45 N 137 18 E)Mizushima Hana 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mo Yama 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moemishiri Shima 10.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mogami Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mogami Kawa, Sakata 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . .Moheji Ko (41 46 N 140 36 E)Mokhovoy, Mys 12.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mokoto Yama 10.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mokusa Ko (41 30 N 140 01 E)Molot, Gora 12.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Momo Shima 4.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Momoka Shima 3.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Momono Ura 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monbetsu Hana 9.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monbetsu Ko 10.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moneron, Ostrov, Light 8.191. . . . . . . . . . .Monolitnyy, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monomi Saki 7.320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mori Ko 9.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moroyose Gyoko 3.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morskaya Vydra 11.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moshkovskaya, Gora 12.103. . . . . . . . . . . .Moto Yama 8.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motochi, Light 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motochi Gyoko 8.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motodomari Gyoko (45 15 N 141 11 E)Motodori Shima 4.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motoineppu Gyoko 10.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motta Misaki 8.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moura Hakuchi (40 56 N 140 51 E)Moyko, Ostrov 10.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Moyururi Shima 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Muino Shima 6.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Muko Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Murokami Yama: Gotsu Ko 3.62. . . . . . . . .Muroran Ko 9.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 9.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 9.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 9.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 9.30. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 9.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 9.37. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 9.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mushiga--Mine 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mushir Rocks 12.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Muso San 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Musoga Hana 4.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mutsu Wan 6.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mutsu--Ogawara Ko 7.321. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mutsushima Shoto 3.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Myojin Hana 7.279. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Myojin Saki: Tsugaru Kaikyo 6.3. . . . . . . . .Myojin Saki: Tsuruga Ko 4.85. . . . . . . . . . .Myoken Yama 4.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mys Bolotnyy, Light 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mys Kril’on, Light 8.181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mys Shirokiy, Light 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Na Shima 4.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Na Shima: Misumi Ko 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . .Naarai Ko 7.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nadachi Gyoko (37 10 N 138 05 E)Nada--no--kage--no Se 3.114. . . . . . . . . . . . .Nadezhdy, Proliv 12.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naga Saki 4.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

334

Nagahashi Gyoko (36 07 N 136 03 E)Nagaoga Hana 3.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nagasaki Hana 7.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nagate Saki 5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nagato 3.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naiko, Sakata 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naka Guri: Esaki Ko 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naka Guri: Kasumi Ko 3.184. . . . . . . . . . . .Naka Kawa 7.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naka Se: Akkeshi Ko 9.179. . . . . . . . . . . . .Naka Se: Mutsushima Shoto 3.42. . . . . . . . .Naka Umi 3.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakahama Ko (35 46 N 135 11 E)Nakaminato Ko 7.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakamuro Ko (36 19 N 133 19 E)Nakanami Ko (36 57 N 137 02 E)Nakano Ma 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakano No 1 Breakwater:

Sakaiminato 3.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakano Se 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakano Shima 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakanosaku Ko 7.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakatsugami Guri 4.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakatsuo Guri 3.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakaura Suido 3.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakaura Suimon 3.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nakayama Saki 7.320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nako Gyoko (34 30 N 131 28 E)Nakose Ko (35 31 N 133 58 E)Naku Saki 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Namerikawa Gyoko (36 47 N 137 21 E)Nanao Hoku Wan 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanao Ko 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanao Nan Wan 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanao Sei Wan 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanao Wan 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanatsu Iwa 9.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nanatsu Shima: Koyama Misaki 3.43. . . . . .Nanatsu Shima: Wajima Ko 4.151. . . . . . . .Naoetsu 5.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naoetsu Ko 5.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Nara Saki 4.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Naryu Saki 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Natalii, Zaliv 11.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nedostupnyy, Mys 11.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nejimatsu Saki 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nekogashira Sho 10.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemo, Bukhta 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemo, Mys 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemo, Vulkan 12.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemoro--Kaikyo, Proliv 10.33. . . . . . . . . . .Nemuro Hanto 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemuro Kaikyo 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemuro Ko 10.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemuro Strait 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nemuro Wan 10.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Neproydenyy, Mys 12.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Neschast’ya, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Neukrotinyy, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Neya (38 29 N 139 31 E)Nezametnyy, Rif 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nezugaseki Ko 5.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nezumi Shima 3.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nibu Shima 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nichihatsu Wharf: Miyazu 4.24. . . . . . . . . .Nihonkai Sekiyu Seaberth,

Toyama Ku 5.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nii Saki 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Niida Kawa 7.297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Niigata Ko 5.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 5.145. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 5.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directions for Higashi Ku 5.157. . . . . . . .Directions for Nishi Ku 5.156. . . . . . . . .General information 5.138. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 5.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 5.144. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 5.160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nikonova, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nikonova, Poluostrov 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . .Nima Gyoko 3.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nima Ko 3.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishi Guri 3.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishi Hama: Kasumi Ko 3.182. . . . . . . . . . .Nishi Ko: Maizuru Ko 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishi Komon: Sakaiminato 3.149. . . . . . . . .Nishi Maizuru 4.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishihama Hakuchi: Kasumi Ko 3.185. . . .Nishino Guri 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishino Saki 7.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishino Shima 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nishi Shimamaki Ko (42 41 N 139 56 E)No Ko (37 07 N 138 00 E)No Shima 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .No Shima: Naekano Seto 3.135. . . . . . . . . .Nobase Gyoko (34 23 N 131 15 E)Noda Wan 7.287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nohara Ko 4.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noheji Ko 6.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nokkamappu Saki 10.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nokogiri Saki 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nomachino Guri 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noroshi Ko (37 31 N 137 20 E)Nosaka Take 4.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nosappu Misaki 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noshappu Hanto 8.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noshappu Misaki 8.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noshiro Ko 5.245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Note Guri 3.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noto Hanto 4.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noto Shima 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notoro Ko 10.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notoro Misaki 10.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notsuke Channel 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notsuke Saki 10.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 10.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notsuke Suido 10.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notsuke--Kita Asase 10.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Noushi (41 22 N 141 20 E)Novikovo, Light 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Novokuril’skaya, Bukhta 11.105. . . . . . . . .Nozaki Hana 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nozuka Saki 8.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nuidoishi Yama 6.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nuka Ko (35 51 N 136 02 E)Nyu Gyoko 4.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nyu Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nyu Ura 4.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nyudo Guri 3.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nyudo Hana 3.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nyudo Saki 5.240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

O Guri: Ke Shima 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Guri: Okino Shima 4.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Kuchi 3.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Saki: Hokkaido, W coast 8.14. . . . . . . . . .O Saki: Kamaishi Ko, Light 7.260. . . . . . . .O Saki: Sado Shima 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Saki: Yunotsu Ko 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Se 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Shima: Etomo Ko 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O Shima: Tsugaru Kaikyo 6.12. . . . . . . . . . .O Shima: Anto Misaki 4.115. . . . . . . . . . . .O Shima: Nanatsu Shima 4.151. . . . . . . . . .O Yama 3.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oarai Ko 7.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oarai Misaki 7.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obama 4.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obama Hana 7.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obama Ko 4.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obama Wan 4.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obana Saki 6.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obashima Chiku 4.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obashira 3.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obato Wan 5.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obmanchivaya, Banka 11.40. . . . . . . . . . . .Oburi Shima 3.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obval’nyy, Mys 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oceanskiya, Bukhta (50 11 N 155 44 E)Ochi Yama 5.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ochiishi Hanto 9.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ochiishi Misaki 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oda Ura 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odaiba Saki 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odaiba Saki Bridge: Naekano Seto 3.139. . .Odesskiy, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odesskiy, Zaliv 11.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odinokiy, Ostrovok 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odo Yama 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oetaka Yama 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ofunato Ko 7.240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ofuyu Misaki 8.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ofuyu Yama 8.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oga Hanto 5.240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogachi Wan 7.221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogami Shima 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogawara Numa 7.320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogi Byochi 5.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogi Ko 5.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogifushi Hana 9.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ogifushi Ko (42 12 N 142 39 E)Oginohama Ko 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oginohama Wan 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ohama Gyoko (34 45 N 131 52 E)Ohara Wan 7.217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ohashi Kawa 3.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ohata Ko 6.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ohibi (34 25 N 131 14 E)Ohirase Light 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ohiyaku Shima 6.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oi Gyoko (34 29 N 131 27 E)Oinaushi Gyoko 9.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oito, Bukhta (45 01 N 147 31 E)Oiwa Hana 4.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oji Hana 3.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oka Saki 4.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okeanskiy, Mys, Light 12.74. . . . . . . . . . . .Okhotnik Rock 11.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oki Airport: Oki Shoto 3.118. . . . . . . . . . . .Oki Kaikyo 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oki Shima 3.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oki Shoto 3.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oki--Katsura Shima 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okiinome 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okimi Dolphin: Maizuru 4.35. . . . . . . . . . .Okinamai Hana 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okinami Hana 5.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okino Guri 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okino Mitsu Iso 7.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okino Se 8.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okino Shima: Nii Saki 4.81. . . . . . . . . . . . .Okino Shima: Oki Shoto 3.103. . . . . . . . . . .Okino Watara Guri 3.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okiura 3.192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okkirai Wan 7.269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okopets, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okruglyy, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okumaru Yama 6.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okunai Ko (40 54 N 140 40 E)Okushi Ura 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okushiri Kaikyo 8.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okushiri Ko 8.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Okushiri To 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

335

Oma Gyoko 6.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oma Ko 6.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oma Saki 6.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omi Shima 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omi Shima: Senzaki Seto 3.13. . . . . . . . . . .Ominato Ko 6.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omori Shima 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omori Yama 5.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omosu Ko 3.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omu Ko 10.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onagawa Wan 7.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onahama Ko 7.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 7.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 7.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 7.75. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 7.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 7.82. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 7.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Onahama Wan 7.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onbetsu (44 46 N, 141 47 E)Onbetsu Kawa 9.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onekotan, Ostrov 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oni Se: Esashi Ko 10.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onishike Gyoko (44 10 N 141 39 E)Oniwaki Ko 8.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onne Se 10.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onnemoto Gyoko 10.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ono Kawa 4.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ono Ko 4.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Onogame 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Opasnaya, Bukhta (45 56 N 150 11 E)Opasnaya, Skala 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Opasnosti, Kamen’ 8.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Opornyy, Mys 12.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oppa Wan 7.248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oragahama 7.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orinohama Byochi 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oro Se 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osabe Gyoko 7.251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osaki Hana 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakiga Hana 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ose Hana: Hagi Ko 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ose Ko (36 35 N 140 40 E)Oshamanbe Ko 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oshidomari, Light 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oshidomari Ko 8.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oshima Saki 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oshima Sumiyoshi Ko (41 45 N 140 43 E)Oshimawari Saki 4.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oshoro Gyoko 8.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osima Gyoko 4.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osu Saki 7.209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otakine Yama 7.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otani Wan 3.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otaru Ko 8.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Otdel’naya, Gora 11.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ote Kawa 4.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otkhpytiy, Reyd (45 51 N 149 42 E)Otkrytyy, Reid 11.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otlivnyy, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oto Guri 3.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otobe (41 58 N, 140 08 E)Otoineppu Misaki 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 10.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otomari Hana 5.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otome--Wan, Bukhta (48 49 N 154 05 E)

Otomi 4.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otomi Gyoko 4.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otomi Hanto 4.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otose Hana 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otose Saki 5.261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otoshibe Misaki 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otradnaya, Bukhta (43 52 N 146 48 E)Otradnov (44 04 N 145 52 E)Otsu 9.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otsu Ko 7.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otsu Misaki 7.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otsuchi Ko 7.270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Otvesnyy, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oura Byochi 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oura Gyoko 3.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oval’nyy, Mys 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oya Shio 7.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oyabe Kawa 5.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ozhidaniya, Mys 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ozyornyy, Mys 12.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Paltusov, Mys 10.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Paramushir, Ostrov 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Paramushiri Kaikyo 12.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pechal’nyy, Mys 11.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pekinno Saki 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Penistyye, Kamni 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Penistyye, Skaly 12.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pennyy, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pereput’ye, Light 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pereselentsev, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Perevalochnyy, Mys 11.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Perkovnaya, Bukhta (43 44 N 146 42 E)Pervyy Kuril’skiy Proliv 12.96. . . . . . . . . .Peschanaya, Bukhta 11.107. . . . . . . . . . . . .Peshchernaya Rock 11.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petushkova, Ostrovok 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pisimoy, Mys 11.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pisshiri San 8.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plavnyy, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ploskiy, Rif 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plug, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pochtaryova, Mys 12.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Podgornyy, Mys 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Podsolnechnaya, Gora 12.72. . . . . . . . . . . .Pogranichnaya Shoal 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pologiy, Mys 12.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polonskogo, Mys 11.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polonskogo, Ostrov 11.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polonskogo, Proliv 11.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Poludennyy, Mys 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polyanskogo, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ponmoi Misaki 10.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ponmoshiri Misaki 8.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Poronupuri Yama 10.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Poroshiri Yama 10.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Port Korsakov 8.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Prevo, Vulkan 12.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Prishvina, Mys 11.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Prostor, Zaliv 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Przheval’skogo, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . .Przheval’skogo, Poluostrov 11.65. . . . . . . .Ptich’i Vorota, Skala 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ptich’i, Ostrova 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Puffin Island 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Puyshariya, Zaliv 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Puzanova, Mys 11.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pyatyy Kuril’skiy 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pyramidal’naya, Gora 12.34. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Raduga, Zaliv 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Raiden Misaki 8.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ranbokke Misaki 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rasboynik, Skala:

SSE of Mys Breskens 11.72. . . . . . . . . . . .Rasshua, Ostrov 12.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rasshua, Vulkan 12.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rausu Ko 10.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rausu Take 10.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Raykoke, Ostrov 12.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Razboynik, Skala:

SW of Mys Breskens 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . .Razdel’naya, Banka 11.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Razmytyy, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Razval’nyy, Mys 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rebristyy, Mys 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rebun To 8.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reydovo 11.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rifovyy, Mys 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rikorda, Mys 11.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rikorda, Proliv 12.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rinko Basin: Niigata 5.158. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rishiri San 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rishiri To 8.161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rogacheva, Mys 11.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rogacheva, Ostrov 11.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rogatyy, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roka, Zaliv 11.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rokko Saki 4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rokugo Saki Light 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rollin, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rubeshibetsu Saki 9.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rudakova, Gora 11.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rumoi Ko 8.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rurui, Gora 10.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rybaki 11.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryofu--Daini Seamount 1.130. . . . . . . . . . .Ryoishi Ko (39 18 N 141 54 E)Ryori Saki 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryotsu Gyoko 5.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryotsu Ko 5.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryotsu Wan 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryponkicha, Ostrov 12.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryujin Saki 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryujin Tai 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ryutoan Shima 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Saba Shima 3.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sabino Yama 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sada Kawa 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sado Ogi Ko 5.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sado Shima 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sagi Ura 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sagi Ura Gyoko 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sai Kawa 4.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sai Ko (41 26 N 140 52 E)Sai Saki 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saidoji 3.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saigo Ko 3.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saiho Take 4.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakai Breakwater: Nakaeno Seto 3.125. . . .Sakai Gyoko 3.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakai Pilot Association: Sakaiminato 3.136.Sakaiminato 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 3.132. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 3.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions: Inner harbour 3.142. . . . . . . .Directions: Outer harbour 3.143. . . . . . . .General information 3.125. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 3.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 3.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sakanoshita Wan 8.159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakata Ko 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 5.185. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 5.195. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

336

General information 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 5.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 5.184. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 5.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sakenotsu Gyoko (35 31 N 134 05 E)Sakhalin 8.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakharnaya, Gora 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakiyama Misaki 3.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sakura Quay: Tsuruga 4.102. . . . . . . . . . . .Samani Ko 9.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Same Kado 7.253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Samotuga, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Samuraihama 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sanbonmatsu Hana 4.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sanchi Take 3.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sanga Se 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sangai Yama 3.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sankaku Yama 8.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sankeushi Misaki 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saoso 3.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saroma Ko 10.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 10.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saruga Hana 3.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saruga Jo 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sarugahana Yama 3.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saruru Gyoko 10.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saruru Misaki 10.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sarutome Hana 9.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saruyama Misaki 4.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sarycheva, Vulkan 12.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sasa Shima 3.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sasa Yama 9.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sasamori Yama 5.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sasaoka Saki 5.199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sashirui Saki 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Satana, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Satsumae Ko (41 27 N 140 02 E)Sawa Saki 5.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sawabe (40 35 N 139 53 E)Sawane Ko (38 00 N 138 17 E)Sawara Gyoko 9.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sawasaki, Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sawasaki Hana 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sea of Okhotsk 8.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Segoshi Hana 3.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seki Kawa 5.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seki Misaki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seki Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sekido San 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sekinahama Ko 6.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sekishima Se 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sekitan Misaki 9.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semyonova, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Senami Hakuchi (38 14 N 139 27 E)Sendai 7.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.148. . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 7.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 7.156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 7.140. . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 7.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 7.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 7.147. . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 7.161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sendai Kawa 3.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sendai--Shiogama Ko 7.162. . . . . . . . . . . . .


Sengan Guri 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sengoku Yama 4.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Senposhi Gyoko 8.166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sentyabr’skiy, Mys 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Senzaki Ko 3.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Senzaki Seto 3.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Senzaki Wan 3.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Serp, Gora 12.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Setana Ko 8.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Setoga Shima 3.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severgina, Bukhta 12.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severgina, Proliv 12.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severgina, Vulkan 12.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severnyy, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severo--Kuril’sk 12.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Severo--Zapadnyy, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . .Shakkuri 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shakotan De Misaki, Light 8.48. . . . . . . . . .Shakotan Misaki 8.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shari Gyoko (43 55 N 144 40 E)Shari Kawa 10.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shari Take 10.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shauten, Mys 11.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shchukina, Zaliv 11.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shelikhova, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shelikova, Bukhta 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shestakova, Gora 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shestoy Kuril’skiy 12.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiashkotan, Ostrov 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiasshiri Yama 10.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shibayama Ko 3.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shibetsu Gyoko 10.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shibino Misaki 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shichirui Ko 3.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shigami Take 3.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiiya Hana 5.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shijiki Shima 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shikabe Gyoko 9.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shikotan To 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shikotan, Gora 11.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shimado (34 21 N 130 54 E)Shimakage Wan 4.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shimane Hanto 3.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shimanokoshi Gyoko (39 55 N 141 57 E)Shimoyubetsu 10.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shin Bae 4.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shin Gyoko 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shin Saki 5.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinano Kawa 5.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinji Ko 3.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinminato 5.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinminato Gyoko 5.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinminato Ko (45 12 N 141 08 E)Shinminato Ku 5.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shinori Ko (41 46 N 140 49 E)Shiobana Hana 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiodoko Hana 3.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiofuki Ko (41 44 N 140 03 E)Shiogama Gyoko 7.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiokake Saki 7.284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiokoshi Bana 5.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiokubi Misaki 6.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiomaki 3.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shioya Gyoko (43 13 N 140 55 E)Shioya Ko (36 18 N 136 15 E)Shioya Saki 7.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shioya Wan 8.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiozeno Saki 5.239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shira Saki 3.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirahama Gyoko (36 05 N 136 02 E)Shirahama Ko

(Karei Saki) (35 54 N 136 00 E)Shirahama Ko

(Kamaishi Ko) (39 14 N 141 55 E)Shiraito Misaki 8.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shirakame Take 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirakami Misaki 8.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirakata: Senzaki Ko 3.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiranuka Gyoko 7.327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiraoi Ko 9.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiretoko Hanto 10.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiretoko Misaki 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiretoko Tai 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiretoko Take 10.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiriha Misaki 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiritake Yama 3.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirito Hana 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirito Se 9.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirito Sho 9.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiriya Ko (40 24 N 141 27 E)Shiriya Saki 7.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiriyamisaki Ko 6.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiro Se 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiro Yama: Kasumi Ko 3.183. . . . . . . . . . .Shiro Yama: Toyama Ku 5.54. . . . . . . . . . . .Shiro Yama: Kunda Wan 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . .Shiro Yama: Takahama Wan 4.60. . . . . . . . .Shiroishi Guri 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiroishi Shima 3.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shirokane Saki 7.215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiroshima Saki 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shishi Guri 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shishi Hana 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shishisaki Hana 4.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shiski Islands 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shitsu Ura (34 26 N 131 14 E)Shizukawa Wan 7.249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shizuki Yama 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shizunai, Light 9.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shlem, Ostrovok 11.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shojin Guri 3.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shokanbetsu Take 8.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shoko Ku: Hamada Ko 3.52. . . . . . . . . . . . .Shoko Ku: Tottori Ko 3.160. . . . . . . . . . . . .Shomen Saki 4.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shoya Gyoko 9.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shoya Hana 9.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shpanberga, Ostrov, E end Light 11.11. . . .Shpanberga, Ostrov 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shpanberga, Proliv 11.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shpil’, Skala 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shpilevoy, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shukina, Zaliv (45 37 N 149 27 E)Shumnyy, Mys 12.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shumshu, Ostrov 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shutka, Bukhta 11.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Siandriom, Mys 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Simushir, Ostrov 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sinarka, Vulkan 12.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sivuchiy, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Slavnaya, Bukhta 11.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Slavnyy, Ostrovok 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Snou, Proliv 11.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sobei 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sof’ya, Bukhta 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sokiya, Bukhta (45 23 N 148 28 E)Sokol, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sokuryo San 9.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Soma Ko 7.129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sosedka, Skala 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sotono Ma 5.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Soya Gyoko (45 29 N 141 53 E)Soya Kaikyo 8.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Soya Misaki 8.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Soya Tai 8.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spaseniya, Bukhta (46 53 N 151 52 E)Spiridonova, Mys 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spokoynyy, Mys 11.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

337

Spokoynyy, Zaliv 11.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Srednego, Proliv 12.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sredneva, Kamen’ (47 35 N 152 52 E)Sredniy, Mys 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stolbgatyy, Mys 10.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Storozheva, Mys 12.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Subbotina, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sueno Saki 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sufu Kawa 3.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sugahama Gyoko 4.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suisho Suido 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sukhina, Mys, Light 12.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sukoton Ko (45 28 N 140 58 E)Sumitomo Jetty: Senzaki Ko 3.19. . . . . . . . .Sumiyoshi Saki, Light 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . .Suna Saki 9.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Susa Gyoko 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Susa Ko 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sutega Hana 3.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sutsu Gyoko (34 47 N 131 55 E)Suttsu Ko 8.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suttsu Wan 8.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suwa Wan (36 07 N 133 06 E)Suzu Shima 4.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suzuga Saki 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sypuchiy, Mys 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tachimachi Saki 6.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tada Yama 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tadoko Yama 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tagirisu Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tai Gyoko 4.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tai Ko 4.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tai Saki 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taiko Yama 3.178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taima Yama 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taira 4.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taira Buoy Berths: Maizuru 4.35. . . . . . . . .Taira, Ostrova 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tairadate Ko (41 10 N 140 39 E)Tairadate Kaikyo 6.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taisha 3.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taisha Ko 3.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taito Saki 7.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taitsuri Shima 4.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taizu Ko (35 44 N 135 05 E)Tajiri Ko 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taka Shima, Light 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taka Shima: Hamada Ko 3.48. . . . . . . . . . .Taka Shima: Naryu Saki 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . .Taka Yama 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takaboshi Yama 3.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takachi Gyoko (38 12 N 138 20 E)Takada Yama 3.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takahama Gyoko:Takahama Wan 4.61. . . .Takahama Wan 4.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takaiwa Saki 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takamori Yama 5.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takano Saki 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takanosu Ko 4.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takao Yama: Hamada Ko 3.53. . . . . . . . . . .Takao Yama: Sakaiminato 3.72. . . . . . . . . .Takasa Daini (35 54 N 136 00 E)Takasaki Yama 3.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takashima Gyoko 8.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takashima Misaki 8.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takate Guri 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takatsume Yama 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Take Shima 2.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Take Shima: Urago Wan 3.112. . . . . . . . . . .Take Shima: Yuya Wan 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . .Takeno Ko (35 39 N 134 46 E)Takenoko Iwa 3.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takeshima Guri 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taki Ko (36 55 N 136 45 E)Taki Saki 4.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tako Hana 3.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takoshima Gyoko 5.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Takuyo--Daiichi Seamount 1.130. . . . . . . . .Tamae Ko (34 24 7N 131 22 6E)Tamanowaki 7.288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tanake Se 3.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tanfil’yeva, Bukhta 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tanfil’yeva, Ostrov 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tanfil’yeva, Proliv 11.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tango Washi Saki Light 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . .Tappi Saki 5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tarawa Se 4.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Taro (39 44 N 141 59 E)Tarumae 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tarumae Yama 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tashiro Shima 7.222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tate Iwa 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatehama Ko (41 27 N 140 02 E)Tatega Saki 3.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tategami Guri 4.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatehana Ko 8.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tateishi Misaki 4.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatsu--ga Saki 4.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatsugane Yama 7.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatsumai Saki 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tatsumi--no--Se 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tattori 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tawara Shima 3.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tayu Saki 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teine Yama 8.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tenaga Shima 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tengu Take: Otaru Ko 8.65. . . . . . . . . . . . .Tengu Take: Rumoi Ko 8.126. . . . . . . . . . . .Tenjin Shima 3.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teradomari Ko 5.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terekhina, Mys 12.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teri Ba 5.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teru Shima 7.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teshio Kawa 8.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teshio Ko 8.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tetyayeva, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Teuri To 8.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 8.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tigrov Khvost, Mys 11.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tigrovyy, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .To Shima 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tobetsu Ko (41 45 N 140 35 E)Tobi Shima 5.205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tobi Shima Gyoko 5.205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tobi Shima Hakuchi 5.205. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tobutsu Misaki 9.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Todo Guri: Nanao Wan 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . .Todo Guri: Okino Shima 4.81. . . . . . . . . . . .Todo--Ga--Saki 7.256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Todohokke Ko 9.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toga Wan 5.253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Togane Gyoko 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Togane Ura 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Togawa Gyoko (35 42 N 140 51 E)Togenokami Yama 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Togi Gyoko (37 09 N 136 32 E)Togi Kawa 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toi Gyoko 6.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tojin Bo 4.121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tok To 2.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tokachi Kawa 9.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tokachi Ko 9.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tokai 7.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tokoro Ko 10.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tokoro Misaki 10.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomakomai 9.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 9.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 9.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 9.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 9.66. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limiting conditions 9.73. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 9.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tomamae Saki 8.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomamai Ko 8.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomari (41 54 N, 140 08 E)Tomari Power Station 8.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomari Wan 10.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomiiso Gyoko (45 28 N 141 52 E)Tomo Shima 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomori Ko 8.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomoshiri Misaki 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomoshiri Shima 9.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tomoshiri Wan 9.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tonbetsu Kawa 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tone Kawa 7.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tonokami Saki 7.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toporkovyy, Ostrov 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 12.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toppu Hana 8.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toraga Saki, Light 3.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Torigakubi Misaki 5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toriko Shima 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Torimi Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tosamuporo Misaki 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toshima Yama 7.277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Totake Yama 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tottori Airport: Tottori Ko 3.163. . . . . . . . .Tottori Ko 3.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tottori Shi 3.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toutsu Take 10.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toyama Ku 5.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toyama Wan 5.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toyoda Ko (36 06 N 133 08 7E)Toyoni Yama 9.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toyooka 3.195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Toyoura Misaki 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tozega Se 3.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Trekhna, Bukhta (45 00 N 147 31 E)Tretiy Kuril’skiy 12.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Troyka, Bukhta 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tryokhpalyy, Mys 11.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tserkovnaya, Bukhta 11.24. . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsu Saki 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuba Saki 4.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuba Se 3.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsubaki Shima 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsubana Saki 8.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuetomanai Saki 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsugaru Kaikyo 6.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsugaru Shio 7.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuiyama Ko 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuiyama Shima 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsukumo Wan 5.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsunekami Misaki 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsunekami Ura 4.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuno Shima 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuno Shima Ko 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuriboko Yama 3.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuru Shima 3.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsurueno Dai 3.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuruga 4.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsuruga Ko 4.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 4.90. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Basins and berths 4.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 4.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General information 4.83. . . . . . . . . . . . .Harbour 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

INDEX

338

Limiting conditions 4.89. . . . . . . . . . . . .Port services 4.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tsuruga Wan 4.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsurushima Guri 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsushima Kaikyo 3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsushima Shio 3.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tsutsuishi Gyoko (37 08 N 138 03 E)Tukharka, Zaliv 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tupoy, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tyatinskiy, Reyd (44 16 N 146 11 E)Tyatya, Vulkan 11.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tyomnyy, Mys 11.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U Shima 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uchino Ma 5.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uchiura Ko 4.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uchiura Wan: Hokkaido 9.20. . . . . . . . . . . .Uchiura Wan: Honshu 4.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uda Shima 3.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Udachnyy, Mys 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Udivitel’naya, Skala 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Udobnyy, Reid 11.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Udushlivyy, Mys 11.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uglevoy, Mys 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uglovoy, Mys 11.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ukai Ko (37 24 N 137 15 E)Ukawa (37 15 N 137 05 E)Uma Shima: Hamada Ko 3.48. . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Umatate Shima 4.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Umiga Hama 3.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Umiga Hama Hanto 3.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Unabetsu Take 10.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Unami Ko (36 55 N 137 01 E)Uno, Skala 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Unoo Saki 7.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 7.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uomachino Hana 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uozu Ko 5.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uppurui Gyoko (35 27 N 132 45 E)Uppurui Hana 3.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uppurui Wan 3.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urago Ko 3.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urago Wan 3.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urakawa Ko 9.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uramoto Ko (37 04 N 137 56 E)Urasoka Wan 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uratman, Gora 12.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urumpet, Mys 11.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urup, Ostrov 11.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Urup, Proliv 11.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Uryu Gyoko (35 26 N 132 38 E)Ushi Shima 7.288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ushiro Yama 4.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ushishir, Ostrova 12.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ushitsu Ko 5.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Usu San 9.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Usuguara Shima 3.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Usujiri Ko 9.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Usutaibe Misaki 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Usuya Ko (44 00 N 141 39 E)Utago Gyoko (34 34 N 131 32 E)Utatsu Saki 7.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utoro Ko 10.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utrenniy, Mys 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utsu Ko 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utsu Take 10.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Val’tona, Mys (Cape Walton) 11.12. . . . . .Van--der--Linda, Mys 11.80. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vasil’yeva, Mys 12.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Light 12.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vasil’yeva, Zaliv 12.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vasina, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vecherniy, Mys 12.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veslo, Mys 10.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 10.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vetrenaya, Gora 12.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vinogradnyy, Mys 11.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vladimira, Poluostrov 12.95. . . . . . . . . . . . .Vladimira, Skala 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vodopadnyy, Light 12.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Voloshina, Mys 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Voronova, Mys 12.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Voskhodnaya, Bukhta 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . .Vostochnaya, Bukhta 12.26. . . . . . . . . . . . .Vostochnyy, Rif 12.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Voyeykova, Proliv 11.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vtoroy Kuri’skiy Proliv 12.91. . . . . . . . . . .Vydar’, Skala 12.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vydra, Rif 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vysokaya, Gora: Ostrov Shumshu 12.77. . .Vysokaya, Gora: Ostrov Urup 11.90. . . . . . .

Wada Ko 4.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wada Yama 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wae Gyoko (35 13 E 132 28 N)Wakasa Wan 4.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waki Saki 5.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wakimoto Gyoko,

(Funakawa Wan) (39 54 N 139 54 E)Wakimoto Gyoko,

(Tsugaru Kaikyo) (41 34 N 140 26 E)Wakinosawa Ko 6.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wakkanai Ko 8.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waku (34 18 N 130 53 E)Wakuo Shima 3.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wakura Ko 5.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Walton, Cape 11.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washi Saki 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washibetsu Saki 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washibetsu Take 9.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washigasu Yama 5.169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washizaki Gyoko (38 19 N 138 31 E)Watanoha Ko (38 24 N 141 22 E)Watani Ura 3.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watara Guri 3.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Yabuta Ko (36 53 N 137 00 E)Yagashiri To 8.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yagi Ko 7.289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yagishiri To, Light 8.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yagodnyy, Mys 12.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yagoshi Misaki 6.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yahiko Bank 5.163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yahiko Yama 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yajoga Hana 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yakawa Hana 3.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yake Yama 5.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yakor’, Mys 11.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yakumo (42 15 N 140 17 E)Yama Shima: Koyama Misaki 3.43. . . . . . .Yama Shima: Shiobana Hana 3.40. . . . . . . .Yamada Ko 7.272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamada Wan 7.272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamase 6.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamasedori Gyoko (41 47 N 141 08 E)Yamata Suido 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamato Basin 1.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Yamato Rise 1.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamato Seamount 2.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yamausu Ko (44 50 N 142 40 E)Yamaushino Hana 10.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yana Shima 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yanchika 12.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yasugi Ko 3.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yasui Saki 6.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yaugich, Mys 12.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yazykovyy, Mys 11.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yekateriny, Proliv 11.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yevreinova, Proliv 12.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yobetsu Gyoko 8.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yobetsu Take 8.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yogoshi Saki 6.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoichi Ko 8.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yokohama Gyoko (41 05 N 141 15 E)Yokotsu Take 9.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yome Guri 4.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yomenaki Ko (34 27 N 131 25 E)Yomurazuka Yama 5.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yonago Airport: Sakaiminato 3.147. . . . . . .Yonago Ko 3.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yone Yama 5.9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoneyama Saki 5.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yori--Mawari--Nami 5.8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoriiso 10.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoriki Misaki 8.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoroi Ko (35 39 N 134 34 E)Yoshi Shima 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yoshioka Gyoko (41 27 N 140 14 E)Yotsu Se 3.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yotsukura Ko 7.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yotsuya Saki 9.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yotukura Ko 7.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yubetsu Kawa 10.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yudina, Mys 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yudo Numa 9.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yume Saki 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yunagi Ko 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yunony, Gora 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yunotsu Ko 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yura Kawa 4.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yura Ko 5.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuriage Ko (38 10 N 140 58 E)Yuriy, Ostrov 11.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuriy, Proliv 11.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yurlova, Mys 12.12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yurrapu Kawa 9.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yururi Shima 9.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuya Hanto 3.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuya Ko 3.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuya Wan 3.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuzhanin, Mys 12.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuzhanka, Reka 12.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuzhno--Kuril’skaya, Bukhta 11.32. . . . . . .Yuzhno--Kuril’skiy Proliv 11.25. . . . . . . . . .Yuzhno--Kuril’skiy, Mys 11.30. . . . . . . . . . .

Light 11.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yuzhnyy, Mys 12.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Zaimoku Hana 6.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zakatnaya, Bukhta 12.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zapadnaya, Bukhta 12.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zavodskoy, Mys 11.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zelenyy, Ostrov 11.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zemleprokhodets, Mys 12.85. . . . . . . . . . . .Zhurina, Mys 12.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zolotaya, Bukhta (45 04 N 147 32 N)Zorkaya, Bukhta 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zorkiy, Mys 11.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annex B (NP 41)

Amends to SDs

Documents

Transcript of Amends to SDs